JP7020461B2 - Pachinko machine - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine.

Conventionally, in a game machine such as a pachinko machine, when a game ball enters a plurality of starting ports provided on the surface of the game board, a lottery is made as to whether or not the game is successful, and a dynamic display of a special symbol for notifying the lottery result is displayed. Performed on the display device. In such a configuration, the winning or failing of the game is individually drawn according to each starting port, and the lottery result is a special symbol corresponding to each starting port (for example, the first special for two starting ports). It has been proposed that the lottery result is notified after the symbol and the second special symbol) are dynamically displayed.

Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2005-319221 Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2011-160842

By the way, such a gaming machine has a problem of causing confusion to the player.

An object of the present invention is to provide a gaming machine capable of suppressing confusion among players.

In order to achieve this object, the gaming machine of the present invention can acquire the first information based on the establishment of the first acquisition condition, and can acquire the second information based on the establishment of the second acquisition condition. And the storage means capable of storing the first information and the second information acquired by the acquisition means, respectively, and the storage means stored in the storage means based on the establishment of the first determination condition. With a discrimination means capable of executing the first discrimination based on the first information and executing the second discrimination based on the second information stored in the storage means based on the establishment of the second discrimination condition. , The first display means for dynamically displaying the first identification information for showing the first discrimination result in the first discrimination, and the second identification information for showing the second discrimination result in the second discrimination are dynamically displayed. It has a second display means to be displayed, and the first identification information for indicating that the first discrimination result is a specific first discrimination result or the second discrimination result is a specific second discrimination result. When the second identification information for indicating is stopped and displayed, a privileged game that is advantageous to the player is given, and it is possible to determine the dynamic display period of the first identification information. , A dynamic display period determining means capable of determining the dynamic display period of the second identification information, and a newly stored first when the first information is newly stored in the storage means. By executing the acquisition determination as a predetermined determination corresponding to one information, a predetermined description is made so that the order in which the dynamic display of the first identification information corresponding to the stored first information is started can be identified. When the information corresponding to the first information acquired and determined is stored in the memory area and the second information is newly stored in the storage means, the information corresponding to the newly stored second information is described. By executing the acquisition determination, the acquisition determination is made in a predetermined storage area so that the order in which the dynamic display of the second identification information corresponding to the stored second information is started can be identified. It is possible to indicate the number of the first information before the first determination is executed among the information storage means for storing the information corresponding to the information and the first information acquired by the acquisition means. The first number display information and the second number display information capable of showing the number of the second information before the second determination is executed among the second information acquired by the acquisition means. Is displayed based on the number display means capable of displaying each and the information stored in the storage area of the information storage means when a predetermined condition is satisfied. The display position of the first number display information is identified by moving it to the display position side indicating that the order in which the dynamic display is started is closer than the displayed second number display information. It has a means capable of notifying the order in which information is dynamically displayed.

According to the gaming machine of the present invention, the acquisition means capable of acquiring the first information based on the establishment of the first acquisition condition and the second information can be acquired based on the establishment of the second acquisition condition, and the acquisition means thereof. Based on the storage means capable of storing the first information and the second information, respectively, and the first information stored in the storage means based on the establishment of the first determination condition. The first discrimination means, the discrimination means capable of executing the first discrimination, and the second discrimination based on the second information stored in the storage means based on the establishment of the second discrimination condition, and the first discrimination. The first display means for dynamically displaying the first identification information for showing the first discrimination result in the above, and the second identification information for showing the second discrimination result in the second discrimination are dynamically displayed. It has a display means, and indicates that the first identification information or the second discrimination result for showing that the first discrimination result is a specific first discrimination result is a specific second discrimination result. When the second identification information for the purpose is stopped and displayed, a privilege game advantageous to the player is given, and it is possible to determine the dynamic display period of the first identification information, and the second identification information can be determined. Corresponds to the dynamic display period determining means capable of determining the dynamic display period of information and the newly stored first information when the first information is newly stored in the storage means. By executing the acquisition determination as a predetermined determination, the acquisition in a predetermined storage area can be identified in the order in which the dynamic display of the first identification information corresponding to the stored first information is started. When the information corresponding to the determined first information is stored and the second information is newly stored in the storage means, the acquisition determination is executed corresponding to the newly stored second information. Thereby, the order in which the dynamic display of the second identification information corresponding to the stored second information is started can be identified, and the information corresponding to the second information acquired and determined in the predetermined storage area. A first number display capable of showing the number of the first information before the first determination is executed among the information storage means for storing the information and the first information acquired by the acquisition means. To display the information and the second number display information that can indicate the number of the second information before the second determination is executed among the second information acquired by the acquisition means. The first number displayed based on the information stored in the storage area of the information storage means when a predetermined condition is satisfied and the number display means capable of displaying. The identification information is dynamically displayed by moving the display position of the display information to the display position side indicating that the order in which the dynamic display is started is closer than the second number display information displayed. It has a means capable of notifying the order.

Therefore, there is an effect that the confusion of the player can be suppressed.

It is a front view of the pachinko machine in 1st Embodiment. It is a front view of the game board of the pachinko machine in 1st Embodiment. It is a rear view of the pachinko machine in 1st Embodiment. (A) is a view showing the inside of the sorting device from the front side in the first embodiment, and (b) is a view showing the inside of the sorting device from the back side in the first embodiment. (A) is a diagram schematically showing a display area of the third symbol display device in the first embodiment, and (b) is a reserved symbol display displayed by the third symbol display device in the first embodiment. It is a figure which schematically showed the display mode before and after the rearrangement of. It is a block diagram which shows the electric structure of the pachinko machine in 1st Embodiment. It is a figure which schematically showed the structure of the various counters, the special symbol hold ball storage area, the special symbol hold ball execution area, the normal symbol hold ball storage area, and the normal symbol hold ball execution area in the first embodiment. (A) is a diagram schematically showing the contents of the ROM of the main control device in the first embodiment, and (b) is a diagram schematically showing the jackpot random number table in the first embodiment. (C) is a diagram schematically showing a jackpot type table in the first embodiment, and (d) is a diagram schematically showing a random number table per ordinary symbol in the first embodiment. (A) is a diagram schematically showing a sort hold storage area in the first embodiment, and (b) is a diagram schematically showing a subordinate sort hold storage area in the first embodiment. .. (A) is a diagram schematically showing a normal time special hit fluctuation pattern table in the first embodiment, and (b) is a diagram schematically showing a normal time special deviation fluctuation pattern table in the first embodiment. It is a figure. (A) is a diagram schematically showing a variation pattern table for special hits for time saving / probability variation in the first embodiment, and (b) is a diagram schematically showing a special deviation pattern table for time reduction / probability variation in the first embodiment. It is a figure shown as a target. It is a figure which shows schematically the process of rearranging the reserved symbol display in 1st Embodiment. It is a figure which shows schematically the process of rearranging the reserved symbol display in 1st Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the timer interrupt process executed by the MPU in the main control unit in 1st Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the special symbol variation processing executed by the MPU in the main control unit in 1st Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 1st special symbol change start processing executed by MPU in the main control unit in 1st Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 1st special symbol jackpot determination process which is executed by MPU in the main control device in 1st Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 1st special symbol variation pattern selection process which is executed by MPU in the main control device in 1st Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 1st special symbol change stop processing executed by MPU in the main control device in 1st Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 2nd special symbol change start processing executed by MPU in the main control unit in 1st Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 2nd special symbol jackpot determination process which is executed by MPU in the main control device in 1st Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 2nd special symbol variation pattern selection process executed by MPU in the main control device in 1st Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 2nd special symbol change stop processing executed by MPU in the main control device in 1st Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the start winning process which is executed by MPU in the main control device in 1st Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 1st look-ahead process which is executed by MPU in the main control unit in 1st Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 1st look-ahead update process which is executed by MPU in the main control unit in 1st Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 2nd look-ahead process which is executed by MPU in the main control unit in 1st Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 2nd look-ahead update process which is executed by MPU in the main control unit in 1st Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the ordinary symbol variation processing executed by the MPU in the main control unit in 1st Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the thru gate processing executed by the MPU in the main control unit in 1st Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the NMI interrupt process executed by the MPU in the main control unit in 1st Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the start-up process which is executed by MPU in the main control unit in 1st Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the main process executed by the MPU in the main control unit in 1st Embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the start-up process which is executed by MPU in the voice lamp control device in 1st Embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the main process executed by MPU in the voice lamp control apparatus in 1st Embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the command determination process which is executed by MPU in the voice lamp control apparatus in 1st Embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the hold quantity display update process which is executed by MPU in the voice lamp control apparatus in 1st Embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the variation display setting process which is executed by MPU in the voice lamp control device in 1st Embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the temporary fluctuation stop processing executed by MPU in the voice lamp control apparatus in 1st Embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the hold sorting process which is executed by MPU in the voice lamp control apparatus in 1st Embodiment. It is a figure which showed schematically the special deviation variation pattern table for adjustment in 2nd Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 1st special symbol change start processing executed by MPU in the main control unit in 2nd Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 1st special symbol variation pattern selection process 2 executed by the MPU in the main control device in 2nd Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 1st special symbol change start processing executed by MPU in the main control device in 3rd Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 1st special symbol variation pattern selection process 3 executed by the MPU in the main control device in 3rd Embodiment. It is a figure which schematically showed a part of the other memory area of the RAM of the MPU of the main control device in 4th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the timer interrupt process executed by the MPU in the main control unit in 4th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 1st special symbol change start processing executed by MPU in the main control device in 4th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 1st special symbol variation pattern selection process 4 executed by the MPU in the main control device in 4th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the start winning process 2 executed by the MPU in the main control device in 4th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 1st continuous winning determination process executed by MPU in the main control device in 4th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows schematically the display area of the 3rd symbol display device in 5th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the main process executed by MPU in the voice lamp control apparatus in 5th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the hold quantity display update process 2 executed by the MPU in the voice lamp control apparatus in 5th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the hold sorting process 2 executed by the MPU in the voice lamp control apparatus in 5th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows schematically the display area of the 3rd symbol display device in the modification of 5th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the hold sorting process 2 executed by the MPU in the voice lamp control apparatus in the modification of 5th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows schematically the display area of the 3rd symbol display device in 6th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the main process executed by the MPU in the voice lamp control device in the 6th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the hold quantity display update process 3 executed by the MPU in the voice lamp control apparatus in 6th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the large opening opening / closing process executed by MPU in the main control device in 7th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the main process executed by MPU in the voice lamp control apparatus in 7th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the command determination process which is executed by MPU in the voice lamp control apparatus in 7th Embodiment. It is a figure which showed schematically the contents of ROM of the main control device in 8th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the timer interrupt process executed by the MPU in the main control unit in 8th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the start winning process 3 executed by the MPU in the main control device in 8th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 1st look-ahead process 2 executed by the MPU in the main control unit in 8th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the main process executed by MPU in the voice lamp control apparatus in 8th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the command determination process 3 executed by the MPU in the voice lamp control apparatus in 8th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the hold sorting process 3 executed by the MPU in the voice lamp control apparatus in 8th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the hold sort order determination process executed by MPU in the voice lamp control apparatus in 8th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the slave hold sort hold hold storage area update process executed by the MPU in the voice lamp control apparatus in 8th Embodiment. It is a front view of the game board of the pachinko machine in the 9th Embodiment. (A) is a view showing the inside of the sorting device from the front side in the ninth embodiment, and (b) is a view showing the inside of the sorting device from the back side in the ninth embodiment. It is a block diagram which shows the electric structure of the pachinko machine in 9th Embodiment. 9 is a flowchart showing a timer interrupt process executed by the MPU in the main control unit according to the ninth embodiment. 9 is a flowchart showing a start winning process 4 executed by the MPU in the main control device in the ninth embodiment. 9 is a flowchart showing a winning route notification process executed by the MPU in the main control device in the ninth embodiment. It is a block diagram which shows the electric structure of the pachinko machine in 10th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the timer interrupt process which is executed by the MPU in the main control device in 10th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the start winning process 5 executed by the MPU in the main control device in 10th Embodiment. (A) to (b) are diagrams schematically showing the display area of the third symbol display device in the eleventh embodiment, and (c) is the display of the third symbol display device in the modified example of the eleventh embodiment. It is a figure which showed the area schematically. It is a flowchart which shows the start-up process which is executed by MPU in the main control unit in eleventh embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the start-up process which is executed by MPU in the voice lamp control apparatus in eleventh embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the start-up process which is executed by the MPU in the voice lamp control device in the modification of eleventh embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the main process executed by the MPU in the voice lamp control apparatus in the twelfth embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the start-up process which is executed by the MPU in the voice lamp control device in the twelfth embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the start-up process which is executed by the MPU in the voice lamp control device in the modification of the twelfth embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the start-up process which is executed by MPU in the main control device in 13th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the start-up process which is executed by MPU in the voice lamp control device in 13th Embodiment. (A) to (c) are diagrams schematically showing the display area of the third symbol display device in the 14th embodiment. It is a figure which shows a part of the other memory area of the RAM of the MPU of the main control device in the 14th embodiment schematically. It is a flowchart which shows the 1st special symbol change start processing executed by MPU in the main control device in 14th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 1st special symbol variation pattern selection process 5 executed by the MPU in the main control device in 14th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 2nd special symbol change start processing executed by MPU in the main control device in 14th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 2nd special symbol variation pattern selection process 5 executed by MPU in the main control device in 14th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the variation display setting process which is executed by MPU in the voice lamp control device in 15th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the 1st attention notice processing executed by MPU in the voice lamp control apparatus in 15th Embodiment. It is a figure which shows schematically the display area of the 3rd symbol display device in 16th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 1st special symbol change start processing executed by MPU in the main control device in 16th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 1st special symbol variation pattern selection process 6 executed by the MPU in the main control device in 16th Embodiment. (A) to (b) are diagrams schematically showing the display area of the third symbol display device in the 17th embodiment. It is a figure which shows a part of the other memory area of the RAM of the MPU of the main control device in 17th Embodiment schematically. It is a figure which shows schematically the sub-sorting hold storage area in 17th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 1st look-ahead update process which is executed by MPU in the main control unit in 17th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 1st notice lottery process which is executed by MPU in the main control device in 17th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 1st extended variation look-ahead process which is executed by MPU in the main control unit in 17th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 2nd look-ahead update process which is executed by MPU in the main control unit in 17th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 2nd notice lottery processing which is executed by MPU in the main control device in 17th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 1st special symbol change start processing executed by MPU in the main control device in 17th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 1st special symbol variation pattern selection process 7 executed by the MPU in the main control device in 17th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 2nd special symbol change start processing executed by MPU in the main control device in 17th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the 2nd special symbol variation pattern selection process 7 executed by the MPU in the main control device in 17th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the main process executed by MPU in the voice lamp control apparatus in 17th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the command determination process 4 executed by the MPU in the voice lamp control apparatus in 17th Embodiment. It is a flowchart which showed the hold quantity display update process 4 executed by the MPU in the voice lamp control apparatus in 17th Embodiment.

Hereinafter, embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings. First, with reference to FIGS. 1 to 40, as a first embodiment, an embodiment when the present invention is applied to a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter, simply referred to as “pachinko machine”) 10 will be described. 1 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment, FIG. 2 is a front view of the gaming board 13 of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 3 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10.

As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 has an outer frame 11 in which an outer shell is formed by a wooden frame combined in a substantially rectangular shape, and an outer frame 11 formed in substantially the same outer shape as the outer frame 11. It is provided with an inner frame 12 that is supported so as to be openable and closable. Metal hinges 18 are attached to the outer frame 11 at two upper and lower positions on the left side of the front view (see FIG. 1) in order to support the inner frame 12, and the side on which the hinge 18 is provided is used as an opening / closing axis. The frame 12 is supported so as to be openable and closable toward the front side of the front surface.

A game board 13 (see FIG. 2) having a large number of nails and winning openings 63a, 63b, 67, etc. is detachably attached to the inner frame 12 from the back surface side. A ball game is performed by a ball flowing down the front surface of the game board 13. The inner frame 12 includes a ball launching unit 112a (see FIG. 6) that launches a ball into the front region of the game board 13 and a launch that guides the ball launched from the ball launching unit 112a to the front region of the game board 13. Rails (not shown) etc. are attached.

On the front side of the inner frame 12, a front frame 14 that covers the upper side of the front surface and a lower plate unit 15 that covers the lower side thereof are provided. Metal hinges 19 are attached to the upper and lower two places on the left side of the front view (see FIG. 1) to support the front frame 14 and the lower plate unit 15, and the front frame with the side on which the hinge 19 is provided as an opening / closing axis. The 14 and the lower plate unit 15 are supported so as to be openable and closable toward the front side of the front surface. The lock of the inner frame 12 and the lock of the front frame 14 are released by inserting a dedicated key into the keyhole 21 of the cylinder lock 20 and performing a predetermined operation.

The front frame 14 is assembled with decorative resin parts, electric parts, and the like, and a window portion 14c having a substantially elliptical opening is provided at a substantially central portion thereof. A glass unit 16 having two plate glasses is arranged on the back surface side of the front frame 14, and the front surface of the game board 13 can be visually recognized on the front side of the pachinko machine 10 via the glass unit 16.

In the front frame 14, an upper plate 17 for storing balls is formed in a substantially box shape with the upper surface open so as to project forward, and prize balls, rented balls, and the like are discharged to the upper plate 17. The bottom surface of the upper plate 17 is formed so as to be inclined downward to the right side when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), and the ball thrown into the upper plate 17 is guided to the ball launching unit 112a by the inclination. Further, a frame button 22 is provided on the upper surface of the upper plate 17. The frame button 22 is operated by the player, for example, when rearranging the reserved symbol display (Ds1 to Ds8) displayed by the third symbol display device 81 (FIG. 2) described later.

The front frame 14 is provided with light emitting means such as various lamps around the front frame 14 (for example, a corner portion). These light emitting means change and control the light emitting mode by lighting or blinking according to a change in the gaming state at the time of a big hit or a predetermined reach, and play a role of enhancing the effect during the game. Illuminations 29 to 33 having a built-in light emitting means such as an LED are provided on the peripheral edge of the window portion 14c. In the pachinko machine 10, these illumination units 29 to 33 function as effect lamps such as jackpot lamps, and each illumination unit 29 to 33 is lit by lighting or blinking of the built-in LED at the time of jackpot or reach effect. Or, it blinks to notify that the jackpot is in progress or that the reach is one step before the jackpot. Further, in the upper left portion of the front frame 14 when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), a light emitting means such as an LED is built in, and a display lamp 34 capable of displaying the time when the prize ball is being paid out and the time when an error occurs is provided.

Further, on the lower side of the illuminated portion 32 on the right side, a small window 35 is formed by attaching a transparent resin from the back surface side so that the back surface side of the front frame 14 can be visually recognized, and a sticking space K1 on the front surface of the game board 13 (FIG. The certificate stamp or the like attached to (see 2) is visible from the front of the pachinko machine 10. Further, in the pachinko machine 10, in order to bring out more glitter, a plating member 36 made of ABS resin having chrome plating is attached to the region around the illuminated portions 29 to 33.

A ball lending operation unit 40 is arranged below the window unit 14c. The ball lending operation unit 40 is provided with a frequency display unit 41, a ball lending button 42, and a return button 43. When the ball lending operation unit 40 is operated with bills, cards, etc. inserted in the card unit (ball lending unit) (not shown) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10, the ball lending unit 40 is operated according to the operation. Lending is done. Specifically, the frequency display unit 41 is an area where the remaining amount information such as a card is displayed, and the built-in LED is turned on and the remaining amount is displayed as a numerical value as the remaining amount information. The ball lending button 42 is operated to obtain a lending ball based on the information recorded on the card or the like (recording medium), and the lending ball is supplied to the upper plate 17 as long as the remaining amount is present on the card or the like. Will be done. The return button 43 is operated when requesting the return of the card or the like inserted in the card unit. A pachinko machine in which balls are lent directly to the upper plate 17 from a ball lending device or the like without going through a card unit, a so-called cash machine, does not require a ball lending operation unit 40. In this case, the ball lending operation unit 40 is not required. A decorative sticker or the like may be added to the installation portion of the above to make the parts configuration common. It is possible to standardize pachinko machines and cash machines that use card units.

In the lower plate unit 15 located on the lower side of the upper plate 17, a lower plate 50 for storing balls that could not be stored in the upper plate 17 is formed in a substantially box shape with an open upper surface in the central portion thereof. There is. On the right side of the lower plate 50, an operation handle 51 operated by a player to drive the ball into the front surface of the game board 13 is arranged, and the inside of the operation handle 51 permits the driving of the ball launching unit 112a. A touch sensor 51a for this purpose, a push button type stop switch 51b that stops the firing of the ball during the pressing operation, and a variable resistor that detects the amount of rotation of the operation handle 51 by the change in electrical resistance. (Not shown) and is built-in. When the operation handle 51 is rotated clockwise by the player, the touch sensor 51a is turned on and the resistance value of the variable resistor changes according to the operation amount, depending on the rotation operation amount of the operation handle 51. The ball is launched with a strength corresponding to the resistance value of the variable resistor, which changes, and the ball is driven into the front surface of the game board 13 with a jump amount corresponding to the operation of the player. Further, when the operation handle 51 is not operated by the player, the touch sensor 51a and the stop switch 51b are turned off.

A ball pulling lever 52 for operating the ball stored in the lower plate 50 when the ball stored in the lower plate 50 is discharged downward is provided in the lower front portion of the lower plate 50. The ball pulling lever 52 is always urged to the right, and by sliding it to the left against the urging, the bottom opening formed on the bottom surface of the lower plate 50 is opened, and the bottom opening thereof is opened. The ball naturally falls from the bottom opening and is discharged. The operation of the ball removing lever 52 is usually performed in a state where a box (generally referred to as a "dollar box") for receiving the balls discharged from the lower plate 50 is placed below the lower plate 50. An operation handle 51 is arranged on the right side of the lower plate 50 as described above, and an ashtray 53 is attached to the left side of the lower plate 50.

As shown in FIG. 2, the game board 13 has a wooden base plate 60 machined into a substantially square shape in front view, a large number of nails and windmills for ball guidance, rails 61, 62, a first starting port 63a, and a first. 2 The starting port 63b, the first variable winning device 65, the variable display device unit 80, and the like are assembled and configured, and the peripheral edge thereof is attached to the back surface side of the inner frame 12. The first starting port 63a, the second starting port 63b, the first variable winning device 65, and the variable display device unit 80 are arranged in the through holes formed in the base plate 60 by router processing, and are arranged from the front side of the game board 13. It is fixed with wood screws or the like. Further, the front central portion of the game board 13 can be visually recognized from the front side of the inner frame 12 through the window portion 14c (see FIG. 1) of the front frame 14. Hereinafter, the configuration of the game board 13 will be described mainly with reference to FIG. 2.

An outer rail 62 formed by bending a strip-shaped metal plate into a substantially arc shape is planted on the front surface of the game board 13, and a strip-shaped metal plate is placed inside the outer rail 62 in the same manner as the outer rail 62. The arc-shaped inner rail 61 formed in 1 is planted. The inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62 surround the front outer periphery of the game board 13, and the game board 13 and the glass unit 16 (see FIG. 1) surround the front and back of the game board 13, so that the front surface of the game board 13 is surrounded by a ball. A game area in which the game is played is formed by the behavior of. The game area is a substantially circular area (a winning opening or the like is arranged and the fired ball is arranged) formed on the front surface of the game board 13 by being divided by two rails 61 and 62 and an arc member 70. The area where it flows down).

The two rails 61 and 62 are provided to guide the ball launched from the ball launching unit 112a (see FIG. 6) to the upper part of the game board 13. A return ball prevention member 68 is attached to the tip portion of the inner rail 61 (upper left portion in FIG. 2) to prevent the ball once guided to the upper part of the game board 13 from returning to the ball guide passage. Will be done. A return rubber 69 is attached to the tip of the outer rail 62 (upper right part in FIG. 2) at a position corresponding to the maximum flight portion of the ball, and the ball launched with a predetermined momentum hits the return rubber 69 and has momentum. Is attenuated and bounced back toward the center. Further, a resin arc member 70 formed by providing an arc connecting the rails on the inner surface side is a base between the lower right tip portion of the inner rail 61 and the upper right tip portion of the outer rail 62. It is fixed by driving it into the plate 60.

A distribution winning device 630 is provided in the lower center of the game area. FIG. 4A is a perspective view of the distribution winning device 630 when viewed from the front. FIG. 4B is a perspective view of the distribution winning device 630 as viewed from the back.

As shown in FIG. 4A, the distribution winning device 630 is provided with an ordinary electric accessory 64 at the upper portion. In the normal state, the ordinary electric accessory 64 is arranged in a state in which the blades 64a and 64b facing each other stand upright at intervals (the diameter of the game ball is about 11 mm) so that the game ball can enter about one ball. .. In the normal state (the state where the blades 64a and 64b stand upright), the route through which the game ball enters the distribution device 630 is only the route that passes between the blades 64a and 64b of the ordinary electric accessory 64. First, the player fires the game ball so as to pass the game ball between the blades 64a and 64b of the ordinary electric accessory 64.

When the game ball enters the distribution device 630, the passive distribution member 640 is arranged, and the entered game ball is received by the accommodating portion 640a or 640b of the passive distribution member 640. When the game ball is received by the accommodating portion 640a, the passive distribution member 640 rotates counterclockwise in front view (see FIG. 4 (a)) due to the weight of the game ball, and the game ball is moved to the first starting port. Guide to 63a. Here, the passive distribution member 640 is configured to be rotatable about 90 degrees around each of the left and right sides, and a magnet 640c is provided on the boundary wall between the accommodating portion 640a and the accommodating portion 640b.

In the base body 900 provided on the back side of the distribution winning device 630, the magnet 640c of the passive distribution member 640 is arranged at a position on the center line between the blade 64a and the blade 64b of the ordinary electric accessory 64. Has been done. As shown in FIG. 4C, as shown in the top view of the distribution winning device 630, the magnet 640c of the passive distribution member 640 and the base side magnet 900a are configured to have polarities that repel each other. Specifically, the base-side magnet 900a is composed of a rod-shaped magnet fixed to the base body 900, and is configured to generate a magnetic pole (S pole or N pole) at the tip portion. The base side magnet 900a is arranged and fixed so that the tip portion thereof faces the passive distribution member 640 side.

The magnet 640c of the passive distribution unit 640 is also composed of a rod-shaped magnet like the base side magnet 900a, and is fixed to the passive distribution member 640 so that the tip portion faces the base side magnet 900a side. At the position where the passive distribution member 640 rotates and the boundary wall between the accommodating portion 640a and the accommodating portion 640b is directly above (the facing blades 64a and 64b are on the center line of the interval at which the game ball can enter about one ball). , The base side magnet 900a and the magnet 640c of the passive distribution member 640 are at the closest positions (the tips of the tips face each other). Here, since the magnets are arranged so as to have the same polarity (for example, N pole and N pole), the magnets may stop at a position where the boundary wall of the passive distribution member 640 faces directly upward due to repulsion. It will be maintained at the position where it is rotated to the left or right.

As a result, in the passive distribution member 640, when the magnet 640c is located on the center line (upper position) between the blade 64a and the blade 64b of the ordinary electric accessory 64, the magnet 640c and the base side magnet 900a are placed. By repelling, the passive distribution member 640 rotates to the left or right, and either the accommodating portion 640a or the accommodating portion 640b receives the game ball entering the distribution device 630 (upper side of the gaming machine). Will turn to. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the ball entering from coming into contact with the boundary wall between the accommodating portion 640a and the accommodating portion 640b and causing ball clogging.

Further, when the magnet 640c and the base side magnet 900c repel each other, for example, the accommodating portion 640a receives the game ball and rotates about 90 degrees to the left to guide the game ball to the first starting port 63a and then passively. It is possible to prevent the distribution member 640 from rotating clockwise (the accommodating portion 640a faces upward). As a result, after guiding the game ball to the first starting port 63a, the accommodating portion 640b is in a state of facing upward, and then the gaming ball that has entered the distribution device 630 is received by the accommodating portion 640b and is a game ball. The passive distribution member 640 rotates about 180 degrees to the right due to the weight of the ball, and guides the game ball to the second starting port 63b. In this way, the passive distribution member 640 can alternately guide the game balls entering the distribution device 630 to the first start port 63a and the second start port 63b. Therefore, the game balls can be evenly distributed to the first starting port 63a and the second starting port 63b to win a prize, and the lottery game resulting from the winning of the first starting port 63a, which will be described later (hereinafter, the first lottery). The game) and the lottery game (hereinafter referred to as the second lottery game) resulting from the winning of the second starting port 63b can be efficiently executed.

A normal symbol start port 67 is provided on the left side of the center of the game board 13. The normal symbol start port 67 is a gate type start port having a sensor capable of detecting the passage of a game ball. When the game ball passes through the normal symbol start opening 67, a lottery for the normal symbol (second symbol) is performed. In the lottery performed for the game ball passing through the normal symbol start port 67, a hit / fail determination is made as to whether or not the normal symbol is a hit.

When the lottery of the normal symbol (second symbol) is performed, the variable display of the normal symbol is started in the second symbol display unit 88 provided in the variable display device unit 80, which will be described later, and "○" and "×" are displayed. After the symbols of No. 1 are alternately lit for a predetermined time (for example, 20 seconds), a normal symbol (a symbol of "○" or "×" in this embodiment) indicating the lottery result is stopped and displayed (lighted up). If a ball passes through the normal symbol start port 67 while the variable display is being performed on the second symbol display unit 88, the number of passages is suspended up to four times, and the number of reserved balls is the first symbol display device 37. Is displayed by.

When it is determined that the normal symbol is a hit, "○", which is a symbol indicating that the lottery of the normal symbol was a hit, is lit and displayed on the second symbol display unit 88. When the winning symbol is displayed, the normal electric accessory 64 is activated, and the blades 64a and 64b of the ordinary electric accessory 64, which are normally maintained in an upward standing state, stand up substantially vertically. It is movable in a substantially V shape (inverted C shape), and the blades 64a and 64b guide the game ball, so that the game ball can easily enter the distribution device 630 for a predetermined time (1.2 s in this embodiment). Become. On the other hand, when it is determined that the normal symbol is out of order, "x", which is a symbol indicating that the lottery of the ordinary symbol was out of order, is lit and displayed on the second symbol display unit 88.

A first symbol display provided with a plurality of light emitting diodes (hereinafter abbreviated as "LED") 37a and a 7-segment display 37b, which are light emitting means, on the upper right side of the front view (upper right side of FIG. 2) of the game area. The device 37 is arranged. The first symbol display device 37 displays according to each control performed by the main control device 110, which will be described later, and mainly displays the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10. The plurality of LEDs 37a light up the number of reserved balls, which is the number of balls (reserved balls) whose fluctuation display has not been executed among the balls won in the first starting port 63a, the second starting port 63b, and the normal symbol starting port 67. It is indicated by the state. In addition, the number of rounds during the jackpot and the error display are also indicated by the corresponding lighting states.

The 7-segment display 37b is composed of two 7-segment LEDs on the left and right. On the left 7-segment LED, the first special symbol indicating the determination result of the first lottery game is variablely displayed (dynamically displayed). Specifically, the variable display is determined until the variable time (dynamic display time) elapses, which is determined based on the winning of the first starting port 63a (in the present embodiment, the central segment of the 7 segments is blinking). After that, it is stopped and displayed with a symbol indicating the determination result. If the determination result is off, the central 1 segment is lit and a symbol "-" indicating the off is displayed. On the other hand, when the determination result is a hit, a symbol different from the symbol indicating the deviation such as the symbols "3" and "7" corresponding to the hit is displayed. The second lottery game is also configured in the same manner as the first lottery game. The LED 37a is configured so that the emission colors (for example, red, green, and blue) of each LED are different, and the combination of the emission colors can suggest various gaming states of the pachinko machine 10 with a small number of LEDs.

Further, the fluctuation pattern (variation mode or dynamic display mode) in the pachinko machine 10 will be described later, but the fluctuation time is set for each fluctuation mode, and corresponds to the dynamic display mode related to time information. Further, the fluctuation pattern can be divided into a long-term fluctuation pattern having a relatively long fluctuation time and a short-term fluctuation pattern having a relatively short fluctuation time, depending on the fluctuation pattern that becomes reach and the fluctuation pattern that does not reach. In this way, even when the time is roughly sorted by a fixed time standard (here, reach, non-reach, or reference time (for example, whether it is longer than 10 seconds)), the time information is dynamic. Corresponds to the display mode.

Further, as will be described later, the time information until the fluctuation start time is reached also corresponds to the time when the fluctuation starts accurately, and the time information of the above-mentioned rough fluctuation pattern (for example, whether it is a long-time fluctuation pattern). Information about time information determined based on (whether or not, etc.) (for example, the number of long-term fluctuation patterns performed before the start of fluctuation, etc.) is also applicable.

In the pachinko machine 10, in the lottery performed for winning a prize in the first starting port 63a or the second starting port 63b, a winning or not judgment (big hit lottery) of whether or not a big hit is performed, and a judgment of the big hit type is also performed. conduct. As the jackpot type determined here, 15R normal jackpot, 15R probability variable jackpot, and 2R probability variable jackpot are prepared. The jackpot symbol displayed on the LED37b is a symbol indicating the jackpot type (in this embodiment, "9" for the 15R normal jackpot, "7" for the 15R probability variation jackpot, and "3" for the 2R probability variation jackpot, for example. Is displayed).

Here, the "15R normal jackpot" is a jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of 15 rounds, and after the jackpot, a special symbol jackpot random number table 202a (see FIG. 8B) for low probability, which will be described later, is used. It is a hit where the game is set. The "15R probability variation jackpot" is a jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of 15 rounds, and after the jackpot, a special symbol jackpot random number table 202a (FIG. 8 (b)) for high probability, which will be described later, is set. That is. The "2R probability variation jackpot" is a jackpot with a maximum number of rounds of 2 rounds, and after the jackpot, a special symbol jackpot random number table 202a (FIG. 8 (b)) for high probability, which will be described later, is set. That is.

In the game area, a plurality of general winning openings 79 are arranged in which 5 to 15 balls are paid out as prize balls when the balls are won. Further, a variable display device unit 80 is arranged in the central portion of the game area. The variable display device unit 80 is triggered by a prize (starting prize) for the first starting port 63a or the second starting port 63b, and is synchronized with the variable display on the first symbol display device 37 to have a third symbol (first symbol). A third symbol display device 81 is provided, which is composed of a liquid crystal display (hereinafter, simply abbreviated as "display device") that displays variations of the special symbol (second special symbol).

The third symbol display device 81 is composed of a large liquid crystal display having an 8-inch size, and the display content is controlled by the display control device 114 described later, so that the left side side is as shown in FIG. 5 (a). In the display area Dm1, three symbol rows of left, middle, and right indicating the first special symbol, which is one of the third symbols, are displayed. Each symbol row is composed of a plurality of symbols, and these symbols are vertically scrolled for each symbol row, and the third symbol (first special symbol) is variablely displayed on the left display area Dm1 of the third symbol display device 81 (1st special symbol). It is designed to be displayed dynamically). In the third symbol display device 81 of the present embodiment, the game state is displayed by the control of the main control device 110 by the first symbol display device 37, whereas the display of the first symbol display device 37 is displayed. It is a decorative display according to the situation. In addition, instead of the display device, for example, a reel or the like may be used to configure the third symbol display device 81. Further, the second special symbol, which is one of the third symbols, is also displayed in the right side display area Dm2 in the same manner as the first special symbol.

Here, the display contents of the third symbol display device 81 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 5 is a drawing for explaining the display screen of the third symbol display device 81, and FIG. 5A is a diagram schematically showing the area division setting and the effective line setting of the display screen. FIG. 5B is a diagram illustrating before and after rearranging the reserved symbol display on the actual display screen.

The third symbol (first special symbol, second special symbol) is composed of 10 types of special symbols having numbers from "0" to "9". Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the lottery result by the main control device 110 described later is a big hit, the same main symbols are aligned (for example, "777"), and the variable display is performed, and the variable display is performed. It is configured so that a jackpot will occur after the game is over.

As shown in FIG. 5A, the display screen of the third symbol display device 81 is mainly divided into upper and lower parts, and the third symbol (first special symbol, second special symbol) is set in the upper display area Dm. Is composed of a display area for displaying the above and a display area for displaying the reserved symbols (the number of reserved games of the first lottery game and the second lottery game) in the lower display area Ds. The upper display area Dm is divided into a left side display area Dm1 and a right side display area Dm2 so that they can be displayed. Mainly, in the left side display area Dm1, the first special symbol showing the determination result of the first lottery game based on the winning of the first starting port 63a is variablely displayed. On the other hand, in the right side display area Dm2, the second special symbol showing the determination result of the second lottery game based on the winning of the second starting port 63b is variablely displayed.

In the left side display area Dm1, three symbol rows L1, L2, and L3 on the left, middle, and right are displayed. In each of the symbol rows L1 to L3, the above-mentioned third symbol is displayed in a specified order. That is, the main symbols are arranged in the ascending or descending order of the numbers in the symbol rows L1 to L3, and the variable display is performed by scrolling from top to bottom with periodicity for each symbol row L1 to L3. In particular, in the left symbol row L1, the numbers of the main symbols are arranged so as to appear in descending order, and in the middle symbol row L2 and the right symbol row L3, the numbers of the main symbols are arranged so as to appear in ascending order. On the other hand, in the right side display area Dm2, the symbol columns R1, R2, and R3 are displayed as the second special symbol in the same manner as the first special symbol, and the variable display is performed in the same manner.

Further, in the left side display area Dm1 and the right side display area Dm2, the third symbol is stopped and displayed on the effective line U1. If the third symbol is aligned and stopped on the effective line with a combination of jackpot symbols (in the present embodiment, a combination of the same main symbols), a jackpot moving image is displayed as a jackpot.

On the other hand, the lower display area Ds is provided horizontally longer than the upper display area Dm, and is further divided into eight reserved symbol display areas Ds1 to Ds8 in the left-right direction.

On the actual display screen, as shown in FIG. 5B, a total of three main symbols of the special symbol (third symbol) are displayed in the upper display area Dm, and are displayed in the left display area Dm1 and the right display area Dm2, respectively. To.

In the present embodiment, the winning of the first starting port 63a or the second starting port 63b is suspended up to four times, respectively. If a game ball wins in the first starting port 63a while the first special symbol is variablely displayed, the start of the first lottery game based on the winning is suspended, and the reserved symbol display area (Ds1 to Ds8) of the lower display area Ds is suspended. In the reserved symbol display area (reserved symbol display area on the left side) of the youngest number in the area where the reserved symbol is not displayed in the display area of), "○" which is the reserved symbol of the first lottery game is displayed. ..

Further, if the game ball wins the second starting opening 63b while the second special symbol is variable, the reserved symbol of the second lottery game "●" is below, as in the case of winning the first starting opening 63a. It is displayed in the reserved symbol display area (Ds1 to Ds8) of the side display area Ds.

Returning to FIG. 2, the explanation will be continued. When the game ball enters the distribution winning device 630, the game ball is sequentially distributed to the first start port 63a and the second start port 63b by the distribution member 640 (see FIG. 4). If the first start port 63a is won with the variable display of the first special symbol stopped and there is no hold in the first lottery game, whether or not the second special symbol is in the variable display. Regardless of this, the first special symbol is variablely displayed in the left side display area Dm1 and then stopped and displayed. On the other hand, when the game ball wins in the second starting port 63b, the second special symbol is variablely displayed regardless of whether or not the first special symbol is being variablely displayed.

As described above, in the pachinko machine 10, the first special symbol and the second special symbol are configured to enable variable display at the same time in the left side display area Dm1 and the right side display area Dm2, respectively. Therefore, the distribution winning device 630 distributes the game balls that alternately win the first starting port 63a and the second starting port 63b, so that the first lottery game and the second lottery game can be efficiently executed. can. As will be described later, in the first lottery game and the second lottery game, a lottery is executed as to whether or not to execute the big hit game, so that the lottery opportunity of the big hit game is executed only in the first lottery game. It is possible to increase the number of lottery in comparison, and it is possible to increase the chances that the player can get a big hit.

Further, in the present embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 composed of the first lottery game and the second lottery game has been described, but the pachinko machine 10 is not limited to this, and three, four, or more lottery games and the corresponding start. Of course, it is also possible to provide each mouth so that the lottery results can be displayed in a variable manner at the same time.

Further, in the present embodiment, the distribution winning device 630 has a mechanical configuration (a game ball distribution configuration using a passive distribution member 640), but only one starting port is used, and each time the game ball wins a prize, the first Of course, it may be configured so that the start trigger of the 1 lottery game and the start trigger of the second lottery game are alternately distributed. With this configuration, it is not necessary to provide a mechanism for distributing the game balls on the game board surface, and the game area can be effectively utilized.

When a game ball wins a prize in the first starting port 63a and the second starting port 63b, the first starting port switch or the second starting port switch (not shown) provided on the back surface side of the game board 13 is turned on. A big hit lottery is made by the main control device 110 due to the on of the first start port switch and the second start port switch, and the display according to the lottery result is shown by the first symbol display device 37. Further, the first starting port 63a and the second starting port 63b are also one of the winning openings in which five balls are paid out as prize balls when the balls win a prize.

When either the first special symbol or the second special symbol is stopped and displayed with the symbol indicating the jackpot, if the other special symbol is in the variable display, the variable display is temporarily interrupted and the jackpot game ( For example, in the case of a 15-round normal jackpot, after the 15-round jackpot game) is completed, the variable display of the special symbol is continued for the remaining variable time.

The variation display for the remaining variation time is displayed in a variation mode dedicated to the remaining variation display so that the player can know that the variation display is the remaining variation display for the interrupted variation display. Further, as the variation mode dedicated to the remaining variation display, the variation display mode according to the remaining variation time is selected. Specifically, when the remaining fluctuation time is less than or equal to the reference time (3 seconds or less in this embodiment), the characters "The lottery result of the fluctuation display that has been temporarily stopped will be displayed!" 3 After displaying on the symbol display device 81 for the remaining fluctuation time, stop display is performed in a display mode showing the determination result. Then, along with the stop display of the determination result, the characters "The lottery result of the change display that was temporarily stopped is displayed!" Are displayed, and continue to be displayed until the next change is started.

On the other hand, when the remaining fluctuation time is longer than the reference time (3s in the present embodiment), all the main symbols constituting the special symbol are variablely displayed at a constant speed, and the characters "temporarily stop the fluctuation". The notification mode indicating "The display is changing!" Is displayed. After that, when the remaining fluctuation time elapses, the main symbols are stopped and displayed all at once in the symbol showing the determination result.

With this configuration, the player can recognize that it is a continuation of the variable display of the special symbol interrupted in the middle, and can recognize that it is the lottery result of the interrupted variable display. can. Therefore, even if the variable display is interrupted in the middle, the player can prevent the player from playing the game with dissatisfaction or doubt that the lottery may have disappeared in the middle.

Also, if either the first special symbol or the second special symbol is stopped and displayed with a symbol indicating a big hit, if the other special symbol is in a state where the variable display is stopped, a new variable display is made. Is prohibited from starting. When the jackpot game is completed, the variable display is set to be startable again based on the winning of the corresponding starting ports 63a and 63b.

As a result, it is possible to prevent a problem that the lottery game is executed and the occurrence of the big hits overlaps even during the big hit, and a problem that the player cannot concentrate on the big hit game.

Further, when the remaining fluctuation time is short, there is a problem that even if the continuation of the interrupted fluctuation mode is displayed, the player may overlook it or the notification result may not be understood because it is too short. However, in the configuration of the pachinko machine 10, if the remaining time is within the reference time (3s in the present embodiment), the notification result is displayed after notifying the player that the lottery result will be displayed immediately. Therefore, the player can recognize that the notification result that has been interrupted (temporarily stopped) is displayed.

Furthermore, even after the special symbol is stopped and displayed, a character is displayed to notify that the interrupted fluctuation display is stopped and displayed, so that the remaining fluctuation time is very short (for example, within 1 s). Further, the player can recognize that the interrupted fluctuation display is effective and the determination result is stopped and displayed.

Further, even when the remaining fluctuation time is longer than the reference time (3s in the present embodiment), the player is notified that the notification result that has been interrupted (temporarily stopped) is being displayed in a variable manner. The person can easily recognize that the suspended variable display was effective without disappearing.

Further, in the present embodiment, when the interrupted change display of the first special symbol or the second special symbol is resumed, the player is notified by characters to that effect, but the present invention is not particularly limited to this, and the voice is used. Or, of course, it may be configured to notify by a lamp or the like. In addition, the interrupted variation such as a display mode (for example, displayed by an animation notifying that the character or the like has resumed the interrupted variation display) indicating that the player has resumed. Of course, the notification may be made in a display mode dedicated to restarting the display. By doing so, the player can accurately recognize that the suspended fluctuation display has been resumed.

Further, in the present embodiment, when either the first special symbol or the second special symbol becomes a big hit, if the other special symbol is in the variable display, the variable display is interrupted. However, it is not limited to this, and although the measurement of the fluctuation time is interrupted during the jackpot game, the fluctuation display of the special symbol is continued as it is, and the remaining fluctuation time is measured after the jackpot game. May be resumed to display a variable display of a special symbol.

With this configuration, the special symbol is continuously displayed in a variable manner even during the jackpot game, so that the player can confirm that the other variable display does not disappear and continues. You can play big hit games with confidence.

Further, in the present embodiment, when one of the first special symbol and the second special symbol becomes a big hit, if the other special symbol is in the variable display, the variable display is interrupted. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the variable display may be continued without interruption to execute the lottery game as usual.

With this configuration, it is possible to perform more lottery games even during the jackpot game, and it is possible to perform more lottery games in a short period of time, so that the player can play many lottery games. It will be possible to do. In such a configuration, if one of the jackpot games is stopped and displayed by the other special symbol with a symbol indicating a hit, the execution of the jackpot game is delayed until the end of the jackpot game (stock). ), The player can continuously play the jackpot game.

Further, in the present embodiment, the interrupted variation display mode of the first special symbol or the second special symbol displayed on the third symbol display device 81 is displayed in a variation mode dedicated to the remaining variation display. Not limited to this, the remaining variation display of the first special symbol or the second special symbol displayed on the first symbol display device 37 may be displayed in a variation mode dedicated to the remaining variation display. Specifically, when the 7-segment display 37b is to display the remaining fluctuations, the first special symbol or the second special symbol is variablely displayed while blinking. Alternatively, the variable display of the first special symbol or the second special symbol is displayed by lighting it in the remaining color (for example, blue) dedicated to the variable display. By doing so, not only the third symbol display device 81 but also the first special symbol or the second special symbol displayed on the 7-segment display 37b display the remaining variation display to the player. Can be notified.

Further, similarly to the first special symbol or the second special symbol displayed on the third symbol display device 81, the variation display mode may be changed depending on the remaining variation time.

Further, during the interruption, the first special symbol or the second special symbol may be blinked and displayed in a predetermined display mode "for example, h of the alphabet" in a predetermined cycle. By configuring in this way, it is possible to notify the player that the first special symbol or the second special symbol is temporarily stopped (suspended).

A horizontally long rectangular variable winning device 65 is arranged on the lower right side of the game area. In the pachinko machine 10, when the lottery related to the jackpot of the first lottery game or the second lottery game in the main control device 110 becomes a jackpot, the first lottery is stopped after a predetermined time (variable time) has elapsed. The symbol display device 37 is turned on, and the stop symbol corresponding to the jackpot is displayed in the corresponding display area (left side display area Dm1 or right side display area Dm2) of the third symbol display device 81 to indicate the occurrence of the jackpot. .. After that, the gaming state transitions to a special gaming state (big hit) in which the ball is easy to win. As this special gaming state, the special winning opening 65a, which is normally closed, is opened for a predetermined time (for example, until 30 seconds have elapsed or until 10 balls are won).

The specific winning opening 65a is closed after a predetermined time has elapsed, and after the closing, the specific winning opening 65a is opened again for a predetermined time. The opening / closing operation of the variable winning device 65 is determined by the determined type of jackpot, and for example, if it is a 15R normal jackpot, it can be repeated up to 15 times (15 rounds). The state in which this opening / closing operation is performed is a form of a privileged gaming state that is advantageous for the player, and the player is given a larger amount of prize balls than usual as a game value (game value). Is done.

Specifically, when the variable winning device 65 is stopped and displayed with a symbol indicating a hit, the first special symbol or the second special symbol is stopped and displayed based on the winning of the first starting port 63a or the second starting port 63b. The opening / closing operation is set based on the jackpot type, and the specific winning opening 65a is opened for a predetermined time or until a predetermined condition is satisfied (in this embodiment, until 30 seconds have elapsed or 10 balls have won a prize). Will be done.

The variable winning device 65 includes a horizontally long rectangular opening / closing plate that covers the specific winning opening 65a, and a large opening solenoid (not shown) for driving the opening / closing forward with the lower side of the opening / closing plate as an axis. .. The specific winning opening 65a is normally closed so that the ball cannot win or is difficult to win. In the case of a big hit, the large opening solenoid is driven to tilt the opening / closing plate to the lower front side to temporarily form an open state in which the ball can easily win a prize in the specific winning opening 65a. It operates so that the state and the state are repeated alternately.

Attachment spaces K1 and K2 for attaching certificate stamps, identification labels, etc. are provided in the left and right corners on the lower side of the game board 13, and the certificate stamps, etc. attached to the attachment space K1 are the front frame 14. It can be visually recognized through the small window 35 (see FIG. 1).

Further, the game board 13 is provided with an out port 66. Balls that do not win in any of the winning openings 63a, 63b, 65a, 79 are guided to a ball discharge path (not shown) through the out opening 66. A large number of nails are planted on the game board 13 in order to appropriately disperse and adjust the falling direction of the ball, and various members (accessories) such as a windmill are arranged.

As shown in FIG. 3, the control board units 90 and 91 and the back pack unit 94 are mainly provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. The control board unit 90 is unitized by mounting a main board (main control device 110), a voice lamp control board (voice lamp control device 113), and a display control board (display control device 114). The control board unit 91 is unitized by mounting a payout control board (payout control device 111), a launch control board (launch control device 112), a power supply board (power supply device 115), and a card unit connection board 116.

In the back pack unit 94, the back pack 92 forming the protective cover portion and the payout unit 93 are unitized. In addition, each control board is used for MPU as a one-chip microcomputer that controls each control, a port for contacting various devices, a random number generator used for various lottery, and for time counting and synchronization. A clock pulse generation circuit, etc. is installed as needed.

The main control device 110, the voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114, the payout control device 111 and the emission control device 112, the power supply device 115, and the card unit connection board 116 are housed in the board boxes 100 to 104, respectively. .. The board boxes 100 to 104 include a box base and a box cover that covers an opening of the box base, and the box base and the box cover are connected to each other to house each control device and each board.

Further, in the board box 100 (main control device 110) and the board box 102 (payout control device 111 and launch control device 112), the box base and the box cover are connected (caulked structure) by a sealing unit (not shown) so as not to be opened. (Consolidated by). Further, a sealing sticker (not shown) is attached to the connecting portion between the box base and the box cover over the box base and the box cover. This seal is made of a brittle material, and if you try to peel off the seal to open the board boxes 100, 102, or if you try to forcibly open the board boxes 100, 102, the box base side and the box cover Cut to the side. Therefore, by checking the sealing unit or the sealing seal, it is possible to know whether or not the board boxes 100 and 102 have been opened.

The payout unit 93 includes a tank 130 located at the uppermost portion of the back pack unit 94 and opened upward, a tank rail 131 connected below the tank 130 and gently inclined toward the downstream side, and a downstream of the tank rail 131. It is equipped with a case rail 132 that is vertically connected to the side and a payout device 133 that is provided at the most downstream portion of the case rail 132 and dispenses balls by a predetermined electrical configuration of the payout motor 216 (see FIG. 6). ing. The tank 130 is sequentially replenished with balls supplied from the island equipment of the game hall, and the required number of balls are appropriately paid out by the payout device 133. A vibrator 134 for adding vibration to the tank rail 131 is attached to the tank rail 131.

Further, the payout control device 111 is provided with a state return switch 120, the launch control device 112 is provided with a variable resistor operation knob 121, and the power supply device 115 is provided with a RAM erasing switch (FIGS. 3, 122). ing. The state return switch 120 is operated to clear the ball jam (return to the normal state) when a payout error occurs, such as a ball jam in the payout motor 216 (see FIG. 6). The operation knob 121 is operated to adjust the firing force of the firing solenoid. The RAM erasing switch (FIGS. 3, 122) is operated when the power is turned on when it is desired to return the pachinko machine 10 to the initial state.

Next, with reference to FIG. 6, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described. FIG. 6 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10. The main control device 110 is equipped with an MPU 201 as a one-chip microcomputer which is an arithmetic unit. The MPU 201 is a ROM 202 that stores various control programs and fixed value data executed by the MPU 201, and a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when the control program stored in the ROM 202 is executed. A certain RAM 203 and other various circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data transmission / reception circuit are built-in. In order to instruct the operation to the sub control device such as the payout control device 111 and the voice lamp control device 113, various commands are transmitted from the main control device 110 to the sub control device by the data transmission / reception circuit. Such a command is transmitted from the main controller 110 to the sub controller in only one direction.

The main control device 110 executes the main processing of the pachinko machine 10, such as a jackpot lottery, display setting in the first symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81, and lottery of display results in the second symbol display unit 88. The RAM 203 is provided with a counter buffer (see FIG. 7) for storing various counters for controlling these processes.

Here, with reference to FIG. 7, a counter and the like provided in the RAM 203 of the main control device 110 will be described. These counters and the like use the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 to perform a jackpot lottery, setting the display of the first symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81, drawing the display result of the second symbol display unit 88, and the like. Used in.

The jackpot lottery and the display settings of the first symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81 include a special hit random number counter C1 used for the jackpot lottery and a special hit type counter C2 used for selecting the jackpot symbol. , The fluctuation pattern determination counter C3, the initial value random number counter CINI1 used for setting the initial value of the special hit random number counter C1, and the fluctuation type counter CS1 used for the fluctuation pattern selection are used. Further, the normal hit random number counter C4 is used for the lottery of the normal symbol (second symbol display unit 88), and the normal initial value random number counter CINI2 is used for setting the initial value of the normal hit random number counter C4. Each of these counters is a loop counter in which 1 is added to the previous value each time it is updated, and after reaching the maximum value, it returns to 0.

Each counter is updated, for example, at intervals of 2 milliseconds, which is the execution interval of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 14), and some counters are not used in the main process (S1000) (see FIG. 17). It is updated periodically, and the updated value is appropriately stored in the counter buffer set in the predetermined area of the RAM 203. Although the details will be described later, the RAM 203 stores the counter values for the first special symbol holding ball execution area 203c1 and the second starting port 63b, in which the counter values for winning the first starting port 63a are stored. A second special symbol holding ball execution area 203c2 is provided. In the present embodiment, the first starting port 63a and the second starting port 63b are each provided with a maximum of four holding balls, and a total of a maximum of eight holding balls can be stored. Therefore, if the game ball wins a prize in the first starting port 63a during the period when the special symbol can be drawn, such as when the special symbol is not displayed in a variable manner or when the special symbol is not in the jackpot game, each counter value. Is stored in the first special symbol holding ball execution area 203c1, and when the game ball wins in the second starting port 63b, each counter value is stored in the second special symbol holding ball execution area 203c2. On the other hand, during the period when the special symbol cannot be drawn, such as during the variable display of the first special symbol or the second special symbol or during the jackpot game of the first special symbol or the second special symbol, the game ball is the first starting port 63a or When a prize is won in the second starting port 63b, if the number of holdings for the winning starting port is less than the upper limit value (4 in this embodiment), each counter value is acquired and the winning starting port is won. Is stored in the first special symbol holding ball storage area 203a or the second special symbol holding ball storage area 203b corresponding to the above. Further, when the number of reserved balls for the winning start port is the upper limit value (4 in this embodiment) or more, each counter value or the like is not acquired and the prize balls (5 game balls in this embodiment) are not acquired. ) Is treated as an invalid ball paid out to the player.

In the present embodiment, the upper limit of the number of reserved balls is four for each of the first starting port 63a and the second starting port 63b, but the upper limit is not limited to four, and the upper limit may be four. You may not make a profit.

Each counter shown in FIG. 7 will be described in detail. The special hit random number counter C1 is incremented by 1 in order within a predetermined range (for example, 0 to 399), reaches the maximum value (for example, 399 in the case of a counter that can take a value of 0 to 399), and then becomes 0. It is configured to return. In particular, when the special hit random number counter C1 makes one round, the value of the initial value random number counter CINI1 at that time is read as the initial value of the special hit random number counter C1.

The initial value random number counter CINI1 is configured as a loop counter updated in the same range as the special hit random number counter C1. That is, for example, when the special hit random number counter C1 is a loop counter that can take a value of 0 to 399, the initial value random number counter CINI1 is also a loop counter in the range of 0 to 399. The initial value random number counter CINI1 is updated once for each execution of the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 14), and is repeatedly updated within the remaining time of the main process (S1200) (see FIG. 33).

The value of the special hit random number counter C1 is updated periodically (once for each timer interrupt process in this embodiment), and the ball wins a prize (starting prize) in the first starting port 63a or the second starting port 63b. At the timing, it is stored in the first special symbol holding ball execution area 203c1 or the second special symbol holding ball execution area 203c2 corresponding to the winning start port of the RAM 203. The value of the random number to be a jackpot is set by the jackpot random number table 202a (FIG. 8B) stored in the ROM 202 of the main control device 110, and the value of the special hit random number counter C1 is set by the jackpot random number table 202a. When it matches the value of the random number that becomes the big hit (in this embodiment, "7" at the time of low probability and "0-9" at the time of high probability), it is determined as a big hit.

The special hit random number counter C1 in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment is configured as a 2-byte loop counter in the range of 0 to 399. In this special hit random number counter C1, the number of random numbers (hits) that become big hits is 1 at low probability, the value "7" is 10, and the value "0-9" is big hit. It is stored in the random number table 202a.

The special hit type counter C2 determines the jackpot type in the case of a jackpot, and is incremented by 1 in order within a predetermined range (for example, 0 to 99), and the maximum value (99 in this embodiment). It is configured to return to 0 after reaching. The value of the special hit type counter C2 is updated periodically (once for each timer interrupt process in this embodiment), and the ball wins a prize in the first starting port 63a or the second starting port 63b (starting prize). At the timing of the winning, the RAM 203 is stored in the first special symbol holding ball execution area 203c1 or the second special symbol holding ball execution area 203c2 corresponding to the winning start port.

Here, if the value of the special hit random number counter C1 stored in the first special symbol holding ball execution area 203c1 or the second special symbol holding ball execution area 203c2 is not a random number that is a big hit, that is, if it is a random number that is out of order. For example, the variation pattern in the variation display effect and the type of the stop symbol (hereinafter referred to as "stop type") are those at the time of deviation. On the other hand, if the value of the special hit random number counter C1 stored in the first special symbol holding ball execution area 203c1 or the second special symbol holding ball execution area 203c2 is a big hit, the fluctuation pattern or stop in the fluctuation display effect. The type is the one at the time of big hit. In this case, the fluctuation pattern and the stop type at the time of the jackpot are determined corresponding to the jackpot type indicated by the value of the special hit type counter C2 stored in the same special symbol holding ball execution area 203c.

The value of the special hit type counter C2 in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment is configured as a loop counter in the range of 0 to 99. The jackpot type is determined based on the special hit type counter C2 and the jackpot type table 202b (see FIG. 8C) stored in the ROM 202. Here, as shown in FIG. 8A, various tables are stored in the ROM 202. FIG. 8B is a diagram schematically showing an example of the first jackpot random number counter table 202a, and FIG. 8C is a diagram schematically showing an example of the jackpot type table 202b. The jackpot type table 202b (FIG. 8 (c)) is a table in which the jackpot type and the value of the special hit type counter C2 are associated with each other.

As the jackpot type, as described above, "15R normal jackpot" in which the maximum number of rounds is 15 and a special symbol jackpot random number table 202a (see FIG. 8 (b)) for low probability after the jackpot game is set, is the maximum. "15R probability variation jackpot" where the special symbol jackpot random number table 202a (see Fig. 8 (b)) for high probability after the jackpot game with 15 rounds is set, the maximum number of rounds is 2 rounds and the high probability after the jackpot game There is a "2R probability variable jackpot" in which a special symbol jackpot random number table 202a (see FIG. 8B) for time is set.

In the jackpot type table 202b, the value of the special hit type counter C2 for determining the jackpot type is associated with each jackpot type. In the example of FIG. 8C, the value “60 to 99” of the special hit type counter C2 is associated with the 15R normal jackpot, and the value “0 to 49” of the special hit type counter C2 is associated with the 15R probability variable jackpot. Are associated with each other, and the value "50 to 59" of the special hit type counter C2 is associated with the 2R probability variation jackpot.

When the value of the special hit random number counter C1 is a value that becomes a big hit, the first special symbol holding ball execution area 203c1 or the second special symbol holding ball execution area 203c2 in which the value of the special hit random number counter C1 is stored is stored. The jackpot type associated with the value of the special hit type counter C2 stored in is determined from the jackpot type table 202b. For example, if the value of the special hit type counter C2 is "20", the 15R probability variation jackpot is determined as the jackpot type, and if the value of the special hit type counter C2 is "80", the jackpot type is 15R normal jackpot). It is determined.

As described above, in the present embodiment, in the case of a big hit, a 15R normal jackpot is selected with a probability of about 40%, a 15R probability variable jackpot is selected with a 50% probability, and a 2R probability variable jackpot is selected with a probability of 10%. The jackpot type table 202b is specified to be selected.

Returning to FIG. 7, the description of various counters will be continued. The fluctuation pattern determination counter C3 is configured to be incremented by 1 in order within the range of, for example, 0 to 198, reach the maximum value (that is, 198), and then return to 0. Further, the variation type counter CS1 is configured to be incremented by 1 in the range of 0 to 100, reach the maximum value (that is, 100), and then return to 0.

The values of the fluctuation pattern determination counter C3 and the fluctuation type counter CS1 are updated periodically (once for each timer interrupt processing in this embodiment), and the ball is the first start port 63a or the second start port. At the timing of winning the prize (starting prize) in 63b, the first special symbol or the second special symbol is not being displayed in a variable manner, and is stored in the first special symbol holding ball storage area 203a or the second special symbol holding ball storage area 203b. When various counter values of the reserved balls are not stored, they are stored in the first special symbol reserved ball execution area 203c1 or the second special symbol reserved ball execution area 203c2 of the RAM 203.

FIG. 10A is a diagram schematically showing an example of the normal time special hit variation pattern table 202d stored in the ROM 202. As shown in FIG. 10A, the normal time special hit variation pattern table 202d is set in the case where the special symbol big hit random number table 202a for high probability time is set in the big hit random number table 202a (hereinafter, it is assumed to be a normal game state). ), 15R normal jackpot and 15R probability variable jackpot (hereinafter referred to as 15R jackpot) and 2R probability variable jackpot referred to when the 15R jackpot is determined as the jackpot type. Is divided into groups (groups) based on the 2R probability variation jackpot exclusive use referred to when is determined, and the value of the variation type counter CS1 is associated with each of the divided groups. When the value of the special hit random number counter C1 is a value (hit value) that becomes a big hit, it is stored in the execution area according to the big hit type corresponding to the value of the special hit type counter C2 stored in the same execution area. The fluctuation pattern group is selected from the fluctuation pattern group corresponding to the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1. Then, the fluctuation pattern is determined based on the value of the fluctuation pattern determination counter C3 stored in the execution area.

There are various types of normal reach, various types of super reach, and various types of premier reach in the 15R jackpot, and the correspondence with the value of the variable type counter CS1 is 0 to 10 for various types of normal reach, 11 to 95 for various types of super reach, and 96 types for various types of premier reach. It is ~ 100. Various types of Noor Reach are reach with a short fluctuation time, and are fluctuation patterns in which the first symbol (or the third symbol) is aligned after the short reach (so-called stop of bitterness and the symbols are aligned). , The first symbol (or the third symbol) is aligned after the reach of the fluctuation time longer than the normal reach (for example, the reach that develops from the long reach or the normal reach). The first symbol (or the third symbol) is aligned after the reach of time (for example, the reach that develops further after the super reach or the special reach that develops from the normal reach is different from the super reach), and the judgment result is out of order. In the case of, it is a fluctuation pattern that is not selected.

In addition, "various reach" means that there are many different production contents in each reach. For example, in super reach, a reach that displays a rear image by changing it quickly or a certain character is used. There is a reach that is displayed suddenly, and in addition, there are multiple reach with different production contents, such as one with a notice effect before the start of variable display and one with a big hit effect in the re-variable display.

In the case of the 2R probability variation jackpot, the 2R probability variation dedicated variation pattern is selected regardless of the value of the variation type counter CS1 and the value of the variation pattern determination counter C3. The 2R probability variation-dedicated variation pattern is, for example, a special variation pattern in which the special symbol is stopped at "341" to notify that the 2R probability variation has been won.

FIG. 10B is a diagram schematically showing an example of the normal time special deviation fluctuation pattern table 202e stored in the ROM 202. As shown in FIG. 10B, the normal time special deviation fluctuation pattern table 202e shows various types of normal deviations that are completely out of the normal game state as the stop type at the time of the normal game, and the normal reach with a relatively short fluctuation time among the normal reach deviations. It consists of various types of normal reach (short) that are out of reach, various types of normal reach (long) that are out of normal reach with a relatively long fluctuation time, and various types of super reach that are out of super reach.

The correspondence between the variation type counter CS1 and each variation pattern group is usually out of order when the value of the variation type counter CS1 is "0 to 29", and normal reach (short) when the value is "30 to 60". ) Various types, in the case of "61 to 89", various types of normal reach (long), and in the case of "90 to 100", various types of super reach are determined.

For each type of normal deviation, a normal deviation A and a normal deviation B are set, in which the variation display is completed in a short time and the reach is not established. When the value of the fluctuation pattern determination counter C3 is "0 to 100", the normal deviation A is selected, and when the value is "101 to 198", the normal deviation B fluctuation pattern is selected. Further, the fluctuation patterns of the normal reach shorts A to C are set for each type of normal reach (short) in which the reach is established but the fluctuation time is short. When the value of the fluctuation pattern determination counter C3 is "0 to 70", the normal reach short A is "71 to 128", and when the normal reach short B is "129 to 198". Is selected for each of the fluctuation patterns of the normal reach short C. Similarly, fluctuation patterns are selected for various normal reach lengths and various super reach lengths.

FIG. 11A is a diagram schematically showing the time saving / probability variation special hit variation pattern table 202d stored in the ROM 202. Further, FIG. 11B is a diagram schematically showing a special deviation variation pattern table 202e for time saving / probability variation stored in the ROM 202. The special hit variation pattern table 202d for time reduction / probability variation and the special hit / miss variation pattern table for time reduction / probability variation are set when the special symbol jackpot random number table 202a for high probability time is set in the jackpot random number table 202a (hereinafter, game). It is a table for variable pattern selection that is selected when the state is a probabilistic game state) and when a value of "0" or more is set in the time reduction counter 203k (hereinafter, the game state is a time reduction game state). ..

Since the selection of the fluctuation pattern is the same as that of the normal time special hit fluctuation pattern table 202d and the normal time special deviation fluctuation pattern table 202e, the description thereof will be omitted. Although only one type of the special hit fluctuation pattern table 202d and the special deviation fluctuation pattern table 202e has been described here, the special hit fluctuation pattern table 202d and the special special hit fluctuation pattern table 202d are dedicated to the first special symbol and the second special symbol, respectively. The deviation variation pattern table 202e is set, and the distribution of the variation pattern determination counter C3 is changed between the first special symbol and the second special symbol, and the first special symbol and the second special symbol are set. Therefore, even if the value of the same fluctuation pattern determination counter C3 is acquired, the same fluctuation pattern is not selected. With this configuration, it becomes easy to select different variation patterns for the first special symbol and the second special symbol, and it is possible to produce various effects.

Returning to FIG. 7, the description of various counters will be continued. The normal hit random number counter C4 (see FIG. 8D) is configured as a loop counter in which, for example, 1 is sequentially added in the range of 0 to 239, the maximum value (that is, 239) is reached, and then the value returns to 0. When the ball passes through the normal symbol start port 67, it is stored in the normal symbol holding ball storage area 203h (see FIG. 7) of the RAM 203. The value of the random number that becomes the jackpot of the ordinary symbol is set by the random number table 202c (FIG. 8D) stored in the ROM 202 of the main control device 110, and the value of the ordinary random number counter C4 is set. If it matches the value of the random number that is the hit set by the random number table 202c per normal symbol, it is determined to be a hit of the normal symbol.

Further, when the normal hit random number counter C4 makes one round, the value of the normal initial value random number counter CINI2 at that time is read as the initial value of the normal hit random number counter C4. In the present embodiment, the value of the normal hit random number counter C4 is updated for each timer interrupt process (see FIG. 14), and is acquired when it is detected that the sphere has passed through the normal symbol start port 67 (through gate). .. The number of random numbers to be won is 24 in the normal gaming state, and the range is "5 to 28". Further, in the high probability gaming state, it is 200, and the range is "5 to 204". That is, in the normal gaming state, if the acquired value of the normal hit random number counter C4 is in the range of "5 to 28", it is determined to be a winner, and in the high probability gaming state, the acquired normal hit random number counter C4 value. Is in the range of "5 to 204", it is determined to be a winner, and the symbol "○" is lit and displayed on the second symbol display unit 88 as a stop symbol (second symbol), and the normal electric accessory 64 is displayed. The blades 64a and 64b are opened twice for a predetermined time (1.2s in the present embodiment) in the normal gaming state and for a predetermined time (1s in the present embodiment) in the high probability gaming state. The normal initial value random number counter CINI2 is configured as a loop counter that is updated in the same range as the normal hit random number counter C4 (value = 0 to 239), and is updated once for each timer interruption process (see FIG. 14). At the same time, the update is repeated within the remaining time of the main process (S1200) (see FIG. 33).

When the game ball passes through the normal symbol start port 67, if the normal symbol (second symbol) is not displayed in a variable manner and the counter value based on the reserved ball is not stored in the normal symbol holding ball storage area 203h, the counter value is not stored. A random number value is acquired from the normal hit random number counter C4 in the normal symbol holding ball execution area 203i, and is stored in the normal hit random number counter storage area 203i1. Further, when the normal symbol (second symbol) is variablely displayed or the random number value corresponding to the reserved ball stored in the normal symbol reserved ball storage area 203h is less than the upper limit value (4 in this embodiment). Is stored in the normal hit random number counter storage area 203h1 of the corresponding hold times (normal symbol hold 1 to 4) in which the random number value acquired from the normal hit random number counter C4 is held. When the random value is stored in each area, the normal symbol flag 203j is set to ON, and the fluctuation display of the normal symbol based on the random value is stopped, or the hold is exhausted and the previous hold is performed. If the data is shifted to the area, it will be set to off. Here, when the data is shifted, the normal symbol flag of the newly shifted and stored hold area is set to on. Judgment as to whether or not data is stored in the hold area or whether or not the normal symbol is being displayed in a variable manner is executed depending on which hold area or whether or not the normal symbol flag of the execution area is turned on.

As described above, the RAM 203 is provided with various counters and the like, and in the main control device 110, the jackpot lottery and the display in the first symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81 are displayed according to the value of the counter or the like. Main processing of the pachinko machine 10 such as setting and lottery of display results in the second symbol display unit 88 can be executed.

In the present embodiment, the lottery between the first lottery game and the second lottery game is configured to select various common counter values, but the first lottery game (first special symbol) and the second lottery By setting various counters dedicated to each game (second special symbol) and changing the update triggers and initial values of various counters between the first lottery game and the second lottery game, they are updated with different values. Of course, it may be composed of the counter values to be generated.

By configuring in this way, in the lottery between the first special symbol and the second special symbol, even if the counter values are acquired at the same opportunity, the counter values of different values can be acquired, and the second It is possible to suppress a variation pattern selected between the 1 special symbol and the 2nd special symbol, and a problem that the determination result of whether or not the result is synchronized.

In addition, even if the variation pattern is selected from the common variation pattern table for the first special symbol and the second special symbol, the problem that the selected variation patterns are synchronized is suppressed, and various effects are produced. It can be performed. Further, the stored data in the RAM 203 of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 can be suppressed, and an inexpensive configuration (using a RAM having a small storage area or the like) can be obtained.

Returning to FIG. 6, the explanation will be continued. In addition to the counter buffer shown in FIG. 6, the RAM 203 has a stack area in which the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 201 and the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 201 are stored, various flags and counters, and an I / O. It has a work area (work area) in which values such as are stored. The RAM 203 has a configuration in which a backup voltage is supplied from the power supply device 115 to hold (back up) data even after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, and all the data stored in the RAM 203 is backed up. ..

When the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like, the stack pointer at the time of the power failure (including the time when a power failure occurs; the same applies hereinafter) and the value of each register are stored in the RAM 203. On the other hand, at the time of turning on the power (including turning on the power by eliminating the power failure, the same applies hereinafter), the state of the pachinko machine 10 is restored to the state before the power is cut off based on the information stored in the RAM 203. Writing to the RAM 203 is executed by the main process (S1200) (see FIG. 33) when the power is cut off, and restoration of each value written in the RAM 203 is executed in the start-up process (see FIG. 32) when the power is turned on. The NMI terminal (non-maskable interrupt terminal) of the MPU 201 is configured to input a power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 when the power is cut off due to a power failure or the like, and the power failure signal SG1 is the MPU201. When input to, the NMI interrupt process (see FIG. 31) as the power failure process is immediately executed.

The RAM 203 includes a first special symbol holding ball storage area 203a, a second special symbol holding ball storage area 203b, a first special symbol holding ball execution area 203c, a second special symbol holding ball execution area 203d, and a first special symbol holding ball number. Counter 203e, 2nd special symbol holding ball number counter 203f, normal symbol holding ball number counter 203g, normal symbol holding ball storage area 203h, normal symbol holding ball execution area 203i, normal symbol flag 203j, time saving counter 203k, probability variation flag 203m, 1st jackpot flag 203o, 2nd jackpot flag 203p, 1st variable stop flag 203q, 2nd variable stop flag 203r, 1st variable time storage area 203s, 2nd variable time storage area 203t, sort hold storage area 203u, etc. It has at least a memory area 203v.

The first special symbol holding ball storage area 203a is a storage area for storing various counter values acquired based on winning a prize in the first starting port 63a up to the upper limit number (4 in this embodiment). be. Further, the second special symbol holding ball storage area 203b stores various counter values acquired based on the fact that the game ball has won a prize in the second starting port 63b up to the upper limit number (4 in this embodiment). It is a storage area for.

The first special symbol holding ball execution area 203c is a storage area in which various counter values for starting variable display of the first special symbol are stored, and when the first special symbol stops variable display, the first special symbol is stopped. When various counter values are stored in the reserved ball storage area 203a, the various counter values are shifted and stored in the storage area. The second special symbol reserved ball execution area 203d is a storage area in which various counter values for starting the variable display of the second special symbol are stored, and the details are the same as those of the first special symbol reserved ball execution area 203c. ..

The first special symbol holding ball storage area 203a, the second special symbol holding ball storage area 203b, the first special symbol holding ball execution area 203c, and the second special symbol holding ball execution area 203d are for counters when a start winning prize is detected. Each value of the special hit random number counter C1, the special hit type counter C2, the fluctuation pattern determination counter C3, and the fluctuation type counter CS1 acquired from the buffer (see FIG. 7) is stored. When the MPU 201 detects that the ball has won a prize in the first starting port 63a in the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 14), the MPU 201 acquires the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 from the counter buffer, and obtains the first value. The reserved ball storage area 203a is stored in the special hit random number counter storage area 203a1, the special hit type counter storage area 203a2, the fluctuation pattern determination counter 203a3, and the fluctuation type counter storage area 203a4, respectively. On the other hand, when it is detected that the ball has won a prize in the second starting port 63b, the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 are acquired from the counter buffer as in the first special symbol holding ball storage area 203a, and the corresponding values are obtained. Each area (not shown) is similarly stored.

When the MPU 201 detects that it is the execution start timing of the variation effect, the MPU 201 executes the above-mentioned first process such as a jackpot lottery and a display setting of the first symbol display device 37 or the third symbol display device 81. One of the data (counters C1 to C3, CS1 values) stored in the special symbol holding ball storage area 203a and the second special symbol holding ball storage area 203b corresponding to each start winning. The data is shifted to the special symbol reserved ball execution area 203c. The shift in the present embodiment means that the data stored in one area is moved to another area.

The first special symbol reserved ball number counter 203e and the second special symbol reserved ball number counter 203f are the first start detected in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 14) that is periodically executed every 2 milliseconds. Based on the winning of the mouth 63a or the second starting port 63b, the number of reserved balls (number of waiting times) of the variable display effect (variable display effect performed by the third symbol display device 81) performed by the first symbol display device 37 is set. It is a counter that counts up to 4 times each. The first special symbol reserved ball number counter 203e and the second special symbol reserved ball number counter 203f are set to zero as initial values by the initial setting process (FIG. 32, S1112) of the RAM 203 after the power is turned on. Then, each time the starting prize is detected and the number of reserved balls in the variable display increases, 1 is added up to the maximum value of 4. On the other hand, the first special symbol reserved ball number counter 203a and the second special symbol reserved ball number counter 203b are decremented by 1 each time the variation display effect is executed.

Further, the value of the first special symbol reserved ball number counter 203e (that is, the number of reserved balls) is a counter value in the first special symbol reserved ball storage area 203a based on the fact that the game ball has won a prize in the first starting port 63a. Is stored, the voice lamp control device 113 is notified by the first special symbol reserved ball number command output from the main control device 110. The first special symbol reserved ball number command is a command transmitted from the main control device 110 to the voice lamp control device 113 every time the start winning is detected and the first special symbol reserved ball number counter 203e is incremented by 1. Is.

Further, the value of the second special symbol reserved ball number counter 203f (that is, the number of reserved balls) is a counter value in the second special symbol reserved ball storage area 203b based on the fact that the game ball has won a prize in the second starting port 63b. Is stored, the voice lamp control device 113 is notified by the second special symbol reserved ball number command output from the main control device 110. The second special symbol reserved ball number command is a command transmitted from the main control device 110 to the voice lamp control device 113 every time the start winning is detected and the second special symbol reserved ball number counter 203f is incremented by 1. Is.

When the values of the counters C1 to C3 and CS1 acquired from the counter buffer are stored in the first special symbol holding ball execution area 203c or the second special symbol holding ball execution area 203d, the MPU 201 is the first. 1 Refer to the data stored in the special symbol holding ball execution area 203c or the second special symbol holding ball execution area 203d in the first fluctuation start processing (FIG. 16, S203) or the second fluctuation start processing (FIG. 20, S206). Then, the jackpot lottery is performed based on the reference data, and the fluctuation pattern and the stop type corresponding to the lottery result are determined. In the first symbol display device 37, a variation display effect is performed based on the determined variation pattern and stop type under the control of the main control device 110.

Further, the fluctuation pattern and the stop type determined here are notified to the voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 by the first or second fluctuation pattern command and the stop type command. Then, under the control of the display control device 114, the third symbol display device 81 performs the variation display effect based on the variation pattern and the stop type notified by the variation pattern command and the stop type command.

The normal symbol holding ball number counter 203g allows the game ball to pass through the normal symbol starting port 67 detected in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 14) that is periodically executed every 2 milliseconds (hereinafter, “starting prize”). The variation display effect performed by the first symbol display device 37 (variation display effect performed by the second symbol display unit 88 and the second symbol display device 88 of the third symbol display device 81). It is a counter that counts the number of reserved balls (number of waiting times) up to 4 times each. The normal symbol reserved ball number counter 203 g is a counter that stores the total number of reserved balls stored based on the fact that the game ball has passed through the normal symbol start opening 67. Zero is set as the initial value by the initial setting process (FIG. 32, S1112) of the RAM 203 after the power is turned on. Then, every time the starting prize is detected and the number of reserved balls in the variable display increases, 1 is added up to the maximum value of 4. On the other hand, the normal symbol reserved ball number counter 203g is decremented by 1 each time the variation display effect is executed (see FIGS. 29 and S106).

The normal symbol holding ball storage area 203h is a storage area in which the normal hit random number counter C4 acquired from the counter buffer (see FIG. 7) is stored when the start winning prize is detected in the normal symbol start port 67. When the MPU 201 of the main controller 110 detects that the sphere has passed through the normal symbol start port 67 (starting prize) in the timer interrupt processing (see FIG. 14), the normal hit random number counter C4 is used from the counter buffer. The value is acquired and stored in the normal hit random number counter storage area 203h1 of the normal symbol holding ball storage area 203h. The normal symbol flag 203j is set to ON in the normal symbol flag storage area 203h2 and stored (stored). The normal symbol holding ball storage area 203h has four holding areas so that the data (value of the counter C4, the normal symbol flag 203j) corresponding to one start winning can be stored (held) up to four times. There is. In the normal symbol holding ball storage area 203h, the data of the holding balls in the order of passing through the normal symbol starting port 67 (starting prize) are stored in order from the holding area in which the data is vacant, in order from the earliest digested holding area. Will be done.

Further, when the normal symbol holding ball execution area 203i detects that it is the execution start timing of the fluctuation display effect of the normal symbol based on the start winning prize, each counter value is stored, and the normal symbol winning lottery or the first It is a memory for storing data (value of counter C4) to be referred to in processing such as setting of display (variation pattern) of the symbol display device 37 or the third symbol display device 81.

When the MPU 201 detects that it is the execution start timing of the fluctuation display effect of the normal symbol, the MPU 201 executes a winning lottery, a display setting of the second symbol display unit 88 or the second symbol display device 88, and the like. In addition, among the data (value of the random number counter C4 per normal hit) stored in the above-mentioned normal symbol holding ball storage area 203h, the data corresponding to one start winning is used as the normal symbol holding ball. Shift to the execution area 203i. The shift in the present embodiment means that the data stored in one area is moved to another area.

The ordinary symbol flag 203j is a flag indicating that the data of the ordinary hit random number counter C4 is stored and is held, and is a flag indicating that the ordinary symbol is being displayed in a variable manner. When the value of the normal hit random number counter C4 is stored in the normal symbol holding ball execution area 203i or the normal symbol holding ball storage area 203h, it is set to ON. Further, when the value of the normal hit counter C4 is shifted to the next hold area (the hold area corresponding to the hold number in which the hold is exhausted and the hold number is reduced by one), the hold area before the shift is used. The normal symbol flag 203j is set to off, while the shifted and stored normal symbol flag 203j is set to on. Further, when the fluctuation display of the normal symbol is processed to stop the fluctuation, the normal symbol flag 203j is set to off.

The time reduction counter 203k is a counter area in which the time reduction number 100 is set after the 15R normal jackpot game is executed. When the number of time reductions is set, the random number table per normal symbol for high probability time is set in the random number table 202c per normal symbol until the number of time reductions is set to 0. Further, when the symbol "○" indicating the hit of the ordinary symbol is displayed on the second symbol display unit 88, the blades 64a and 64b of the ordinary electric accessory 64 have a longer opening time than in the normal gaming state (in the present embodiment). 1s) The opening operation is repeated twice. This gaming state is hereinafter referred to as a time-saving gaming state.

The time saving counter 203k is decremented by 1 each time the first special symbol or the second special symbol fluctuates and stops displaying, and when the value of the time saving counter 203k becomes 0, the time saving gaming state is changed to the normal gaming state, and the normal symbol When the random number table per normal symbol for the low probability of the hit random number counter 202c is set and the symbol "○" indicating the hit of the normal symbol is displayed on the second symbol display unit 88, the opening time is 0.2 s. By setting the number of times of opening once, the blades 64a and 64b of the ordinary electric accessory 64 are opened.

The probability variation flag 203m is a flag indicating that the gaming state is a high-probability gaming state. In the first special symbol or the second special symbol, it is notified that the 15R probability variation jackpot game has been won, and when the 15R probability variation jackpot game is executed, a flag set to be turned on based on the end of the jackpot game. Is. On the other hand, when the probability change flag 203m is set to on and the symbol indicating the jackpot in the first special symbol or the second special symbol (all types) is stopped and displayed, it is set to off, and after the jackpot game, depending on the jackpot type, If it is a 15R probability variation jackpot or a 2R probability variation jackpot, it is set to on.

The first big hit flag 203o is a flag set to be turned on when it is determined that the value of the acquired special hit random number counter C1 is a hit based on the winning of the first starting port 63a. In addition, it is set to off when the jackpot game is completed.

The second big hit flag 203p is a flag set to be turned on when it is determined that the value of the acquired special hit random number counter C1 is a hit based on the winning of the second starting port 63b. In addition, it is set to off when the jackpot game is completed.

The first fluctuation stop flag 203q is a flag indicating that the jackpot determination of the second special symbol is determined to be a hit while the first special symbol is variable display. It is set to ON in the second special symbol jackpot determination process (FIG. 21, S717) executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, which will be described later. Further, in the first special symbol variation stop processing (FIG. 19, S603), the variation display of the first special symbol is set to off when the temporary stop processing is performed.

The second stop flag 203r is a flag indicating that the jackpot determination of the first special symbol is determined to be a hit while the second special symbol is variable display. It is set to ON in the first special symbol jackpot determination process (FIG. 17, S407) executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, which will be described later. Further, in the second special symbol variation stop process (FIG. 23, S803), the variation display of the second special symbol is set to off when the temporary stop process is executed.

The first variable time storage area 203s is a storage area in which the variable time of the first special symbol is counted (measured). In the first variable time storage area 203s, when the variable display of the first special symbol is started, the variable time is counted (the number of interrupts is counted), and the variable time (2 ms for one interrupt) is measured.

The second fluctuation time storage area 203t is a storage area in which the fluctuation time of the second special symbol is counted (measured). The second variable time storage area 203t counts the variable time (counts the number of interrupts) when the second special symbol starts to change, and measures the variable time (2 ms for one interrupt).

In the present embodiment, the first fluctuation time storage area 203s and the second fluctuation time storage area 203t measure the fluctuation time by counting the number of interrupts, but the variation time is not limited to this, and timekeeping data is acquired from the RTC at the start of the fluctuation. After that, the timekeeping data may be acquired at any time to measure the fluctuation time. Further, it may be of course a configuration in which the fluctuation time to be variablely displayed is stored in advance and the value is subtracted at any time.

The sort hold storage area 203u is the first special symbol hold ball storage area 203a or the second special symbol hold ball storage area 203b in the first look-ahead process (FIG. 25, S907) or the second look-ahead process (FIG. 27, S914). It is a storage area in which each determination result determined based on each data of the hold areas 1 to 4 stored in is stored.

FIG. 9A is a diagram schematically showing the sort hold storage area 203u. The sort hold storage area 203u corresponds to a hold data storage area in which each determination data corresponding to each hold number of hold areas 1 to 8 is stored, and a first special symbol and a second special symbol being displayed in a variable manner. It is composed of a changing data storage area in which each judgment data is stored.

In each of the pending data holding areas 1 to 8, the hit / fail judgment result storage area 203u1, the jackpot type storage area 203u2, the variation pattern type storage area 203u3, the variation order storage area 203u4, the variation start time storage area 203u5, and the look-ahead probability change flag 203u6. Are provided respectively. The holding areas 1 to 8 are stored in order from the holding area 1 in the order in which the holding balls are established (the overall order in which the first starting port 63a and the second starting port 63b are combined). That is, the holding areas 1 to 8 indicate the order in which the holding balls are established in the pachinko machine 10 by combining the holding balls of the first special symbol and the holding balls of the second special symbol.

In the data storage area during variable display, a hit / fail judgment result storage area 203u1, a jackpot type storage area 203u2, a fluctuation pattern storage area 203u3, and a look-ahead probability change flag 203u6 are provided corresponding to the first special symbol and the second special symbol, respectively. Has been done.

In the first look-ahead process (FIG. 25, S907) or the second look-ahead process (FIG. 27, S914), the hit / fail determination result storage area 203u1 is the first special symbol hold ball storage area 203a or the second special symbol hold ball storage area 203b. This is a storage area in which the result of preliminarily determining whether or not the special hit random number counter C1 is stored in is stored.

The jackpot type storage area 203u2 is set in the first special symbol holding ball storage area 203a or the second special symbol holding ball storage area 203b in the first look-ahead process (FIG. 25, S907) or the second look-ahead process (FIG. 27, S914). This is a storage area in which the jackpot type determined from the stored special hit type counter C2 is stored.

The variation pattern type storage area 203u3 is the first special symbol holding ball storage area 203a or the second special symbol holding ball storage area 203b in the first look-ahead process (FIG. 25, S907) or the second look-ahead process (FIG. 27, S914). It is a storage area in which the type of variation pattern determined based on various data stored in is stored. This fluctuation pattern is data that can identify whether the fluctuation pattern is the first special symbol or the second special symbol, and the data in the holding area is either the first special symbol or the second special symbol. It is also used as data to identify whether it is the data of.

In the first look-ahead process (FIG. 25, S907) or the second look-ahead process (FIG. 27, S914), the variable display order storage area 203u4 has the first special symbol hold ball storage area 203a or the second special symbol hold ball storage area 203b. It is a storage area in which the actual variation display start order in the determined hold areas 1 to 8 is stored based on various data stored in. The fluctuation display start order is specifically determined by calculating the fluctuation start time of the newly stored reserved sphere and comparing it with the fluctuation start time of each reserved sphere stored earlier. ..

In the first look-ahead process (FIG. 25, S907) or the second look-ahead process (FIG. 27, S914), the variation start time storage area 203u5 is the first special symbol hold ball storage area 203a or the second special symbol hold ball storage area 203b. It is a storage area in which the time until each data of the reserved areas 1 to 8 calculated based on the various data stored in the variable display actually starts is stored. When the variation display start time is stored in the hold area, it is updated at any time by another process (S112) of the timer interrupt process (FIG. 14) executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110.

The look-ahead probability variation flag storage area 203u6 predicts that the type of the stored jackpot type storage area 203k2 is a 15R probability variation jackpot or a 2R probability variation jackpot in the first look-ahead update process (FIG. 26, S933) described later (determined in advance). ), This is the storage area that is set to on and stored. Further, the look-ahead probability change flag storage area 203u6 is set to off because every time the data is shifted to a higher holding area and stored, all the areas before the shift are cleared to 0. That is, the look-ahead probability change flag storage area 203u6 once set to on is shifted to the changing data storage area, and new data is overwritten (shifted) in the changing data storage area, so that it is set to off. .. Further, when the power is turned on to the gaming machine and the RAM clearing process is executed, the default value is set to off.

When the power is cut off in the pachinko machine 10, each data in the sort hold storage area 203u is backed up and stored in a backup area (not shown) of the RAM 203. Then, when the power is turned on again, it is read from the stored backup area and set.

The other memory area 203v is an area for temporarily storing other counter values and the like used by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110.

In this way, when a game ball wins a prize in the first starting port 63a or the second starting port 63b and a reserved ball is generated, each of the reserved balls is formed in the order in which the first starting port 63a and the second starting port 63b are combined. Various determination data of the reserved ball are stored. Therefore, when the winning command is generated based on the sort hold storage area 203u, the voice lamp control device 113 establishes a hold in which the first special symbol and the second special symbol are combined based on the winning command. It is possible to generate a command to be output to the display control device 114 so that the reserved symbols are displayed in order. Therefore, the reserved symbol display of the first special symbol and the second special symbol can be displayed on the third symbol display device 81 in the order in which the reserved symbol is combined with the first special symbol and the second special symbol.

Further, since the variable display start order of each hold is also determined and stored in relation to the establishment order, the winning command is generated based on the variable display start order, so that the voice lamp control device 113 also receives the command. Based on the winning command, the order in which each hold is established and the actual order in which the variable display is started can be determined.

In addition, since the variable start time of each hold is stored in each hold area and the time is managed (updated according to the passage of time), the variable display start order of the newly stored hold data can be easily performed. It can be determined.

Returning to FIG. 6, the explanation will be continued. The input / output port 205 is connected to the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 via a bus line 204 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The input / output port 205 is driven to open / close forward with the lower side of the opening / closing plate of the payout control device 111, the voice lamp control device 113, the first symbol display device 37, the second symbol display unit 88, and the specific winning opening 65a as an axis. A solenoid 209 including a large opening solenoid for driving a solenoid and a solenoid for driving an electric accessory is connected, and the MPU 201 transmits various commands and control signals to these via the input / output port 205.

Further, various switches 208 including a switch group and a sensor group (not shown) and a RAM erasing switch (FIG. 3, 122) circuit 253 provided in the power supply device 115 are connected to the input / output port 205, and the MPU 201 is connected to the MPU 201. Various processes are executed based on the signals output from the various switches 208 and the RAM erasing signal SG2 output from the RAM erasing switch (FIGS. 3, 122) circuit 253.

The payout control device 111 drives the payout motor 216 to control the payout of prize balls and rented balls. The MPU 211, which is an arithmetic unit, has a ROM 212 that stores a control program and fixed value data executed by the MPU 211, and a RAM 213 that is used as a work memory or the like.

The RAM 213 of the payout control device 111, like the RAM 203 of the main control device 110, has a stack area in which the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 211 and the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 211 are stored, and various flags and counters. It has a work area (work area) in which values such as I / O are stored. The RAM 213 has a configuration in which a backup voltage is supplied from the power supply device 115 to hold (back up) data even after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, and all the data stored in the RAM 213 is backed up. Similar to the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 is also configured to input the power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 when the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like, and the power failure signal SG1 is configured. When input to the MPU 211, the NMI interruption process (see FIG. 22) as the power failure process is immediately executed.

An input / output port 215 is connected to the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 via a bus line 214 composed of an address bus and a data bus. A main control device 110, a payout motor 216, a launch control device 112, and the like are connected to the input / output port 215, respectively. Further, although not shown, the payout control device 111 is connected to a prize ball detection switch for detecting the paid out prize balls. The prize ball detection switch is connected to the payout control device 111, but is not connected to the main control device 110.

The launch control device 112 controls the ball launch unit 112a so that when the main control device 110 gives an instruction to launch the ball, the launch strength of the ball corresponds to the amount of rotation of the operation handle 51. The ball launching unit 112a includes a firing solenoid and an electromagnet (not shown), and the firing solenoid and the electromagnet are permitted to be driven when predetermined conditions are met. Specifically, the operation handle is detected by the touch sensor 51a that the player is touching the operation handle 51, and the stop switch 51b for stopping the firing of the ball is turned off (not operated). The firing solenoid is excited in response to the amount of rotation of the 51, and the ball is fired with a strength corresponding to the amount of operation of the operation handle 51.

The audio lamp control device 113 is an audio output in an audio output device (speaker, etc. not shown) 226, an on / off output in a lamp display device (illumination units 29 to 33, an indicator lamp 34, etc.) 227, and a variable display effect (a variable display effect). It controls the setting of the display mode of the third symbol display device 81 performed by the display control device 114 such as (variable display). The MPU 221 which is an arithmetic unit has a ROM 222 which stores a control program executed by the MPU 221, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 223 which is used as a work memory and the like.

An input / output port 225 is connected to the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 via a bus line 224 composed of an address bus and a data bus. A main control device 110, a display control device 114, an audio output device 226, a lamp display device 227, a vibration sensor 228, a frame button 22, and the like are connected to the input / output port 225, respectively.

The voice lamp control device 113 monitors the input from the frame button 22, and when the frame button 22 is operated by the player, it displays in the order of winning displayed in the lower display area Ds of the third symbol display device 81. The voice output device 226 is controlled and the display control device 114 is instructed so that the reserved symbol display being displayed is rearranged and displayed in the order of starting the variable display.

Further, the vibration sensor 228 is attached to the back surface of the game plate 213. In the pachinko machine 10, winning a prize in the winning opening is an important factor for determining the game state, so it is necessary to change the flow of the ball by vibration to prevent the winning opening from being intentionally won. Therefore, when it is determined from the output of the vibration sensor 228 that the pachinko machine 10 is vibrated by a player or the like, an error command for transmitting the vibration error is transmitted to the display control device 114. In addition, the voice lamp control device 113 determines an error according to the command from the main control device 110 and the status of various devices connected to the voice lamp control device 113, and issues an error command including the type of the error. It is transmitted to the display control device 114. The display control device 114 controls the third symbol display device 81 to display an error message image according to the error type (for example, vibration error) indicated by the received error command without delay.

The RAM 223 of the voice lamp control device 113 has a command storage area 223a, a first special symbol reserved ball number counter 223b1, a second special symbol reserved ball number counter 223b2, a first fluctuation start flag 223c1, a second fluctuation start flag 223c2, and a second. 1 Stop type selection flag 223d1, 2nd stop type selection flag 223d2, slave 1st fluctuation stop flag 223e, slave 2nd fluctuation stop flag 223f, slave 1st fluctuation restart flag 223g, slave 2nd fluctuation restart flag 223h, slave 1st A variable time storage area 223i, a secondary variable time storage area 223j, a secondary rearranged storage area 223k, and other memory areas 223m are provided at least.

The command storage area 223a is an area in which various commands output from the main control device 110 to the voice lamp control device 113 are temporarily stored until the processing for the command is executed. Specifically, it is composed of a ring buffer, and data is read / written by a FIFO (First In First Out) method. When the command determination process (see FIG. 36) of the voice lamp processing device 113 is executed, the command stored first among the unprocessed commands stored in the command storage area 223a is read out, and the command determination process performs the command determination process. , The command is parsed and processing is performed according to the command.

The first special symbol reserved ball number counter 223b1 is the first special performed by the first symbol display device 37 (and the third symbol display device 81), similarly to the first special symbol reserved ball number counter 203a of the main control device 110. It is a variable display (dynamic display) of a symbol, and is a counter that counts the number of reserved balls (number of standbys) of the variable display effect held in the main control device 110 up to four times.

The second special symbol reserved ball number counter 223b2 is the second special performed by the first symbol display device 37 (and the third symbol display device 81), similarly to the second special symbol reserved ball number counter 203a of the main control device 110. It is a variable display (dynamic display) of a symbol, and is a counter that counts the number of reserved balls (number of standbys) of the variable display effect held in the main control device 110 up to four times.

The first fluctuation start flag 223c1 is set to off as an initial value when the power is turned on, and is set to on when the first fluctuation pattern command for notifying the fluctuation pattern of the first special symbol output from the main control device 110 is received. (FIG. 36, S1502). On the other hand, it is turned off when the variable display is set in the third symbol display device 81 (FIG. 38, S1602).

The second fluctuation start flag 223c2 is set to off as an initial value when the power is turned on, and is set to on when a second fluctuation pattern command for notifying the fluctuation pattern of the second special symbol output from the main controller 110 is received. (FIG. 36, S1505). On the other hand, it is turned off when the variable display is set in the third symbol display device 81 (FIG. 38, S1602).

The first stop type selection flag 223d1 is set to ON when the first stop type command for notifying the variable stop type of the first special symbol output from the main control device 110 is received (FIG. 36, S1508). On the other hand, it is turned off when the variable display is set in the third symbol display device 81 (FIG. 38, S1612).

The second stop type selection flag 223d2 is set to ON when the second stop type command for notifying the variable stop type of the second special symbol output from the main control device 110 is received (FIG. 36, S1508). On the other hand, it is turned off when the variable display is set in the third symbol display device 81 (FIG. 38, S1612).

The slave first variable stop flag 223e is a flag indicating that the first special symbol is temporarily stopped. It is set to ON when a temporary first fluctuation stop command is received from the main controller 110 (FIG. 36, S1516). On the other hand, it is set to off when the process of stopping the variation display of the first special symbol in the third symbol display device 81 is executed (FIG. 39, S1702).

The second variable stop flag 223f is a flag indicating that the second special symbol is temporarily stopped. It is set to ON when a temporary second fluctuation stop command is received from the main controller 110 (FIG. 36, S1516). On the other hand, it is set to off when the process of stopping the variation display of the second special symbol in the third symbol display device 81 is executed (FIG. 39, S1706).

The slave first fluctuation restart flag 223g is a flag indicating that the fluctuation display of the first special symbol that has been temporarily stopped is restarted. When the first special symbol change resumption command is received from the main control device 110, the slave first resumption flag 223g is set to ON (FIG. 36, S1518). On the other hand, it is set to off when the process of restarting the variable display of the first special symbol of the third symbol display device 81 is executed (FIG. 39, S1710).

The secondary fluctuation restart flag 223h is a flag indicating that the fluctuation display of the second special symbol that has been temporarily stopped is restarted. When the second special symbol change restart command is received from the main control device 110, the slave second restart flag 223h is set to ON (FIG. 36, S1518). On the other hand, it is set to off when the process of restarting the variable display of the second special symbol of the third symbol display device 81 is executed (FIG. 39, S1714).

The first variable time storage area 223i is a storage area in which the value obtained by measuring the variable time of the first special symbol is stored. This is a storage area stored with a value synchronized with the first variable time storage area 203s of the RAM 203 of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110. Based on the start of fluctuation of the first special symbol, the fluctuation time displayed as the actual fluctuation is stored by adding 1 every 1 ms.

The second variable time storage area 223j is a storage area in which the value obtained by measuring the variable time of the second special symbol is stored. This is a storage area stored at a value synchronized with the second variable time storage area 203t of the RAM 203 of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110. Based on the start of the variation display of the second special symbol, 1 is added every 1 ms and the actual variation display variation time is stored.

As shown in FIG. 9B, the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k has the same data as the sort hold storage area 203u of the RAM 203 in the main control device 110 based on the winning command output from the main control device 110. Is a storage area stored based on a winning command output from the main control device 110 to the voice lamp control device 113.

FIG. 9B is a diagram schematically showing the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k. The subordinate sort hold storage area 223k stores the hold area of the hold data from the hold area 1 to the hold area 8 and various data of the first special symbol and the second special symbol which are variablely displayed by the third symbol display device 81. It is composed of a storage area for data during variable display. Each hold area has a hit / fail judgment result storage area 223k1, a jackpot type storage area 223k2, a variation pattern type storage area 223k3, a variation order storage area 223k4, a variation start time storage area 223k5, a read-ahead probability variation flag storage area 223k6, and a sort flag 223k7. Is stored in the corresponding hold area, and each data extracted from the received winning command is stored in the corresponding holding area. Further, every time a display variation pattern command for starting variable display of a special symbol is generated, the data of the reserved area of the subordinate sort pending storage area 223k is shifted to the previous reserved area and stored. The reserved data in the reserved area 1 is stored in the storage area of the changing data of the first special symbol in the case of the first special symbol, and in the changing data of the second special symbol in the case of the second special symbol. Each is shifted to the storage area and stored.

In the first look-ahead process (FIG. 25, S907) or the second look-ahead process (FIG. 27, S914), the hit / fail determination result storage area 223k1 has the first special symbol holding ball storage area 203a or the second special symbol holding ball storage area 203b. This is a storage area in which the result of preliminarily determining whether or not the special hit random number counter C1 is stored is extracted from the received winning command and stored. The information on the winning / failing judgment result extracted from the winning command is the winning / failing judgment result storage area of any of the holding areas 1 to 8 corresponding to the number of holdings (corresponding holding area of the rearranged holding storage area 203u of the main control device 110). It is stored in 223k1.

The jackpot type storage area 223k2 is set in the first special symbol holding ball storage area 203a or the second special symbol holding ball storage area 203b in the first look-ahead process (FIG. 25, S907) or the second look-ahead process (FIG. 27, S914). This is a storage area in which the jackpot type determined from the stored special hit type counter C2 is extracted from the received winning command and stored.

The variation pattern type storage area 223k3 is the first special symbol holding ball storage area 203a or the second special symbol holding ball storage area 203b in the first look-ahead process (FIG. 25, S907) or the second look-ahead process (FIG. 27, S914). It is a storage area in which the type of variation pattern determined based on various data stored in is extracted from the received winning command and stored. This fluctuation pattern is data that can identify whether the fluctuation pattern is the first special symbol or the second special symbol, and the data in the holding area is either the first special symbol or the second special symbol. It is also used as data to identify whether it is the data of.

The variable order storage area 223k4 is set in the first special symbol holding ball storage area 203a or the second special symbol holding ball storage area 203b in the first look-ahead process (FIG. 25, S907) or the second look-ahead process (FIG. 27, S914). It is a storage area in which the actual variation display start order in the determined hold areas 1 to 8 is extracted from the received winning command based on various stored data and stored.

In the first look-ahead process (FIG. 25, S907) or the second look-ahead process (FIG. 27, S914), the variation start time storage area 223k5 is the first special symbol holding ball storage area 203a or the second special symbol holding ball storage area 203b. It is a storage area in which the time until each data of the reserved areas 1 to 8 calculated based on various data stored in is actually started to be variable display is extracted from the received winning command and stored. .. When the variable display start time is stored in the hold area, it is updated at any time in the hold quantity display process (FIG. 35, S1406) of the main process (FIG. 35, S1400) executed by the MPU221 of the voice lamp control device 113. To.

In the present embodiment, the winning command is a command indicating the time until the calculated data of the reserved areas 1 to 8 actually start the variable display, but the command is not limited to this and is until the variable starts. Each counter value for calculating the time (for example, the type of the selected fluctuation pattern and the counter value for calculating the remaining fluctuation time of the special symbol being changed (number of interrupts, etc.)) and the fluctuation display start. It may be a command corresponding to the time until it becomes.

The look-ahead probability variation flag storage area 223k6 is a storage area that is set to on and stored when the type of the stored jackpot type storage area 223k2 is a 15R probability variation jackpot or a 2R probability variation jackpot.

The sort flag 223k7 indicates that the player has requested the rearrangement of the hold symbol display by operating the frame button 22 (the hold symbol display displayed when the frame button 22 is operated). It is a flag.

In this way, when a game ball wins a prize in the first starting port 63a or the second starting port 63a and a reserved ball is generated, the first starting port 63a and the second starting port 63b are based on the data extracted from the winning command. Various determination data of each reserved ball are stored according to the order in which the reserved balls are formed. Therefore, the voice lamp control device 113 displays the hold symbol in the order in which the hold is established by combining the first special symbol and the second special symbol based on the data of the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k. A command to output to 114 can be generated. Therefore, the reserved symbol display of the first special symbol and the second special symbol can be displayed on the third symbol display device 81 in the order in which the reserved symbol is combined with the first special symbol and the second special symbol.

Further, based on the winning command, the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k is updated with the data synchronized with the sort hold storage area 203u of the main control device 110, and the hold data is changed (new hold is established, etc.). Also, the data can be sequentially updated in synchronization.

The other memory area 223m is an area for temporarily storing and storing other counter values and the like used by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113.

The power supply device 115 includes a power supply unit 251 for supplying power to each part of the pachinko machine 10, a power failure monitoring circuit 252 for monitoring power failure due to a power failure or the like, and a RAM erasing switch (FIGS. 3, 122) (see FIG. 3). It has a RAM erasing switch (FIG. 3, 122) circuit 253 provided with. The power supply unit 251 is a device that supplies the required operating voltage to each of the control devices 110 to 114 and the like through a power supply path (not shown). As an outline, the power supply unit 251 takes in an AC 24 volt voltage supplied from the outside, and has a 12 volt voltage for driving various switches such as various switches 208, a solenoid such as a solenoid 209, and a motor. A 5 volt voltage for logic, a backup voltage for RAM backup, and the like are generated, and these 12 volt voltage, 5 volt voltage, and backup voltage are supplied to each control device 110 to 114 and the like.

The power failure monitoring circuit 252 is a circuit for outputting a power failure signal SG1 to each NMI terminal of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 and the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 when the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. The power failure monitoring circuit 252 monitors the DC stable 24 volt voltage, which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply unit 251. When this voltage becomes less than 22 volt, it is determined that a power failure (power failure, power failure) has occurred. Then, the power failure signal SG1 is output to the main control device 110 and the payout control device 111. By the output of the power failure signal SG1, the main control device 110 and the payout control device 111 recognize the occurrence of the power failure and execute the NMI interrupt process. The power supply unit 251 outputs a voltage of 5 volts, which is the drive voltage of the control system, for a sufficient time for executing the NMI interrupt process even after the voltage of DC stable 24 volts becomes less than 22 volts. Is configured to maintain normal values. Therefore, the main control device 110 and the payout control device 111 can normally execute and complete the NMI interrupt process (see FIG. 22).

When a power failure occurs, the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 stores each data in the sort hold storage area 203u as backup data in the backup area of the RAM 203. Then, when power is supplied to the pachinko machine 10 again, the backed up data of the sort hold storage area 203u is read out from the backup area, and the corresponding hold area of the sort hold storage area 203u or being changed. It is stored in the data storage area.

Then, in the start-up process (FIG. 32), as in the winning command generated in the first look-ahead update process (FIG. 26, S939), the backed up data is read and stored based on the sort hold storage area 203u. By generating all the winning commands and outputting them to the voice lamp control device 113, the data synchronized with the same sort hold storage area 203u is set in the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k.

Further, in the start-up process (FIG. 32), by transmitting a winning command to the voice lamp control device 113, the data of the sort hold storage area 203u and the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k can be restored from the time of power failure. Although the configuration for synchronization has been described, the configuration is not limited to this, and the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 backs up each data of the subordinate sorting hold storage area 223k to the RAM 223 when a power failure occurs, similarly to the MPU 201 of the main control device 110. Of course, it may be configured to be stored as.

In the RAM erase switch (FIG. 3, 122) circuit 253, the RAM erase switch (FIG. 3, 122) (see FIG. 3) is pressed when the power is turned on (power is turned on while pressing the RAM erase switch (FIG. 3, 122)). In this case, it is a circuit for outputting the RAM erasing signal SG2 for clearing the backup data to the main control device 110. When the RAM erasing signal SG2 is input when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, the main control device 110 clears the backup data and issues a payout initialization command for clearing the backup data in the payout control device 111. It transmits to the device 111.

The MPU 201 of the main control device 110 detects the winning of a special symbol or a normal symbol, and executes control processing such as various lottery such as selection of a winning or variable pattern for the winning. Therefore, the control load of the MPU 201 is large, and in order to stably control the pachinko machine 10, a lottery for whether or not to set the game operation suggestion setting as in the present embodiment is sub-controlled. By making the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 corresponding to the device perform the operation, the control load of the main control device 110 can be lightened.

The control board of the main control device 110 and the voice lamp control device 113 is covered with a box called a board box, which is composed of a transparent plastic base member and a lid member. The substrate box is crimped by a member for preventing fraud called a "sealing member" so that the base member and the lid member cannot be easily separated from each other. Generally, when the base member and the lid member are fitted to each other, the sealing member inserts a pin-shaped sealing member into a through hole provided through a part of the base member and the lid member (or By doing so, it is difficult to separate the base member and the lid member only by a method that leaves an opening mark, such as destroying the member forming the through hole or destroying the sealing member. ..

Next, with reference to FIG. 9, the electrical configuration of the display control device 114 will be described. FIG. 9 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the display control device 114. The display control device 114 includes an MPU 231, a work RAM 233, a ROM 234, an image controller 237, an input port 238, an output port 239, and bus lines 240 and 241.

The output side of the voice lamp control device 113 is connected to the input side of the input port 238, and the MPU 231, the work RAM 233, the ROM 234, and the image controller 237 are connected to the output side of the input port 238 via the bus line 240. An output port 239 is connected to the image controller 237 via a bus line 241. Further, a third symbol display device 81 is connected to the output side of the output port 239.

Even if the pachinko machine 10 is another model in which the lottery probability of the jackpot and the number of prize balls to be paid out in one jackpot are different, the pachinko machine 10 has the same specifications as the symbol configuration displayed on the third symbol display device 81. Therefore, the display control device 114 is made into a common component to reduce the cost.

In the following, the MPU 231, the ROM 234, and the image controller 237 will be described first, and then the work RAM 233 will be described. First, the MPU 231 controls the display content of the third symbol display device 81 based on the display variation pattern command output from the voice lamp control device 113 based on the variation pattern command of the main control device 110. Therefore, in the present embodiment, when the system reset of the MPU 231 is released, first, various processes are executed according to the control program stored in the ROM 234.

As described above, the ROM 234 is a memory that stores the control program executed in the MPU 231 and the image data displayed on the third symbol display device 81, and is connected to the MPU 231 via the bus line 240. The MPU 231 directly accesses the ROM 234 after the system reset is released via the bus line 240, and executes the control program stored in the ROM 234. Further, the ROM 234 is connected to the image controller 237 via the bus line 240, and the image controller 237 transfers the image data stored in the ROM 234 to the work RAM 233. The MPU 231 outputs the image data transferred to the work RAM 233 to the third symbol display device 81 at any time, and controls the display of the third symbol display device 81.

When a game ball enters the distribution device 630, is distributed by the passive distribution member 640, and the game ball wins a prize in the first starting port 63a, each counter value (C1 to C3 and CS1) is acquired and acquired. After the lottery and the fluctuation pattern are determined based on each of the counter values, the fluctuation display of the first special symbol corresponding to the first lottery game is displayed on the first symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81. Variable display (dynamic display). Further, when a game ball enters the distribution device 630 during the variation display of the first special symbol, the game ball is distributed by the passive distribution device 640 and wins a prize in the second starting port 63b. When the game ball wins the second starting port 63b, each counter value (C1 to C3) is used to display the variation of the second special symbol corresponding to the second lottery game machine, as in the case where the first starting port 63a is won. And CS1) are acquired, and the variation display of the second special symbol is executed by the first symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81.

In the pachinko machine 10, the first symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81 are configured to enable variable display of the first special symbol and the second special symbol at the same time. Specifically, in the first symbol display device 37, among the two 7-segment LEDs of the 7-segment display 37b, the 7-segment LED on the left side executes the variable display corresponding to the first special symbol, and the 7 on the right side. In the segment LED, the variable display corresponding to the second special symbol is executed.

Further, in the third symbol display device 81, as shown in FIG. 5A, variable display corresponding to the first special symbol is executed in the left display area Dm1, and the second special is executed in the right display area Dm2. The variable display corresponding to the symbol is executed. With this configuration, it is possible to execute the variable display of the first special symbol and the second special symbol, and the player can efficiently execute the first lottery game and the second lottery game. ..

When a game ball wins a prize in the first starting port 63a while the first special symbol is variablely displayed (the remaining variable time is set), each counter value (C1 to C3 and CS1) acquired based on the winning is won. ), Since the first lottery game for displaying the lottery result in a variable manner cannot be executed immediately, each counter value is stored (stored) in the first special symbol holding ball storage area 203a. When each counter value is stored in the first special symbol holding ball storage area 203a, an embodiment (for example, one) indicating the holding number "1" of the first special symbol of the plurality of light emitting diodes 37a of the first symbol display device 37. The light emitting diode is lit in red). When each counter value is stored in the first special symbol reserved ball storage area 203a, the value of the first special symbol reserved ball number counter 203e is updated (the number of reserved balls is added by 1).

When each counter value is stored in the first special symbol holding ball storage area 203a, the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 outputs a winning command to the voice lamp control device 113. In the winning command, it is possible to identify which of the first starting opening 63a and the second starting opening 63b is won, and it is also possible to identify the number of reserved balls (the number of reserved balls).

When the voice lamp control device 113 receives the winning command command, the voice lamp control device 113 extracts the holding information such as the number of holdings and the information about the winning start port from the received command, and based on the holding information, the third symbol display device. A process of displaying the reserved symbol in the corresponding reserved symbol display area (Ds1 to Ds8) of the lower display area Ds in 81 is executed. As shown in FIG. 5B, the reserved symbol is "○" if it is a reserved symbol corresponding to the reserved information of the first special symbol (first starting port 63a), and the second special symbol (second starting). If it is a hold symbol corresponding to the hold information of the mouth 63b), "●" is displayed for each hold information (one hold symbol for each hold).

Similarly, when the game ball wins in the second starting port 63b while the second special symbol is variablely displayed (the remaining variable time is set), each counter value is acquired and the second special symbol holding ball storage area is obtained. It is stored (stored) in 203b, and the value of the second special symbol reserved ball number counter 203f is updated. Then, the reserved symbol indicating that the reserved information is stored is displayed on the first symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81.

The reserved symbols displayed on the third symbol display device 81 are displayed in a comprehensive winning order in which the game balls that have won the first starting opening 63a and the second starting opening 63b are combined. One example shown in FIG. 12 will be specifically described. This means that the first special symbol and the second special symbol are being displayed in a variable manner, the first special symbol has a variable time of 10 s remaining, and the second special symbol has a variable time of 5 s remaining. Shows. In the lower display area Ds of the third symbol display device 81, the reserved symbol "reserved information" indicating that the reserved symbol display area Ds1 is the reserved information of the second special symbol (the reserved information based on the winning of the second starting port 63b). "●" indicates that the reserved symbol "○" indicates that the reserved symbol display area Ds2 is the reserved information of the first special symbol, and the reserved symbol "○" indicates that the reserved symbol display area Ds3 is the reserved information of the second special symbol. ● ”Is displayed in the reserved symbol display area Ds4 as a reserved symbol“ ○ ”indicating that it is the reserved information of the first special symbol. In this case, it is shown that the order in which the first starting port 63a and the second starting port 63b are won is in the order of the reserved symbol display area Ds1 and the reserved symbol display area Ds4 in the order of earliest.

That is, after the game ball wins in the second starting port 63b, the game ball wins in the first starting port 63a, then in the second starting port 63b, and then in the first starting port 63a. It shows that it was done.

As shown in FIG. 12, in each hold data, the change time of the change pattern selected when the hold starts to change is predicted and stored in advance (the type of the determined change pattern is stored). Has been). Then, since the second special symbol is reserved in the first prize order (corresponding to the hold area 1 in the sort hold storage area 203u), the rest of the second special symbol currently being displayed in a variable manner. When the fluctuation time (5s) elapses, the fluctuation display starts, so the fluctuation display start time is calculated to be 5 seconds later. Further, since the hold of the first special symbol is stored in the second prize order (corresponding to the hold area 2 in the sort hold storage area 203u), the rest of the first special symbol currently being displayed in a variable manner. When the variation time (10s) elapses, the variation display starts, so the variation display start time is calculated to be 10 seconds later. Next, since the hold of the second special symbol is stored in the third prize order (corresponding to the hold area 3 in the sort hold storage area 203u), the second special symbol currently being displayed in a variable manner is stored. When the fluctuation time (40s) of the reserved data stored first in the winning order elapses in the remaining fluctuation time (5s), the fluctuation display starts, so the fluctuation display start time is calculated to be 45 seconds later. Next, since the hold of the first special symbol is stored in the fourth prize order (corresponding to the hold area 4 in the sort hold storage area 203u), the first special symbol currently being displayed in a variable manner is stored. When the fluctuation time (10s) of the reserved data stored second in the winning order elapses in the remaining fluctuation time (10s), the fluctuation display starts, so the fluctuation display start time is calculated to be 20 seconds later.

In this way, in the sort hold storage area 203u, the variable display start times of the first special symbol and the second special symbol are calculated in the order of establishment, and the variable display start time is calculated in the order of earliest based on the variable display start time. And the variable display order is assigned.

When the player operates the frame button 22 at this timing, the reserved symbol display of the third symbol display device 81 holds the first special symbol, which is the fourth in the winning order, as shown in the rearranged display mode shown in FIG. The symbol display is rearranged from the reserved symbol display of the second special symbol in the winning order (the fourth reserved symbol display in the winning order is interrupted before the reserved symbol display in the third winning order).

FIG. 13 shows that the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 performs the first look-ahead process (FIG. 25, S907) or the second look-ahead process (FIG. 25) when the game ball wins a prize in the first start port 63a after 1 s from the state of FIG. 27, S914) is a diagram schematically showing a process of determining the variable display start order of the newly stored reserved symbols.

Since FIG. 13 is a state after 1 s from FIG. 12, the first special symbol in the variation display has a remaining variation time of 9 s, and the second special symbol has a remaining variation time of 4 s. Further, the fluctuation start time of each hold area of the sort hold storage area 203u is also updated.

The newly established hold of the first start port 63a (first special symbol) is in the fifth winning order, and in the sort hold storage area 203u, each data is stored in the hold area 5. First, the same as the newly memorized first special symbol, the remaining fluctuation time of the first special symbol being displayed in fluctuation and the fluctuation time of the hold of the first special symbol in the winning orders 2 and 4, are newly added. The time for the hold of the first special symbol that has been established (stored) to start the variable display is calculated (in this case, 24 s).

Next, as shown in the rearrangement schematic diagram of FIG. 13, the order after sorting (variation display start order) is rearranged in the order in which the variation display starts, based on the variation display start time of each holding area. At this time, when the player operates the frame button 22 to request the rearrangement of the reserved symbol display, as shown in the rearranged display mode of FIG. 13, the fourth and fifth reserved symbols are displayed in the winning order. Is displayed in order from the reserved symbol display of the third prize order (the fourth and fifth reserved symbol displays of the winning order are interrupted before the reserved symbol display of the third prize order).

In this way, each time a hold occurs, the variation display start time is calculated and the sort order is determined, so that the player can perform an operation for requesting the sort (operation of the frame button 22). In that case, it is possible to promptly display the reserved symbol display after sorting.

Further, the fluctuation patterns of the 15R probability variation jackpot and the 15R normal jackpot tend to be longer than the fluctuation patterns selected when the fluctuation time is off. As shown in FIG. 13, the first hold in the winning order has a long fluctuation time of 40 seconds. Therefore, the hold of the same second special symbol that was established after that has a later variation display start time than the hold of the first special symbol that was established later, and when sorting, a longer variation time is selected. Behind the reserved symbol display, the types (differences between the first special symbol and the second special symbol) different from the reserved symbol whose long fluctuation time is selected are collectively displayed. Therefore, the larger the number of reserved symbols displayed by interrupting the reserved symbol display area following the reserved symbol display, the more the player has the expectation of a big hit for the previous reserved symbol display. Sorting can be done with the expectation of a big hit. Therefore, the interest in the game increases, and the game can be continued without getting tired.

Next, each control process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 will be described with reference to the flowcharts of FIGS. 14 to 40. The processes of the MPU 201 are roughly classified into a start-up process (FIG. 32) that is started when the power is turned on, a main process (FIG. 33, S1200) that is executed after the start-up process, and periodically (the present embodiment). Then, there is a timer interrupt process (FIG. 14) that is activated (at a cycle of 2 milliseconds) and an NMI interrupt process (FIG. 31) that is activated by inputting the power failure signal SG1 to the NMI terminal. The timer interrupt process and the NMI interrupt process will be described, and then the start-up process (FIG. 32) and the main process (FIG. 33, S1200) will be described.

FIG. 14 is a flowchart showing a timer interrupt process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110. The timer interrupt process is, for example, a periodic process that is repeatedly executed every 2 milliseconds. By executing this timer interrupt process by the MPU 201, various processes to be executed periodically are performed.

In this timer interrupt process, first, an external output process is executed (S101). In the timer interrupt process (FIG. 14) and the main process (FIG. 33, S1200), commands and the like to be transmitted to the payout control device 111, the voice lamp control device 113, etc. are generated based on various processes and are provided in the RAM 203. It is temporarily stored in the ring buffer for sending commands. In the external output process of S101, output data such as commands stored in the command transmission ring buffer is transmitted to each control device (peripheral control device) on the sub side.

For example, the hold ball number command set in the start winning process (FIG. 24, S108) is transmitted to the voice lamp control device 113. Further, the variation pattern command, the stop type command, the confirmation command, etc. set in the special symbol variation processing (FIG. 15, S107) are transmitted to the voice lamp control device 113.

Next, the prize ball counting signal and the payout abnormality signal received from the payout control device 111 are read (S102), and then the specific winning opening (large opening opening) 65a of the variable winning device 65 is opened or closed in the case of a big hit state. A large opening opening / closing process for opening / closing is executed (S103). That is, the specific winning opening 65a is opened for each round in the jackpot state, and it is determined whether the maximum opening time of the specific winning opening 65a has elapsed or whether the specified number of balls have won in the specific winning opening 65a. Then, when any of these conditions is satisfied, the specific winning opening 65a is closed. The opening and closing of the specific winning opening 65a is repeatedly executed for a predetermined number of rounds.

Next, the reading process of various winning switches is executed (S104). That is, the state of various switches connected to the main control device 110 is read, the state of the switch is determined, and the detection information (winning detection information) is saved. Further, a prize ball command corresponding to the number of acquired balls to be transmitted to the payout control device 111 based on the prize detection information is set in the command transmission ring buffer provided in the RAM 203. As a result, the prize ball command is transmitted to the payout control device 111 by the process of S101 of the timer interrupt process executed next.

Next, the initial value random number counter CINI1 and the normal initial value random number counter CINI2 are updated (S105). Specifically, the initial value random number counter CINI1 is added by 1, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value (399 in the present embodiment), it is cleared to 0. Then, the updated value of the initial value random number counter CINI1 is stored in the corresponding counter buffer area of the RAM 203. Similarly, the normal initial value random number counter CINI2 is added by 1, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value (239 in this embodiment), it is cleared to 0 and the updated value of the normal initial value random number counter CINI2 is updated to RAM203. Store in the corresponding counter buffer area of.

Further, the special hit random number counter C1, the special hit type counter C2, the fluctuation pattern determination counter C3, the fluctuation type counter CS1 and the normal hit random number counter C4 are updated (S106). Specifically, the special hit random number counter C1, the special hit type counter C2, the fluctuation pattern determination counter C3, the stop type counter CS1 and the normal hit random number counter C4 are each added by 1, and their counter values are the maximum values (this). In the embodiment, when 399, 99, 100, 198, 239) are reached, they are cleared to 0, respectively. When the special hit random number counter C1 or the normal hit random number counter C4 makes one round, the value of the initial value random number counter CINI1 or the normal initial value random number counter CINI2 at that time is used as the special hit random number counter C1 or the normal hit random number counter. It is read as the initial value of C4, and the initial value is set in the special hit random number counter C1 or the normal hit random number counter C4. Then, the updated values of the counters C1 to C4 are stored in the corresponding counter buffer area of the RAM 203.

Next, a process for displaying the first special symbol and the second special symbol by the first symbol display device 37 and a special symbol variation process for setting the variation pattern of the third symbol by the third symbol display device 81 are executed. (S107), then, the start winning process associated with winning the first starting port 63a or the second starting port 63b is executed (S108). The details of the special symbol variation process (S107) will be described later with reference to FIG. 15, and the details of the start winning process (S108) will be described later with reference to FIG. 24.

After the start winning process (S108) is executed, the normal symbol variation process, which is the normal symbol variation process for the game ball passing through the normal symbol start port 67, is executed (S109), and then the normal symbol start port 67 is executed. Is executed as a through gate process for the game ball passing through (S10). The details of the normal symbol variation processing (S109) will be described later with reference to FIG. 29, and the details of the through gate processing (S110) will be described later with reference to FIG. 30. A launch control process for executing control regarding the launch of the game ball is executed (S111), another process to be executed periodically is executed (S112), and the timer interrupt process is terminated. The firing control process (S111) detects that the player is touching the operation handle 51 by the touch sensor 51a, and the stop switch 51b for stopping the firing is not operated. It is a process to determine whether to turn on / off the firing. Then, when the firing of the sphere is on, in order to transmit the sphere launch signal to the launch control device 112, the information of the sphere launch signal is set in the command transmission ring buffer provided in the work RAM 203. As a result, the ball launch signal is transmitted to the launch control device 112 via the payout control device 111 by the process of S101 of the timer interrupt process executed next.

Next, with reference to FIG. 15, a special symbol variation process (S107), which is one process of the timer interrupt process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110, will be described. FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing this special symbol variation processing (S107). The special symbol variation processing (FIGS. 15, S107) makes various determinations and determinations on the first special symbol and the second special symbol based on the acquired counter values, and displays the determined variation by predetermined control. In the embodiment, the first symbol display device 37 and the third symbol display device 81 simultaneously control the variable display, or stop and display the determination result in the display mode. Hereinafter, the special symbol variation processing (FIG. 15, S107) will be described.

In the special symbol variation processing (FIG. 15, S107), first, it is determined whether or not the jackpot game is in progress (S201). If it is determined that the jackpot is in progress (S201: Yes), this process is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the jackpot is not in progress (S201: No), it is determined whether or not the variation display of the first special symbol is in progress (S202). If it is determined that the variation display of the first special symbol is in progress (S202: Yes), the first special symbol variation stop process is executed (S204). The first special symbol fluctuation stop processing (FIG. 17, S204) will be described in detail later, but when the specified fluctuation time of the first special symbol during the variation display has elapsed, the symbol showing the determination result of the first lottery game. Processing to stop the variable display with, and processing to temporarily stop the first special symbol in the variable display when the second special symbol is stopped to change with the symbol indicating the jackpot and the jackpot game of the second lottery game is executed. Is executed.

On the other hand, when it is determined that the first special symbol is not in the variation display (S202: No), the first special symbol variation start processing is executed (S203). The first special symbol change start process (FIG. 16, S203) will be described in detail later, but when the first special symbol is temporarily stopped, the process for restarting the variation display is executed, while the temporary stop. If not, if the hold data (various counter values) is stored in the first special symbol hold ball number storage area 203a, the jackpot determination and the fluctuation pattern selection process based on the hold data are executed. ..

After the first special symbol variation start process (FIG. 16, S107) is executed, it is determined whether or not the second special symbol is in the variation display (S205). If it is determined that the second special symbol is being displayed as variable, the second special symbol variation stop process (FIG. 23, S207) is executed. The second special symbol fluctuation stop processing (FIG. 23, S207) will be described in detail later, but as with the first special symbol fluctuation stop processing (FIG. 19, S204), the fluctuation of the provisions of the second special symbol during the variation display When time has passed, the process of stopping the variable display with the symbol showing the judgment result of the second lottery game and the variable display of the first special symbol with the symbol showing the jackpot are stopped, and the jackpot game of the first lottery game is executed. If so, the process of temporarily stopping the second special symbol during the variable display is executed.

On the other hand, when it is determined that the second special symbol is not being displayed for variation, the second special symbol variation start process is executed (S206). The second special symbol variation start process (FIG. 20, S206) will be described in detail later, but as in the first special symbol variation start process (FIG. 16, S203), when the second special symbol is temporarily stopped. Is executed, while the process for resuming the variable display is executed, if the hold data (various counter values) is stored in the second special symbol hold ball number storage area 203b, the hold data (various counter values) is stored in the second special symbol hold ball number storage area 203b. The jackpot judgment and the fluctuation pattern selection process based on the pending data are executed. After that, this process ends.

Next, with reference to FIG. 16, the first special symbol variation start process (S203), which is one process of the special symbol variation process (FIG. 15, S107), will be described. FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing the first special symbol change start processing (S203).

In the first special symbol change start processing (FIG. 16, S203), first, it is determined whether or not the first special symbol is temporarily stopped (S301). Whether or not the first special symbol is temporarily stopped is determined by whether or not the fluctuation display of the first special symbol is stopped even though the fluctuation time (variation pattern) is set. .. When it is determined that the first special symbol is temporarily stopped (S301: Yes), the measurement of the fluctuation time of the first special symbol is restarted (S302). Regarding the variation time of the first special symbol, when the variation pattern or the like for starting the variation display of the first special symbol is selected in the first special symbol variation pattern selection process (FIG. 18, S310) described later. The measurement start of the fluctuation time is set to. When the variation pattern is selected, the variation pattern command is output to the voice lamp control device 113, and the variation display of the first special symbol is started. Further, the main control device 110 starts the variable display of the first special symbol of the first display device 37 accordingly. The variable display of the first special symbol (7-segment LED on the left side of the 7-segment display 37b) in the first symbol display device 37 is restarted (S303). The first special symbol variation restart command for instructing the voice lamp control device 113 to restart the variation display of the first special symbol during the temporary stop is set (S304). After that, this process ends.

On the other hand, when it is determined that the first special symbol is not temporarily stopped (S301: No), the value (N1) of the first special symbol reserved ball number counter 203e is acquired (S305). It is determined whether the value (N1) of the first special symbol reserved ball number counter 203e is larger than 0 (S306). When it is determined that the value (N1) of the special symbol reserved ball number counter 203e is larger than 0 (S306: Yes), the value (N1) of the first special symbol reserved ball number counter 203e is subtracted by 1 (S308). .. A process is performed in which the data stored in the hold area 1 to the hold area 4 of the first special symbol hold ball number storage area 203a is sequentially shifted to the execution area side (S308). More specifically, the data in each area is shifted such as hold area 1 → execution area, hold area 2 → hold area 1, hold area 3 → hold area 2, hold area 4 → hold area 3.

Next, the first special symbol jackpot determination process is executed (S309). The first special symbol jackpot determination process (FIG. 17, S309) will be described in detail later, but the game is set based on the value of the special hit random number counter C1 shifted to the first special symbol holding ball execution area 203c. Based on the state, the jackpot determination of whether or not it is a jackpot is executed. If it is determined that the determination result is a big hit, the second fluctuation stop flag 203r is set to ON. As a result, it is possible to recognize that the first special symbol starts variable display and the jackpot game starts after the stop display, and the second special symbol in the variable display is temporarily stopped during the jackpot game of the first special symbol. Can be made to.

Next, the first special symbol variation pattern selection process is executed (S310). The first special symbol variation pattern selection process (FIG. 18, S310) will be described in detail later, but is based on the result of a hit / fail determination based on the value of the special hit random number counter C1 stored in the first special symbol holding ball execution area 203c. This is a process for selecting a fluctuation pattern based on each counter value.

Next, with reference to FIG. 17, the first special symbol jackpot determination process (S309), which is one process of the first special symbol change start process (FIG. 16, S203), will be described. FIG. 17 is a flowchart showing the first special symbol jackpot determination process (S309).

In the first special symbol jackpot determination process (FIG. 17, S309), first, each counter value stored in the first special symbol reserved ball execution area 203c is acquired (S401). It is determined whether or not the gaming state is a high-probability gaming state (during probability change) (S402). The determination of whether or not the gaming state is a high-probability gaming state is executed depending on whether or not the probability variation flag 203m is set to ON. When it is determined that the probability variation flag 203m is on (that is, the gaming state is a high probability gaming state (during probability variation)) (S402: Yes), based on the special symbol jackpot random number table 202a for high probability time, Whether or not the value of the special hit random number counter C1 matches the jackpot random number value is determined, and the lottery result is acquired (S403). On the other hand, when it is determined that the probability variation flag 203m is off (that is, the gaming state is a low probability gaming state (not during probability variation)) (S402: No), the special symbol jackpot random number table 202a for low probability is displayed. Based on this, it is determined whether or not the value of the special hit random number counter C1 matches the jackpot random number value, and the lottery result is acquired (S404).

Whether or not the lottery result is a big hit is determined (S405). When it is determined that the lottery result is a big hit (S405: Yes), the second fluctuation stop flag 203r is set to ON (S407). As a result, in the jackpot determination of the first special symbol, the determination result becomes a jackpot, and when the variation display of the first special symbol for notifying the determination result is stopped and displayed, if the second special symbol is changing, it is assumed. The fluctuation display will be stopped.

In this way, by setting the second fluctuation stop flag 203r to on before the start of the fluctuation display of the first special symbol, is it possible to temporarily stop the second special symbol when the fluctuation table of the first special symbol is stopped? Compared with the case of determining whether or not, it is possible to prevent a problem that the control process is concentrated when the fluctuation is stopped.

Based on the acquired value of the special hit type counter C2, the jackpot symbol is set in the first symbol display device 37, and the first jackpot flag 203o is set to ON (S408). As a result, in the first symbol display device 37, a symbol based on the value of the special hit type counter C2 (for example, "7" in the case of a 15R probability variation jackpot) is set in the left 7-segment LED of the 7-segment display 37b. ..

On the other hand, when it is determined that the lottery result is off (S405: No), the off-design symbol is set in the first symbol display device 37 (S409). In the present embodiment, in the case of disengagement, "-" indicating disengagement is set in the left 7-segment LED of the 7-segment display 37b of the first symbol display device 37. Here, each symbol set in the first symbol display device 37 is a process for setting a symbol to be stopped and displayed when the variable display is stopped.

Next, with reference to FIG. 18, the first special symbol variation pattern selection process (S310), which is one process of the first special symbol variation start process (FIG. 16, S203), will be described. FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing the first special symbol variation pattern selection process (S310).

In the first special symbol variation pattern selection process (FIG. 18, S310), first, it is determined whether or not the result of the hit / fail determination in the first special symbol jackpot determination process (FIG. 17, S309) is a jackpot (S310). ). The determination of whether or not it is a jackpot is determined by whether or not the first jackpot flag 203o is set to ON. When it is determined that the first jackpot flag 203o is set to ON (S501: Yes), the special hit variation pattern table 202d according to the gaming state is set (S502). When the gaming state is the normal gaming state (low-probability gaming state and not during the time reduction), the normal time special hit variation pattern table 202d (FIG. 10A) is set. Further, when the gaming state is a high-probability gaming state or a time reduction (the time reduction counter 203k is larger than 0), the time reduction / probability variation special hit variation pattern table 202d (FIG. 11A) is set.

On the other hand, when it is determined that the first jackpot flag 203o is off (S501: No), a special deviation variation pattern table according to the gaming state is set. When the gaming state is the normal gaming state (low-probability gaming state and not during the time reduction), the normal time special deviation fluctuation pattern table 202e (FIG. 10B) is set. Further, when the gaming state is a high-probability gaming state or a time reduction (time reduction counter 203k is larger than 0), the time reduction / probability variation special deviation variation pattern table 202d (FIG. 11B) is set.

The jackpot type table is determined by the jackpot type based on the value of the special hit type counter C2 (S504). The jackpot type table is composed of a 15R jackpot table and a 2R jackpot table. In the case of a 15R probability variation jackpot and a 15R normal jackpot, a 15R jackpot table is determined, and in the case of a 2R probability variation jackpot, a 2R jackpot table is determined. .. The variation pattern type is selected (determined) from the selected variation pattern table based on the value of the variation type counter CS1 stored in the special symbol hold execution area 203c (S505).

A variation pattern is selected as the variation pattern of the first special symbol based on the value of the variation pattern determination counter C3 (S506). Here, a variation pattern command for notifying the voice lamp control device 113 of the selected variation pattern is also set. The first stop type command is set based on the determined stop type (S507). The measurement start of the first fluctuation time, which is the fluctuation time of the first special symbol, is set.

By starting the measurement of the fluctuation time of the first special symbol together with the setting of the fluctuation pattern command, the fluctuation time can be measured at the same timing as the fluctuation start of the first special symbol, and the fluctuation time can be measured accurately. can do.

Next, with reference to FIG. 19, the first special symbol fluctuation stop processing (S204), which is one of the special symbol variation processing (FIG. 15, S107), will be described. FIG. 19 is a flowchart showing the first special symbol fluctuation stop processing (S204).

In the first special symbol fluctuation stop processing (FIG. 19, S204), first, it is determined whether or not the first fluctuation stop flag 203q is set to ON (S601). When it is determined that the first fluctuation stop flag 203q is set to ON (S601: Yes), it is determined whether the fluctuation time of the second special symbol is the end time (S602). When it is determined that the fluctuation time of the second special symbol is the end time (S602: Yes), the provisional first fluctuation stop command instructing the temporary stop of the first special symbol is set in the voice lamp control device 113. , The first special symbol of the first symbol display device 37 is temporarily stopped, and the first fluctuation stop flag 203q is set to off (S603). Then, the measurement of the first fluctuation time is interrupted (S604).

With this configuration, the first special symbol can also be temporarily stopped at the same time as the timing at which the second special symbol is stopped fluctuating at the hit determination symbol. Therefore, the player can concentrate on the big hit game in the second lottery game and play the game.

Further, since the measurement of the first fluctuation time is also interrupted according to the timing of the temporary stop, the remaining fluctuation time can be accurately measured after the jackpot game.

In the pachinko machine 10, when the first special symbol is temporarily stopped, the third symbol display device 81 stops the first special symbol in a display manner so that the player can know that the first special symbol is temporarily stopped. Is displayed. Specifically, the player can display characters such as "The first special symbol is temporarily stopped" or keep the three main symbols on the left, middle, and right that make up the special symbol variable and displayed in a swaying display mode. Notifies that the temporary stop is in progress. Further, the display mode for notifying the temporary stop is not limited to this, and other notification modes may be used.

On the other hand, if it is determined that the fluctuation time of the second special symbol is not the end time (that is, the fluctuation is being displayed) (S602: No), the process of S605 is executed. When it is determined that the first fluctuation stop flag 203q is off (S601: No), it is determined whether the fluctuation time of the first special symbol during the fluctuation display is the end time (S605).

If it is determined that the fluctuation time of the first special symbol is not the end time (S605: No), this process is terminated. On the other hand, when it is determined that the fluctuation time of the first special symbol is the end time (S605: Yes), it is determined whether or not the first jackpot flag 203o is set (S606). When it is determined that the first jackpot flag 203o is set (S606: Yes), the probability variation flag 203m is set to off (S607). Various settings of the jackpot game are set based on the determined variable stop type (S608). Specifically, in the case of a 15R probability variable jackpot and a 15R normal jackpot, the number of rounds in which the jackpot game is executed is set to 15 times, and the maximum opening time of the specific winning opening 65a in one round is set to 30s. To. Further, in the case of a 2R probability variation jackpot, the number of rounds in which the jackpot game is executed is set to two, and the maximum opening time of the specific winning opening 65a in one round is set to 2s.

On the other hand, when it is determined that the first jackpot flag 203o is off (S606: No), it is determined whether the time saving counter 203k has a value larger than "0" (S609). When it is determined that the time saving counter 203k is a value larger than "0" (S609: Yes), the value of the time saving counter 203 is decremented by 1 (S610). That is, every time the first special symbol is variablely displayed once, the time saving counter 203k is decremented by 1. On the other hand, when it is determined that the time saving counter 203k is a value smaller than 0 (that is, 0) (S609: No), the process of S611 is executed.

A first confirmation command instructing the voice lamp control device 113 to confirm and stop the variation display of the first special symbol is set (S611). The first special symbol of the first symbol display device 37 is stopped and displayed with a symbol indicating a determined hit / fail determination result (S612). The value of the first fluctuation time storage area 203s is cleared to 0, and the first fluctuation time measurement value is cleared to 0 (S613). After this, this process ends.

Next, with reference to FIG. 20, a second special symbol variation start process (S206), which is one process of the special symbol variation process (FIG. 15, S107), will be described. FIG. 20 is a flowchart showing the second special symbol change start processing (S206).

In the second special symbol variation start processing (FIGS. 20, S206), the first special symbol is used for each of the processes S301 to S310 for the first special symbol variation start processing (FIGS. 16 and S203) described above. , 1st fluctuation time measurement restart, 1st symbol display device 37, 1st special symbol fluctuation restart command, 1st special symbol holding ball counter value (N1), 1st special symbol holding ball storage area, 1st special symbol In each process of the jackpot determination process and the first special symbol variation pattern selection process from S701 to S710, the second special symbol, the second variation time measurement restart, the second symbol display device 37, and the second special symbol reserved ball count counter. Since the values (N2), the second special symbol holding ball storage area, the second special symbol jackpot determination process, and the second special symbol variation pattern selection process are the same except that they are changed, the description thereof is omitted. do.

Next, with reference to FIG. 21, the second special symbol jackpot determination process (S709), which is one process of the second special symbol variation start process (FIG. 20, S206), will be described. FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing the second special symbol jackpot determination process (S709).

In the second special symbol jackpot determination process (FIG. 21, S709), the first special symbol hold ball execution area is used for the process of S401 for the first special symbol jackpot determination process (FIGS. 17, S309) described above. However, in the process of S711, in the second special symbol reservation ball execution area, the second fluctuation stop flag is set for each process of S407 to S408, and the first change is changed in each process of the first jackpot flag of S717 to S718. Since they are the same except that they are changed to the stop flag and the second jackpot flag, the description thereof will be omitted.

Next, the second special symbol variation pattern selection process (S710), which is one process of the second special symbol variation start process (FIG. 20, S206), will be described with reference to FIG. 22. FIG. 22 is a flowchart showing the second special symbol variation pattern selection process (S710).

In the second special symbol variation pattern selection process (FIG. 22, S710), in contrast to the above-mentioned first special symbol variation pattern selection process (FIGS. 18, S310), the first process is performed for each process from S507 to S508. The explanation is the same except that the stop type command and the first variable time measurement start are changed to the first stop type command and the first variable time measurement start in each process from S727 to S728. Omit.

Next, the second special symbol fluctuation stop processing (S207), which is one of the special symbol variation processing (FIG. 15, S107), will be described with reference to FIG. 23. FIG. 23 is a flowchart showing the second special symbol fluctuation stop processing (S207).

In the second special symbol fluctuation stop processing (FIG. 23, S207), the first fluctuation stop is performed for each of the processes S601 to S604 with respect to the first special symbol fluctuation stop processing (FIGS. 19, S204) described above. In each process of the flag, the first special symbol, the provisional first fluctuation stop command, and the first fluctuation time measurement interruption from S801 to S804, the second fluctuation stop flag, the second special symbol, the provisional second fluctuation stop command, and the second It is changed to the fluctuation time measurement interruption, and for each process from S611 to S613, the first confirmation command, the first special symbol, and the second confirmation command for each process whose first fluctuation time measurement value is S811 to S813. , The description is omitted because they are the same except that they are changed to the second special symbol and the second fluctuation time measurement value, respectively.

In this way, since the control of the variable display of the first special symbol and the second special symbol can be executed independently and in parallel, the first special symbol and the second special symbol are simultaneously variablely displayed. Can be made to. Therefore, it is possible to execute a lottery game with more special symbols within a predetermined time, and it is possible to increase the probability that the player will be given a big hit within the predetermined time. Therefore, the player can play the game efficiently.

Further, as compared with the pachinko machine 10 in which the lottery game of the first special symbol or the second special symbol is executed by either one, the pachinko machine 10 sets the fluctuation time of the first special symbol and the second special symbol. Even if it is relatively short, it becomes easy to execute the variable display of the first special symbol or the second special symbol on either the first special symbol or the second special symbol, and the efficiency of the game is improved. It is possible to suppress the problem that the state in which the special symbol is not displayed in a variable manner becomes long.

Further, in the pachinko machine 10 in which the lottery game of the first special symbol or the second special symbol is executed by either one, when the distribution device 630 is provided as in the present embodiment, the fluctuation time is relatively long. If it is not shortened, many overflows that do not become reserved balls will occur. However, in the configuration in which the lottery game is performed with both the first special symbol and the second special symbol as in the present embodiment, even if the variation with a long variation time is selected on the one hand, the variation of the special symbol on the other hand. Therefore, many special symbols can be drawn in a short time. Therefore, it is possible to show the player a sufficient variation time effect as needed, and it is possible to prevent the player from getting tired of the game.

Further, even if the first special symbol and the second special symbol are variablely displayed at the same time and the lottery game is executed, if the jackpot game occurs on one of the first or second special symbols, the other Since the variable display of the special symbol is temporarily stopped, the player can concentrate on the jackpot game and play the game.

Further, since the special symbol that has been temporarily stopped is stopped in a display mode or a notification mode that allows the player to know that the temporary stop is in progress, the player can note that the lottery game that was in the middle of the variable display has not disappeared. You can grasp it and play a big hit game with confidence.

Further, since the pachinko machine 10 is provided with a sorting device 630, the first starting port 63a and the second starting port 63b are configured to easily win prizes alternately, so that the first starting port 63a or the second starting port 63a or the second starting port 63a can be easily won. The winnings are biased to either of the mouths 63b, and by trying to make the other starting mouth with less holdings also win, the game balls also win more than the upper limit of the number of holdings in one of the starting mouths 63a and 63b. It is possible to suppress the problem that many invalid balls are generated.

Next, with reference to FIG. 24, a start winning process (S108), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (FIG. 14) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110, will be described. FIG. 24 is a flowchart showing this start winning process (S108). The start winning process (FIG. 24, S108) determines whether or not the game ball has won a prize in the first starting opening 63a or the second starting opening 63b, and if a winning is won, the upper limit number of holdings (first starting opening 63a, first). This is a process of storing each of the acquired counter values in the first special symbol holding ball storage area 203a or the second special symbol holding ball storage area 203b, up to a maximum of four in each of the two starting ports 63b). Further, when each counter value acquired based on the reserved ball is stored in the first special symbol reserved ball storage area 203a or the second special symbol reserved ball storage area 203b, respectively, the first special symbol reserved ball storage area 203a is stored. Alternatively, a process of predicting a hit / fail determination result, a selected fluctuation pattern, or the like is executed in advance based on each counter value stored in each of the second special symbol reserved ball storage area 203b. Hereinafter, the start winning process (FIG. 24, S108) will be described.

In the start winning process (FIG. 24, S108), first, it is determined whether or not the ball has won a prize (starting prize) in the first starting opening 63a (S901). Here, the winning of the first starting port 63a is detected. When it is determined that the ball has won the first start opening 63a (there was a start prize) (S901: Yes), the value (N1) of the first special symbol reserved ball number counter 203e is acquired (S902). It is determined whether the acquired value (N1) is less than 4 (S903). It is determined whether this is less than four, which is the upper limit of the number of reserved pieces for the first starting port 63a (that is, whether the number of reserved pieces is stored up to the upper limit value). If it is determined whether the acquired value (N1) is less than 4 (S903: Yes), 1 is added to the value (N1) of the first special symbol reserved ball number counter 203e (S904). A hold ball number command for notifying the voice lamp control device 113 of the number of hold balls is set (S905). Each value of the special hit random number counter C1, the special hit type counter C2, the fluctuation pattern determination counter C3, and the fluctuation type counter CS1 which are various counter values is read (acquired) from the counter buffer, and the special symbol holding ball of the RAM 203 is read. It is held (stored) in the special hit random number counter storage area 203c1, the special hit type counter storage area 203c2, the fluctuation pattern determination counter storage area 203c3, and the fluctuation type counter storage area 203c4 in the execution area 203c (S906).

Next, the first look-ahead process is executed (S907). The first look-ahead process (FIG. 25, S108) will be described in detail later, but the first special in which the variation display start order based on each counter value newly stored in the first special symbol holding ball storage area 203a is stored. The number of the symbol and the second special symbol is determined in advance, and the result of the hit / fail judgment, the determined variation pattern, the stop type, etc. are further determined from the variation display order and each counter value stored. Is executed.

Next, for each process from S908 to S914, the same process as that performed for winning the game ball to the first starting port 63a executed in each process from S901 to S907 is the second process. Since the only difference is that the processing is executed for the starting port 63b, detailed description thereof will be omitted.

Next, with reference to FIG. 25, the first look-ahead process (S907), which is one process of the start winning process (FIG. 24, S108), will be described. FIG. 25 is a flowchart showing the first look-ahead process (S907).

In the first look-ahead process (FIG. 25, S907), first, the special hit random number counter C1, the special hit type counter C2, and the fluctuations, which are various counter values from the storage area newly stored in the first special symbol hold storage area 203a. Each value of the pattern determination counter C3 and the variation type counter CS1 is read out (S921). Sorting the read data The vacant storage area 203u is stored in the area with the smallest winning order, and the variable display based on the newly stored reserved data (counter value) is started. The variation display start time is calculated (S922).

As shown in FIG. 12, the fluctuation start time is the first special symbol and the second special symbol in the variable display corresponding to the newly stored reserved data (in the case of the reserved data based on the first starting port 63a, the first special symbol and the second symbol). If the data is on hold based on the start port 63b, the remaining fluctuation time of the second special symbol) and the previously stored hold data based on the same start ports 63a and 63b as the newly stored hold data are determined. It is calculated by adding each of the fluctuation times.

Here, each of the reserved data stored earlier based on the same start port as the newly stored hold data is the first if the newly stored hold data is the hold data based on the first start port 63a. If the reserved data based on the first starting port 63a (corresponding to the first special symbol) stored in, while the newly stored reserved data is the reserved data based on the second starting port 63b, it is stored first. It is the reserved data (corresponding to the second special symbol) based on the second starting port 63b.

When the variable display start time is calculated, the order after sorting is renumbered in the order of the earliest variable display start time of all the reserved data stored in the sort hold storage area 203u (S923). Here, regarding the renumbering of the variable display start time, in the present embodiment, all the reserved data are renumbered, but the renumbering is not limited to this, and the case where the variable display start order is switched from the previous time, that is, , If the variable display start order of newly stored pending data is interrupted by the variable display start order of the previously stored pending data, it is natural to configure it so that only the changed order is renumbered. good.

It is determined whether the gaming state at the time when the newly stored reserved data starts to fluctuate is the high-probability gaming state (S924). Regarding the game state when the fluctuation starts, there is a thing that the newly stored hold data stops by the time when the fluctuation starts, but the look-ahead probability change flag 203u6 is on, and after that, there is a hold that stops at the 15R normal jackpot. It is determined by determining whether or not it is present. When it is determined that the gaming state when the newly stored reserved data starts to fluctuate is the high-probability gaming state (S924: Yes), the jackpot determination value of the special symbol jackpot random number table 202a for the high-probability time. Based on the above, the validity of the first special symbol is predicted, and the determination result is stored in the corresponding sort hold storage area 203u (S925). On the other hand, when it is determined that the gaming state when the newly stored reserved data starts to fluctuate is the low probability gaming state (normal gaming state) (S924: No), a special symbol symbol for low probability is hit. Based on the jackpot determination value of the random number table 202a, the hit / fail of the first special symbol is predicted, and the determination result is stored in the corresponding sort hold storage area 203u (S927).

The first look-ahead update process is executed (S926). The first look-ahead update process (FIG. 26, S926) will be described in detail later, but the result of determining whether or not the hold data (various counter values) stored in the sort hold storage area 203u is actually started in the order in which the variable display is actually started. Based on, the jackpot type (whether or not it is probable) and the fluctuation pattern (variation time) are stored (updated).

Next, with reference to FIG. 26, the first look-ahead update process (S926), which is one of the first look-ahead processes (FIG. 25, S907), will be described. FIG. 26 is a flowchart showing the first look-ahead update process (S926).

In the first look-ahead update process (FIG. 26, S926), first, it is determined whether the hit / fail determination result predicted by the process of S925 or S927 in the first look-ahead process (FIG. 25, S907) is a big hit (S931). If it is determined that the hit / fail judgment result predicted by the process of S925 or S927 in the first look-ahead processing (FIG. 25, S907) is a big hit (S931: Yes), the predicted big hit is a probable big hit (15R probable big hit or It is determined whether it was the 2nd R probability variation jackpot) (S932). When it is determined that the predicted jackpot is a probability variation jackpot (S932: Yes), the look-ahead probability variation flag 203u6 of the sort hold storage area 203u corresponding to the newly stored pending data is set to ON (S933). .. The look-ahead probability change flag 203u6 is set to off because the data in the hold area before the shift is cleared to 0 when the data is shifted and stored in the upper hold area. That is, the look-ahead probability change flag 203u6 once set to on is set to off by shifting the hold area in order and shifting and overwriting (clearing 0) the next new data in the changing data storage area. Will be done.

On the other hand, if it is determined that the predicted jackpot is not a probabilistic jackpot (that is, it is a 15R normal jackpot) (S932: No), the process of S934 is executed.

From the special hit fluctuation pattern table 202d corresponding to the game state (whether the probability change or the time reduction is in progress) at the start of the fluctuation display, the special hit type counter C2 and the fluctuation pattern determination counter C3 of the newly stored reserved data are used. , The fluctuation pattern determined at the start of the fluctuation display is predicted based on the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 (S934).

On the other hand, if it is determined that the hit / fail determination result predicted by the process of S925 in the first look-ahead process (FIG. 25, S907) is incorrect (S931: No), the game state (probability change or time reduction) at the start of the variation display is determined. It is determined at the start of fluctuation display based on the values of the fluctuation pattern determination counter C3 and the fluctuation type counter CS1 of the newly stored reserved data from the special deviation fluctuation pattern table 202e corresponding to (whether or not it is inside). A fluctuation pattern is predicted (S935).

The predicted hit / fail, stop type, and fluctuation pattern are stored in the area corresponding to the winning order of the rearranged hold storage area 203u (corresponding to the newly stored hold data) (S936). The variable display start order of the reserved data newly stored in the sort hold storage area 203u is determined by interrupting (changing the order) with the previously stored variable display start order (S937). .. When it is determined that the variable display start order of the pending data newly stored in the sort pending storage area 203u is interrupted (changed in order) from the previously stored variable display start order and stored. (S937: Yes), About the hold data after the change display start order of the newly stored hold data (the hold data in the order in which the change starts after the special symbol corresponding to the newly stored hold data stops changing). , Again, predict and update the hit / fail, stop type, and fluctuation pattern (S938). Based on the pass / fail, stop type, fluctuation pattern, winning order, fluctuation display start order, and look-ahead probability change flag 203u6 corresponding to all the hold data stored in the sort hold storage area 203u, each data is stored in the voice lamp control device. A winning command for notifying 113 is generated for each pending data (S939).

In this way, when the game ball wins the first start opening 63a or the second start opening 63b and is held until the corresponding special symbol can start the variable display, the hit / fail judgment or selection is made before the variable display starts. The fluctuation pattern is determined, and the fluctuation start order in the hold is also calculated. Therefore, when the reserved symbol display is displayed, the reserved symbol display can be rearranged in the order of the start of fluctuation by the operation of the player.

Further, when a new hold is stored and the order in which the fluctuation starts is changed due to the hold (the change start order of the newly stored hold is interrupted and stored), the sort hold storage area 203u is used again. Of each stored hold area, for the hold that starts to change after the newly stored hold is stopped, the hit / fail judgment, stop type, and change pattern are updated, so the hold is newly stored. By doing so, even when the gaming state at the start of the fluctuation (whether it is a high-probability gaming state or a low-probability gaming state) changes, it is possible to update the data to be accurate.

In the present embodiment, when the newly stored change start order of the hold is interrupted and stored, the hold data (hit / fail determination, stop type, change pattern) of the hold area is updated again. Not limited to this, when a new hold is stored, the determination may be made again for all the hold areas each time. With this configuration, the data in the hold area can be updated each time a new hold is stored, and it can always be configured with more accurate data.

Next, with reference to FIG. 27, a second look-ahead process (S914), which is one process of the start winning process (FIG. 24, S108), will be described. FIG. 27 is a flowchart showing this second look-ahead process (S914).

The second look-ahead process (FIG. 27, S914) pre-reads and stores the reserved data based on the above-mentioned first look-ahead process (FIG. 25, S907) winning a prize in the first start port 63a. Fluctuation of pending data While it is a process to determine the display start order and make various judgments, the pending data based on winning a prize in the second starting port 63b is pre-read in advance and stored. Since the same process is executed only in that it is a process of determining the variation display start order of the above and performing various determinations, detailed description thereof will be omitted.

Further, as for the second look-ahead update process (S946), which is one of the second look-ahead processes (FIGS. 27, 914) shown in FIG. 28, the above-mentioned first look-ahead update process (FIG. 26, S926) is the second. Fluctuation of pending data based on winning in 1 starting port 63a While it is a process of predicting various selection data based on the display start order and generating a winning command, the second starting port 63b won a prize. The same process is executed except that the process is to predict various selection data and generate a winning command based on the variable display start order of the pending data. Therefore, detailed explanation is omitted. do.

In this way, the game ball wins in the first starting port 63a or the second starting port 63b, and various counter values are newly stored in the first special symbol holding ball storage area 203a or the second special symbol holding ball storage area 203b. (The pending data is stored), the first look-ahead process (FIG. 25, S907) or the second look-ahead process (FIG. 27, S914) is executed. The newly stored hold data is stored in the hold ball storage area 203u in which the order in which the variable display starts is sorted first in the first look-ahead process (FIG. 25, S907) or the second look-ahead process (FIG. 27, S914). Since it is determined by comparing with the variable display start time of each reserved data, the game state (whether or not it is in the probable change) when the stored reserved data is started variable display is accurately determined. can do. Therefore, it is possible to accurately determine the hit / fail determination result, the stop type, the variation pattern to be displayed, and the like. Therefore, next, even when the reserved data is newly stored in the first special symbol reserved ball storage area 203a or the first special symbol reserved ball storage area 203b, the first look-ahead process (FIG. 25, S907) or the second Based on the fluctuation time (variation pattern) of each reserved data predicted by the look-ahead process (FIG. 27, S914), the fluctuation display start time of the newly stored reserved data can be accurately predicted. As a result, the correct variation display start order can be predicted.

In addition, when the variable display start order of the newly stored pending data interrupts the variable display start order of the previously stored pending data (early order), the newly stored pending data is stored. For each reserved data in the variable display start order after the data, the game state at the start of the variable display is predicted again by the first look-ahead process (FIG. 25, S907) or the second look-ahead process (FIG. 27, S914). Since the prediction (look-ahead) of the hit / fail, the stop type, and the fluctuation pattern is performed, the winning command can be generated based on the more accurate prediction result. Therefore, the voice lamp control device 113 can grasp the accurate prediction result of the stored pending data from the winning command.

Next, with reference to FIG. 29, a normal symbol variation process (S109), which is one process of the timer interrupt process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110, will be described. FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing this normal symbol variation processing (S109). The normal symbol variation processing (S109) is a process for controlling the variation display of the second symbol performed by the second symbol display mounting unit 88, the opening time of the ordinary electric accessory 64, and the like.

In this ordinary symbol variation processing, first, it is determined whether or not the present is hitting the ordinary symbol (second symbol). (S1001). The hitting of the normal symbol (second symbol) includes the period from the display indicating the hit on the second symbol display unit 88 to the middle of the opening / closing control of the ordinary electric accessory 64. If it is determined that the normal symbol (second symbol) is being hit (S1001: Yes), this process is terminated as it is.

On the other hand, when it is determined that the normal symbol (second symbol) is not hit (S1001: No), it is determined whether the normal symbol of the second symbol display unit 88 is in variable display (S1002). When it is determined that the normal symbol (second symbol) is being displayed in a variable manner (S1002: Yes), it is determined whether the fluctuation time of the normal symbol executed in the second symbol display unit 88 has elapsed (S1002: Yes). S1003). The fluctuation time here is a time preset by the processing of S1017 and the processing of S1018, which will be described later, before the fluctuation display is started in the second symbol display mounting unit 88.

If the fluctuation time has not elapsed in the process of S1003 (S1003: No), this process is terminated. On the other hand, in the process of S1003, when it is determined that the fluctuation time of the normal symbol to be variablely displayed has elapsed (S1003: Yes), the stop display of the second symbol display unit 88 is set (S1004). .. In the processing of S1004, if the lottery of ordinary symbols is a win and the display mode is set by the processing of S1018, the "○" symbol is stopped and displayed (lighting display) on the second symbol display unit 88 as the second symbol. ) Is set to be done. On the other hand, if the lottery of the normal symbol is missed and the display mode at the time of the miss is set by the processing of S1017, the "x" symbol is stopped and displayed (lights up) on the second symbol display unit 88 as the second symbol. Is set to be displayed). When the stop display is set by the process of S1004, the variable display in the second symbol display unit 88 ends, and the stop symbol (second symbol) is the second in the display mode set in the process of S1017 and the process of S1018. 2 A stop display (lighting display) is displayed on the symbol display unit 88.

Next, it is determined whether or not the lottery result of the ordinary symbol this time is a hit (S1005). When it is determined that the lottery result of the ordinary symbol this time is a hit (S1005: Yes), the opening / closing control start of the ordinary electric accessory 64 is set (1006). On the other hand, if it is determined that the lottery result of the normal symbol this time is out of order (S1005: No), this process is terminated.

On the other hand, in the process of S1002, when it is determined that the normal symbol is not in the variable display (S1002: No), the value of the normal symbol reserved ball number counter 203 g (the number of times the variable display is held in the normal symbol M) is acquired. (S1007). After the processing of S1007, the processing of S1023 is executed.

Next, it is determined whether or not the value (M) of the normal symbol reserved ball number counter 203g is larger than 0 (S1008). If it is determined that the value (M) of the normal symbol reserved ball number counter 203g is 0 (S1008: No), this process is terminated as it is. On the other hand, when it is determined that the value (M) of the normal symbol reserved ball number counter 203 g is not 0 (S1008: Yes), the value (M) of the normal symbol reserved ball number counter 203 g is subtracted by 1 (S1009).

Next, the data stored in the normal symbol holding ball storage area 203h is shifted (S1010). In the process of S1010, the data stored in the normal symbol hold 1 to the normal symbol hold 4 in the normal symbol hold ball storage area 203h is sequentially shifted to the execution area side. More specifically, in each area, normal symbol hold 1 → execution area, normal symbol hold 2 → normal symbol hold 1, normal symbol hold 3 → normal symbol hold 2, normal symbol hold 4 → normal symbol hold 4 and so on. Shift the data. After shifting the data, the value of the normal hit random number counter C4 stored in the normal symbol holding ball execution area 203i is acquired (S1011).

Next, it is determined that the value of the time saving counter 203k is 1 or more (that is, is not 0) (S1012). When it is determined that the value of the time reduction counter 203k is 0 (that is, it is not in the time reduction) (S1012: No), the hit determination value of the random number table per normal symbol for low probability time (FIG. 8 (d)). The hit / fail determination result is acquired based on (S1013). On the other hand, when it is determined that the value of the time reduction counter 203k is not 0 (that is, the time reduction is in progress) (S1012: Yes), it is determined whether the first special symbol or the second special symbol is in the jackpot (that is, the time reduction is in progress). S1014). If it is determined that the first special symbol or the second special symbol is in the jackpot (S1014: Yes), the process of S1013 is executed. On the other hand, when it is determined that the first special symbol or the second special symbol is not a big hit (S1014: No), the hit determination value of the random number table per ordinary symbol (FIG. 8 (d)) for high probability is used. Based on this, the hit / fail determination result is acquired (S1015).

Next, it is determined whether or not the lottery result of the second symbol (ordinary symbol) is a win (S1016). When it is determined that the lottery result of the second symbol (ordinary symbol) is not a hit (that is, it is out of order) (S1016: No), the display mode of "x" which is the display mode at the time of out of place is set. (S1017). On the other hand, when the lottery result of the second symbol (ordinary symbol) is determined to be a hit (that is, a hit) (S1016: Yes), the display mode of "○", which is the display mode at the time of winning, is displayed. It is set (S1018).

It is determined whether the value of the time reduction counter 203k is 1 or more (that is, the gaming state is during the time reduction (including probability variation)) (S1019). When it is determined that the time is not shortened (S1019: No), the opening time of the blades 64a and 64b of the ordinary electric accessory 64 is set to 0.2 s, and the number of times of opening is set to one (S1020).

On the other hand, when it is determined that the time is shortened (S1019: Yes), it is determined whether the first special symbol or the second special symbol is in the jackpot (S1021). If it is determined that the first special symbol or the second special symbol is in the jackpot (S1021: Yes), the process of S1020 is executed. On the other hand, when it is determined that the first special symbol or the second special symbol is not a big hit (S1021: No), the opening time of the blades 64a and 64b of the ordinary electric accessory 64 is 1 s, and the number of times of opening is 2 times. It is set (S1020).

It is determined whether the value of the time reduction counter 203k is 1 or more (that is, the gaming state is during the time reduction (including probability variation)) (S1023). When it is determined that the time is shortened (S1023: Yes), the fluctuation time of the normal symbol (second symbol) is set to 3s (S1024). On the other hand, when it is determined that the time is not shortened (S1023: No), the fluctuation time of the normal symbol (second symbol) is set to 30 s (S1025).

Next, the through-gate passage process (S110) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. FIG. 30 is a flowchart showing this through gate passing process (S110). This through gate passage process (S110) is executed in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 14), determines whether or not the game ball has passed through the normal symbol start port 67, and when the game ball has passed. , This is a process for acquiring and holding the value indicated by the normal hit random number counter C4.

In the through gate passing process (FIG. 30, S110), first, it is determined whether or not the ball has passed through the normal symbol start port (gate) 67 (S1031). Here, it is detected that the game ball has passed through the normal symbol start port 67 over three timer interrupt processes. Then, when it is determined that the ball has passed through the normal symbol starting port 67 (S1031: Yes), the value (M) of the normal symbol reserved ball number counter 203 g is acquired (S1032). Then, it is determined whether or not the value (M) of the normal symbol reserved ball number counter 203g is less than the upper limit value (4 in this embodiment) (S1033).

Whether the ball has passed through the normal symbol start port (gate) 67 (S1031: No), or even if the ball has passed through the normal symbol start port 67, the value (M) of the normal symbol hold ball number counter 203 g is If it is not less than 4 (S1033: No), this process is terminated. On the other hand, if the ball passes through the normal symbol starting port 67 (S1031: Yes) and the value (M) of the normal symbol holding ball number counter 203g is less than 4 (S1033: Yes), the normal symbol holding ball number counter The value (M) of 203 g is added by 1 (S1034). Then, the value of the normal hit random number counter C4 updated in S106 of the timer interrupt processing described above and the first normal symbol flag are set to the empty hold area (normal symbol hold 1 to normal symbol) of the normal symbol hold ball storage area 203h of the RAM 203. It is stored in the first area of the hold 4) (S1035). In the process of S1035, the value of the normal symbol hold ball counter 203 g is referred to, and if the value is 0, the area of the normal symbol hold 1 is set as the first area. Similarly, if the value is 1, the area of normal symbol hold 2 is first, if the value is 2, the area of normal symbol hold 3 is set, and if the value is 3, the area of normal symbol hold 4 is set first. Area.

FIG. 31 is a flowchart showing an NMI interrupt process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110. The NMI interrupt process is a process executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. By this NMI interrupt processing, the power-off occurrence information is stored in the RAM 203. That is, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like, the power failure signal SG1 is output from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 to the NMI terminal of the MPU 201 in the main control device 110. Then, the MPU 201 interrupts the control during execution and starts the NMI interrupt processing, stores the power interruption occurrence information in the RAM 203 (S1041) as a setting of the power interruption occurrence information, and ends the NMI interrupt processing. do.

The above NMI interrupt process is also executed in the payout launch control device 111, and the power cutoff occurrence information is stored in the RAM 213 by the NMI interrupt process. That is, when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like, the power failure signal SG1 is output from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 to the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 in the payout control device 111, and the MPU 211 interrupts the control during execution. Then, the NMI interrupt process is started.

Next, with reference to FIG. 32, the start-up process executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 when the power is turned on to the main control device 110 will be described. FIG. 32 is a flowchart showing this start-up process.

This start-up process is started by resetting when the power is turned on. In the start-up process (FIG. 32), first, the initial setting process associated with turning on the power is executed (S1101). For example, a predetermined value is set in the stack pointer. Next, a weight process (1 second in this embodiment) is executed in order to wait for the control device on the sub side (peripheral control device such as the voice lamp control device 113 and the payout control device 111) to be in an operable state. (S1102). Then, the access of the RAM 203 is permitted (S1103).

After that, it is determined whether or not the RAM erasing switch (FIG. 3, 122) provided in the power supply device 115 is turned on (S1104), and if it is turned on (S1104: Yes), the process shifts to S1110. On the other hand, if the RAM erasing switch (FIG. 3, 122) is not turned on (S1104: No), it is further determined whether or not the power cutoff occurrence information is stored in the RAM 203 (11605), and if it is not stored. (S1105: No) Since there is a possibility that the process at the time of the previous power cutoff did not end normally, the process is also shifted to S1110 in this case as well.

If the power cutoff occurrence information is stored in the RAM 203 (S1105: Yes), the RAM determination value is calculated (S1106), and if the calculated RAM determination value is not normal (S1107: No), that is, the calculated RAM. If the determination value does not match the RAM determination value saved when the power is cut off, the backed up data has been destroyed, and even in such a case, the process is transferred to S1110. The RAM determination value is, for example, a checksum value at the work area address of the RAM 203. Instead of this RAM determination value, the effectiveness of the backup may be determined based on whether or not the keyword written in the predetermined area of the RAM 203 is correctly saved.

In the process of S1110, a payout initialization command is transmitted in order to initialize the payout control device 111 which is a control device (peripheral control device) on the sub side (S1110). Upon receiving this payout initialization command, the payout control device 111 clears an area (working area) other than the stack area of the RAM 213, sets an initial value, and is ready to start payout control of the game ball. After transmitting the payout initialization command, the main control device 110 executes the initialization process (S1111, S1112) of the RAM 203.

As described above, in the pachinko machine 10, when the RAM data is initialized when the power is turned on, for example, when the hall is open for business, the power is turned on while pressing the RAM erasing switch (FIGS. 3, 122). Therefore, if the RAM erasing switch (FIGS. 3 and 122) is pressed during the start-up process, the RAM 203 initialization process (S1111, S1112) is executed.

Further, the initialization process (S1111, S1112) of the RAM 203 is similarly executed when the power cutoff occurrence information is not set or when a backup abnormality is confirmed by the RAM determination value (checksum value, etc.). .. In the RAM initialization process (S1111, S1112), the used area of the RAM 203 is cleared to 0 (S1111), and then the initial value of the RAM 203 is set (S1112). After executing the initialization process of the RAM 203, the process proceeds to the process of S1113.

On the other hand, the RAM erasing switch (FIGS. 3, 122) is not turned on (S1104: No), the power cutoff occurrence information is stored (S1105: Yes), and the RAM determination value (checksum value, etc.) is set. If it is normal (S1107: Yes), the power cutoff occurrence information is cleared while retaining the data backed up in the RAM 203 (S1108). Next, a payout return command at the time of power recovery for returning the control device (peripheral control device) on the sub side to the gaming state at the time of power cutoff is transmitted (S1109), and the process proceeds to S1113. Upon receiving this payout return command, the payout control device 111 is in a state where the payout control of the game ball can be started while holding the data stored in the RAM 213.

Next, an effect permission command for permitting execution of various effects is output to the voice lamp control device 113 (S1113). After that, the interrupt is permitted (S914). Then, the process proceeds to the main process (S1200) described later.

Next, with reference to FIG. 33, the main process (S1200) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110 after the above-mentioned start-up process will be described. FIG. 33 is a flowchart showing this main process (S1200). In this main process (S1200), the counter update process and the power cutoff process are roughly classified.

In the main process (FIG. 33, S1200), first, in the timer interrupt process (see FIG. 14), the output data such as commands stored in the ring buffer for command transmission provided in the RAM 223 is input to each of the sub-sides. The external output process to be transmitted to the control device (peripheral control device) is executed (S1201).

Next, the value of the variation type counter CS1 is updated (S1202). Specifically, the variation type counter CS1 is added by 1, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value (100 in the present embodiment), it is cleared to 0. Then, the update value of the variation type counter CS1 is stored in the counter buffer 202b of the RAM 203.

When the update of the variation type counter CS1 is completed, the prize ball counting signal and the payout abnormality signal received from the payout control device 111 are read (S1203) and executed. The display control process of the first symbol display device 37 is executed (S1204).

Next, the display control process of the second symbol (for example, the symbol of “◯” or “×”) by the second symbol display unit 88 is executed (S1205). Briefly, on condition that the sphere has passed through the normal symbol start port (through gate) 67, the value of the second random number counter C4 is acquired at the timing of the passage, and the second symbol display unit 88 displays the value. The second symbol is displayed in a variable manner. Then, the lottery of the second symbol is carried out by the value of the ordinary hit random number counter C4, and when the second symbol is in the winning state, the ordinary electric accessory 64 is released for a predetermined time.

After that, it is determined whether or not the power outage occurrence information is stored in the RAM 203 (S1206), and if the power outage occurrence information is not stored in the RAM 203 (S1206: No), the power failure signal from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 SG1 is not output and the power supply is not cut off. Therefore, in such a case, it is determined whether or not the execution timing of the next main process has been reached, that is, whether or not a predetermined time (4 msec in the present embodiment) has elapsed from the start of the previous main process (S1207). If the predetermined time has already passed (S1207: Yes), the process is shifted to S1201, and each process after S1201 described above is repeatedly executed.

On the other hand, if the predetermined time has not yet elapsed from the start of the previous main process (S1207: No), the initial period is until the predetermined time is reached, that is, within the remaining time until the execution timing of the next main process is reached. The value random number counter CINI1, the normal initial value random number counter CINI2, and the variation type counter CS1 are repeatedly updated (S1208, S1209).

First, the initial value random number counter CINI1 and the normal initial value random number counter CINI2 are updated (S1208). Specifically, the initial value random number counter CINI1 and the normal initial value random number counter CINI2 are added by 1, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value (399, 239 in this embodiment), it is cleared to 0. Then, the updated values of the initial value random number counter CINI1 and the normal initial value random number counter CINI2 are stored in the counter buffer of the RAM 203, respectively. Next, the variation type counter CS1 is updated by the same method as the processing of S1202 (S1209).

Here, since the execution time of each process of S1201 to S1205 changes according to the state of the game, the remaining time until the execution timing of the next main process is not constant and is displayed variable. Therefore, by repeatedly updating the initial value random number counter CINI1 and the normal initial value random number counter CINI2 using the remaining time, the initial value random number counter CINI1 and the normal initial value random number counter CINI2 (that is, the special hit random number counter C1). (Initial value of, initial value of random number counter C4 per normal) can be updated at random, and similarly, the variable type counter CS1 can also be updated at random.

Further, in the process of S1206, if the power off occurrence information is stored in the RAM 203 (S1206: Yes), the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the power is turned off, and the power failure signal SG1 is output from the power failure monitoring circuit 252. As a result, since the NMI interrupt process shown in FIG. 31 has been executed, the process when the power is cut off after S1210 is executed. First, the occurrence of each interrupt process is prohibited (S1210), and a power off command indicating that the power is cut off is issued to other control devices (peripheral control devices such as the payout control device 111 and the voice lamp control device 113). (S1211). Then, the RAM determination value is calculated, the value is saved (S1212), the access of the RAM 203 is prohibited (S1213), and the infinite loop is continued until the power supply is completely shut off and the process cannot be executed. Here, the RAM determination value is, for example, a checksum value in the backed up stack area and work area of the RAM 203.

The processing of S1206 is performed at the end of a series of processing corresponding to the state change of the game performed in S1201 to S1205, or at the end of one cycle of the processing of S1208 and S1209 performed within the remaining time. It is running. Therefore, in the main process of the main control device 110, the power cutoff occurrence information is confirmed at the timing when each setting is completed. Therefore, when returning from the power cutoff state, the process is performed after the start-up process is completed. It can be started from the process of S1201. That is, the process can be started from the process of S1201 as in the case of being initialized in the start-up process. Therefore, even if the contents of each register used by the MPU 201 are not saved in the stack area or the value of the stack pointer is not saved in the process when the power is cut off, the stack pointer is used in the initial setting process (S1301). By setting a predetermined value (initial value), it is possible to start from the process of S1201. Therefore, the control load of the main control device 110 can be reduced, and accurate control can be performed without the main control device 110 malfunctioning or running out of control.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 34 to 40, each control process executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113 will be described. The processing of the MPU 221 is roughly classified into a start-up process that is started when the power is turned on and a main process (S1400) that is executed after the start-up process.

First, the start-up process executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113 will be described with reference to FIG. 34. FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing this start-up process. This start-up process is started when the power is turned on.

When the start-up process is executed, first, the initial setting process associated with turning on the power is executed (S1301). Specifically, a predetermined predetermined value is set in the stack pointer. After that, depending on whether or not the power cutoff processing flag is turned on, the power cutoff process of S1418 (see FIG. 35) is caused by a momentary voltage drop (momentary power failure, so-called "momentary power failure") in this start-up process. ) Is started in the middle of execution (S1302). As will be described later with reference to FIG. 35, when the voice lamp control device 113 receives the power cutoff command from the main control device 110 (see FIGS. 35 and S1415), the voice lamp control device 113 executes the power cutoff process of S1418. The power cutoff processing flag is turned on before the power cutoff process is executed, and the power cutoff process in progress flag is turned off after the power cutoff process is completed. Therefore, whether or not the power cutoff process of S1418 is in the middle of execution can be determined by the state of the power cutoff process in progress flag.

If the power off processing flag is off (S1302: No), the start-up process is started after the power is completely cut off, or after a momentary power failure occurs and the power of S1418 is turned off. It was started after the execution of the process was completed, or it was started by resetting only the MPU221 of the audio lamp control device 113 (without receiving the power off command from the main control device 110) due to noise or the like. be. Therefore, in these cases, it is confirmed whether or not the data in the RAM 223 is destroyed (S1303).

Confirmation of data corruption in RAM 223 is performed as follows. That is, the data as the keyword of "55AAh" is written in the specific area of the RAM 223 by the processing of S1306. Therefore, the data stored in the specific area can be checked, and if the data is "55AAh", there is no data corruption in the RAM 223, and conversely, if the data is not "55AAh", the data corruption in the RAM 223 can be confirmed. If the data destruction of the RAM 223 is confirmed (S1303: Yes), the process proceeds to S1304 and the initialization of the RAM 223 is started. On the other hand, if the data destruction of the RAM 223 is not confirmed (S1303: No), the process proceeds to S1308.

If the start-up process is started after the power is completely cut off, the keyword "55AAh" is not stored in the specific area of the RAM 223 (the memory of the RAM 223 is lost due to the power off). (From), it is determined that the data of the RAM 223 is destroyed (S1303: Yes), and the process proceeds to S1304. On the other hand, the start-up process this time was started after the execution of the power cutoff process of S1418 was completed after the momentary power failure occurred, or it was reset only to the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 due to noise or the like. Since the keyword "55AAh" is stored in the specific area of the RAM 223, the data of the RAM 223 is determined to be normal (S1303: No), and the data is transferred to the S1308.

If the power-off processing flag is on (S1302: Yes), the start-up processing this time is after a momentary power failure occurs, and the voice lamp control device 113 is being executed during the power-off processing of S1418. MPU221 was reset and started. In such a case, the storage state of the RAM 223 is not always correct because the power cutoff process is being executed. Therefore, in such a case, the control cannot be continued, so the process is shifted to S1304 and the initialization of the RAM 223 is started.

In the process of S1304, the storage area of the entire range of the RAM 223 is checked (S1304). As a check method, first, "0FFh" is written for each byte, it is read for each byte, it is confirmed whether or not it is "0FFh", and if it is "0FFh", it is determined to be normal. Such writing and confirmation for each byte are performed in the order of "0FFh", then "55h", "0AAh", and "00h". By this read / write check of the RAM 223, all the storage areas of the RAM 223 are cleared to zero.

If the read / write check is determined to be normal for all the storage areas of the RAM 223 (S1305: Yes), the keyword "55AAh" is written in the specific area of the RAM 223 to set the RAM destruction check data (S1306). By confirming the keyword "55AAh" written in this specific area, it is checked whether or not the RAM 223 has data corruption. On the other hand, if an abnormality in the read / write check is detected in any of the storage areas of the RAM 223 (S1305: No), an abnormality in the RAM 223 is notified (S1307), and an infinite loop is performed until the power is cut off. The abnormality of the RAM 223 is notified by the indicator lamp 34. The voice output device 226 may output voice to notify the abnormality of the RAM 223, or an error command may be transmitted to the display control device 114 to display an error message on the third symbol display device 81. You may do it.

In the process of S1308, it is determined whether or not the power off flag is turned on (S1308). The power-off flag is turned on when the power-off process of S1418 is executed (see FIGS. 35 and S1417). That is, since the power-off flag is turned on before the power-off process of S1418 is executed, the process of S1308 is reached with the power-off flag turned on because the start-up process is instantaneous. This is a case where the power is started after the power failure has occurred and the execution of the power cutoff process of S1418 has been completed. Therefore, in such a case (S1308: Yes), the work area of the RAM is cleared in order to initialize each process of the voice lamp control device 113 (S1109), the initial value of the RAM 223 is set (S1310), and then an interrupt is performed. The permission is set (S1113), and the process proceeds to the main process (S1400). The work area of the RAM 223 refers to an area other than the area for storing commands and the like received from the main control device 110.

On the other hand, the reason why the processing of S1308 is reached with the power off flag turned off is that the startup processing of this time is started after, for example, the power supply is completely cut off, so that the processing of S1308 is performed via the processing of S1304 to S1306. This is the case when the process is reached or the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 is reset (without receiving the power cutoff command from the main control device 110) due to noise or the like. Therefore, in such a case (S1308: No), S1309, which is the clearing process of the work area of the RAM 223, is skipped, the process is shifted to S1310, and the initial value of the RAM 223 is set (S1310).

It should be noted that the reason for skipping the clearing process of S1309 is that when the processing of S1308 is reached via the processing of S1304 to S1306, all the storage areas of the RAM 223 have already been cleared by the processing of S1304. When only the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 is reset due to noise or the like and the start-up process is started, the data in the work area of the RAM 223 is saved without being cleared, so that the voice lamp control device 113 This is because the control of can be continued.

Next, with reference to FIG. 35, the main process (S1400) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113 after the start-up process of the voice lamp control device 113 will be described. FIG. 35 is a flowchart showing this main process (S1400). When the main process (S1400) is executed, it is first determined whether or not 1 millisecond or more has elapsed since the main process (S1400) was started or the previous process of S1401 was executed (S1400). S1401) If 1 millisecond or more has not elapsed (S1401: No), the process proceeds to S1411 without performing the processes of S1402 to S1410. In the processing of S1401, it is the processing related to the display (effect) that S1402 to S1410 determine whether or not 1 millisecond has elapsed, whereas it is not necessary to edit in a short cycle (within 1 millisecond). This is because it is preferable to execute the variation display process of S1411 and the command determination process of S1412 in a short cycle. By executing the process of S1414 in a short cycle, it is possible to prevent the reception of the command transmitted from the main controller 110 from being missed, and by executing the process of S1414 in a short cycle, the command received by the command determination process. Based on this, the settings related to the variable display effect can be made without delay.

If 1 millisecond or more has elapsed in the process of S1401 (S1401: Yes), first, various commands for the display control device 114 set by the processes of S1403 to S1414 are transmitted to the display control device 114 (S1401: Yes). S1402). Next, the output of each lamp is set so as to set the lighting mode of the indicator lamp 34 and the lighting mode of the lamp edited by the process of S1409 described later (S1403), and then the power-on notification process is executed (S1404). The power-on notification process notifies that the power has been turned on for a predetermined time (for example, 30 seconds) when the power is turned on, and the notification is performed by the voice output device 226 or the lamp display device 227. Will be. Further, a command may be transmitted to the display control device 114 to notify that power has been supplied on the screen of the third symbol display device 81. If it is not at the time of turning on the power, the process shifts to the process of S1405 without performing the notification by the power-on notification process.

In the process of S1405, the customer waiting effect is executed, and then the hold quantity display update process is executed (S1406). In the customer waiting effect, when the pachinko machine 10 is not played by the player for a predetermined time, a setting is made to switch the display of the third symbol display device 81 to the title screen, and the setting is a display control device as a command. It is transmitted to 114. In the hold quantity display update process (S1406), as will be described in detail later, a process of updating the display of the hold symbol display of the third symbol display device 81 is executed based on the data of the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k. ..

After that, the frame button input monitoring / effect processing is executed (S1407). In this frame button input monitoring / effect processing, the input of whether or not the frame button 22 operated by the player is pressed in order to enhance the effect is monitored, and the input of the frame button 22 is confirmed. It is a process to set to perform the production. In this process, when the operation of the frame button 22 by the player is detected, a frame button operation command for notifying the display control device 114 that the frame button 22 has been operated is set.

In addition, when the frame button 22 is pressed during the sortable period (the period during which the jackpot game is in progress and the state in which there is no hold), which will be described later, the hold symbol display displayed in the order in which the hold is established starts to change. It is sorted and displayed in order.

After the frame button input monitoring / effect processing is completed, the lamp editing process is executed (S1408), and then the sound editing / output processing is executed (S1409). In the lamp editing process, the lighting patterns of the illumination units 29 to 33 and the like are set so as to correspond to the display performed by the third symbol display device 81. In the sound editing / output processing, the output pattern of the voice output device 226 is set so as to correspond to the display performed by the third symbol display device 81, and the sound is output from the voice output device 226 according to the setting.

After the process of S1409, the liquid crystal display effect execution management process is executed (S1410). After that, the process proceeds to S1411. In the liquid crystal display execution management process, a time synchronized with the time required for the fluctuation display performed by the third symbol display device 81 is set based on the fluctuation pattern command transmitted from the main control device 110. The lamp editing process of S1408 is executed based on the time set in the liquid crystal display effect execution monitoring process. The sound editing / output processing of S1409 is also executed at a time synchronized with the time required for the fluctuation display performed by the third symbol display device 81.

In the process of S1411, in order to display the variation display effect on the third symbol display device 81, a display variation pattern command is generated based on the variation pattern command received from the main control device 110, and the command is displayed by the display control device 114. Executes the variable display setting process, which is the process set to send to. The details of this variable display setting process will be described later with reference to FIG. 38.

After the variation display setting process (S1411), the temporary variation stop process is executed (S1412). This provisional fluctuation stop processing (S1412) is a provisional first fluctuation stop command indicating that the first special symbol is temporarily stopped from the main controller 110, or a provisional second fluctuation stop command indicating that the second special symbol is temporarily stopped. Is received, a process for temporarily stopping the first special symbol or the second special symbol is executed. The details of this provisional fluctuation stop processing (S1412) will be described later with reference to FIG. 39.

After the temporary fluctuation stop processing (S1412), the hold sorting processing is executed (S1413). This hold sorting process sorts and displays the hold symbol display from the winning order to the variable display start order based on the winning command output from the main control device 110, based on the player's button operation. Execute the process. The details of this hold sorting process (S1413) will be described later with reference to FIG. 40.

After the hold sorting process (S1413), a command determination process for performing a process according to the command received from the main control unit 110 is performed (S1414). The details of this command determination process will be described later with reference to FIG. 36.

When the processing of S1414 is completed, it is determined whether or not the power cutoff occurrence information is stored in the work RAM 233 (S1415). The power-off occurrence information is stored when a power-off command is received from the main control device 110. If the power-off occurrence information is stored in the process of S1415 (S1415: Yes), both the power-off flag and the power-off process in progress flag are turned on (S1417), and the power-off process is executed (S1418). After the power cutoff process is executed, the power cutoff process in progress flag is turned off (S1419), and then the process is looped infinitely. In the power cutoff process, the occurrence of the interrupt process is prohibited, and each output port is turned off to turn off the output from the audio output device 226 and the lamp display device 227. It also erases the memory of information on the occurrence of power failure.

On the other hand, if the power-off occurrence information is not stored in the process of S1415 (S1415: No), it is determined whether or not the RAM 223 is destroyed based on the keyword stored in the RAM 223 (S1416), and the RAM 223 is destroyed. If not (S1416: No), the process returns to the process of S1401 and the main process (S1400) is repeatedly executed. On the other hand, if the RAM 223 is destroyed (S1416: Yes), the processing is looped infinitely in order to stop the execution of the subsequent processing. Here, if it is determined that the RAM is destroyed and an infinite loop is performed, the main process (S1400) is not executed, so that the display by the third symbol display device 81 does not change thereafter. Therefore, since the player can know that the abnormality has occurred, he / she can call a clerk in the hall and ask for repair of the pachinko machine 10. Further, when it is confirmed that the RAM 223 is destroyed, the voice output device 226 or the lamp display device 227 may be used to notify the RAM destruction.

Next, the command determination process (S1414) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113 will be described with reference to FIG. 36. FIG. 36 is a flowchart showing this command determination process (S1414). This command determination process (S1414) is executed in the main process (S1400) (see FIG. 35) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113, and as described above, the command received from the main control device 110. To judge. Hereinafter, the details of the command determination process (S1414) will be described.

In the command determination process (FIG. 36, S1414), first, from the command storage area 223a provided in the RAM 223, the first command received from the main control device 110 among the unprocessed commands is read and analyzed, and the main control device 110 is analyzed. Further, it is determined whether or not the first variation pattern command has been received (S1501). Here, the first variation pattern command is a special symbol indicating a variation display mode for displaying the first special symbol in a variable manner. Then, when it is determined that the first fluctuation pattern command has been received (S1501: Yes), the first fluctuation start flag 223c1 provided in the RAM 223 is set to ON (S1502). The variation pattern type is extracted from the received first variation pattern command (S1503). The variation pattern type extracted here is stored in the other memory area 223m of the RAM 223 so as to be identifiable as the variation pattern type of the first special symbol, and is displayed in the variation display setting process (FIG. 38, S1411) described later. It is used when setting a variation pattern command for displaying a first special symbol that notifies the control device 114 of the start of the variation display effect of the first special symbol and the variation pattern type of the first special symbol.

On the other hand, when it is determined that the first variation pattern command has not been received (S1501: No), it is determined whether or not the second variation pattern command has been received from the main control device 110 (S1505). Here, the second variation pattern command is a special symbol indicating a variation display mode for displaying the second special symbol in a variable manner. Then, when it is determined that the second fluctuation pattern command has been received (S1504: Yes), the second fluctuation start flag 223c2 provided in the RAM 223 is set to ON (S1505). The variation pattern type is extracted from the received second variation pattern command (S1506). The variation pattern type extracted here is stored in the other memory area 223m of the RAM 223 so as to be identifiable as the variation pattern type of the second special symbol, and is displayed in the variation display setting process (FIG. 38, S1411) described later. It is used when setting a variation pattern command for displaying a second special symbol that notifies the control device 114 of the start of the variation display effect of the second special symbol and the variation pattern type of the second special symbol.

When it is determined that the second variation pattern command has not been received (S1504: No), it is determined whether the first or second stop type command has been received from the main controller 110 (S1507). When it is determined that the first or second stop type command has been received (S1507: Yes), and when the first stop type command has been received, the first stop type selection flag is set to ON. When the second stop type command is received, the second stop type selection flag is set to on. (S1508). The stop type (either 15R probability variation jackpot, 15R normal jackpot, or 2R probability variation jackpot) is extracted from the received first stop type command or second stop type command (S1506). The extracted stop type is stored in the voice lamp control device 113 in the other memory area 223 m of the RAM 223 of the MPU 221. The stop type extracted from the first stop type command can be identified as the stop type of the first special symbol, and the stop type extracted from the second stop type command is the stop type of the second special symbol. Are identifiablely stored in each.

On the other hand, when it is determined that the first or second stop type command has not been received (S1507: No), it is determined whether or not the reserved ball count command has been received from the main control device 110 (S1510). When it is determined that the hold ball number command has been received (S1510: Yes), the first special symbol hold ball number counter 203e or the second special symbol hold ball number counter 203e of the main controller 110 included in the received hold ball number command is included. The value of the number counter f (that is, the number of reserved balls of the variable display effect of the first special symbol or the second special symbol held in the main control device 110) is extracted, and the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol is the voice lamp. The number of reserved balls of the second special symbol is stored in the first special symbol reserved ball number counter 223b1 of the control device 113, and the reserved ball number of the second special symbol is stored in the second special symbol reserved ball number counter 223b2 (S1511).

Here, since the hold ball number command is transmitted from the main control device 110 when the ball wins a prize (starting prize) in the first starting port 63a or the second starting port 63b, every time there is a starting winning prize. , S1508, the values of the first special symbol holding ball counter 223b1 and the second special symbol holding ball counter 223b2 of the voice lamp control device 113 are set to the first special symbol holding ball counter 203e of the main control device 110. 2 It can be adjusted to the value with the special symbol holding ball counter 203f. Therefore, due to the influence of noise or the like, the value of the first special symbol holding ball counter 223b1 or the second special symbol holding ball counter 223b2 of the voice lamp control device 113 becomes the first special symbol holding ball counter 203e of the main control device 110. Or, even if the value deviates from the value of the second special symbol holding ball counter 203f, the value of the first special symbol holding ball counter 223b1 or the second special symbol holding ball counter 223b2 of the voice lamp control device 113 is corrected at the time of starting winning detection. Then, it can be adjusted to the value of the first special symbol reserved ball number counter 203e or the second special symbol reserved ball number counter 203f of the main control device 110.

If it is determined that the reserved ball count command has not been received (S1510: No), it is determined whether or not the winning command has been received (S1512). When it is determined that the winning command has been received (S1512: Yes), the information of each holding area of the rearrangement holding storage area 203u of the main control device 110 is extracted from the received command (S1510). Here, the information of each hold area in the sorted hold storage area 203u extracted is the hit / fail determination result, jackpot type, change pattern type, change display order, and time until the start of change display for each hold. ..

On the other hand, when it is determined that the winning command has not been received (S1512: No), it is determined whether the provisional first fluctuation stop command or the provisional second fluctuation stop command has been received (S1515). When it is determined that the provisional first fluctuation stop command or the provisional second fluctuation stop command has been received (S1515: Yes), and when the provisional first fluctuation stop command is received, the slave first fluctuation stop flag 223e is set. When it is set to ON and the provisional second fluctuation stop command is received, the slave second fluctuation stop flag 223f is set to ON (S1516).

On the other hand, when it is determined that the provisional first fluctuation stop command or the provisional second fluctuation stop command has not been received (S1515: No), the first special symbol fluctuation restart command or the second special symbol fluctuation restart command is received. It is determined whether or not the command is performed (S1517). When it is determined that the first special symbol change restart command or the second special symbol change restart command has been received (S1517: Yes), the first special symbol change restart command corresponding to the received command has been received. In this case, the slave first fluctuation restart flag 223g is set to ON. Further, when the second special symbol change resumption command is received, the slave second change resumption flag 223h is set to ON (S1518).

On the other hand, if it is determined that the first special symbol change resumption command or the second special symbol change resumption command has not been received (S1517: No), processing according to other commands is executed (S1519).

Next, with reference to FIG. 37, the hold quantity display update process (S1406) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113 will be described. FIG. 37 is a flowchart showing the reserved quantity display update process (S1406). This hold quantity display update process (S1406) is a process for updating the hold symbol display displayed on the third symbol display device 81 based on the data of each hold area of the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k. ..

In the hold quantity display update process (FIG. 37, S1406), first, the change display start time of each hold area of the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k is updated (S1431). The execution cycle of this process (1 ms in this embodiment) is subtracted from each time data stored in the variable start time storage area 223k5. Further, the update of the variable display start time is not limited to this, and may be performed by providing an RTC or the like, or may be of course another method.

The hold symbol display corresponding to the hold area in which the sort flag 223k7 of the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k is turned on is the hold corresponding to the hold area in which the sort flag 223k7 is turned off in the variable display start order. As for the symbol display, the reserved symbol display is displayed in the order in which the hold is established (S1432).

Here, the sort flag 223k7 is operated by the frame button 22 during the sort enable period in the hold sort process (FIGS. 40, S1413) executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113, which will be described later (in this embodiment, the sort flag 223k7). When pressed), it is set to on in all hold areas where hold data is stored. As a result, all the displayed reserved symbols are rearranged from the order in which the hold is established, based on the order in which the variable display of the hold is started. On the other hand, after the sort flag 223k7 is set to on, the sort flag 223k7 is off for the newly stored hold, so that the order is established without sorting, that is, the third symbol display device 81. It is displayed at the end of the reserved symbol display displayed in.

Therefore, when the player wants to rearrange the reserved symbol display and operates the frame button 22, the reserved symbol display displayed at that time is rearranged in the variable display start order, and then. However, the sorted reserved symbol display is maintained in the variable display start order, while the reserved symbol display corresponding to the newly stored (occurring) hold is displayed first in the established order. Since it is displayed at the end of the pending symbol display without interrupting it, the player can suppress the problem of confusing the order in which the current display is displayed. Can be done.

Further, by rearranging only the reserved symbol display displayed when the frame button 22 is operated in this way, it is possible to notify the variable display start order only when the player wants to know.

Further, in the case of a 15R probability variation jackpot or a 15R normal jackpot, a relatively long fluctuation pattern is usually selected. Therefore, for the hold established at the same start ports 63a and 63b as the hold that becomes a big hit, the variable display start time is delayed. Therefore, there may be a case where the variable display start time is earlier for the hold with a later establishment order that occurs at the start ports 63a and 63b, which is different from the hold that is a big hit. In such a case, when the reserved symbols are rearranged, the reserved symbols with a later establishment order are displayed by interrupting before the reserved symbols with an earlier establishment order (on the reserved symbol display area Ds1 side). To. Therefore, when the player operates the frame button 22 to rearrange the reserved symbols, if the reserved symbols with a later formation order are interrupted and displayed before the reserved symbols with an earlier formation order, the player can display the reserved symbols. Among the reserved symbols displayed before the interrupted and displayed reserved symbol, the hold that occurred by winning a prize at the start ports 63a and 63b different from the interrupted and displayed reserved symbol may be a big hit. You can have expectations.

Therefore, when the player operates the frame button 22, he / she thinks that there may be a hold that becomes a big hit in the hold symbol display, and can operate the frame button in the expectation that the order will change. , The frame button 22 can be operated with a feeling of expectation for a big hit.

Next, with reference to FIG. 38, the variation display setting process (S1411) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113 will be described. FIG. 38 is a flowchart showing this variable display setting process (S1411). This variation display setting process (FIG. 38, S1411) is one process of the main process (S1400) (see FIG. 35) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113. As described above, the variation display setting process (FIGS. 38, S1411) is based on the first or second variation pattern command received from the main control device 110 in order to display the variation display effect on the third symbol display device 81. Then, a process of generating a display variation pattern command of the first special symbol or the second special symbol and transmitting the command to the display control device 114 is executed. Further, based on the extracted stop type (15R probability variation jackpot, 15R normal jackpot, 2R probability variation jackpot), a process of setting a display first or second stop type command for notifying the display control device 114 of the stop type. To execute.

In the variation display setting process (FIG. 38, S1411), first, it is determined whether or not the first variation start flag 223c1 provided in the RAM 223 is set to ON (S1601). When it is determined that the first fluctuation start flag 223c1 is off (S1601: No), the first fluctuation pattern command has not been received from the main control device 110, so the process of S1606 is executed. do. On the other hand, when it is determined that the first fluctuation start flag 223c1 is on (S1601: Yes), the first fluctuation start flag 223c is set to off (S1602).

In the process of S1603, the variation pattern in the variation display effect of the first special symbol extracted from the first variation pattern command in the process of S1503 of the command determination process (FIG. 36, S1414) is acquired from the other memory area 223m of the RAM 223. Then, a variation pattern command for displaying the first special symbol is generated (S1603). The display variation pattern command of the first special symbol is configured to be able to identify whether it is a display variation pattern command corresponding to the first special symbol or a variation pattern command of the second special symbol. Specifically, if the upper 2 bits of the upper byte of the display variation pattern command having a 2-byte configuration is "10", it indicates that it corresponds to the first special symbol, and if it is "01", it indicates that it corresponds to the second special symbol. It is configured to indicate that it corresponds to.

The variable pattern command for display of the first special symbol set in the process of S1603 is temporarily stored in the command transmission ring buffer provided in the RAM 223, and is stored in the command output process (S1402) of the main process (FIG. 35, S1400). It is transmitted to the display control device 114. By receiving the display variation pattern command of the first special symbol, the display control device 114 corresponds to the third symbol display device 81 with the variation pattern of the first special symbol indicated by the display variation pattern command. The display control of the variable display effect is started so that the variable display of the symbol is performed.

Here, when the display control device 114 receives the display variation pattern command of the first special symbol, the variation display mode indicated by the received display variation pattern command in the left display area Dm1 of the third symbol display device 81. The first special symbol (third symbol) is variablely displayed (dynamically displayed).

With the setting of the variable pattern command for display of the first special symbol, the reserved ball of the special symbol corresponding to the set variable pattern command for display is consumed (that is, the variable corresponding to the reserved ball of the first special symbol). The value of the first special symbol reserved ball count counter 223b1 is decremented by 1 in accordance with the display setting), and the reserved data stored in the subordinate sort reserved storage area 223k is moved to the previous reserved area. It is shifted (S1604). More specifically, the hold area 1 → the first special symbol or the second special symbol of the variable display data, the hold area 2 → the hold area 1, the hold area 3 → the hold area 2, the hold area 4 → the hold area 3, the hold. The data in each area is shifted such as area 5 → hold area 4, hold area 6 → hold area 5, hold area 7 → hold area 6, hold area 8 → hold area 7. Using the slave 1st variable time storage area 223i, the measurement of the variable time of the 1st special symbol is started (S1605).

It is determined whether the second fluctuation start flag 223c2 provided in the RAM 223 is set to ON (S1606). When it is determined that the second fluctuation start flag 223c2 is not on (that is, it is off) (S1606: No), the first fluctuation pattern command is not received from the main controller 110. Therefore, the process of S1611 is executed. On the other hand, when it is determined that the second fluctuation start flag 223c2 is on (S1606: Yes), the second fluctuation start flag 223c2 is set to off (S1607).

In the process of S1506 of the command determination process (FIG. 36, S1414), the variation pattern in the variation display effect of the second special symbol extracted from the second variation pattern command is acquired from the other memory area 223m of the RAM 223, and the second variation pattern is obtained. A variation pattern command for displaying a special symbol is generated (S1608).

The variable pattern command for display of the second special symbol set in the process of S1608 is temporarily stored in the command transmission ring buffer provided in the RAM 223, and is stored in the command output process (S1402) of the main process (FIG. 35, S1400). It is transmitted to the display control device 114. By receiving the display variation pattern command of the second special symbol, the display control device 114 corresponds to the third symbol display device 81 with the variation pattern of the second special symbol indicated by the display variation pattern command. The display control of the variable display effect is started so that the variable display of the symbol is performed.

Here, when the display control device 114 receives the display variation pattern command of the second special symbol, the variation display mode indicated by the received display variation pattern command in the right display area Dm2 of the third symbol display device 81. The second special symbol (third symbol) is variablely displayed (dynamically displayed). With the setting of the variable pattern command for display of the first special symbol, the reserved ball of the special symbol corresponding to the set variable pattern command for display is consumed (that is, the variable corresponding to the reserved ball of the second special symbol). The value of the second special symbol hold ball count counter 223b2 is decremented by 1 in accordance with the display setting), and the hold data stored in the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k is moved to the previous hold area. It is shifted (S1609). More specifically, the hold area 1 → the first special symbol or the second special symbol of the variable display data, the hold area 2 → the hold area 1, the hold area 3 → the hold area 2, the hold area 4 → the hold area 3, the hold. The data in each area is shifted such as area 5 → hold area 4, hold area 6 → hold area 5, hold area 7 → hold area 6, hold area 8 → hold area 7.

Using the second variable time storage area 223j, the measurement of the variable time of the second special symbol is started (S1610).

It is determined whether the first stop type selection flag 223d1 or the second stop type selection flag 223d2 is set to ON (S1611). If it is determined that the first stop type selection flag 223d1 and the second stop type selection flag 223d2 are not set to on (that is, are off) (S1611: No), this process is terminated.

On the other hand, when it is determined that the first stop type selection flag 223d1 or the second stop type selection flag 223d2 is on (S1611: Yes), and when the first stop type selection flag 223d1 is on, When the first stop type selection flag 223d1 is set to off and the second stop type selection flag 223d2 is on, the second stop type selection flag 223d2 is set to off (S1612).

In the process of S1509 of the command determination process (FIG. 36, S1414), the stop type extracted from the received first stop type command or the second stop type command is set (S1613). When the set stop type is the stop type of the first special symbol, the stop type (15R probability variation jackpot, 15R normal jackpot, 2R probability variation jackpot) is used in the display control device 114 based on the stop type. The first stop type command for display is generated to notify (whether there is). If the set stop type is the stop type of the second special symbol, either the stop type (15R probability variation jackpot, 15R normal jackpot, 2R probability variation jackpot) is applied to the display control device 114 based on the stop type. A second stop type command for display is generated to notify (S1614). The first or second stop type command notified from the main control device 110 notifies the big hit type when a big hit occurs, and is notified even when the determination result is out of order. .. When the determination result is out of order, the out-of-order symbol is set without referring to the stop type.

With this configuration, the voice lamp control device 113 can control the display control device 114 so that both the first special symbol and the second special symbol are variablely displayed at the same time.

Further, a dedicated command for shifting from the main control device 110 by shifting the data in the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k based on the setting of the fluctuation pattern of the first special symbol or the second special symbol. It is not necessary to control the transmission of the data, and the control load of the main control device 110 can be reduced.

Next, the temporary fluctuation stop processing (S1412) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113 will be described with reference to FIG. 39. FIG. 39 is a flowchart showing this provisional fluctuation stop processing (S1412). This temporary fluctuation stop processing (FIG. 39, S1412) is one of the main processing (S1400) (see FIG. 35) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113. As described above, in the provisional fluctuation stop processing (FIG. 39, S1412), one of the first special symbol or the second special symbol being displayed in the variation display on the third symbol display device 81 becomes a big hit, and the other variation display is displayed. During the jackpot game, a process for temporarily stopping is executed.

In the provisional fluctuation stop processing (FIG. 39, S1412), first, it is determined whether the slave first fluctuation stop flag 223e is set to ON. When it is determined that the slave first fluctuation stop flag 223e is set to on (S1701: Yes), the slave first fluctuation stop flag 223e is set to off (S1702).

The first temporary stop command for display is generated (S1703). The display first temporary stop command is a command for controlling the display control device 114 so as to temporarily stop the variable display of the first special symbol being displayed in a variable manner on the third symbol display device 81. When the first temporary stop command for display is set, the display control device 114 causes the first special symbol (main symbol on the left, middle, and right) to be displayed by slightly shaking after stopping the variable display of the first special symbol. Then, the player is notified that the variable display is temporarily stopped. Further, by displaying the characters "The first special symbol is temporarily stopped" in the left display area Dm1 of the third symbol display device 81, it is easier for the player to understand, and the variable display is temporarily stopped. It is configured to notify.

In this way, the player can recognize that the special symbol that was being displayed in a variable manner has been temporarily stopped due to a big hit, and the lottery that was being displayed in a variable manner disappears or becomes invalid. You can play the game with peace of mind by preventing you from becoming anxious if you do.

Further, the display mode of the temporary stop is not limited to the configuration of the present embodiment, and may be a configuration in which the first special symbol is erased from the left side display area Dm and the temporary stop is notified only by characters. However, other configurations may be used as a matter of course.

When the display first temporary stop command is set, the measurement of the fluctuation time of the first special symbol measured in the slave first fluctuation time storage area 223i is interrupted (paused).

With this configuration, the fluctuation time of the first special symbol can be accurately managed, and even when the fluctuation display is restarted, the fluctuation display can be accurately performed with the remaining fluctuation time.

On the other hand, if it is determined that the slave first fluctuation stop flag 223e is not set to on (that is, it is off) (S1701: No), is the slave second fluctuation stop flag 223f set to on? It is determined (S1705). When it is determined that the secondary variable stop flag 223f is set to on (S1705: Yes), the secondary variable stop flag 223f is set to off (S1706), and the second temporary stop command for display is set. Is generated (S1707). Similar to the display first temporary stop command, the display second temporary stop command controls the display control device 114 so as to temporarily stop the variable display of the second special symbol being displayed in a variable manner on the third symbol display device 81. It is a command to do. Like the first special symbol, the second special symbol is also temporarily stopped in the display mode of the temporary stop.

When the display second temporary stop command is set, the measurement of the fluctuation time of the second special symbol measured in the secondary fluctuation time storage area 223j is interrupted (paused).

With this configuration, the fluctuation time of the second special symbol can be accurately managed, and even when the fluctuation display is restarted, the fluctuation display can be accurately performed with the remaining fluctuation time.

It is determined whether the slave first fluctuation restart flag 223g is set to ON (S1709). When it is determined that the slave first fluctuation restart flag 223g is set to on (S1709: Yes), the slave first fluctuation restart flag 223g is set to off (S1710).

It is determined whether or not the measured fluctuation time of the first special symbol stored in the slave first fluctuation time storage area 223i is 3s or less (S1711). If it is determined that the remaining measured fluctuation time of the first special symbol stored in the slave first fluctuation time storage area 223i is 3s or less (S1711: Yes), the first short fluctuation mode for display is determined. The resume command is set (S1712). When this display first short variation mode restart command is set, it is output to the display control device 114. This display first short variation mode restart command displays the characters "display the lottery result of the temporarily stopped variation display!" On the display control device 114 in the left display area Dm1 for the remaining variation time. After that, based on the confirmation command output from the main control device 110, the first special symbol is stopped and displayed with the symbol indicating the lottery result. In addition, when the first special symbol is stopped and displayed, the character display changes to the character "The lottery result of the variable display that was temporarily stopped is displayed!" And continues to be displayed until the next change is started. ..

On the other hand, when it is determined that the measured fluctuation time of the first special symbol stored in the slave first fluctuation time storage area 223i is longer than 3s (S1711: No), the first normal fluctuation mode for display is restarted. The command is set (S1713). When this display first normal variation mode restart command is set, it is output to the display control device 114. This display first normal fluctuation mode restart command displays the characters "The temporarily stopped fluctuation display is changing!" In the left display area Dm1 for the remaining fluctuation time, and all of the first special symbols. After the main symbols (three symbols on the left, middle, and right) are displayed in a variable manner for the remaining fluctuation time, the first special symbol is displayed as a symbol showing the lottery result based on the confirmation command output from the main control device 110. Display the stop display. Next, the measurement of the fluctuation time in the slave first fluctuation time storage area 223i is restarted (S1714).

With this configuration, the voice lamp control does not require the main control device 110 to perform processing for instructing the remaining fluctuation mode to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81 according to the remaining fluctuation time. Since the device 113 determines the remaining fluctuation time and selects the remaining fluctuation mode, the control load of the main control device 110 can be reduced.

Further, when the remaining fluctuation time is short, there is a problem that even if the continuation of the interrupted fluctuation mode is displayed, the player may overlook it or the notification result may not be understood because it is too short. However, in the configuration of the pachinko machine 10, if the remaining time is within the reference time (3s in the present embodiment), the notification result is displayed after notifying the player that the lottery result will be displayed immediately. Therefore, the player can recognize that the notification result that has been interrupted (temporarily stopped) is displayed.

Furthermore, even after the special symbol is stopped and displayed, a character is displayed to notify that the interrupted fluctuation display is stopped and displayed, so that the remaining fluctuation time is very short (for example, within 1 s). Further, the player can recognize that the interrupted fluctuation display is effective and the determination result is stopped and displayed.

Further, even when the remaining fluctuation time is longer than the reference time (3s in the present embodiment), the player is notified that the notification result that has been interrupted (temporarily stopped) is being displayed in a variable manner. The person can easily recognize that the suspended variable display was effective without disappearing.

On the other hand, when it is determined that the slave first fluctuation restart flag 223g is off (S1709: No), it is determined whether the slave second fluctuation restart flag 223h is set to on (S1715). When it is determined that the slave second fluctuation restart flag 223h is set to on (S1715: Yes), the slave second fluctuation restart flag 223g is set to off (S1716).

It is determined whether or not the remaining measured fluctuation time of the second special symbol stored in the second fluctuation time storage area 223j is 3s or less (S1717). If it is determined that the remaining measured variation time of the second special symbol stored in the second variation time storage area 223j is 3s or less (S1717: Yes), the second short variation mode for display The resume command is set (S1718). When this display second short variation mode restart command is set, it is output to the display control device 114. This display second short variation mode restart command displays the characters "Display the lottery result of the temporarily stopped variation display!" On the display control device 114 in the right display area Dm2 for the remaining variation time. After that, based on the confirmation command output from the main control device 110, the second special symbol is stopped and displayed with the symbol indicating the lottery result. In addition, when the second special symbol is stopped and displayed, the character display changes to the character "The lottery result of the variable display that was temporarily stopped is displayed!" And continues to be displayed until the next change is started. ..

On the other hand, when it is determined that the measured fluctuation time of the second special symbol stored in the secondary fluctuation time storage area 223j is longer than 3s (S1717: No), the second normal fluctuation mode for display is restarted. The command is set (S1719). When this display second normal variation mode restart command is set, it is output to the display control device 114. This display second normal fluctuation mode restart command displays the characters "The temporarily stopped fluctuation display is changing!" In the right display area Dm2 for the remaining fluctuation time, and all of the second special symbols. After the main symbols (three symbols on the left, middle, and right) are displayed in a variable manner for the remaining fluctuation time, the second special symbol is displayed as a symbol showing the lottery result based on the confirmation command output from the main control device 110. Display the stop display. Next, the measurement of the fluctuation time in the second variable time storage area 223j is restarted (S1720). On the other hand, when it is determined that the second variable resumption flag 223h is off (S1715: No), this process is terminated.

With this configuration, the voice lamp control does not require the main control device 110 to perform processing for instructing the remaining fluctuation mode to be displayed on the third symbol display device 81 according to the remaining fluctuation time. Since the device 113 determines the remaining fluctuation time and selects the remaining fluctuation mode, the control load of the main control device 110 can be reduced.

Further, when the remaining fluctuation time is short, there is a problem that even if the continuation of the interrupted fluctuation mode is displayed, the player may overlook it or the notification result may not be understood because it is too short. However, in the configuration of the pachinko machine 10, if the remaining time is within the reference time (3s in the present embodiment), the notification result is displayed after notifying the player that the lottery result will be displayed immediately. Therefore, the player can recognize that the notification result that has been interrupted (temporarily stopped) is displayed.

Furthermore, even after the special symbol is stopped and displayed, a character is displayed to notify that the interrupted fluctuation display is stopped and displayed, so that the remaining fluctuation time is very short (for example, within 1 s). Further, the player can recognize that the interrupted fluctuation display is effective and the determination result is stopped and displayed.

Further, even when the remaining fluctuation time is longer than the reference time (3s in the present embodiment), the player is notified that the notification result that has been interrupted (temporarily stopped) is being displayed in a variable manner. The person can easily recognize that the suspended variable display was effective without disappearing.

Further, in the present embodiment, when the interrupted change display of the first special symbol or the second special symbol is resumed, the player is notified by characters to that effect, but the present invention is not particularly limited to this, and the voice is used. Or, of course, it may be configured to notify by a lamp or the like. In addition, the interrupted variation such as a display mode (for example, displayed by an animation notifying that the character or the like has resumed the interrupted variation display) indicating that the player has resumed. Of course, the notification may be made in a display mode dedicated to restarting the display. By doing so, the player can accurately recognize that the suspended fluctuation display has been resumed.

In the present embodiment, the voice lamp control device 113 is configured to select a fluctuation pattern according to the remaining fluctuation time. Not limited to this, when the main control device 110 restarts the temporarily stopped fluctuation table time, the fluctuation pattern of the same fluctuation time or the fluctuation time slightly shorter than the remaining fluctuation time is due to the remaining fluctuation time. It may be configured to select a variation pattern. When a fluctuation pattern with a slightly shorter fluctuation time is selected, the voice lamp control device 113 controls the difference between the remaining fluctuation time and the fluctuation pattern with a slightly shorter fluctuation time so as to delay the fluctuation table. , The fluctuation table time of the first special symbol or the second special symbol can be performed according to the remaining fluctuation time.

Next, with reference to FIG. 40, the hold sorting process (S1413) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113 will be described. FIG. 40 is a flowchart showing this hold sorting process (S1413). This hold rearrangement process (FIG. 40, S1413) is one process of the main process (S1400) (see FIG. 35) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113. As described above, in the hold sorting process (FIGS. 40 and S1413), when the player operates the frame button 22 during the valid period, the hold symbols are displayed on the third symbol display device 81 in the order in which the hold is established. Executes the process of setting the display to be sorted in the variable display start order.

In the pending sorting process (FIG. 40, S1413), first, it is determined whether or not the sorting is possible period (S1801). During the sortable period, the game states other than the state in which there is no hold established during the jackpot game or at different start ports 63a and 63b (the state in which there is no hold of one or more of the first special symbol and the second special symbol) are lined up. It is set to a replaceable period.

When it is determined that the sortable period is reached (S1801: Yes), a display button operation display command is generated (S1802). Upon receiving this display button operation display command, the display control device 114 displays the characters "may be rearranged !!" on the third symbol display device 81, and the player can operate the frame button 22. Notify the period of time. The notification mode is not limited to this, and may be performed by voice or the like, or may be of course a configuration in which a dedicated lamp or the like is controlled to be turned on.

Further, in the present embodiment, by providing the sortable period, the player can easily recognize the timing at which the sort operation is possible, and the frame switch 22 can be operated at an appropriate timing. can. Further, the sortable period may not be particularly provided, and if the sort is possible when the frame button 22 is operated, the sort display may be executed.

It is determined whether the frame button 22 is operated (S1803). When it is determined that the frame button 22 is operated (S1803: Yes), the sort flag 223k7 of all the hold areas in which the hold data of the slave sort hold storage area 223k is stored is set to ON. (S1804).

On the other hand, if it is determined that the sortable period is not available (S1801: No), and if it is determined that the frame button 22 is not operated (S1803: No), the process ends.

With this configuration, when the player wants to sort, it is possible to sort only the reserved symbols displayed on the third symbol display device 81.

The player can know the actual variation display start order, and can know in advance the special symbol to be noted next (the special symbol that will be the variation display start). Therefore, the game can be played while assuming the display area to be seen in advance, and the game can be played smoothly.

Further, in the configuration of this pachinko machine, the distribution device 630 is configured so that the game ball can easily win a prize alternately between the first starting port 63a and the second starting port 64a, so that the first special symbol and the second special symbol are configured. The game is played evenly and the game can be played efficiently.

Further, in the pachinko machine 10, the rearrangement of the reserved symbols is executed based on the player operating the frame button 22, but is not limited to this, and is executed every time a new hold is stored. Of course, it may be configured as follows. With this configuration, the player can always accurately recognize the variation display start order by the reserved symbols sorted in the variation start order.

In the present embodiment, the sortable period is other than the state in which there is no hold established during the jackpot game or at different starting ports 63a and 63b (the state in which there is no hold of one or more of the first special symbol and the second special symbol). Although it has been described as the game state of, not limited to this, the sortable period may be set even during the jackpot game, and conversely, the sortable period is the period during which a specific variable display mode is displayed. Others may be set, and it may be determined as appropriate.

When the jackpot game is set to the sortable period, it is necessary to perform sorting in consideration of the remaining fluctuation time of the fluctuation display that is temporarily stopped during the fluctuation display. Specifically, the fluctuation start time is calculated based on the determined fluctuation time (variation display mode) of the reserved first special symbol or the second special symbol and the remaining fluctuation time during the temporary stop. Then, the sort order is determined, and the sort is performed based on the sort order. With this configuration, even if a new hold display mode is displayed during the jackpot game, the hold display mode and the display mode already displayed before the hold display mode is displayed are combined. , It is possible to sort in an accurate fluctuation start order and notify the player of the accurate fluctuation start order even during the jackpot gaming machine.

Further, in the present embodiment, the rearrangement hold storage area 203u of the main control device 110 and the subordinate rearrangement hold storage area 223k of the audio lamp control device 113 are configured to store the rearranged data. Not limited to this, the main control device 110 is configured to notify the voice lamp control device 113 of various data (win / fail determination result, jackpot type, fluctuation pattern type, etc.) necessary for sorting by a winning command. The audio lamp control device 113 alone may be configured to perform sorting.

By configuring in this way, even if a power failure occurs, the main control device 110 backs up various data necessary for sorting to the RAM 203, and when the power is restored, the various types of data are used in the startup process (FIG. 32). By outputting the data to the voice lamp control device 113, the voice lamp control device 113 can easily recover from the power failure by rearranging the data based on the various data.

In the present embodiment, depending on the remaining fluctuation time of the first special symbol or the second special symbol during the fluctuation start and the fluctuation pattern type of the data stored in the rearranged hold storage area 203u, the first special symbol or the first special symbol held and exposed is the first. 2 The fluctuation start time of the special symbol was calculated, and the fluctuation start order was calculated. Not limited to that, at the time of winning a game ball, information (time information) as to whether or not the fluctuation mode is longer than a certain time is determined by determining whether or not the fluctuation mode is a reach, and the time information and the fluctuation are in progress. The fluctuation start order may be roughly determined and rearranged from the remaining fluctuation time of the first special symbol or the second special symbol. With this configuration, at the time of winning, it is determined whether or not the variation mode is a reach (whether it is a long-term variation mode or a short-term variation mode), and the accurate fluctuation time (variation mode) is determined. Even with the pachinko machine 10, which is determined based on information such as the number of reserved balls at the start of fluctuation, the player can be notified of the rough start order of fluctuation.

Therefore, the player may not have an accurate variation start order, but the fact that the rearrangement has been performed is included in the long-term variation mode (variation mode that becomes reach). , You can play the game with the expectation of a big hit.

In addition, in this embodiment, the sortable period is determined according to the game state, but is not limited to this, and it is determined whether or not the sort is possible (for example, a state in which the reserved symbol display is displayed). It may be configured to notify that sorting is possible. With this configuration, it is possible to flexibly set the period during which sorting is possible, and it is possible to give the player more opportunities to sort.

Next, the pachinko machine 10 in the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 41 to 43. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment described above, the first special symbol variation pattern selection process (FIG. 18, S310) and the second special symbol variation pattern selection process (FIG. 22, S710) executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 are performed. Then, the case where the special hit variation pattern table or the special deviation variation pattern table according to the gaming state is selected and various variation patterns are selected based on the hit / fail determination result of the jackpot has been described.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 in the second embodiment, in the selection of the fluctuation pattern of the first special symbol, the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 has a predetermined number or more of the reserved balls of the first special symbol (this embodiment). In the example, the number of reserved balls is 3 or more, and the difference between the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol and the number of reserved balls of the second special symbol is the predetermined number or more of the reserved balls of the first special symbol (this implementation). In the embodiment, it is determined whether there are more than two), and if there are more, a short-time deviation pattern composed of a shorter fluctuation time (0.5 seconds in this embodiment) than the other fluctuation patterns is selected. To. Regarding the selection of the variation pattern of the second special symbol, the difference between the number of reserved balls of the second special symbol and the number of reserved balls between the first special symbol and the second special symbol is the same as the selection of the variation pattern of the first special symbol. However, it is determined whether or not the number of reserved balls of the second special symbol is larger than the predetermined number, and the fluctuation pattern of short-time deviation is selected.

That is, the pachinko machine 10 in the second embodiment is different from the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment in the following points. In the second embodiment, when the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 selects the fluctuation pattern of the first special symbol and the fluctuation pattern of the second special symbol, the state of each holding ball is determined to be special. It differs from the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment in that a variation pattern (in the present embodiment, a variation pattern that deviates for a short time) is selected.

Other configurations, other processes executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, various processes executed by the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111, various processes executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113, and a display control device. The various processes executed by the MPU 231 of the 114 are the same as those of the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment. Hereinafter, the same elements as those in the first embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 41 is a diagram schematically showing the adjustment special deviation variation pattern table 202e in the special deviation variation pattern table 202e of the ROM 202 in the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 of the pachinko machine 10 in the second embodiment. The adjustment special deviation variation pattern table 202e (FIG. 41) is a variation pattern table that is commonly selected by the first special symbol and the second special symbol.

The adjustment special deviation variation pattern table 202e (FIG. 41) is used in the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 2 (FIGS. 43, S320) and the second special symbol variation pattern selection process 2 (not shown), which will be described later. The variation pattern table to be selected. Specifically, the number of reserved balls of the special symbol for which the variation pattern is selected is 3 or more, and the difference from the number of reserved balls of the other special symbol (the second special symbol if it is the first special symbol) is 2. When there are more than this, this special deviation variation pattern table for adjustment is selected. The adjustment special deviation variation pattern table 202e (FIG. 41) is a variation pattern table that is selected only when the hit / fail judgment result is error, and is composed of only one type having a variation time of 0.5 seconds. There is. Therefore, regardless of the values of the fluctuation type counter CS1 and the fluctuation pattern determination counter CS3, the fluctuation pattern (variation time 0.5 seconds) that deviates for a short time is selected.

In this way, by selecting the fluctuation pattern of short-time deviation, the number of reserved balls is 3 or more, the difference from the reserved balls of the other special symbol is 2 or more, and the number of reserved balls is equal to each other. Even if this is not the case, it is possible to accelerate the digestion of the more reserved balls, and the number of reserved balls in the first special symbol and the second special symbol can be evenly reserved, and only the other one can be reserved. The maximum number (4 in this embodiment) is reached, and it is possible to prevent an overflow from occurring.

In addition, by determining whether or not there are three or more reserved balls with a special symbol for selecting a variable pattern, the variable pattern that is off for a short time is frequently selected with a small number of reserved balls, and the effect of the game ( It is possible to prevent spoiling the interest caused by changes in special symbols.

Further, in the present embodiment, the adjustment special deviation variation pattern table 202e (FIG. 41) has only one type of variation pattern of short-time deviation (variation time of 0.5 seconds), but the present invention is not limited to this. It may be configured by a fluctuation pattern of a short time deviation composed of the fluctuation time of. By configuring in this way, when the other special symbol is fluctuating, the type of fluctuation pattern (variation time) that is out of the short time to be selected is changed according to the remaining fluctuation time, so that the holding ball can be more reserved. The numbers can be equal to each other. Further, the fluctuation time of the reserved ball of the other special symbol may be predicted to change the fluctuation pattern of the selected short-time deviation. By doing so, even if some of the reserved balls of the special symbol with the smaller number of reserved balls are selected with a fluctuation pattern having a relatively long fluctuation time (for example, a fluctuation pattern of Super Reach C). By selecting the fluctuation pattern of the short-time deviation according to it, it is possible to adjust the holding balls of each other's special symbols to be more even.

In the present embodiment, the difference between the reserved spheres is discriminated to determine the fluctuation pattern for adjustment, but the variation is not limited to this, and the fluctuations selected by each other's special symbols without discriminating the difference between the reserved spheres. The pattern may be discriminated and a variation pattern may be selected so that the difference in variation time becomes small. Specifically, when the fluctuation pattern of the first special symbol is selected, the fluctuation pattern selected by the second special symbol is discriminated, and if the fluctuation pattern having a long fluctuation time is selected, the fluctuation of a relatively long fluctuation time is selected. The pattern (variation time according to the variation end of the variation pattern of the second special symbol, etc.) may be determined so that the digestion speeds of the reserved balls are the same.

With this configuration, it is possible to adjust the number of reserved balls so that they are equal to each other without determining an extremely short or long fluctuation pattern.

Further, in the present embodiment, the distribution winning device 630 assists the first starting opening 63a and the second starting opening 64b so that the game balls can be easily won alternately. Therefore, since the digestion speed of the reserved ball differs between the first special symbol and the second special symbol due to the difference in the selected fluctuation pattern (variation time), the reserved ball between the first special symbol and the second special symbol The number may be biased, or the game balls may not be alternately distributed to the first starting port 63a and the second starting port 63b by the distribution device 630, resulting in a bias. However, in the case of a bias, if the number of reserved balls is 3 before the upper limit (4 in this embodiment) and the difference between the reserved balls is 2 or more, the time is short. Since the deviation pattern is selected, the player can continue the game without worrying about overflow occurring in the reserved ball of one special symbol.

With reference to FIG. 42, in the second embodiment, in one process of the special symbol variation process (FIG. 15, S107) which is one process of the timer interrupt process (FIG. 14) executed by the MPU 201 of the main controller 110. A certain first special symbol change start processing (FIG. 42, S203) will be described. FIG. 42 is a flowchart showing the first special symbol change start processing (FIG. 42, S203). The first special symbol variation start process (FIG. 42, S203) of the second embodiment is the first special symbol variation pattern selection process with respect to the first special symbol variation start process (FIG. 16, S203) of the first embodiment. Instead of (FIG. 18, S310), the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 2 (FIG. 43, S320) has been added. The processes of S301 to S309 in the second embodiment are the same as the processes of S301 to S309 in the first embodiment. When the process of S309 is completed, the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 2 (FIG. 43, S320) is executed.

With reference to FIG. 43, in the second embodiment, the first special symbol variation pattern selection process, which is one process of the first special symbol variation start process (FIGS. 42, S203) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110. 2 (S320) will be described. FIG. 43 is a flowchart showing the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 2 (S320). The first special symbol variation pattern selection process 2 (FIG. 43, S320) is a process for selecting a variation pattern of the first special symbol. In particular, when the hit / fail determination result is out of order, it is a process for selecting a variation pattern in which the first special symbol and the second special symbol are out of hold for a short time according to the number of reserved balls.

In the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 2 (FIG. 43, S320), first, it is determined whether or not the result of the hit / fail determination in the first special symbol jackpot determination process (FIGS. 17, S309) is a jackpot (FIG. 17, S320). S511). The determination of whether or not it is a jackpot is determined by whether or not the first jackpot flag 203o is set to ON. When it is determined that the first jackpot flag 203o is set to ON (S511: Yes), the special hit variation pattern table 202d according to the gaming state is set (S512). When the gaming state is the normal gaming state (low-probability gaming state and not during the time reduction), the normal time special hit variation pattern table 202d (FIG. 10A) is set. Further, when the gaming state is a high-probability gaming state or a time reduction (the time reduction counter 203k is larger than 0), the time reduction / probability variation special hit variation pattern table 202d (FIG. 11A) is set.

The jackpot type table 202b (FIG. 8 (c)) is determined by the jackpot type based on the value of the special hit type counter C2 (S513). The jackpot type table 202b (FIG. 8 (c)) is composed of a 15R jackpot table and a 2R jackpot table. In the case of a 15R probability variable jackpot and a 15R normal jackpot, the 15R jackpot table is a 2R probability variable jackpot. , 2R jackpot table is decided.

On the other hand, when it is determined that the first jackpot flag 203o is off (S511: No), it is determined whether or not the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol is 3 or more (S514). The number of reserved balls of the first special symbol is determined based on the value of the first special symbol reserved ball number counter 203e. When it was determined that the number of reserved spheres of the first special symbol was 3 or more (S514: Yes), the number of reserved spheres of the second special symbol was subtracted from the number of reserved spheres of the first special symbol. It is determined whether or not the value is two or more (that is, the number of the reserved spheres of the first special symbol is two or more more than the reserved spheres of the second special symbol) (S515). Here, it is determined by subtracting the value of the second special symbol reserved ball number counter 203f from the value of the first special symbol reserved ball number counter 203e.

When it is determined that there are two or more reserved balls of the first special symbol than the reserved balls of the second special symbol (S515: Yes), the special deviation variation pattern table 202e for adjustment (FIG. 41) is set. .. On the other hand, when it is determined that the number of reserved spheres of the first special symbol is less than three (S514: No), the number of reserved spheres of the second special symbol is subtracted from the number of reserved spheres of the first special symbol. When it is determined that the number of results is less than two (S515: No), the special deviation variation pattern table 202e according to the gaming state is set. When the gaming state is the normal gaming state (low-probability gaming state and not during the time reduction), the normal time special deviation fluctuation pattern table 202e (FIG. 10B) is set. Further, when the gaming state is a high-probability gaming state or a time reduction (time reduction counter 203k is larger than 0), the time reduction / probability variation special deviation variation pattern table 202d (FIG. 11B) is set.

The variation pattern type is selected (determined) from the selected variation pattern table based on the value of the variation type counter CS1 stored in the special symbol hold execution area 203c (S518). A variation pattern is selected as the variation pattern of the first special symbol based on the value of the variation pattern determination counter C3, and the first variation pattern command is generated (S519). Here, the first variation pattern command is a command for notifying the voice lamp control device 113 of the variation pattern of the selected first special symbol. The first stop type command is set based on the determined stop type (S520). After that, the measurement start of the first fluctuation time, which is the fluctuation time of the first special symbol, is set (S521).

In this way, when the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol is three or more, and the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol is two or more more than the number of reserved balls of the second special symbol, By setting the adjustment special deviation variation pattern table 202e (FIG. 41) and selecting the variation pattern of the short-time deviation, the variation of the first special symbol is completed in 0.5 seconds, and the next first special The reserved ball is digested by starting the fluctuation of the first special symbol with respect to the reserved ball of the symbol. Therefore, one reserved ball of the first special symbol is digested after 0.5 seconds, and the digestion speed of the reserved ball of the first special symbol is increased so that the first special symbol and the second special symbol are combined. It can be adjusted to reduce the difference between the reserved balls.

In addition, when a large number of game balls win a prize in the first starting port 63a in a short time and the difference between the reserved balls becomes large, or when the first special symbol has a relatively long fluctuation pattern (for example, the fluctuation pattern of Super Reach C, etc.). ) Is selected, while in the second special symbol, a relatively short fluctuation pattern (for example, a fluctuation pattern of the normal deviation A) is continuously selected, and the difference between the reserved spheres becomes large (for example, the first). 1) There are 4 reserved spheres of the special symbol, 1 reserved sphere of the 2nd special symbol, etc.), but every time the change of the 1st special symbol starts, the state of the reserved sphere is judged, and the fluctuation pattern of a short time off. Since the process of whether or not to select is performed, in the first special symbol, the fluctuation pattern of the short-time deviation is continuously selected, and the adjustment is made so as to reduce the difference between the reserved balls promptly. Can be done. Therefore, in the first special symbol, the upper limit number (4 in this embodiment) is reached, and in the second special symbol, it is less than the upper limit number (4 in this embodiment) (for example, 1 piece, etc.). When the number of reserved balls of the second special symbol is to be held up to the upper limit (4 in this embodiment), the game balls are also distributed to the first winning opening 63a by the distribution winning device 630 alternately. It is possible to prevent a problem that a prize is won and an overflow occurs.

Further, when the number of reserved spheres of the first special symbol is 3 or more, the maximum number of reserved spheres of the 1st special symbol is determined by determining the difference between the reserved spheres (4 in the present embodiment). Until there is only one left, the fluctuation pattern of the short-time deviation is not selected, and the fluctuation pattern of the short-time deviation is frequently selected, and the player cannot fully enjoy the effect of the fluctuation of the special symbol, and the game is played. You can prevent getting bored. In addition, by selecting a variation pattern that is out of order for a short time, it is possible to prevent the player from recognizing that the lottery result is out of order before the special symbol is stopped and not having a sense of expectation for a big hit. be able to.

Further, even if a difference in the reserved sphere occurs by selecting a relatively long fluctuation pattern (such as a fluctuation pattern of Super Reach C), a fluctuation pattern that is out of the holding ball for a short time is selected thereafter, so that the holding sphere is selected. It can be adjusted to reduce the difference. Therefore, the overflow can be reduced, and a large number of fluctuation patterns having a relatively long fluctuation time (such as the fluctuation pattern of Super Reach C) can be selected to entertain the player with the production by the fluctuation of the special symbol. It is possible to prevent getting bored with the game. Therefore, it is possible to perform a variety of productions and suppress a problem that the selection of fluctuation patterns can be restricted (for example, the ratio of selecting fluctuation patterns such as spar reach C is extremely reduced). can.

Further, in the pachinko machine 10, the pachinko machine 10 is alternately distributed to the first starting port 63a and the second starting port 63b by the distribution winning device 630. Therefore, in the case where the difference between the reserved spheres of the first special symbol and the second special symbol is one, the reserved sphere of the first special symbol and the first special symbol are not selected so that the fluctuation pattern deviating for a short time is not selected. 2 It is designed to determine whether the difference from the reserved ball of the special symbol is two or more. Therefore, even when the distribution is evenly distributed by the distribution winning device 630, it is possible to prevent the fluctuation pattern of short-time deviation from being frequently selected.

Further, in the present embodiment, when the hit / fail determination result of the first special symbol is a hit, the fluctuation pattern for adjustment is not selected. With this configuration, it is possible to select a fluctuation pattern indicating a normal hit as the fluctuation pattern to be a hit, and it is possible to produce a fluctuation pattern that is sufficiently hit by the player. Further, if the result of the hit / fail judgment of the first special symbol is a hit, the big hit game is started after the fluctuation is stopped, so that it is not necessary to deal with a problem such as overflow even if the fluctuation pattern for adjustment is not selected. ..

In the present embodiment, it is determined whether or not the number of reserved spheres of the first special symbol is 3 or more, but the number is not limited to this, and 2 or more may be used, or any other number may be appropriately set. Further, it may be configured to directly determine the difference between the reserved spheres of the first special symbol and the second special symbol without determining the number of reserved spheres of the first special symbol.

Further, in the present embodiment, it is determined whether or not the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol is two or more more than the reserved balls of the second special symbol, but the number may be three or more, and other numbers may be appropriately set. You may.

Further, in the present embodiment, the fluctuation pattern of the short-time deviation is limited to one type having a fluctuation time of 0.5 seconds, but the fluctuation time is different, for example, different by 0.5 seconds. (0.5 seconds, 1 second, 1.5 seconds, etc.) A plurality of fluctuation patterns may be provided and selected. The selection may be made by the counter value in the same way as the selection of other fluctuation patterns, or the state of the reserved sphere of the second special symbol (the number of reserved spheres, the difference between the reserved spheres, the reserved spheres). It may be selected based on the fluctuation time determined in advance, etc.), or if the second special symbol is changing, it may be configured to be selected based on the remaining time.

With this configuration, it is possible to make adjustments so that the difference from the reserved ball of the second special symbol is further reduced. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the frequency with which the variation pattern that deviates for a short time is selected, and to allow the player to play the game by the effect of the normal variation pattern, and it is possible to prevent the player from getting bored with the game.

Further, in the present embodiment, the fluctuation pattern of the short-time deviation is selected, but the fluctuation pattern having a relatively short fluctuation time (for example, the fluctuation pattern of the normal deviation A) is selected from the normal time deviation fluctuation pattern table. It may be configured in. With this configuration, the player can change the special symbol in a normal deviation pattern, and the player can reduce the discomfort that the adjustment change pattern is selected.

As for the second special symbol, the second special symbol variation pattern selection process 2 (not shown) is one process of the timer interrupt process (FIG. 14) in the first embodiment as in the case of the first special symbol. And is executed in place of the second special symbol variation pattern selection process (FIG. 22, S710) of the second special symbol variation start process (FIGS. 20, S203), which is one process of the special symbol variation process (FIG. 15, S107). ..

In the second special symbol variation pattern selection process 2 (not shown) in the second embodiment, in each process of the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 2 (FIGS. 43, S320), the first is the second and the second. Is only changed to the first, and the detailed explanation and the effect to be exerted are the same, so the explanation and the illustration are omitted.

In the present embodiment, when the difference between the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol and the number of reserved balls of the second special symbol is a predetermined number or more (two or more in the present embodiment), the variation pattern of short-time deviation is achieved. Is selected, but not limited to that, the fluctuation pattern selected by the other special symbol is discriminated without limiting to the case where the hit / fail judgment result is wrong, so that the difference in the number of reserved balls disappears. It may be configured to select a variation pattern. Specifically, if the holding ball of the first special symbol is two more than the holding ball of the second special symbol and the fluctuation pattern selected by the holding ball of the second special symbol is a relatively short fluctuation pattern, it is more than that. Also select a short fluctuation pattern (for example, a fluctuation time of 0.5 seconds), and if it is a relatively long fluctuation pattern, select a fluctuation pattern shorter than the fluctuation pattern and the difference between the reserved balls can be adjusted. It should be.

With this configuration, it is possible to adjust the difference between the reserved balls while performing more natural fluctuations in the special symbol. Therefore, the occurrence of overflow can be suppressed.

Further, in the present embodiment, the fluctuation pattern table dedicated to short-time deviation is provided as the special deviation fluctuation pattern table for adjustment, but the present invention is not limited to this, and is the first in the normal fluctuation pattern (both hit and miss). A fluctuation pattern (for example, a short-time fluctuation of 0.5 seconds) is set for the address, and the start address is selected according to the difference between the reserved balls to select the fluctuation pattern for adjustment. You may.

In the present embodiment, the case where the game ball is evenly distributed to the first start port 63a and the second start port 63b by the distribution device 630 has been described, but the distribution device 630 is not provided and the first start port is not provided. Even in the configuration in which the game balls are randomly won in the 63a and the second starting port 63b, the difference between the reserved balls can be adjusted to be even in the configuration of the present embodiment.

Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 44 to 45. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the second embodiment described above, when a difference of a predetermined number or more occurs in the state of the reserved spheres, a variation pattern of short-time deviation is selected and adjusted so as to reduce the difference. Explained.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 in the third embodiment, under the same conditions of the reserved ball as in the first embodiment, the fluctuation pattern of the one with the smaller number of reserved balls is set first among the reserved balls with the larger number of reserved balls. A fluctuation pattern is selected in which the time until the special symbol corresponding to the holding ball that starts to fluctuate stops fluctuating is set as the fluctuation time.

That is, the pachinko machine 10 in the third embodiment differs from the pachinko machine 10 in the second embodiment in the following points. In the third embodiment, the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 adjusts the fluctuation time of the special symbol having the smaller number of reserved balls so as to reduce the difference between the reserved balls. It is different from the pachinko machine 10 in.

Other configurations, other processes executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, various processes executed by the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111, various processes executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113, and a display control device. The various processes executed by the MPU 231 of the 114 are the same as those of the pachinko machine 10 in the second embodiment. Hereinafter, the same elements as those in the second embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

With reference to FIG. 44, in the third embodiment, in one process of the special symbol variation process (FIG. 15, S107) which is one process of the timer interrupt process (FIG. 14) executed by the MPU 201 of the main controller 110. A certain first special symbol change start processing (FIG. 44, S203) will be described. FIG. 44 is a flowchart showing the first special symbol change start processing (FIG. 44, S203). The first special symbol variation start process (FIG. 44, S203) of the third embodiment is the first special symbol variation pattern selection process with respect to the first special symbol variation start process (FIG. 42, S203) of the second embodiment. The first special symbol variation pattern selection process 3 (FIG. 45, S330) is added in place of 2 (FIG. 43, S320). Each process of S301 to S309 in the third embodiment executes the same process as each process of S301 to S309 in the second embodiment. When the process of S309 is completed, the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 3 (FIG. 45, S330) is executed.

With reference to FIG. 45, in the third embodiment, the first special symbol variation pattern selection process, which is one process of the first special symbol variation start process (FIGS. 44, S203) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110. 3 (S330) will be described. FIG. 45 is a flowchart showing the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 3 (S330). The first special symbol variation pattern selection process 3 (FIG. 45, S330) is a process for selecting a variation pattern of the first special symbol. In particular, when the hit / fail judgment result is incorrect, the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol is smaller than the reserved balls of the second special symbol by a predetermined number or more due to the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol and the second special symbol. In the case, it is a process for selecting a fluctuation pattern for adjusting the difference.

In the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 3 (FIG. 45, S330), each process from S534 to S536 is changed with respect to the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 2 (FIGS. 43, S320) in the second embodiment. Since it has been done and other processes are the same, only the changed points will be described in detail.

When it is determined in the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 3 (FIG. 45, S330) that the first jackpot flag 203o is off (S531: No), the number of reserved balls of the second special symbol is 3. It is determined whether or not there are more than one (S534). The number of reserved spheres of the second special symbol is determined based on the value of the second special symbol reserved sphere number counter 203f. When it was determined that the number of reserved spheres of the second special symbol was 3 or more (S534: Yes), the number of reserved spheres of the first special symbol was subtracted from the number of reserved spheres of the second special symbol. It is determined whether or not the value is two or more (that is, the number of the reserved spheres of the second special symbol is two or more more than the reserved spheres of the first special symbol) (S535). Here, it is determined by subtracting the value of the first special symbol reserved ball number counter 203e from the value of the second special symbol reserved ball number counter 203f.

If it is determined that there are two or more reserved balls of the second special symbol than the reserved balls of the first special symbol (S535: Yes), the second special symbol from the present time is based on the sort reserved storage area 203u. 1st adjustment special deviation change with the time until the end of the change of the special symbol corresponding to the first hold (the hold area with the earliest change order among the hold areas of the second special symbol) as the change time. The pattern command is set.

Here, the value of the second variable time storage area 203t and the rearranged hold storage area 203u are stored in the change pattern type storage area 203u3 of the hold area having the earliest change order among the hold areas of the second special symbol. The fluctuation time is calculated by adding the value of the fluctuation time indicated by the fluctuation pattern. When the first adjustment special deviation pattern is selected, the selection of the variation pattern in the process of S539 is skipped, and the next process of S540 is executed.

As described above, when the variation pattern of the first special symbol is selected, the number of reserved spheres of the second special symbol is a predetermined number or more (three or more in this embodiment), and the difference between the reserved spheres is two or more. In the case of (there are fewer reserved balls of the first special symbol), among the reserved balls of the second special symbol, it is composed of the fluctuation time until the fluctuation of the special symbol corresponding to the earliest holding in the fluctuation order is completed. The fluctuation pattern is selected. Therefore, until one of the reserved balls of the second special symbol is digested and the second is about to be digested, the reserved balls of the second special symbol are not digested, so that the digestion speed of the reserved balls of the first special symbol is high. It can be adjusted so that the difference between the first special symbol and the second special symbol is small.

Further, by determining whether or not there are three or more reserved balls of the second special symbol, it is possible to suppress a problem that the fluctuation pattern for adjustment is frequently selected and the effect of the game is impaired.

Further, in the present embodiment, when the hit / fail determination result of the first special symbol is a hit, the fluctuation pattern for adjustment is not selected. With this configuration, it is possible to select a fluctuation pattern indicating a normal hit as the fluctuation pattern to be a hit, and it is possible to produce a fluctuation pattern that is sufficiently hit by the player. Further, if the result of the hit / fail judgment of the first special symbol is a hit, the big hit game is started after the fluctuation is stopped, so that it is not necessary to deal with a problem such as overflow even if the fluctuation pattern for adjustment is not selected. ..

In the present embodiment, it is determined whether or not the number of reserved spheres of the second special symbol is 3 or more, but the number is not limited to this, and 2 or more may be used, or any other number may be appropriately set. Further, it may be configured to directly determine the difference between the reserved spheres of the second special symbol and the first special symbol without determining the number of reserved spheres of the second special symbol.

Further, in the present embodiment, it is determined whether or not the number of reserved balls of the second special symbol is two or more more than the reserved balls of the first special symbol, but the number may be three or more, and other numbers may be appropriately set. You may.

Further, in the present embodiment, the fluctuation time until the fluctuation of the first reserved special symbol ends is selected, but the fluctuation time is not limited to this, and the remaining fluctuation time of the second special symbol being changed is longer than the remaining fluctuation time. It may have a long fluctuation time. Further, a fluctuation time longer than the fluctuation time of the special symbol held first may be selected.

Further, in the present embodiment, the fluctuation time until the fluctuation of the first reserved special symbol ends is selected, but the fluctuation pattern of the fluctuation time close to or longer than the fluctuation time is selected. May be selected from the normal time deviation fluctuation pattern table 202e (FIG. 10 (b)). With this configuration, the player can change the special symbol in a normal deviation pattern, and the player can reduce the discomfort that the adjustment change pattern is selected.

Further, the configurations of the second embodiment and the third embodiment may be combined. With this configuration, the difference between the reserved balls can be adjusted to be small at the timing when both special symbols fluctuate, and it is possible to respond more quickly.

As for the second special symbol, each process of the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 3 (FIG. 45, S330) is the same as the second special symbol variation pattern selection process 2 (not shown) in the second embodiment. In the above, since the first is changed to the second and the second is changed to the first, and the detailed explanation and the effect to be performed are the same, the description and the illustration are omitted.

Further, in the present embodiment, it is determined whether or not the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol is two or more more than the reserved balls of the second special symbol, but the number may be three or more, and other numbers may be appropriately set. You may.

Further, in the present embodiment, the fluctuation pattern of the short-time deviation is limited to one type having a fluctuation time of 0.5 seconds, but the fluctuation time is different, for example, different by 0.5 seconds. (0.5 seconds, 1 second, 1.5 seconds, etc.) A plurality of fluctuation patterns may be provided and selected. The selection may be made by the counter value in the same way as the selection of other fluctuation patterns, or the state of the reserved sphere of the second special symbol (the number of reserved spheres, the difference between the reserved spheres, the reserved spheres). It may be selected based on the fluctuation time determined in advance, etc.), or if the second special symbol is changing, it may be configured to be selected based on the remaining time.

With this configuration, it is possible to make adjustments so that the difference from the reserved ball of the second special symbol is further reduced. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the frequency with which the variation pattern that deviates for a short time is selected, and to allow the player to play the game by the effect of the normal variation pattern, and it is possible to prevent the player from getting bored with the game.

Further, in the present embodiment, the fluctuation pattern of the short-time deviation is selected, but the fluctuation pattern having a relatively short fluctuation time (for example, the fluctuation pattern of the normal deviation A) is selected from the normal time deviation fluctuation pattern table. It may be configured in. With this configuration, the player can change the special symbol in a normal deviation pattern, and the player can reduce the discomfort that the adjustment change pattern is selected.

In the present embodiment, the case where the game ball is evenly distributed to the first start port 63a and the second start port 63b by the distribution device 630 has been described, but the distribution device 630 is not provided and the first start port is not provided. Even in the configuration in which the game balls are randomly won in the 63a and the second starting port 63b, the difference between the reserved balls can be adjusted to be even in the configuration of the present embodiment.

Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 46 to 51. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the second embodiment described above, when a difference of a predetermined number or more occurs in the state of the reserved spheres, a variation pattern of short-time deviation is selected and adjusted so as to reduce the difference. Explained.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the fourth embodiment, it is determined whether the game ball has been continuously won in either the first starting port 63a or the second starting port 63b, and the winnings are continuously won. If this is the case, the variation pattern of the special symbol corresponding to the consecutive winners is selected to be out of the variation pattern for a short time, and the difference between the reserved balls is adjusted to be small.

That is, the pachinko machine 10 in the fourth embodiment is different from the pachinko machine 10 in the second embodiment in the following points. In the second embodiment, the second embodiment is to select a variation pattern that is off for a short time based on the consecutive winning of the game balls in either the first starting port 63a or the second starting port 63b. It differs from the pachinko machine 10 in the form.

Other configurations, other processes executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, various processes executed by the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111, various processes executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113, and a display control device. The various processes executed by the MPU 231 of the 114 are the same as those of the pachinko machine 10 in the second embodiment. Hereinafter, the same elements as those in the second embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 46 is a diagram schematically showing a part of the other memory area 203v of the RAM 203 in the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 of the pachinko machine 10 in the fourth embodiment.

The first winning flag 203v1 is a flag indicating that the game ball has won a prize in the first starting port 63a. Specifically, in the first winning flag 203v1 described later, in the first continuous winning determination process (FIG. 51, S960), the game ball wins the first starting port 63a and the first winning flag 203v1 is off. A flag that is set to on if. On the other hand, when the game ball wins in the second starting port 63b, it is set to off.

Since the second winning flag 203v2 is the same as the first winning flag 203v1 only in that it is different from the first winning flag 203v1 with respect to the second starting port 63b, detailed description thereof will be omitted.

With this configuration, the game balls are continuously won, for example, in the first starting port 63a without being alternately distributed to the first starting port 63a and the second starting port 63b by the distribution winning device 630. When the game ball wins the first starting port 63a for the second time, the first winning flag 203v1 is already set to ON, and it is determined whether or not the first starting opening 63a has been continuously won. It is configured to be able to.

The first continuous winning flag 203v3 is a flag indicating that the game ball has continuously won a prize in the first starting port 63a. Specifically, in the first continuous winning determination process (FIG. 51, S960), which will be described later, when the game ball wins in the first starting port 63a, the first winning flag 203v1 is already set to ON. Is a flag that is set to on. On the other hand, in the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 4 (FIGS. 49, S340), which will be described later, when the adjustment special deviation variation pattern table 202e (FIG. 41) is set in the process of S526, it is set to off.

Since the second continuous winning flag 203v4 is the same as the first continuous winning flag 203v3 only in that it is different from the second starting port 63b, detailed description thereof will be omitted.

With this configuration, it is possible to easily determine whether or not the first starting port 63a or the second starting port 63b has been continuously awarded. Therefore, by selecting the fluctuation pattern for adjustment based on the fact that the first continuous winning flag 203v3 or the second winning flag 203v4 is set to ON, the first special symbol and the second special symbol are easily reserved. It can be configured to reduce the difference between the spheres.

With reference to FIG. 47, the timer interrupt process executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 will be described in the fourth embodiment. FIG. 47 is a flowchart showing this timer interrupt process. In the timer interrupt process of the fourth embodiment, a part of the special symbol variation process (FIG. 15, S107) is changed from the timer interrupt process of the second embodiment (FIG. 14), and the start winning process (FIG. 14). 24, S108), the start winning process 2 (FIG. 50, S120) is added.

With reference to FIG. 48, in the fourth embodiment, in one process of the special symbol variation process (FIG. 15, S107) which is one process of the timer interrupt process (FIG. 47) executed by the MPU 201 of the main controller 110. A certain first special symbol change start processing (FIG. 48, S203) will be described. FIG. 48 is a flowchart showing the first special symbol change start processing (FIG. 48, S203). The first special symbol variation start process (FIG. 48, S203) of the fourth embodiment is the first special symbol variation pattern selection process with respect to the first special symbol variation start process (FIG. 42, S203) of the second embodiment. The first special symbol variation pattern selection process 4 (FIG. 49, S340) is added in place of 2 (FIG. 43, S320). Each process of S301 to S309 in the fourth embodiment executes the same process as each process of S301 to S309 in the second embodiment. When the process of S309 is completed, the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 4 (FIG. 49, S340) is executed.

With reference to FIG. 49, in the fourth embodiment, the first special symbol variation pattern selection process, which is one process of the first special symbol variation start process (FIGS. 48, S203) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110. 4 (S340) will be described. FIG. 49 is a flowchart showing the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 4 (S340). The first special symbol variation pattern selection process 4 (FIG. 49, S340) is a process for selecting a variation pattern of the first special symbol. In particular, when the hit / fail determination result is wrong, it is determined whether the first continuous winning flag 203v3 is on (that is, whether the game ball is continuously won in the first starting port 63a), and if it is on, it is determined. This is a process for selecting a variation pattern that is off for a short time in order to adjust the difference.

In the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 4 (FIG. 49, S340), each process from S554 to S556 is changed with respect to the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 2 (FIGS. 43, S320) in the second embodiment. Since it has been done and other processes are the same, only the changed points will be described in detail.

If it is determined in the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 4 (FIG. 49, S340) that the first jackpot flag 203o is off (S551: No), is the first continuous winning flag 203v3 turned on? (That is, whether or not the game ball has been continuously won in the first starting port 63a) is determined (S554). When it is determined that the first continuous winning flag 203v3 is on (S554: Yes), the adjustment special deviation variation pattern table 202e (FIG. 41) is set, and the first continuous winning flag 203v3 is set to off. (S556).

On the other hand, when it is determined that the first consecutive winning flag 203v3 is off (S554: No), the value obtained by subtracting the number of reserved balls of the second special symbol from the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol is 2. It is determined whether or not the number is (that is, the number of reserved spheres of the first special symbol is two or more more than the number of reserved spheres of the second special symbol) (S555). Here, it is determined by subtracting the value of the second special symbol reserved ball number counter 203f from the value of the first special symbol reserved ball number counter 203e.

When it is determined that the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol is two or more more than the reserved balls of the second special symbol (S555: Yes), the process of S556 is executed. On the other hand, when it is determined that the result of subtracting the number of reserved balls of the second special symbol from the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol is less than two (S555: No), the special deviation variation according to the gaming state The pattern table 202e is set. When the gaming state is the normal gaming state (low-probability gaming state and not during the time reduction), the normal time special deviation fluctuation pattern table 202e (FIG. 10B) is set. Further, when the gaming state is a high-probability gaming state or a time reduction (time reduction counter 203k is larger than 0), the time reduction / probability variation special deviation variation pattern table 202d (FIG. 11B) is set.

With this configuration, if the first start port 63a and the second start port 63b are not distributed alternately by the distribution winning device 630, and one of them is continuously won, the prize will be lost for a short time. Since the fluctuation pattern is selected, the holding of the winning consecutive winners is quickly digested, and the state can be substantially the same as that of the alternately distributed ones. Therefore, it is possible to make adjustments so as to reduce the difference between the reserved spheres of the first special symbol and the second special symbol.

Further, even when the first consecutive winning flag 203v is off, the difference between the reserved ball of the first special symbol and the reserved ball of the second special symbol is a predetermined number or more (the reserved ball of the first special symbol is 2). If it is more than a predetermined number, a variation pattern that deviates for a short time is selected. As a result, in the distribution winning device 630, even if the distribution is performed alternately, the difference in the number of reserved balls of a predetermined number or more due to the difference in the fluctuation pattern (variation time) selected between the first special symbol and the second special symbol. Even if (for example, two or more) occurs, it is possible to make adjustments so as to reduce the difference between the reserved balls by selecting a variation pattern that is off for a short time.

In the present embodiment, when the first continuous winning flag 203v is off, the difference between the reserved balls between the first special symbol and the second special symbol is determined, but the present invention is not limited to this, and is the same as in the second embodiment. In addition, it may be determined whether or not the number of reserved balls of the first special symbol is a predetermined number or more (for example, three or more). With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent the player from being tired of the game because the fluctuation pattern of the deviation for a short time is frequently selected and the player cannot fully enjoy the effect of the fluctuation of the special symbol. In addition, by selecting a variation pattern that is out of order for a short time, it is possible to prevent the player from recognizing that the lottery result is out of order before the special symbol is stopped and not having a sense of expectation for a big hit. be able to.

Further, in the present embodiment, when the first continuous winning flag 203v is on, the adjustment special deviation variation pattern table 202e (FIG. 41) is set, but the first continuous winning is not limited to this. When the flag 203v is on, the process of S555 is executed, and when there are two or more reserved balls of the first special symbol than the reserved balls of the second special symbol, the special deviation fluctuation pattern table 202e for adjustment is executed. (FIG. 41) may be configured to be set. With this configuration, even when winning consecutively in the first starting port 63a, if the difference between the reserved balls between the first special symbol and the second special symbol is not more than a predetermined number, the normal fluctuation pattern can be obtained. It can be configured to be selected, and it is possible to prevent frequent short-time deviation patterns from being selected.

As for the second special symbol, each process of the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 4 (FIG. 49, S340) is the same as the second special symbol variation pattern selection process 2 (not shown) in the second embodiment. In the above, since the first is changed to the second and the second is changed to the first, and the detailed explanation and the effect to be performed are the same, the description and the illustration are omitted.

With reference to FIG. 50, the start winning process 2 (S120), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (FIG. 47) executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, will be described in the fourth embodiment. FIG. 50 is a flowchart showing the start winning process 2 (FIG. 50, S120). In the start winning process 2 (FIGS. 50, S120) of the fourth embodiment, the first continuous winning determination process (FIG. 51, S906) and the second are the same as the start winning process (FIG. 24, S108) of the second embodiment. A continuous winning determination process (S980) has been added. Each process of S901 to S914 in the fourth embodiment executes the same process as each process of S901 to S914 in the second embodiment. In the process of S901, when it is determined that the game ball has won a prize in the first starting port 63a (S901: Yes), the first continuous winning determination process (FIG. 51, S960) is executed.

In the first continuous winning determination process (FIG. 51, S960), first, it is determined whether the first winning flag 203v1 is set to ON (that is, whether the game ball has won a prize in the first starting port 63a last time). (S961). When it is determined that the first winning flag 203v1 is on, the first continuous winning flag 203v3 is set to on (S962). On the other hand, when it is determined that the first winning flag 203v1 is off (that is, the game ball has won a prize in the second starting port 63b last time) (S961: No), the first winning flag 203v1 is set to on. (S963). After that, the second winning flag 203v2 is set to off (S964).

With this configuration, it is determined whether or not the game balls have continuously won the first starting port 63a without alternately winning the first starting port 63a and the second starting port 63b. Can be done.

In the present embodiment, when the first continuous winning flag 203v3 is on, the variation pattern that is off for a short time is selected. However, it is determined whether the second continuous winning flag 203v4 is on. When it is on, as in the third embodiment, among the hold of the second special symbol, the fluctuation pattern composed of the fluctuation time until the special symbol stops fluctuating for the one with the earliest fluctuation start order is set. You may choose. With this configuration, it is possible to make adjustments so as to reduce the difference between the reserved spheres of the first special symbol and the second special symbol.

As for the second continuous winning determination process (S907), the first is changed to the second and the second is changed to the first with respect to the first continuous winning determination process (FIG. 51, S960). , Detailed illustration and description are omitted.

In the present embodiment, the first winning flag 203v1 and the second winning flag 203v2 are provided respectively, but only one of them may be provided so as to be discriminated according to the on and off states. .. Specifically, when the first winning flag 203v1 is configured only, when the first winning flag 203v1 is set to turn on, the first starting port 63a is won and the first winning flag 203v1 is turned off. If it is set, it is determined that the second starting port 63b has won a prize. With this configuration, the number of flags and the like can be reduced, and the required capacity of the RAM can be reduced. The same applies to the first consecutive winning flag 203v3 and the second consecutive winning flag 203v4.

In the present embodiment, when two consecutive winnings are made in one of the starting openings, a case where the fluctuation pattern for adjustment is determined and the difference between the reserved balls is adjusted has been described, but the present invention is not limited to this. It is configured to determine the fluctuation pattern for adjustment when the other is a special symbol and the fluctuation of the special symbol is completed two or more times in a row between the start and the end of the fluctuation of one special symbol. You may. In addition, it is possible to adjust the difference between the reserved balls to be more even by combining the fact that the winning is consecutive and the fact that the winning is continuously changed.

In the present embodiment, the case where the game ball is evenly distributed to the first start port 63a and the second start port 63b by the distribution device 630 has been described, but the distribution device 630 is not provided and the first start port is not provided. Even in the configuration in which the game balls are randomly won in the 63a and the second starting port 63b, the difference between the reserved balls can be adjusted to be even in the configuration of the present embodiment.

Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 52 to 55. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment described above, the reserved symbol displayed in the lower display area Ds is the frame button 22 by the reserved number display update process (FIG. 37, S1406) executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113. Was operated, and the hold symbol display corresponding to the hold area in which the sort flag 223k7 is turned on is sorted and displayed in the order in which the fluctuation starts.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the fifth embodiment, the sort flag 223k7 is set to ON in the hold quantity display update process 2 (FIG. 54, S1440) executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113. The hold symbol display corresponding to the hold area is sorted in the order in which the fluctuation starts, and the background (hold symbol display is displayed) of the hold symbol display area (Ds1 to Ds8) of the hold area in which the sort flag 223k7 is set to ON. Flashing display (flash display).

That is, the pachinko machine 10 in the fifth embodiment is different from the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment in the following points. In the fifth embodiment, any one of the reserved symbol display areas (Ds1 to Ds8) in which the reserved symbol display (holding display corresponding to the reserved area in which the sorting flag 223k7 is set to be turned on) is displayed. ) Is different from the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment in that the background screen is displayed in a blinking manner (flash display) indicating that the rearrangement has been executed.

Other configurations, other processes executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, various processes executed by the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111, various processes executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113, and a display control device. The various processes executed by the MPU 231 of the 114 are the same as those of the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment. Hereinafter, the same elements as those in the first embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 52 is a diagram showing the display from before the rearrangement to after the rearrangement of the reserved symbol display displayed on the third symbol display device 81 in the fifth embodiment. Before sorting, the hold display symbols corresponding to the order in which the first start port 63a and the second start port 63b are won in the lower display area Ds (if the hold symbol display is based on winning the first start port 63a). "○", "●") is displayed if the reserved symbol is displayed based on winning a prize in the second starting port 63b. In the present embodiment, since the distribution winning device 630 alternately distributes the first starting port 63a and the second starting port 63b, it is easy to alternately display the reserved symbol display of the first special symbol and the second special symbol.

After that, when the frame button 22 is operated by the player, the reserved symbol display is rearranged, and the reserved symbol display is rearranged in the order in which the fluctuation is started. Then, the background is blinking (shown by hatching in FIG. 52) with respect to the reserved symbol display displayed at that time (the reserved symbol display displayed in Ds1 to Ds5 in FIG. 52). After that, for the reserved symbol display for the game ball that has newly won the first starting port 63a or the second starting opening 63b, the reserved symbol display is displayed in the order of winning (the order in which the winning is established), and the holding symbol is displayed. The symbol display area (Ds6 to Ds7 in FIG. 52) is not blinking and is displayed as a normal background symbol (for example, a blue background color).

In this way, when the player operates the frame button 22, the background of the reserved symbol display area is blinked and displayed with respect to the displayed reserved symbol display, so that the player executes the rearrangement. The pending symbol display can be easily recognized. Therefore, it is possible to easily identify whether the order in which the reserved symbol display is displayed is the order in which the prize is won or the order in which the fluctuation is started. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the confusion of the player.

In addition, for the reserved symbol display that won a prize after the sorting is executed, the reserved symbol display is displayed in the order of winning, and the background of the reserved symbol display area remains the normal background, so that the player can use it. , It is possible to easily identify that the displayed reserved symbol display is the one before sorting. Further, since the background display is kept blinking for the reserved symbol display on which the sorting is executed, the player recognizes the reserved symbol display before and after the sorting at once. be able to.

In addition, when the special symbol corresponding to the reserved symbol display starts to fluctuate, the reserved symbol display is erased (digested), and each displayed reserved symbol display is shifted one by one to the reserved symbol display area on the right side and displayed. However, since the blinking display of the background is also shifted accordingly, the player can easily identify the reserved symbol display in which the rearrangement has been executed even if the reserved symbol display is digested. be able to.

In addition, in this embodiment, the background is blinked and displayed as a notification mode indicating the reserved symbol display in which the rearrangement is executed, but the background color is changed (for example, normally blue is rearranged). It may be configured to change to red when executed), or the display may be changed as appropriate, such as blinking the reserved symbol display, changing the color, or adding a pattern, instead of the background. Further, it may be configured to notify by voice or characters (for example, the voice or characters such as "The third reserved symbol has been rearranged" may be displayed).

The main process (S1400) executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 will be described with reference to FIG. 53. FIG. 53 is a flowchart showing this main process (FIG. 53, S1400). The main process (FIG. 53, S1400) of the fifth embodiment replaces the hold quantity display update process (FIG. 37, S1406) with respect to the main process (FIG. 35, S1400) of the first embodiment, and the hold quantity display update. Instead of the process 2 (FIG. 54, S1440) and the pending sorting process (FIG. 40, S1413), the pending sorting process 2 (FIG. 55, S1450) has been added. Each process of S1401 to S1405 in the fifth embodiment executes the same process as each process of S1401 to S1405 in the first embodiment. When the process of S1405 is completed, the hold quantity display update process 2 (FIG. 54, S1440) is executed.

With reference to FIG. 54, a hold quantity display update process 2 (S1440), which is one process of the main process (FIG. 53, S1400) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113, will be described in the fifth embodiment. .. FIG. 54 is a flowchart showing the reserved quantity display update process 2 (S1440). The hold quantity display update process 2 (FIG. 54, S1440) is a process for setting a command for displaying the hold symbol display in the hold symbol display areas (Ds1 to Ds8) of the lower display area Ds.

In the hold quantity display update process 2 (FIG. 54, S1440), first, the change display start time of each hold area of the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k is updated (S1441). The execution cycle of this process (1 ms in this embodiment) is subtracted from each time data stored in the variable start time storage area 223k5. Further, the update of the variable display start time is not limited to this, and may be performed by providing an RTC or the like, or may be of course another method.

The hold symbol display corresponding to the hold area in which the sort flag 223k7 of the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k is turned on is the hold corresponding to the hold area in which the sort flag 223k7 is turned off in the variable display start order. As for the symbol display, the reserved symbol display is displayed in the order in which the hold is established (S1442).

The background of the hold symbol display area in which the hold symbol display corresponding to the hold area of the slave sort hold storage area 223k in which the sort flag 223k7 is set is blinked (flash) is displayed, and the sort flag 223k7 is displayed. The background of the reserved symbol display area on which the reserved symbol display corresponding to the reserved area is off is a normal background (for example, blue in this embodiment), and a background display change command to be displayed on the display control device 114 is generated. (S1443).

In this way, by blinking the background of the hold symbol display area in which the hold symbol display of the hold area in which the sort flag 223k7 is set to be turned on is displayed, the player has been sorted. It is possible to notify that it is a symbol display. Therefore, the player can recognize that the displayed reserved symbols are displayed in the order in which the fluctuation starts, depending on the notification mode.

In addition, the background of the hold symbol display area in which the hold symbol display corresponding to the hold area in which the sort flag 223k7 is set is displayed blinks, and the hold area in which the sort flag 223k7 is set to off is displayed. Since the background of the hold symbol display area in which the hold symbol display corresponding to (that is, the hold established after the sort is executed) is displayed, the background of the hold symbol display area is displayed as a normal background, so that the player can sort. It is possible to easily recognize the executed reserved symbol display and the reserved symbol display whose sorting has not been executed.

Further, every time the hold quantity display update process 2 (FIG. 54, S1440) is executed, a new background display change command is generated, so that a new hold occurs or a special pattern corresponding to the hold symbol display is supported. Even when the symbol starts to fluctuate and the hold is exhausted, the hold symbol display and the blinking display indicating that the rearrangement has been executed can be updated as appropriate according to the state.

Further, the sort flag 223k7 is operated by the frame button 22 during the sort enable period in the hold sort process 2 (FIG. 55, S1450) executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113, which will be described later (in this embodiment, the sort flag 223k7). When pressed), it is set to on in all hold areas where hold data is stored. As a result, all the displayed reserved symbols are rearranged from the order in which the hold is established, based on the order in which the variable display of the hold is started. On the other hand, after the sort flag 223k7 is set to on, the sort flag 223k7 is off for the newly stored hold, so that the order is established without sorting, that is, the third symbol display device 81. It is displayed at the end of the reserved symbol display displayed in.

Therefore, when the player wants to rearrange the reserved symbol display and operates the frame button 22, the reserved symbol display displayed at that time is rearranged in the variable display start order, and then. However, the sorted reserved symbol display is maintained in the variable display start order, while the reserved symbol display corresponding to the newly stored (occurring) hold is displayed first in the established order. Since it is displayed at the end of the reserved symbol display without interrupting it, the player can suppress the problem of confusing the order in which the current display is displayed. Can be done.

Further, by rearranging only the reserved symbol display displayed when the frame button 22 is operated in this way, it is possible to notify the variable display start order only when the player wants to know.

Further, in the case of a 15R probability variation jackpot or a 15R normal jackpot, a relatively long fluctuation pattern is usually selected. Therefore, for the hold established at the same start ports 63a and 63b as the hold that becomes a big hit, the variable display start time is delayed. Therefore, there may be a case where the variable display start time is earlier for the hold with a later establishment order that occurs at the start ports 63a and 63b, which is different from the hold that is a big hit. In such a case, when the reserved symbols are rearranged, the reserved symbols with a later establishment order are displayed by interrupting before the reserved symbols with an earlier establishment order (on the reserved symbol display area Ds1 side). To. Therefore, when the player operates the frame button 22 to rearrange the reserved symbols, if the reserved symbols with a later formation order are interrupted and displayed before the reserved symbols with an earlier formation order, the player can display the reserved symbols. Among the reserved symbols displayed before the interrupted and displayed reserved symbol, the hold that occurred by winning a prize at the start ports 63a and 63b different from the interrupted and displayed reserved symbol may be a big hit. You can have expectations.

Therefore, when the player operates the frame button 22, he / she thinks that there may be a hold that becomes a big hit in the hold symbol display, and can operate the frame button in the expectation that the order will change. , The frame button 22 can be operated with a feeling of expectation for a big hit. Further, when the frame button 22 is operated, the sound is output, so that the expectation for the big hit can be further amplified and produced.

The explanation will be continued by returning to the main process (FIG. 53, S1400). Each process of S1407 to S1412 in the fifth embodiment executes the same process as each process of S1407 to S1412 in the first embodiment. When the process of S1412 is completed, the hold sorting process 2 (FIG. 55, S1450) is executed.

With reference to FIG. 55, the hold sorting process 2 (S1450), which is one of the main processes (FIG. 53, S1400) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113, will be described in the fifth embodiment. FIG. 55 is a flowchart showing the hold sorting process 2 (S1450). The hold sorting process 2 (FIG. 55, S1450) notifies that the sort is executed (executed) when the frame button 22 is operated in the case where the hold symbol display can be rearranged. This is a process for setting a sort notification sound command and setting the sort flag 223k7 of the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k to ON.

In the pending sorting process 2 (FIG. 55, S1450), first, it is determined whether or not the sorting is possible period (S1451). During the sortable period, the game states other than the state in which there is no hold established during the jackpot game or at different start ports 63a and 63b (the state in which there is no hold of one or more of the first special symbol and the second special symbol) are lined up. It is set to a replaceable period.

When it is determined that the sortable period is reached (S1451: Yes), a display button operation display command is generated (S1452). Upon receiving this display button operation display command, the display control device 114 displays the characters "may be rearranged !!" on the third symbol display device 81, and the player can operate the frame button 22. Notify the period of time. The notification mode is not limited to this, and may be performed by voice or the like, or may be of course a configuration in which a dedicated lamp or the like is controlled to be turned on.

Further, in the present embodiment, by providing the sortable period, the player can easily recognize the timing at which the sort operation is possible, and the frame switch 22 can be operated at an appropriate timing. can. Further, the sortable period may not be particularly provided, and if the sort is possible when the frame button 22 is operated, the sort display may be executed.

It is determined whether the frame button 22 is operated (S1453). If it is determined that the frame button 22 is being operated (S1453: Yes), the sort notification sound command is set (S1454). As the sorting notification sound command, a notification sound indicating that sorting is executed (executed) is output from the voice output device 226 (in the present embodiment, a voice saying "sorting").

In the present embodiment, the sound is used, but the sound is not limited to the voice, and a specific sound effect (for example, fanfare music or the like) may be output. The output time may be appropriately set according to the effect, and may be configured so that a dedicated melody or sound effect is output all the time while the rearranged reserved symbol display is displayed. With this configuration, the player can be strongly aware that the rearrangement has been executed, and can easily understand that the reserved symbol display is rearranged.

The sort flag 223k7 of all the hold areas in which the hold data of the slave sort hold storage area 223k is stored is set to ON (S1455).

On the other hand, if it is determined that the sortable period is not available (S1451: No), and if it is determined that the frame button 22 is not operated (S1453: No), this process is terminated. With this configuration, when the player wants to sort, it is possible to sort only the reserved symbols displayed on the third symbol display device 81.

The player can know the actual variation display start order, and can know in advance the special symbol to be noted next (the special symbol that will be the variation display start). Therefore, the game can be played while assuming the display area to be seen in advance, and the game can be played smoothly.

Further, in the configuration of this pachinko machine, the distribution device 630 is configured so that the game ball can easily win a prize alternately between the first starting port 63a and the second starting port 64a, so that the first special symbol and the second special symbol are configured. The game is played evenly and the game can be played efficiently.

Further, in the pachinko machine 10, the rearrangement of the reserved symbols is executed based on the player operating the frame button 22, but is not limited to this, and is executed every time a new hold is stored. Of course, it may be configured as follows. With this configuration, the player can always accurately recognize the variation display start order by the reserved symbols sorted in the variation start order.

In the present embodiment, the sortable period is other than the state in which there is no hold established during the jackpot game or at different starting ports 63a and 63b (the state in which there is no hold of one or more of the first special symbol and the second special symbol). Although it has been described as the game state of, not limited to this, the sortable period may be set even during the jackpot game, and conversely, the sortable period is the period during which a specific variable display mode is displayed. Others may be set, and it may be determined as appropriate.

When the jackpot game is set to the sortable period, it is necessary to perform sorting in consideration of the remaining fluctuation time of the fluctuation display that is temporarily stopped during the fluctuation display. Specifically, the fluctuation start time is calculated based on the determined fluctuation time (variation display mode) of the reserved first special symbol or the second special symbol and the remaining fluctuation time during the temporary stop. Then, the sort order is determined, and the sort is performed based on the sort order. With this configuration, even if a new hold display mode is displayed during the jackpot game, the hold display mode and the display mode already displayed before the hold display mode is displayed are combined. , It is possible to sort in an accurate fluctuation start order and notify the player of the accurate fluctuation start order even during the jackpot gaming machine.

Next, a modified example of the pachinko machine 10 in the fifth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 56 to 57. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the fifth embodiment described above, when the frame button 22 is operated, the background of the reserved symbol display area is blinked for all the reserved symbol displays displayed in the reserved symbol display area. The case was explained.

On the other hand, in the modified example of the pachinko machine 10 in the fifth embodiment, the background of the reserved symbol display area is only for the reserved symbol display of the variation start order in which the rearrangement is executed and the order is different from the establishment order. Flashes.

That is, the modified example of the pachinko machine 10 in the fifth embodiment is different from the pachinko machine 10 in the fifth embodiment in the following points. In the modified example of the fifth embodiment, in the hold quantity display update process 2 (FIG. 57, S1440), the hold area in which the sort flag 223k7 is set to be turned on is the hold of the hold area having the change start order different from the winning order. It differs from the pachinko machine 10 in the fifth embodiment in that a background display change command for blinking the background is generated for the reserved symbol display area on which the symbol display is displayed.

Other configurations, other processes executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, various processes executed by the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111, various processes executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113, and a display control device. The various processes executed by the MPU 231 of the 114 are the same as those of the pachinko machine 10 in the fifth embodiment. Hereinafter, the same elements as those in the fifth embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 56 is a diagram showing from before rearrangement to after rearrangement of the reserved symbol display displayed on the third symbol display device 81 in the modified example of the fifth embodiment. Before sorting, the reserved symbol display of the first special symbol (“○” in this embodiment) and the reserved symbol display of the second special symbol (“●” in this embodiment) are displayed in the order of establishment. .. The reserved symbol display "○" of the first special symbol displayed in the reserved symbol display area Ds3 and displayed in the reserved symbol display area Ds4 due to the operation of the frame button 22 by the player to execute the rearrangement. The reserved symbol display "●" of the second special symbol is rearranged, and the background thereof is blinking and displayed, which is a display mode (notification mode) indicating that the rearrangement has been performed.

Normally, in the case of a 15R probability variation jackpot or a 15R normal jackpot, a relatively long fluctuation pattern is selected. Therefore, for the hold established at the same start ports 63a and 63b as the hold that becomes a big hit, the variable display start time is delayed. Therefore, there may be a case where the variable display start time is earlier for the hold with a later establishment order that occurs at the start ports 63a and 63b, which is different from the hold that is a big hit. In such a case, when the reserved symbols are rearranged, the reserved symbols with a later establishment order are displayed by interrupting before the reserved symbols with an earlier establishment order (on the reserved symbol display area Ds1 side). To.

Here, the background is blinking and displayed only for the reserved symbol display in which the establishment order and the variation start order are different and the display order is changed by executing the rearrangement. Therefore, when the player operates the frame button 22 to rearrange the reserved symbols display, the reserved symbols with a late establishment order are interrupted before the reserved symbols with an early establishment order, and the order is changed. The displayed reserved symbol display can be easily recognized. Therefore, among the reserved symbols displayed before the interrupted and displayed reserved symbol, the hold generated by winning a prize at the start ports 63a and 63b different from the interrupted and displayed reserved symbol is a big hit. You can expect it.

In this way, when operating the frame button 22, the player thinks that there may be a hold that becomes a big hit in the hold symbol display, and operates the frame button in the expectation that the order will change. The frame button 22 can be operated with the expectation of a big hit.

In addition, in order to indicate that the sorting has been executed, when the display order of the reserved symbol display is changed, the background is blinked and the reserved symbol display that was displayed when the sorting is executed is displayed. Alternatively, the background may be displayed in a special color (for example, red) so that the reserved symbol display on which the sorting has been executed can be identified. With this configuration, the player can distinguish between the reserved symbol display that was displayed when the sort was executed and the reserved symbol display whose display order was changed by the sort. Therefore, it is possible to further suppress the confusion of the player.

With reference to FIG. 57, in the modified example of the fifth embodiment, the hold quantity display update process 2 (FIG. 57, which is one process of the main process (FIG. 53, S1400) executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113). S1440) will be described.

Each process of S1441 to S1442 in the modified example of the fifth embodiment is executed the same process as each process of S1441 to S1442 in the fifth embodiment. In the modified example of the fifth embodiment, when the process of S1442 is executed, the winning order and the order in which the variation starts in the reserved area of the subordinate sorting reserved storage area 223k in which the sorting flag 223k7 is set to ON are set. It is determined whether there is a different reserved area (S1445). Here, the hold area and the variation start order storage area 223k4 are discriminated to determine whether the order is different. Specifically, if the variation start order stored in the variation start order storage area 223k4 in the hold area 2 is the third, the winning order is the second, but the variation start order is the third. Is shown, and it is determined that the order is different.

When it is determined that there is a hold area in the slave sort hold storage area 223k in which the sort flag 223k7 is set, the order in which the winning order and the order in which the fluctuation starts are different are determined (S1445: Yes). , Of the hold areas for which the sort flag 223k7 is set to on, the background of the hold symbol display area where the hold symbol display corresponding to the hold area determined to be different from the winning order and the fluctuation start order is displayed blinks. A background display change command to be displayed (changed) is generated (S1446).

In this way, when the sort is executed, the background of the reserved symbol display that was displayed and the reserved symbol display whose display order has been changed is blinked, so that the player can change the order. It is possible to identify the reserved symbol.

The notification mode for notifying the reserved symbol display whose display order has been changed is not limited to the blinking display, but may be indicated by a character display, may be notified by voice, and is not a blinking display but another display. It may be an embodiment, or the reserved symbol display may be displayed in a special color or pattern.

Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the sixth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 58 to 60. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the fifth embodiment described above, when the frame button 22 is operated, the background of the reserved symbol display area is blinked for all the reserved symbol displays displayed in the reserved symbol display area. The case was explained.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 in the sixth embodiment, the lower display area Ds has the reserved symbol display area Dsa before sorting and the variation after sorting in which the reserved symbol display is displayed in the winning order before sorting. A post-sorted hold display area Dsb is provided in which the hold symbol display is displayed in the order of starting. Until the frame button 22 is operated, the hold symbol display is displayed in the winning order only in the hold display area Dsa before sorting, and when the frame button 22 is operated, the hold symbol display displayed at that time changes. Is displayed in the hold display area Dsb after sorting in the order of starting.

That is, the pachinko machine 10 in the sixth embodiment differs from the pachinko machine 10 in the fifth embodiment in the following points. The sixth embodiment is different from the pachinko machine 10 in the fifth embodiment in that the reserved symbol display is displayed in the order of winning, and the reserved symbol display is displayed in the order of starting the fluctuation.

Other configurations, other processes executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, various processes executed by the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111, various processes executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113, and a display control device. The various processes executed by the MPU 231 of the 114 are the same as those of the pachinko machine 10 in the fifth embodiment. Hereinafter, the same elements as those in the fifth embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 58 is a diagram showing the reserved symbol display displayed on the third symbol display device 81 before sorting (sorting not executed) and after sorting (sorting executed) in the sixth embodiment. .. Before sorting, the reserved symbol display of the first special symbol (“○” in this embodiment) and the reserved symbol of the second special symbol are displayed in the reserved symbol display area (Ds1 to Ds5) of the reserved display area Dsa before sorting. The displays (“●” in this embodiment) are displayed in the order of winning. At this time, the reserved symbol display is not displayed in the reserved display area Dsb after sorting.

When the player operates the frame button 22 to execute the sorting, after the sorting, the holding symbol display is displayed in the winning order in the hold display area Dsa before the sorting, and after the sorting. The hold symbol display displayed in the hold display area Dsa before sorting at that time is displayed in the hold display area Dsb in the order in which the fluctuation starts.

In this way, when the sorting is executed, the reserved symbols before and after the sorting are displayed in parallel and vertically, so that the player can see how the sorting was performed. The reserved symbol display in the reserved display area Dsa before replacement and the reserved symbol display in the reserved display area Dsb after sorting can be compared and recognized. Therefore, in the order in which the fluctuation starts, it is possible to easily recognize the reserved symbol display whose order is different from the winning order.

Normally, in the case of a 15R probability variation jackpot or a 15R normal jackpot, a relatively long fluctuation pattern is selected. Therefore, for the hold established at the same start ports 63a and 63b as the hold that becomes a big hit, the variable display start time is delayed. Therefore, there may be a case where the variable display start time is earlier for the hold with a later establishment order that occurs at the start ports 63a and 63b, which is different from the hold that is a big hit. In such a case, when the reserved symbols are rearranged, the reserved symbols with a later establishment order are displayed by interrupting before the reserved symbols with an earlier establishment order (on the reserved symbol display area Ds1 side). To.

Here, for the reserved symbol display in which the establishment order and the variation start order are different and the display order is changed by executing the sorting, the reserved display area Dsa before sorting and the holding display area Dsb after sorting are compared. It can be easily recognized by doing so. Therefore, when the player operates the frame button 22 to rearrange the reserved symbols display, the reserved symbols with a late establishment order are interrupted before the reserved symbols with an early establishment order, and the order is changed. The displayed reserved symbol display can be easily recognized. Therefore, among the reserved symbols displayed before the interrupted and displayed reserved symbol, the hold generated by winning a prize at the start ports 63a and 63b different from the interrupted and displayed reserved symbol is a big hit. You can expect it.

In this way, when operating the frame button 22, the player thinks that there may be a hold that becomes a big hit in the hold symbol display, and operates the frame button in the expectation that the order will change. The frame button 22 can be operated with the expectation of a big hit.

In the present embodiment, the reserved symbol display displayed when the frame button 22 is operated is displayed in the reserved display area Dsb after sorting in the order in which the fluctuation starts, but the present invention is not limited to this. The hold may be sorted in the order of winning and then displayed in the hold figure display area Dsb.

Further, regardless of the operation of the frame button 22 of the player, it is natural that the reserved symbols displayed after sorting and before sorting may be displayed at all times. By configuring in this way, the player can always visually recognize the reserved symbol display displayed in the winning order and the order in which the fluctuation is started. It is possible to quickly recognize that there is a symbol display.

The main process (S1400) executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 will be described with reference to FIG. 59. FIG. 59 is a flowchart showing this main process (FIG. 59, S1400). The main process (FIG. 59, S1400) of the sixth embodiment replaces the hold quantity display update process 2 (FIG. 54, S1440) with respect to the main process (FIG. 53, S1400) of the fifth embodiment. Update process 3 (FIG. 60, S1460) has been added. Each process of S1401 to S1405 in the sixth embodiment executes the same process as each process of S1401 to S1405 in the first embodiment. When the process of S1405 is completed, the hold quantity display update process 3 (FIG. 60, S1460) is executed.

With reference to FIG. 60, a hold quantity display update process 3 (S1460), which is one process of the main process (FIG. 59, S1400) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113, will be described in the sixth embodiment. .. FIG. 60 is a flowchart showing the reserved quantity display update process 3 (S1460). In the hold quantity display update process 3 (FIGS. 60 and S1460), the hold symbols are held in the hold symbol display areas (Ds1 to Ds8) of the lower display area Ds, which is the hold display area Dsa before sorting and the hold display area Dsb after sorting. This is a process for setting a command to display the display.

In the hold quantity display update process 3 (FIG. 60, S1460), first, the change display start time of each hold area of the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k is updated (S1461). The execution cycle of this process (1 ms in this embodiment) is subtracted from each time data stored in the variable start time storage area 223k5. Further, the update of the variable display start time is not limited to this, and may be performed by providing an RTC or the like, or may be of course another method.

It is determined whether the subordinate sort flag 223k7 of the hold area 1 in the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k is set to ON (S1462). If it is determined that the slave sort flag 223k7 of the hold area 1 in the slave sort hold storage area 223k is set to ON (S1462: Yes), the sort flag is turned on in the hold display area Dsb after sorting. A display hold display command for displaying the hold symbol display of the hold area set in is in the order in which the fluctuation is started is set (S1463).

By controlling in this way, the hold display area Dsb after sorting is displayed only for the hold symbol display (hold area in which the sort flag 223k7 is set to on) that was displayed when the sort was executed. Can display the pending symbol display.

A display hold display command to be displayed in the order of winning is generated for the hold stored in the hold area in the hold display area Dsa before sorting (S1464). As a result, the reserved symbol display can always be displayed in the winning order in the reserved display area Dsa before sorting. Further, when the sort flag 223k7 is on, the hold symbol display can be displayed in the hold display area Dsb after sorting and the hold display area Dsa before sorting, respectively.

On the other hand, if it is determined that the subordinate sort flag 223k7 of the hold area 1 in the sort hold storage area 223k is set to off (S1462: No), the process of S1464 is executed. As a result, when the sort flag is off in the hold area 1 (that is, all hold areas), the hold symbol display is displayed in the winning order only in the hold display area Dsa before sorting, and the sort is executed. It is possible to easily make the player recognize that it has not been done.

Further, in the state where the sorting is not executed, the holding symbol display is not displayed in the reserved display area Dsb after the sorting until the player operates the frame button 22, so that the player operates the frame button 22. Occasionally, it is possible to increase the change in the display when the hold symbol display is displayed in the hold display area Dsb after sorting, and to increase the motivation of the player to perform the sorting.

In the present embodiment, the sort flag 223k7 is determined only in the hold area 1, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the sort flag of all the hold areas in which various data are stored may be determined, or any of them. Of course, it may be configured to determine whether is on.

Further, in the present embodiment, the hold display area Dsb after sorting is always displayed, but the present invention is not limited to this, and only the hold display area Dsa before sorting is always displayed and sorting is executed. When (when the player operates the frame switch 22), the reserved display area Dsb is displayed after sorting, and when all the sorted reserved symbol display is exhausted (variation starts), it is automatically hidden. It may be configured as follows. In addition, when the sortable period is reached, the character notifying that the sort is possible is displayed, but instead, when the sort is possible, the hold hold display area Dsb (hold symbol display is displayed) after the sort. (Not displayed) may be displayed to notify the player that the reserved symbol display can be rearranged. With this configuration, the reserved display area Dsb is not always displayed after sorting, and the space can be set as the upper display area Dm, and the variable display of the main symbol and other display of the effect symbol can be displayed. It can be displayed in a large space. Therefore, it is possible to notify the player of the lottery result in an easy-to-understand manner.

Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the seventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 61 to 63. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment described above, there is no hold established during the jackpot game or at different starting ports 63a and 63b (a state in which there is no hold of one or more of the first special symbol and the second special symbol). The case of setting the sortable period in the game states other than the above has been described.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 in the seventh embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 is set so as to be included in the sortable period even during the jackpot game.

That is, the pachinko machine 10 in the seventh embodiment is different from the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment in the following points. In the seventh embodiment, when the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 starts the big hit game, the time when each hold change starts after the big hit game is recalculated. Then, the sorting data is output to the voice lamp control device 113, and the voice lamp control device 113 sets the sorting possible period even during the jackpot game, and the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment performs sorting. Is different from.

Other configurations, other processes executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, various processes executed by the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111, various processes executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113, and a display control device. The various processes executed by the MPU 231 of the 114 are the same as those of the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment. Hereinafter, the same elements as those in the first embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

With reference to FIG. 61, the large opening opening / closing process (FIG. 61, S103), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (FIG. 14) executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, will be described in the seventh embodiment. do. FIG. 61 is a flowchart showing this large opening opening / closing process (FIG. 61, S103). The large opening opening / closing process (FIG. 61, S103) of the seventh embodiment not only controls the opening / closing of the first variable winning device 65, but also changes each hold starting from the big hit after the big hit game starts. This is a process for recalculating the start time and generating the sorting data in the voice lamp control device 113 based on the recalculated data.

In the large opening opening / closing process (FIG. 61, S103), first, it is determined whether or not the jackpot game has started (S131). The determination of whether or not the game is the start of the jackpot game is determined by the processing of S608 in the first special symbol fluctuation stop processing (FIGS. 19, S204) or the processing of S808 in the second special symbol fluctuation stop processing (FIG. 23, S207). It is determined by whether the start of is set.

When it is determined that the jackpot game has started (S131: Yes), it is determined whether the first special symbol or the second special symbol is temporarily stopped (S132). When it is determined that the first special symbol or the second special symbol is temporarily stopped (S132: Yes), the fluctuation start time storage area 203u5 of each hold area stored in the sort hold storage area 203u The value is recalculated starting from after the big hit and taking into consideration the remaining fluctuation time of the first special symbol or the second special symbol that is temporarily stopped (S133). On the other hand, when it is determined that the first special symbol or the second special symbol is not temporarily stopped (S132: No), the variable start time storage area 203u5 of each hold area stored in the sort hold storage area 203u is stored. The value of is recalculated starting after the big hit (S134).

A sort data command is generated for each reserved area based on the variation start time recalculated in the process of S133 or S134 and stored in the variation start time storage area 203u5 (S135).

On the other hand, if it is determined that the jackpot game has not started (S131: No), it is determined whether the jackpot game is in progress (S136). If it is determined that the jackpot game is not in progress (S136: No), this process ends. On the other hand, when it is determined that the jackpot game is in progress (S136: Yes), it is determined whether it is the start timing of a new round (S137). When it is determined that it is the start timing of a new round (S137: Yes), a process of opening the large opening of the first variable winning device 65 is executed (S138). A round command indicating the number of newly started rounds is set (generated) (S139).

On the other hand, when it is determined that it is not the start timing of a new round (S137: No), it is determined whether the closing condition of the large opening in the first variable winning device 65 is satisfied (S140). When it is determined that the closing condition of the large opening of the first variable winning device 65 is satisfied (S140: Yes), a process of closing the large opening of the first variable winning device 65 is executed (S141).

On the other hand, when it is determined that the closing condition of the large opening in the first variable winning device 65 is not satisfied (S140: No), it is determined whether it is the start timing of the ending effect (S142). When it is determined that it is the start timing of the ending effect (S142: Yes), the ending command is set (generated) (S143).

On the other hand, if it is determined that it is not the start timing of the ending effect (S142: No), it is determined whether the jackpot game is over (S144). When it is determined that the jackpot game has ended (S144: Yes), the end of the jackpot game is set (S145). It is determined whether it was a probable change jackpot (S146). The determination of whether or not it was a probability variation jackpot was an opportunity to execute the jackpot game, and the lottery result is determined to be a 15R probability variation jackpot or a 2R probability variation jackpot.

If it is determined that the probability variation jackpot was (S146: Yes), the probability variation flag 203m is set to ON (S147). On the other hand, if it is determined that the jackpot game is in progress (S144: No), or if it is determined that the jackpot is not a probabilistic jackpot (S146: No), this process is terminated.

In this way, when the jackpot game starts, the fluctuation start time in each holding area starting from the jackpot game is updated. Therefore, even when the frame button 22 is operated by the player during the jackpot game, the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 can also be generated by generating a sort data command based on the updated fluctuation start time. , Subsequent sort The data in the hold storage area 223k can be updated to sort the hold symbol display in the order in which the fluctuation after the jackpot game starts.

Further, it is determined whether the first special symbol or the second special symbol is temporarily stopped, and if the temporary stop is performed, the holding of the special symbol is waited for after the remaining fluctuation time has elapsed. By calculating the fluctuation start time as a starting point, it is possible to calculate a more accurate fluctuation start time and generate a sort data command. Therefore, the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 can rearrange the reserved symbol display in the order of starting more accurate variation based on the variation start time indicated by the rearrangement data command.

With reference to FIG. 62, the main process (S1400) executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 will be described in the seventh embodiment. FIG. 62 is a flowchart showing this main process (FIG. 62, S1400). The main process of the seventh embodiment (FIG. 62, S1400) replaces the command determination process (FIG. 36, S1414) with respect to the main process of the first embodiment (FIG. 35, S1400), and the command determination process 2 (FIG. 63, S1470) has been added. Each process of S1401 to S1413 in the seventh embodiment executes the same process as each process of S1401 to S1413 in the first embodiment. When the process of S1413 is completed, the command determination process 2 (FIG. 63, S1470) is executed.

With reference to FIG. 62, the command determination process 2 (S1470), which is one of the main processes (FIG. 62, S1400) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113, will be described in the seventh embodiment. FIG. 63 is a flowchart showing the command determination process 2 (S1470). The command determination process 2 (FIG. 63, S1470) is executed in the main process (FIG. 62, S1400) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113, and is for determining a command received from the main control device 110. It is the processing of.

In the command determination process 2 (FIG. 63, S1470) of the seventh embodiment, the processes of S1520 and S1521 are added to the command determination process (FIG. 36, S1414) of the first embodiment. The processes of S1501 to S1518 in the seventh embodiment are the same as the processes of S1501 to S1518 in the first embodiment. If it is determined in the process of S1517 that the first or second special symbol change restart command has not been received (S1517: No), the process of S1520 is executed.

In the process of S1520, it is determined whether or not the sort data command output by the main control device 110 has been received. When it is determined that the sort data command has been received (S1520: Yes), the data in the variable start time storage area 223k5 of the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k is updated based on the received sort data command. Here, the sort data command is data indicating the recalculated fluctuation start time. It should be noted that the sort data command is not limited to the configuration of the present embodiment, and may be naturally generated based on each data of the sort hold storage area 203u. On the other hand, if it is determined that the sort data command has not been received (S1520: No), processing according to the other commands is executed (S1519).

Although the description is omitted in the present embodiment, when the game ball wins a prize in the first starting port 63a or the second starting port 63b during the jackpot game, the first look-ahead process executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 (FIG. In S923 of 25, S907) or S942 of the second look-ahead process (FIG. 27, S914), the fluctuation start time starting from the end of the big hit game is calculated.

In this way, when the jackpot game is started, the fluctuation start time record of each hold is recalculated starting from the end of the jackpot game, output to the voice lamp control device 113 as a sort data command, and the subordinate sort hold storage. Since the value of the variable start time storage area 223k5 of each reserved area in the area 223k is also updated, the reserved symbol display can be sorted in the order of the variable start even if the jackpot game is set as the sortable period.

Further, even if a game ball wins a prize in the first starting port 63a or the second starting port 63b during the jackpot game, the winning command transmits data indicating the fluctuation start time after the jackpot game ends, so that the voice lamp control device The 113 can also sort the newly held reserved symbol display in the order of the start of fluctuation based on the operation of the frame button 22. Therefore, even during the jackpot game, which tends to be monotonous, the player can perform an operation of rearranging the reserved symbol display, and can enjoy the game by rearranging the reserved symbol display.

Normally, in the case of a 15R probability variation jackpot or a 15R normal jackpot, a relatively long fluctuation pattern is selected. Therefore, for the hold established at the same start ports 63a and 63b as the hold that becomes a big hit, the variable display start time is delayed. Therefore, there may be a case where the variable display start time is earlier for the hold with a later establishment order that occurs at the start ports 63a and 63b, which is different from the hold that is a big hit. In such a case, when the reserved symbols are rearranged, the reserved symbols with a later establishment order are displayed by interrupting before the reserved symbols with an earlier establishment order (on the reserved symbol display area Ds1 side). To.

Therefore, even during the jackpot, the player operates the frame button 22 to rearrange the reserved symbols display, so that the interrupted symbols among the reserved symbols displayed before the reserved symbols displayed by interrupting are interrupted. It is possible to expect that the hold generated by winning a prize at the starting ports 63a and 63b, which is different from the hold symbol displayed in, may be a big hit.

In this way, the player operates the frame button 22 during the jackpot, and there is a hold that becomes a jackpot in the hold symbol display, and the player expects that the order will change depending on whether or not the jackpot can be continuously obtained. You can operate the frame button, and you can increase the fun during the jackpot game.

Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the eighth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 64 to 72. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment described above, when the game ball wins a prize in the first starting port 63a or the second starting port 63b, the first look-ahead process (FIGS. 25, 907) executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 or In the second look-ahead process (FIG. 27, S914), the winning commands are numbered in the order of the fluctuation start time, and the winning command indicating the order is output to the voice lamp control device 113b, and the sorting is executed based on the order. I explained the case.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the eighth embodiment, the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 has a first look-ahead process (FIG. 25) even if a game ball wins a prize in the first starting port 63a or the second starting port 63b. , 907) or the second look-ahead process (FIG. 27, S914), a winning command is generated for various counter values acquired based on the winning, without numbering in the order of fluctuation start. Upon receiving the winning command, the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 calculates the fluctuation start time based on each counter value indicated by the winning command, assigns the fluctuation start order, and operates the frame button 22. Based on what has been done, the reserved symbol display is rearranged in that order.

That is, the pachinko machine 10 in the eighth embodiment is different from the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment in the following points. In the eighth embodiment, the MPU221 of the voice lamp control device 113 calculates and numbers the fluctuation start order based on the received winning command, thereby executing the rearrangement of the reserved symbol display. It differs from the pachinko machine 10 in the form.

Other configurations, other processes executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, various processes executed by the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111, various processes executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113, and a display control device. The various processes executed by the MPU 231 of the 114 are the same as those of the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment. Hereinafter, the same elements as those in the first embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 64 is a diagram schematically showing a part of ROM 222 in the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 of the pachinko machine 10 in the eighth embodiment. The ROM 222 in the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 is provided with a jackpot random number table 222a, a jackpot type table 222b, a special hit variation pattern table 222c, and a special deviation variation pattern table 222d. Since each of these tables is the same as the jackpot random number table 202a, the jackpot type table 202b, the special hit variation pattern table 202d, and the special deviation variation pattern table 202e provided in the ROM 202 of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110. , The explanation is omitted.

Further, in the eighth embodiment, the rearrangement hold storage area 203u of the RAM 203 in the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 is deleted. This is not shown here.

As described above, the ROM 222 of the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 also stores each table in the same manner as the ROM 203 of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110. Therefore, as will be described later, the winning command from the main control device 110 indicates. Based on each counter value, before the special symbol corresponding to the reserved symbol display starts to change, the jackpot is judged and the fluctuation pattern is selected in advance, the fluctuation start time is calculated, and the special symbols are arranged in the order in which the fluctuation starts. The variation start order can be numbered based on the variation start time so that it can be replaced. Therefore, the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 does not need to execute each control process for determining the fluctuation start order in advance, and the control load can be reduced.

The timer interrupt process executed by the MPU 201 of the main controller 110 in the eighth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 65. FIG. 65 is a flowchart showing this timer interrupt process. The timer interrupt process of the eighth embodiment is different from the timer interrupt process of the first embodiment (FIG. 14) in that the start prize process 3 (FIG. 66, S150) is replaced with the start prize process (FIG. 24, S108). Has been added.

With reference to FIG. 66, the start winning process 3 (S150), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (FIG. 65) executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, will be described in the eighth embodiment. FIG. 66 is a flowchart showing the start winning process 3 (FIG. 66, S150). The start winning process 3 (FIG. 66, S150) of the eighth embodiment replaces the first look-ahead process (FIG. 25, S907) with respect to the start winning process (FIG. 24, S108) of the first embodiment. The look-ahead process 2 (FIG. 67, S1050) is replaced with the second look-ahead process (FIG. 27, S914), and the second look-ahead process 2 (S1060) is added.

With reference to FIG. 67, regarding the first look-ahead process 2 (FIG. 67, S1050), which is one process of the start winning process 3 (FIG. 66, S150) executed by the MPU 201 of the main controller 110 in the eighth embodiment. explain. FIG. 67 is a flowchart showing the first look-ahead process 2 (FIG. 67, S1050). In the first look-ahead process 2 (FIG. 67, S1050) of the eighth embodiment, each counter value acquired based on the fact that the game ball has won a prize in the first start opening in the start winning process 3 (FIG. 66, S150). It is a process for generating a winning command based on.

In the first look-ahead process 2 (FIG. 67, S1050), first, in the start winning process 3 (FIG. 66, S150), each counter value (random number per special hit) newly stored in the first special symbol reserved ball storage area 203a is performed. The counter C1, the special hit type counter C2, the fluctuation type counter CS1, and the fluctuation pattern determination counter C4) are read out (S1051).

A winning command is generated based on each counter value (value read in S1051) newly stored in the first special symbol holding ball storage area 203a (S1052). This winning command indicates each counter value, and the voice lamp control device 113 is a command that can determine the winning order based on this winning command.

Further, regarding the second look-ahead process 2 (S1060), since the first is only changed to the second in the first look-ahead process 2 (FIG. 67, S1050), the illustration and detailed description thereof are omitted. do.

As described above, the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 determines the jackpot, selects the fluctuation pattern, calculates the fluctuation start time, and starts the fluctuation based on the acquired counter value in the first look-ahead process 2 (FIG. 67, S1050). Since the ordering and the like are not performed, the control load of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 can be reduced.

Further, in the present embodiment, the winning command is generated only for the newly established hold, but the present invention is not limited to this, and for all the holds stored in the first special symbol hold ball storage area 203a. It may be configured to be generated again. With this configuration, the MPU 201 of the voice lamp control device 113 can update all the data in the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k every time the game ball wins, and the data is corrupted due to noise or the like. Even in this case, it is possible to perform processing such as sorting by updating.

The main process (S1400) executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 will be described with reference to FIG. 68. FIG. 68 is a flowchart showing this main process (FIG. 68, S1400). The main process of the eighth embodiment (FIG. 68, S1400) replaces the command determination process (FIG. 36, S1414) with respect to the main process of the first embodiment (FIG. 35, S1400), and the command determination process 3 (FIG. 69, S1490), instead of the hold sorting process (FIGS. 40, S1413), the hold sorting process 3 (FIG. 70, S1480) is added, respectively.

With reference to FIG. 69, the command determination process 3 (S1490), which is one of the main processes (FIG. 68, S1400) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113, will be described in the eighth embodiment. FIG. 69 is a flowchart showing the command determination process 3 (S1490). In the command determination process 3 (FIG. 69, S1490) of the eighth embodiment, the process of S1530 is added to the command determination process (FIG. 36, S1414) of the first embodiment in place of the processes of S1513 and S1514. There is. As for other processes, the same processes as those of the command determination process (FIG. 36, S1414) of the first embodiment are executed.

In the command determination process 3 (FIG. 69, S1490) of the eighth embodiment, it is determined whether or not the winning command output from the main control device 110 has been received (S1512). When it is determined that the winning command has been received (S1512: Yes), each counter value (special winning random number counter C1, special winning type counter C2, variation type counter CS1, variation pattern determination counter C4) is obtained from the received winning command. ) Is extracted and stored in the other memory area 223m in the RAM 223 of the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 (S1530). Here, in the other memory area, the winning order indicated by the winning command (the winning order in which the first starting port 63a and the second starting port 63b are combined) is identifiablely stored for each counter value. On the other hand, if it is determined that the winning command has not been received (S1512: No), the process of S1517 is executed. Since the subsequent processing has already been described in the first embodiment, it will be omitted.

In this embodiment, each counter value extracted from the winning command is stored in the other memory area 223m, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the counter value is configured to be stored in the corresponding holding area of the subordinate sort hold storage area 223m. May be good. With this configuration, the winning order of each counter value can be determined by the holding area, and the amount of data to be stored can be reduced.

With reference to FIG. 70, the hold sorting process 3 (S1480), which is one of the main processes (FIG. 68, S1400) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113, will be described in the eighth embodiment. FIG. 70 is a flowchart showing the hold sorting process 3 (S1480). In the hold sorting process 3 (FIG. 70, S1490) of the eighth embodiment, the processes of S1811 and S1812 are added to the hold sorting process (FIG. 40, S1413) of the first embodiment. As for other processes, the same processes as the hold sorting process (FIG. 40, S1413) of the first embodiment are executed.

In the hold sorting process 3 (FIG. 70, S1480), first, in the command determination process 3 (FIG. 69, S1490), a winning command is received, and each counter value is stored in the other memory area 223m (that is,). It is determined whether the winning command has been received) (S1811). If it is determined that the winning command has been received (S1811: Yes), the hold sorting order determination process (FIG. 71, S1812) is executed. The pending sort order determination process (FIG. 71, S1812) will be described in detail later, but is a process for determining the variable start order of the pending symbol display based on each counter value indicated by the received winning command. .. On the other hand, if it is determined that the winning command has not been received (S1811: No), the process of S1801 is executed. Since the process from S1801 is the same as the process from S1801 of the hold sorting process (FIG. 40, S1413) of the first embodiment, detailed description thereof will be omitted.

With reference to FIG. 71, in the eighth embodiment, the hold sort order determination process (S1812), which is one of the hold sort processes 3 (FIG. 70, S1480) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113. Will be explained. FIG. 71 is a flowchart showing the hold sorting order determination process 3 (S1812). The hold sorting order determination process 3 (FIG. 71, S1812) of the eighth embodiment is a process for determining the variation start order based on each counter value indicated by the winning command.

In the hold sorting order determination process (FIG. 71, S1812), first, each counter value (special hit random number counter C1, special hit type counter C2, stored in the other memory area 223 m of the RAM 223 in the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113, The variation type counter CS1 and the variation pattern determination counter C4) are read out (S1821).

The read data is rearranged and stored in the holding area corresponding to the winning order indicated by the winning command in the holding storage area 223k (in the present embodiment, the winning commands are output in the winning order, so that among the vacant storage areas, the winning commands are stored. It may be stored in the area with the smallest winning order). The variation display start time at which the variation display based on the newly stored reserved data (counter value) is started is calculated (S1822).

As shown in FIG. 12, the fluctuation start time is the first special symbol and the second special symbol in the variable display corresponding to the newly stored reserved data (in the case of the reserved data based on the first starting port 63a, the first special symbol and the second symbol). If the reserved data is based on the special symbol 63b, the remaining fluctuation time of the second special symbol) and the previously stored reserved data are determined based on the same starting ports 63a and 63b as the newly stored reserved data. It is calculated by adding each of the fluctuation times. Here, the remaining variable time is determined based on the secondary variable time storage area 223i or the secondary variable time storage area 223j.

Here, each of the reserved data stored earlier based on the same start port as the newly stored hold data is the first if the newly stored hold data is the hold data based on the first start port 63a. If the reserved data based on the first starting port 63a (corresponding to the first special symbol) stored in, while the newly stored reserved data is the reserved data based on the second starting port 63b, it is stored first. It is the reserved data (corresponding to the second special symbol) based on the second starting port 63b.

When the variation display start time is calculated, the order after sorting is renumbered in the order of the earliest variation display start time of all the reserved data stored in the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k (S1823). Here, regarding the renumbering of the variable display start time, in the present embodiment, all the reserved data are renumbered, but the renumbering is not limited to this, and the case where the variable display start order is switched from the previous time, that is, , If the variable display start order of newly stored pending data is interrupted by the variable display start order of the previously stored pending data, it is natural to configure it so that only the changed order is renumbered. good.

The gaming state at the start of the fluctuation is determined to be a high-probability gaming state (probability variable gaming state) (S1824). Here, by the time the special symbol corresponding to the newly established hold starts to fluctuate, the special symbol whose fluctuation is stopped and confirmed is determined, and the gaming state at the start of the fluctuation is determined.

When it is determined that the gaming state at the start of the fluctuation is a high-probability gaming state (S1824: Yes), the first special symbol is based on the jackpot determination value of the special symbol jackpot random number table 202a for the high-probability time. Is predicted, and the determination result is stored in the hit / miss determination result storage area 223k1 of the hold area of the corresponding subordinate sort hold storage area 223k (S1825). On the other hand, when the gaming state at the start of fluctuation is determined to be a low-probability gaming state (normal gaming state) (S1824: No), the game state is set to the jackpot determination value of the special symbol jackpot random number table 202a for low probability. Based on this, the hit / fail of the first special symbol is predicted, and the determination result is stored in the hit / miss determination result storage area 223k1 of the hold area of the corresponding subordinate sort hold storage area 223k (S1826).

Next, the pending sort storage area update process (FIG. 72) is executed (S1827). The subordinate sort storage area update process (FIG. 72, S1827) will be described in detail later, but is based on the result of determining whether or not the hold data is stored in the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k in the order in which the variable display is actually started. Then, the jackpot type (whether or not it is probable) and the fluctuation pattern (variation time) are determined based on each counter value and stored (updated).

Next, with reference to FIG. 72, a subordinate hold sort storage area update process (S1827), which is one process of the hold sort order determination process (FIG. 71, S1812), will be described. FIG. 72 is a flowchart showing the subordinate hold sort hold storage area update process (S1827).

In the pending sort reserved storage area update process (FIG. 72, S1827), first, it is determined whether the hit / fail determination result predicted by the process of S1825 or S1826 in the hold sort order determination process (FIG. 71, S1812) is a big hit. (S1831). If it is determined that the hit / fail judgment result predicted by the process of S1825 or S1826 in the hold sort order determination process (FIG. 71, S1812) is a jackpot (S1831: Yes), the predicted jackpot is a probability variation jackpot (15R probability variation). It is determined whether it was a jackpot or a second R probability variation jackpot) (S1832). When it is determined that the predicted jackpot is a probability variation jackpot (S1832: Yes), the slave read-ahead probability variation flag 223k6 of the slave sort hold storage area 223k corresponding to the newly stored pending data is set to ON (S1832: Yes). S1833). The look-ahead probability change flag 223k6 is set to off when the data is shifted and stored in the upper hold area because the data in the hold area before the shift is cleared to 0. That is, the read-ahead probability change flag 223k6 once set to ON is shifted in order in the holding area, and is overwritten (cleared to 0) when the next new data is shifted in the changing data storage area. Set to off.

On the other hand, if it is determined that the predicted jackpot is not a probabilistic jackpot (that is, it is a 15R normal jackpot) (S1832: No), the process of S1834 is executed.

From the special hit fluctuation pattern table 222c corresponding to the game state (whether the probability change or the time reduction is in progress) at the start of the fluctuation display, the special hit type counter C2 and the fluctuation pattern determination counter C3 of the newly stored reserved data are used. , The fluctuation pattern determined at the start of the fluctuation display is predicted based on the value of the fluctuation type counter CS1 (S1834).

On the other hand, if it is determined that the hit / fail determination result predicted by the process of S1825 or S1826 in the hold sorting order determination process (FIG. 71, S1812) is incorrect (S1831: No), the gaming state at the start of the variation display From the special deviation variation pattern table 222d corresponding to (whether the probability variation or the time reduction is in progress), the variation display starts based on the values of the variation pattern determination counter C3 and the variation type counter CS1 of the newly stored pending data. A variation pattern that is sometimes determined is predicted (S1835).

The predicted pass / fail, stop type, and fluctuation pattern are stored in the corresponding storage areas (corresponding to the newly stored hold data) of the hold area corresponding to the winning order of the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k (S1836). ). The variable display start order of the reserved data newly stored in the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k is determined by interrupting (changing the order) with the previously stored variable display start order (S1837). ). The variable display start order of the pending data newly stored in the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k is determined to be stored by interrupting the previously stored variable display start order (in a different order). (S1837: Yes) predicts and updates the hit / fail, stop type, and fluctuation pattern again for the hold data after the change display start order of the newly stored hold data (S1838).

In this way, in the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113, the hit / fail determination, the selection of the variation pattern, and the determination of the rearrangement order (variation start order) are performed based on each counter value indicated by the winning command output by the main control device 110. Since each is performed, the control load of the main control device 110 can be reduced. Therefore, even when the processing such as winning the game ball to the first starting port 63a or the second starting port 63b and selecting the variation pattern is concentrated, the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 surely executes the processing. Can be done.

Further, since the winning command output from the main control device 110 only indicates each counter value, it is difficult to determine whether the determination is a big hit even if the command is intercepted by a hanging board or the like. Yes, fraud can be suppressed.

Further, since the amount of data of the winning command output by the main control device 110 can be configured to be small, the burden of sending and receiving commands between the main control device 110 and the voice lamp control device 113 can be reduced, and the transmission and reception of commands can be reduced. The time required for this can be shortened.

Further, if the value of each counter value is backed up by the voice lamp control device 113, the main control device 110 does not need to output each counter value again even when the power is restored from the time when the power is turned off, and the pachinko machine 10 can be used. The startup time when the power is turned on can be shortened.

In the present embodiment, each time the game is held, it is determined whether the order of the change start is changed (interrupted in the order and stored), and the game state (high probability or low probability) at the start of the change is determined again. ), But the hit / fail judgment is executed in advance, but not limited to that, if there is a hit in the hold, the hold that is a hit among the holds that were established later is established first. It may be configured so that the fluctuation does not stop before the hold of the hit. With such a configuration, the game state at the start of the change does not change depending on the order of the start of the change, it is not necessary to repeat the hit / fail determination in advance, and the control load in the game can be reduced.

Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the ninth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 73 to 78. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment described above, a case has been described in which the game balls are configured to be alternately distributed to the first starting port 63a and the second starting port 63b by the distribution winning device 630.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the ninth embodiment, when the game ball next enters the distribution winning device 630, the game ball is directed to either the first starting port 63a or the second starting port 63b. A winning notification lamp 660 is provided to notify whether the operation is to be distributed.

That is, the pachinko machine 10 in the ninth embodiment differs from the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment in the following points. The ninth embodiment is different from the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment in that when a game ball enters the distribution winning device 630, it is notified whether the game ball is distributed to the first starting port 63a or the second starting port 63b. do.

Other configurations, other processes executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, various processes executed by the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111, various processes executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113, and a display control device. The various processes executed by the MPU 231 of the 114 are the same as those of the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment. Hereinafter, the same elements as those in the first embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

The distribution winning device 630 provided on the game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10 in the ninth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 73 and 74. In the distribution winning device 630 according to the ninth embodiment, a winning notification lamp 660 is added to the front side of the distribution winning device 630 that can be visually recognized by the player of the first embodiment. The winning notification lamp 660 is a lamp for notifying whether the game ball is distributed to the first starting port 63a or the second starting port 63b when the game ball enters the distribution winning device 630.

As shown in FIG. 73B, the winning notification lamp 660 is composed of a left route winning notification lamp 660a and a right route winning notification lamp 660b. The left route winning notification lamp 660a is in a state in which the passive distribution member 640 rotates in the clockwise direction in the front view, and the accommodating portion 640a is arranged at a position where the game ball entered in the distribution winning device 630 can be received. (That is, it is controlled to light up when the game ball is guided to the first starting port 63a).

Further, the right route winning notification lamp 660b is arranged at a position where the passive distribution member 640 rotates in the counterclockwise direction in the front view and the accommodating portion 640b can receive the game ball entered in the distribution winning device 630. It is controlled to light up when it is in a state (that is, a state in which a game ball is guided to the second starting port 63b).

The distribution winning device 630 is provided with a rotation angle sensor 670 for detecting the rotation of the passive distribution member 640 on the rotation shaft portion of the passive distribution member 640, and detects the rotation angle when the passive distribution member 640 rotates. It is configured in. The rotation angle sensor 670 is set so that the position where the passive distribution member 640 is rotated at the position where the magnet 640c provided on the passive distribution member 640 and the base side magnet 900a overlap is the origin (rotation angle 0 degrees). ing. When the passive distribution member 640 rotates clockwise from the origin position (see FIG. 74 (a)), the rotation angle becomes positive, and conversely, the passive distribution member 640 rotates counterclockwise from the origin position (see FIG. 74 (a)). It is set so that when it rotates to a)), it becomes a negative rotation angle.

Here, the position where the passive distribution member 640 is rotated to the position where the magnet 640c of the passive distribution member 640 and the base side magnet 900a overlap is the origin position of the rotation angle sensor 670, so that the magnet 640c and the base side magnet 900a are used. Since the passive distribution member 640 does not stop at this origin position because it is arranged by the repulsive magnetic poles, it stops at the position rotated in either the left or right direction of the front view, and the rotation angle sensor is positive. It can be a value of or a negative value. Therefore, if the value of the rotation angle sensor 670 is a positive value, it can be determined that the passive distribution member 640 is in a position where the game ball can be guided to the first starting port 63a. On the other hand, if the value of the rotation angle sensor 670 is a negative value, it can be determined that the passive distribution member 640 is in a position where the game ball can be guided to the second starting port 63b. Therefore, by controlling the lighting of the winning notification lamp 660 based on the determination result, when the player enters the distribution winning device 630 next time, the game ball becomes the first starting port 63a and the second starting port 63b. It is possible to determine in advance which one will be distributed.

Further, since the position where the passive distribution member 640 stops is a position where the rotation angle sensor 670 has a negative or positive value (that is, other than the origin), the left route winning notification lamp 660a or the right of the winning notification lamp 660 is always used. The route winning notification lamp 660b is turned on, and the player can always be notified of the winning route.

In this way, when a game ball enters the distribution winning device 630, it is possible to determine in advance whether the game ball is distributed to the first start port 63a or the second start port 63b. Therefore, for example, the first start When the number of reserved balls corresponding to the mouth 63a is the maximum number of times (4 in the present embodiment) and the number of reserved balls corresponding to the second starting port 63b is 3, which is one less than the maximum number of times (3 in the present embodiment). Next, if the game ball enters the distribution winning device 630 and is distributed to the first starting port 63a, an overflow will occur and the game ball will be wasted. If it is not known whether the game ball is distributed to the first start port 63a or the second start port 63b, there will always be a problem that the game ball cannot be launched.

However, in the present embodiment, the winning notification lamp 660 allows the player to know in advance whether the first starting port 63a or the second starting port 63b is to be sorted next, so that if an overflow occurs. Only when it is determined, the launch of the game ball can be stopped and the game can be played efficiently.

Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG. 75. FIG. 75 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10. A prize notification lamp 660 and rotation sensors 670 are added to the main control device 110. The winning notification lamp 660 is connected via an input / output port so that lighting control is performed based on a command from the MPU 201 of the main control device 110. Further, the rotation angle sensor 670 is connected so that the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 can acquire the value of the rotation angle sensor 670 via the input / output port.

With reference to FIG. 76, the timer interrupt process executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 will be described in the ninth embodiment. FIG. 76 is a flowchart showing this timer interrupt process. The timer interrupt process of the ninth embodiment is different from the timer interrupt process of the first embodiment (FIG. 14) in that the start prize process 4 (FIG. 77, S160) is replaced with the start prize process (FIG. 24, S108). Has been added.

With reference to FIG. 77, the start winning process 4 (S160), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (FIG. 76) executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, will be described in the ninth embodiment. FIG. 77 is a flowchart showing the start winning process 4 (FIG. 77, S160). In the start winning process 4 (FIG. 77, S160) of the ninth embodiment, the winning route notification process (FIG. 78, S1070) is added to the start winning process (FIG. 24, S108) of the first embodiment. .. Each process of S901 to S914 in the ninth embodiment executes the same process as each process of S901 to S914 in the first embodiment.

With reference to FIG. 78, a winning route notification process (FIG. 78, S1070), which is one process of the starting winning process 4 (FIG. 77, S160) executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, will be described in the ninth embodiment. do. FIG. 78 is a flowchart showing this winning route notification process (FIG. 78, S1070). The winning route notification process (FIG. 78, S1070) of the ninth embodiment distributes to either the first starting port 63a or the second starting port 63b when the game ball next enters the distribution winning device 630. It is a process for executing the lighting control for notifying whether or not the lighting is performed.

In the winning route notification process (FIG. 78, S1070), first, it is determined whether the rotation angle sensor 670 has a positive value (that is, whether the game ball is guided to the first starting port) (S1071). ). When the value of the rotation angle sensor 670 is determined to be a positive value (S1071: Yes), the left route winning notification lamp 660a is controlled to be lit (S1072). On the other hand, when the rotation angle sensor is determined to have a negative value (S1071: No), the right route winning notification lamp 660b is controlled to be lit (S1073).

In this way, by determining the state of the passive distribution member 640 based on the value of the rotation angle sensor 670, when the game ball next wins the distribution winning device 630, the first start port 63a and the second start port 63b It is possible to accurately determine which one is to be distributed, and the player can be notified of accurate information.

In this embodiment, the notification is performed by a lamp, but the notification is not limited to this, and the notification may be performed by voice or the like, and the third symbol display device 81 is configured to notify by characters, symbols, or the like. You may. With such a configuration, it is possible to notify the player in an easy-to-understand manner. Further, if the third symbol display device 81 is notified by characters, symbols, or the like, the player can confirm the winning route of the distribution winning device 630 while visually recognizing the variable display of the special symbol, which makes it easier to play the game. ..

Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the tenth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 79 to 81. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the ninth embodiment described above, the state of the passive distribution member of the distribution winning device 630 is determined by the rotation angle sensor 670, and the game ball is assigned to either the first start port 63a or the second start port 63b. The case of determining whether or not the distribution is possible has been described.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the tenth embodiment, when the game ball wins in the first starting port 63a, the distribution winning device 630 is in a state of guiding the game ball to the second starting port 63b. When the game ball wins in the second starting port 63b, the distribution winning device 630 determines that the game ball is in a state of guiding the game ball to the first starting port 63a.

That is, the pachinko machine 10 in the tenth embodiment is different from the pachinko machine 10 in the ninth embodiment in the following points. In the tenth embodiment, when the game ball wins the distribution winning device 630 based on the winning of the first starting opening 63a or the second starting opening 63b, which of the first starting opening 63a and the second starting opening 63b is won. It is different from the pachinko machine 10 in the ninth embodiment in that it determines whether or not the pachinko machines are distributed to.

Other configurations, other processes executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, various processes executed by the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111, various processes executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113, and a display control device. The various processes executed by the MPU 231 of the 114 are the same as those of the pachinko machine 10 in the ninth embodiment. Hereinafter, the same elements as those in the ninth embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG. 79. FIG. 79 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10. In the pachinko machine 10 of the tenth embodiment, each rotation sensor 670 is deleted with respect to the pachinko machine 10 of the ninth embodiment. Other configurations are the same as those of the ninth embodiment.

With reference to FIG. 80, the timer interrupt process executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 will be described in the tenth embodiment. FIG. 80 is a flowchart showing this timer interrupt process. The timer interrupt process of the tenth embodiment is different from the timer interrupt process of the ninth embodiment (FIG. 76) in that the start prize process 5 (FIG. 81, S170) is replaced with the start prize process 4 (FIG. 77, S160). ) Has been added.

With reference to FIG. 81, the start winning process 5 (S170), which is one process of the timer interrupt process (FIG. 80) executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, will be described in the tenth embodiment. FIG. 81 is a flowchart showing the start winning process 5 (FIG. 81, S170). In the start winning process 5 (FIG. 81, S170) of the tenth embodiment, the winning route notification process (FIG. 78, S1070) is deleted from the start winning process 4 (FIG. 77, S160) of the ninth embodiment. The processing of S1080 and S1090 has been added. Each process of S901 to S914 in the tenth embodiment is executed the same process as each process of S901 to S914 in the ninth embodiment.

When it is determined whether or not the game ball has won the first starting port 63a (S901: Yes), the lighting control for turning on the right route winning notification lamp is executed (S1080). Here, since the distribution winning device 630 is configured to alternately distribute the game ball to the first starting port 63a and the second starting port 63b, it is detected that the game ball has won a prize in the first starting port 63a. In this case, it can be determined that the game ball that has entered next is in a state of being distributed to the second starting port 63b by the distribution winning device 630. By configuring in this way, it is possible to predict and determine the state of the passive distribution member 640 without detecting the state of the passive distribution member 640, and it is necessary to provide a sensor or the like for detecting the state. The configuration can be simplified without any. Similarly, when the game ball wins the second starting port 63b (S908: Yes), the lighting control for lighting the left route winning notification lamp is executed (S1090).

In this way, every time the game ball wins in the first start port 63a or the second start port 63b, the lighting display of the prize notification lamp 660 is switched, so that the player wins the game ball in the distribution winning device 630. In this case, it is possible to confirm in advance whether the first starting port 63a or the second starting port 63b is in a state of being distributed, and when a game ball is inserted, the ball does not become a reserved ball. You can play the game by determining whether it will overflow.

In the present embodiment, the passive distribution member 640 has a mechanism of rotating when it comes into contact with the game ball, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the passive distribution member 640 may be configured to be movable by a motor, a solenoid, or the like.

In such a configuration, the passive distribution member 640 is moved (rotated) so as to be distributed alternately to the first starting port 63a and the second starting port 63b. Further, when the passive distribution member 640 is moved by a motor, a solenoid, or the like, the state of the holding ball between the first special symbol and the second special symbol is determined, and the first special symbol corresponding to the one with less holding is used. Movable control may be made so as to distribute to the starting port 63a or the second starting port 63b. With this configuration, it is possible to prevent an overflow that exceeds the upper limit of the number of reserved balls in one special symbol, and evenly limit the number of times for the first special symbol and the second special symbol. Can be put on hold.

Further, when the passive distribution member 640 is moved by a motor, a solenoid, or the like, the boundary wall between the accommodating portion 640a and the accommodating portion 640b of the passive distribution member 640 is formed when an error or fraud (abnormal winning, etc.) is detected in the game. , The game ball is moved so as to be at a position on the center line between the blade 64a and the blade 64b of the ordinary electric accessory 64 (that is, the position where the magnet 640c and the base side magnet 900a overlap), and the game ball is the first starting port. It may be configured to prevent the 63a and the second starting port 63b from winning a prize. With this configuration, it is possible to control the pachinko machine 10 so that the lottery game is not performed when the pachinko machine 10 is fraudulent or the like, and it is possible to reduce the damage on the game store side.

Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the eleventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 82 (a) and 82 (b) to 84. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment described above, when the power is cut off, the data of the RAM 203 in the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 and the data of the RAM 223 in the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 are backed up (backup from the power supply device 115). Data is retained by supplying power). Then, when the power is turned on again in the pachinko machine 10, it is confirmed whether each data of the RAM 23 and the RAM 223 is destroyed, and if it is not destroyed, the data is loaded (used) as it is and the power is turned off. The case of returning from the state immediately before and starting the game was explained.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the eleventh embodiment, the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 is reserved for sorting in the start-up process (FIG. 83) executed when the power is turned on to the pachinko machine 10. Based on each data in the storage area 203u, a sort / return data command is generated and output to the voice lamp control device 113. On the other hand, the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 compares the data indicated by the sort return data command with the data of the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k of the RAM 223, and if they match, the data is returned as it is and the game is played. If they do not match, the data in each hold area of the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k is updated to the data indicated by the sort return data command, and the game is started.

That is, the pachinko machine 10 in the eleventh embodiment is different from the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment in the following points. In the eleventh embodiment, the first embodiment is to collate each data of the sort hold storage area 203u backed up at the time of turning on the power and the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k, and execute a process of checking whether or not they match. It differs from the pachinko machine 10 in the form.

Other configurations, other processes executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, various processes executed by the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111, various processes executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113, and a display control device. The various processes executed by the MPU 231 of the 114 are the same as those of the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment. Hereinafter, the same elements as those in the first embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

82 (a) and 82 (b) are diagrams schematically showing the display area of the third symbol display device 81 of the pachinko machine 10 in the eleventh embodiment. FIG. 82 (a) is a diagram showing an example when the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, the reserved symbols immediately before the power is turned off are displayed in the order of establishment, and the pachinko machine 10 is restored. In the upper display area Dm, the characters "holding is being displayed in the order of establishment" are displayed, indicating that the reserved symbols are displayed in the order of establishment. This character is displayed until the game is restarted and the newly established reserved symbol display is displayed. The details will be described later, but when the hold symbol display immediately before the power is turned off is displayed in the order of establishment and returns, the sort hold storage area 203u in the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 and the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 are displayed. This is the time when the data with the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k of the RAM 223 in the above are collated and do not match.

FIG. 82 (b) is a diagram showing an example when the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, the reserved symbols immediately before the power is turned off are displayed in the order of the start of fluctuation, and the pachinko machine 10 is restored. In the upper display area Dm, the characters "holding is being displayed in the order of variable start" are displayed, indicating that the reserved symbols are displayed sorted in the order of variable start. This character is displayed until the game is restarted and the newly established reserved symbol display is displayed. The details will be described later, but when the hold symbol display immediately before the power is turned off is displayed in the order of the start of fluctuation and returns, the sort hold storage area 203u in the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 and the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 This is the time when the data with the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k of the RAM 223 in the above are collated and matched.

With this configuration, the game store side, the maintenance and inspection company, and the like can confirm whether or not the data mismatch has occurred for some reason when the pachinko machine 10 is turned on. Further, since the normal display is displayed for the player, it is not possible to know that some trouble has occurred in the pachinko machine 10, and it is possible to prevent the player from having anxiety or doubt.

Further, since the data is collated at the time of the initial setting when the power is turned on to the pachinko machine 10, the pachinko machine 10 can be restored with more accurate holding symbol display. Furthermore, if the data does not match, the data in the sort hold storage area 203u is updated, so the data in the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k should be matched with the data in the sort hold storage area 203u at startup. It is possible to prevent the problem that the wrong reserved symbol display is displayed at the time of recovery.

In the present embodiment, the notification is made by displaying characters in the upper display area Dm of the third symbol display device 81 at the time of return, but the present invention is not limited to this, and voice or the like may be used, or a dedicated lamp or the like may be turned on. It may be configured to display the reserved symbol display in a special display mode (for example, blink it or display it in a special pattern) at the time of returning to notify the user.

In the present embodiment, as in the first embodiment, the RAM 203 in the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 and the RAM 223 in the MPU 221 of the audio lamp control device 113 are the backup power sources (power stored in the capacitor) from the power supply device 115. ) Is supplied even when the power of the pachinko machine 10 is turned off, so that the contents of the RAM 203 and the RAM 223 are maintained for a certain period (1 week in the present embodiment) without being initialized.

The start-up process executed by the MPU 201 of the main controller 110 in the eleventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 83. FIG. 83 is a flowchart showing this start-up process. In the start-up process of the eleventh embodiment (FIG. 83), the process of S1120 is added to the start-up process (FIG. 32) of the first embodiment. Each process of S1101 to S1114 in the eleventh embodiment executes the same process as each process of S1101 to S1114 in the first embodiment.

In the eleventh embodiment, when the process of S1109 or S1112 is executed, the process of S1120 is executed. In the process of S1120, the sort return data command is generated based on each data of each hold area of the sort hold storage area 203u, and is output to the voice lamp control device 113. This sort return data command is generated for each hold area, data indicating each hold area (hold areas 1 to 8) is attached, and each data of each hold area (hit / fail determination result storage area 203u1, jackpot type storage). It is composed of commands indicating an area 203u2, a variation pattern type storage area 203u4, a variation start time storage area 203u5, and a look-ahead probability variation flag 203u5).

In this way, in the start-up process (FIG. 83) that is executed before the power is turned on to the pachinko machine 10 and the normal game (main process (FIG. 33, S1200)) is executed, the sort hold storage area Since the data of 203u is output to the voice lamp control device 113 as a sort return data command, the sort hold storage area 203u of the main control device 110 and the voice lamp control device 113 are set by default when the power is turned on. The data can be collated with the sub-sorted hold storage area 223k, and the data of the sub-sorted hold storage area 223k of the voice lamp control device 113 matches the data of the sort hold storage area 203u of the main control device 110. Can be made to.

Here, for example, even if the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k of the voice lamp control device 113 stores correct data, the data in the sort hold storage area 203u of the main control device 110 is incorrect or initialized. If the power is restored, even if the hold symbol display is displayed based on the data in the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k when the power is restored, there may be a problem that the hold symbol display is erroneously displayed. However, in the present embodiment, when the power is turned on, the data in the rearranged hold storage area 203u of the main control device 110 and the data in the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k of the voice lamp control device 113 are collated. It is possible to prevent various problems.

With reference to FIG. 84, the start-up process executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 will be described in the eleventh embodiment. FIG. 84 is a flowchart showing this start-up process. In the start-up process of the eleventh embodiment (FIG. 84), each process from S1320 to S1325 is added to the start-up process (FIG. 34) of the first embodiment. Each process from S1301 to S1311 in the eleventh embodiment executes the same process as each process from S1301 to S1311 in the first embodiment.

In the start-up process (84) executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 of the eleventh embodiment, when the process of S1131 is executed, the process of S1320 is executed. It is determined whether or not the sort return data command is received from the main control device 110 (S1320). If it is determined that the sort return data command has not been received (S1320: No), this process is repeatedly executed. That is, it is in a state of waiting until the sort return data command is received.

On the other hand, when it is determined that the sort return data command has been received (S1320: Yes), it is determined whether the data in the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k matches the data indicated by the sort return data command. (S1321). If it is determined that the data in the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k and the data indicated by the sort return data command match (S1321: Yes), all the sort flags 223k7 in the hold area in which the data is stored are turned on. Is set to (S1322). Displaying the characters "displaying hold in order of change start" indicating that the hold symbols are displayed in the order of change start is displayed in the left side display area Dm1 of the upper display area Dm of the third symbol display device 81. Is generated and output to the display control device 114 (S1323).

On the other hand, when it is determined that the data in the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k and the data indicated by the sort return data command do not match (S1321: No), the sort return data command output by the main control device 110 is executed. Based on the indicated data, the data in the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k is updated, and the sort flags 223k7 in the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k are all set to off (S1324). It is instructed to display the character "displaying the hold in the order of establishment" indicating that the hold symbol display is displayed in the order of establishment in the left side display area Dm1 of the upper display area Dm of the third symbol display device 81. A display command is generated and output to the display control device 114 (S1325).

In the start-up process (FIG. 83) executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, the process of the wait time (S1102) is executed, so that the start-up process of the voice lamp control device 113 (FIG. 84) is S1311. The main process (S1200) is configured to be executed after the process up to the process and the display control device 114 start-up process (not shown) are completed. Therefore, in the present embodiment, in the start-up process (FIG. 84) executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113, the voice lamp control device 113 is performed before the rearrangement / return data command is output from the main control device 110. In the start-up process (FIG. 84) executed by the MPU 221 of the above, the process of S1320 is executed, and the main control device 110 waits for the rearrangement / return data command to be output.

Therefore, it is possible to prevent the voice lamp control device 113 from missing the rearrangement / return data command. Further, in the start-up process (FIG. 84) executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113, after executing the process of setting the interrupt permission (S1311), the process of receiving the sort return data command and performing the collation is executed. Therefore, even if the main control device 110 starts the main process (FIG. 33, S1200) first and sends a command, it should be performed after executing the process of collating the corresponding process. It is possible to prevent the problem that the control process required for normal games cannot be performed and the game freezes.

In this embodiment, when the RAM 203 of the main control device 110 is initialized by operating the RAM erasing switch (FIGS. 3, 122) when the power is turned on, the rearrangement / recovery data commands are arranged. This command indicates that there is no data in the replacement hold storage area 203u. This command may be substituted with a dedicated initial value setting command or the like.

In the present embodiment, if the collations match, the reserved symbols are displayed in the order of variable start, and if they do not match, the reserved symbols are displayed in the order of establishment, but this is particularly limited. However, if they match, they may be displayed in the order of establishment, and if they do not match, they may be displayed in the order of variable start. In addition, the reserved symbol display is displayed in the state (arranged order) immediately before the power is turned off, and the collation result is displayed in the symbol, characters, and lamp lighting mode by the third symbol display device 81, a dedicated lamp, or the like. It may be configured to notify. With this configuration, even if a momentary power interruption occurs, the state of the reserved symbol display before the power supply is cut off can be restored more accurately, and the game can be played again with peace of mind.

In the present embodiment, in the start-up process executed by the main control device 110, the game state immediately before the main control device 110 is turned off (the game state has a high probability, a low probability, or a short time (high probability of a normal symbol). If it is in the state) or during the time reduction, the number of time reductions (value of the time reduction counter 203k)) is also output as a command. As a result, the voice lamp control device 110 can also determine the gaming state at the time of return, and can perform determination such as sorting.

Next, a modification of the eleventh embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 82 (c) and 85. In the modified example of the eleventh embodiment, when the collation results do not match, the reserved symbol display is displayed as a temporary symbol as shown in FIG. 82 (c).

FIG. 82 (c) is a diagram showing an example of a modification of the eleventh embodiment in which the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, the reserved symbol display is displayed as a temporary symbol, and the pachinko machine 10 is restored. In the upper display area Dm, the characters "temporarily displaying hold" indicating that the hold symbol display is displayed as a temporary symbol are displayed. This temporary hold symbol display and the character notifying it are newly established when the game is restarted, and a winning command is generated based on each hold area of the sort hold storage area 203u of the main control device 110. Is received and displayed until each hold area of the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k is updated. The details will be described later, but when the reserved symbol display is displayed as a temporary reserved symbol display and returns, the rearrangement reserved storage area 203u in the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 and the RAM 223 in the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 This is the time when the data with the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k of the above are collated and do not match.

With this configuration, when the data of the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k of the voice lamp control device 113 and the sort hold storage area 203u of the main control device 110 do not match, a temporary hold symbol display is displayed. As a result, it is possible for the amusement shop side, the contractor who performs maintenance and inspection of the pachinko machine 10, and the like to confirm that some abnormality has occurred in the pachinko machine 10 and the data do not match. Further, by continuing to display the temporary hold symbol display until a new winning command is received, it is possible to prevent the player from displaying an erroneous hold symbol display.

In the present embodiment, the temporary reserved symbol display is displayed, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the reserved symbol display areas Ds1 to 8 are displayed in a special color or display mode (for example, yellow) without displaying the temporary reserved symbol display. Or blinking display mode).

With reference to FIG. 85, the start-up process executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 will be described in the modified example of the eleventh embodiment. FIG. 85 is a flowchart showing this start-up process. In the start-up process (FIG. 85) of the modified example of the eleventh embodiment, the processes of S1330 to S1331 are added to the start-up process of the eleventh embodiment (FIG. 84) instead of the processes of S1324 to S1325. ing. Each process of S1301 to S1323 in the modified example of the eleventh embodiment is executed the same process as each process of S1301 to S1323 in the eleventh embodiment.

In the start-up process (FIG. 84) executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 of the eleventh embodiment, the data in the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k and the data indicated by the sort return data command match in the process of S1321. If it is determined not to do so (S1321: No), the data in each hold area of the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k is cleared (initialized) to 0 (S1330). A display command for displaying the temporary reserved symbol display on the display control device 114 for a predetermined period (in the present embodiment, a period until a new winning command is received and the reserved symbol display is newly displayed) (in this embodiment). Temporary symbol command) is generated and output (S1331).

In this way, if the data collation does not match, a temporary hold symbol is displayed, and by delaying the display of the regular hold symbol until a new winning command is received, a more correct hold symbol is displayed. The display can be notified to the player.

Further, since the regular reserved symbol display is restored at the timing when the game ball wins in the first starting opening 63a or the second starting opening 63b, the reserved symbol display is displayed when the player starts the game. Can be recognized as if the display was resumed again, and the game can be played with peace of mind.

In the present embodiment, in the start-up process executed by the main control device 110, the game state immediately before the main control device 110 is turned off (the game state has a high probability, a low probability, or a short time (high probability of a normal symbol). If it is in the state) or during the time reduction, the number of time reductions (value of the time reduction counter 203k)) is also output as a command. As a result, the voice lamp control device 110 can also determine the gaming state at the time of return, and can perform determination such as sorting.

Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the twelfth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 86 to 87. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the eleventh embodiment described above, backup power is supplied from the power supply device 115 to the RAM 223 of the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 so that data is backed up even when the pachinko machine 10 is turned off. I explained the case where it is done.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the twelfth embodiment, the backup power supply is not supplied from the power supply device 115 to the RAM 223 of the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 when the pachinko machine 10 is turned off. In such a configuration, the data in the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k is updated based on the sort return data command from the main control device 110, and the hold symbol display is restored to the state immediately before the power is turned off.

That is, the pachinko machine 10 in the twelfth embodiment is different from the pachinko machine 10 in the eleventh embodiment in the following points. In the twelfth embodiment, the RAM 223 of the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 is based on the sort return data command output from the main control device 110 when the data is not backed up when the power is turned off and the power is turned on again. Therefore, it differs from the pachinko machine 10 in the eleventh embodiment in that it executes a process of returning the reserved symbol display to the state immediately before the power is turned off.

Other configurations, other processes executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, various processes executed by the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111, various processes executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113, and a display control device. The various processes executed by the MPU 231 of the 114 are the same as those of the pachinko machine 10 in the eleventh embodiment. Hereinafter, the same elements as those in the eleventh embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

Although not shown, in the twelfth embodiment, the backup power supply from the power supply device 115 is not supplied to the RAM 223 in the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113.

With reference to FIG. 86, the main process (S1400) executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 will be described in the twelfth embodiment. FIG. 86 is a flowchart showing this main process (S1400). In the main process of the twelfth embodiment (FIG. 86, S1400), each process of S1417 to S1419 is deleted from the main process of the eleventh embodiment (FIG. 35, S1400). Each process of S1401 to S1416 in the twelfth embodiment is executed the same process as each process of S1401 to S1416 in the eleventh embodiment.

In the main process (FIG. 86) in the twelfth embodiment, when it is determined that there is power-off occurrence information (S1415: Yes), the pachinko machine 10 waits until the power is turned off without executing any process. It will be in a state of doing.

With reference to FIG. 87, the start-up process executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 will be described in the twelfth embodiment. FIG. 87 is a flowchart showing this start-up process. In the start-up process of the twelfth embodiment (FIG. 87), the processes of S1340 to S1343 are added to the start-up process of the eleventh embodiment (FIG. 84) in place of the processes of S1320 to S1325. Each process of S1301 to S1311 in the twelfth embodiment is executed the same process as each process of S1301 to S1311 in the eleventh embodiment.

When the process of S1311 is executed, it is determined whether or not the sort return data command output from the main control device 110 has been received (S1340). If it is determined that the sort return data command has not been received (S1340: No), the process of waiting is executed until the sort return data command is received.

On the other hand, when it is determined that the sort return data command has been received (S1340: Yes), the data in each hold area of the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k is updated based on the data indicated by the sort return data command. (S1341). The sort flag 223k7 for each hold area is set to off (S1342). Display control device 114 by generating a display command to display the characters "displaying hold in order of establishment" indicating that the hold symbol display is displayed in the order of establishment in the upper display area Dm of the third symbol display device 81. Is output to (S1343).

As described above, even if the backup power is not supplied to the RAM 223 of the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113, the rearrangement hold storage area 203u is transmitted from the main control device 110 to the voice lamp control device 113 when the power is turned on. The sort return data command based on the data stored in is output. Therefore, even if the backup power is not supplied to the RAM 223 in the voice lamp control device 113, the hold symbol display when the power is turned off can be restored and displayed when the power is turned on again. Therefore, the capacity of the backup power supply of the power supply device 115 can be reduced, and the size of the power supply device 115 provided in the pachinko machine 10 can be compactly configured.

In addition, when the power is turned on again, regardless of the state when the power is turned off, the reserved symbol display is displayed in the order of establishment, and further, it is notified that it is displayed in the order of establishment, so that it is restored. It is possible to easily determine the order in which the reserved symbol display is displayed.

In the present embodiment, in the start-up process executed by the main control device 110, the game state immediately before the main control device 110 is turned off (the game state has a high probability, a low probability, or a short time (high probability of a normal symbol). If it is in the state) or during the time reduction, the number of time reductions (value of the time reduction counter 203k)) is also output as a command. As a result, the voice lamp control device 110 can also determine the gaming state at the time of return, and can perform determination such as sorting.

Next, a modified example of the twelfth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 88. In the modified example of the twelfth embodiment, when the sort return data command is received from the main control device 110 in the start-up process (FIG. 88) executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113, the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k The data was updated, the rearrangement flag 223k7 of the hold area in which the data was stored was set to all on, and the hold symbol display after the return was configured to be displayed in the order of the variable start.

With reference to FIG. 88, the start-up process executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 will be described in the modified example of the twelfth embodiment. FIG. 88 is a flowchart showing this start-up process. In the start-up process (FIG. 88) of the modified example of the twelfth embodiment, each process of S1350 to S1351 is added to the start-up process (FIG. 87) of the twelfth embodiment in place of each process of S1342 to S1343. Has been done. Each process of S1301 to S1341 in the modified example of the twelfth embodiment is executed the same process as each process of S1301 to S1341 in the twelfth embodiment.

When the process of S1341 is executed in the start-up process (88) executed by the MPU 221 of the audio lamp control device 113 of the twelfth embodiment, the hold area in which the data is stored is stored in the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k. All sort flags 223k7 are set to on (S1350). Generates a display command to display the characters "Displaying pending symbols in variable start order" in the upper display area Dm of the third symbol display device 81, which indicates that the reserved symbol display is sorted and displayed in the variable start order. Then, it is output to the display control device 114 (S1351).

In this way, when the power is turned on again to the pachinko machine 10 from the power off state and the hold symbol display is restored, the hold symbol display is displayed regardless of the order displayed immediately before the power is turned off. It is sorted and displayed. Therefore, the player can easily recognize that the player has returned from the power-off state and has been forcibly rearranged.

In addition, when the power is restored from the power off, the reserved symbols are automatically sorted and displayed, so it is recognized that the reserved symbols displayed in the sorted manner were established before the power was turned off. It is possible to restart the game with peace of mind even if the power is cut off during the normal game.

In the present embodiment, when the voice lamp control device 113 receives the sort return data command from the main control device 110, the sort flag 223k7 is set to all on, and in the main process executed thereafter. The pending symbol display is rearranged in the order of the start of fluctuation and displayed. However, not limited to this, when the voice lamp control device 113 receives the sort return data command from the main control device 110, the value indicated by the variable order storage area 203u4 of the sort hold storage area 203u indicated by the sort return data command is set. Based on this, a display command for rearranging and displaying the reserved symbol display may be generated and output. By configuring in this way, it is possible to reduce the addition of control for rearranging the reserved symbol display at the time of startup processing. Therefore, if the rearrangement return data command output from the main control device 110 is received, the reserved symbol display can be rearranged and displayed. In this case, the sort flag 223k7 may be set to all on so that the reserved symbol display is maintained in the sorted state even after the start-up process, or it is displayed at the start-up process. The sort pending symbol display may be configured to maintain the sort state until it is digested.

In the present embodiment, in the start-up process executed by the main control device 110, the game state immediately before the main control device 110 is turned off (the game state has a high probability, a low probability, or a short time (high probability of a normal symbol). If it is in the state) or during the time reduction, the number of time reductions (value of the time reduction counter 203k)) is also output as a command. As a result, the voice lamp control device 110 can also determine the gaming state at the time of return, and can perform determination such as sorting.

Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the thirteenth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 89 to 90. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the eleventh embodiment described above, in the start-up process (FIG. 83) executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, the voice lamp control device is based on the data of the rearranged hold storage area 203u that is backed up. A sort return data command is output to 113, and the data indicated by the output sort return data command is collated with the data in the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k, and the hold symbol display is turned off. The case of returning to the immediately preceding state has been described.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the thirteenth embodiment, backup power is supplied from the power supply device 115 to the RAM 223 of the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 when the pachinko machine 10 is turned off. In such a configuration, in the start-up process (FIG. 90) executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113, the backed up sub-sorting hold is performed without receiving the sorting / returning data command from the main control device 110. Based on the data in the storage area 223k, the reserved symbol display is displayed and restored.

That is, the pachinko machine 10 in the thirteenth embodiment is different from the pachinko machine 10 in the eleventh embodiment in the following points. In the thirteenth embodiment, the main control device 110 is backed up in the sub-sorting hold storage area 223k of the voice lamp control device 113 without outputting the sort return data command to the voice lamp control device 113. It differs from the pachinko machine 10 in the eleventh embodiment in that it executes a process of restoring the reserved symbol display based on the data.

Other configurations, other processes executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, various processes executed by the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111, various processes executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113, and a display control device. The various processes executed by the MPU 231 of the 114 are the same as those of the pachinko machine 10 in the eleventh embodiment. Hereinafter, the same elements as those in the eleventh embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

Similar to the RAM 203 of the main control device 110, the RAM 223 of the voice lamp control device 113 of the present embodiment is supplied with backup power when the power is not supplied to the pachinko machine 10, and the voice lamp control device 113 is supplied with a backup power. Each data stored in the RAM 223 is held.

With reference to FIG. 89, the start-up process executed by the MPU 201 of the main controller 110 in the thirteenth embodiment will be described. FIG. 89 is a flowchart showing this start-up process. In the start-up process of the thirteenth embodiment (FIG. 89), the process of S1120 is deleted from the start-up process of the eleventh embodiment (FIG. 83). Each process of S1101 to S1114 in the thirteenth embodiment executes the same process as each process of S1101 to S1114 in the first embodiment. That is, the same process as the start-up process (FIG. 32) executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 in the first embodiment is executed.

With reference to FIG. 90, the start-up process executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 will be described in the thirteenth embodiment. FIG. 90 is a flowchart showing this start-up process. In the start-up process of the thirteenth embodiment (FIG. 90), the process of S1360 is added to the start-up process of the eleventh embodiment (FIG. 84) in place of the processes of S1320 to S1325. Each process from S1301 to S1311 in the thirteenth embodiment executes the same process as each process from S1301 to S1311 in the eleventh embodiment.

When the process of S1310 is executed in the start-up process (FIG. 90) executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 of the thirteenth embodiment, based on the data stored in the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k, when the process of S1310 is executed, A display command for displaying the reserved symbol display on the display control device 114 is generated and output to the display control device 114 (S1360).

Here, the hold symbol display to be displayed is displayed based on the data of each hold area stored in the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k immediately before the power is turned off. Since the state of the rearrangement flag 223k7 of each hold area is stored, the hold symbol display is displayed in the order displayed immediately before the power is turned off.

With such a configuration, it is possible to reduce the processing performed when the power of the main control device 110 is turned on, and it is possible to shorten the rise time (time until the normal game is executed) at the time of turning on the power.

In addition, the reserved symbol display can be restored in the state immediately before the power is turned off, and the player can resume the game with peace of mind even after the power is turned on again.

Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the 14th embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 91 to 96. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment described above, the case where the fluctuation patterns are selected and the fluctuations are started at the timing when the fluctuations of the first special symbol or the second special symbol can be started has been described.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 in the 14th embodiment, there is a high probability that the first special symbol or the second special symbol will be selected when it becomes a big hit such as a super reach at the timing when the fluctuation can be started. When the variation pattern is selected, the notification mode for notifying the player is displayed so as to see the display area on the side where the variation pattern is displayed.

That is, the pachinko machine 10 in the 14th embodiment is different from the pachinko machine 10 in the 1st embodiment in the following points. In the fourteenth embodiment, when a fluctuation pattern having a high probability of being selected at the time of a big hit such as super reach is selected, the player is notified to pay attention to the display area displayed by the fluctuation pattern. It differs from the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment in that.

Other configurations, other processes executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, various processes executed by the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111, various processes executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113, and a display control device. The various processes executed by the MPU 231 of the 114 are the same as those of the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment. Hereinafter, the same elements as those in the first embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 91 (a) to 91 (c), a display mode displayed in the display area of the third symbol display device 81 in the present embodiment will be described. FIG. 91A is a diagram schematically showing that the background image of the right side display area Dm2 is blinked when a fluctuation pattern such as super reach is selected in the right side display area Dm2.

FIG. 91B shows a second special symbol displayed in the right side display area Dm2 when a variation pattern such as super reach is selected in the right side display area Dm2 (in the present embodiment, it is in the reach state). It is a figure schematically showing that the size of the symbol) is displayed as a symbol larger than usual.

In FIG. 91 (c), when a fluctuation pattern such as super reach is selected in the right side display area Dm2, the player is notified to see the right side display area Dm2 in the left side display area Dm1 “Look to the right! It is a figure which shows schematically that the character "" was displayed.

By configuring in this way, the player pays attention to the display area on the side where the background image is blinking and plays the game, and displays it in a fluctuation pattern that is easy to be selected when it becomes a big hit such as super reach. It is possible to play the game by preventing the variation mode to be overlooked.

In addition, the player can easily understand which display area to look at, and can play the game comfortably without having to pay attention to both display areas at all times. Therefore, even if the game is played for a long time, the player's fatigue can be reduced.

In the present embodiment, the special symbol of interest is notified by the above notification, but the present invention is not limited to this, and the left side display area Dm1 or the right side of the upper display area Dm for displaying the special symbol of interest is displayed. The size of the display area of the display area Dm2 may be varied. Specifically, when it is desired to pay attention to the variation mode of the first special symbol, the size of the left side display area Dm1 is enlarged and displayed on the right side display area Dm2 side, and the size of the right side display area Dm2 is reduced. Alternatively, the display may be varied so as to be eliminated (all the upper display areas Dm are set to the left display area Dm1). With this configuration, the player can be notified of the variation mode of the special symbol to be noticed. Further, the player can play the game with the expectation that the left side display area Dm1 or the right side display area Dm2 will be greatly changed, and it is possible to prevent the player from getting bored with the game at an early stage.

Next, with reference to FIG. 92, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described. FIG. 92 is a diagram schematically showing a part of the other memory area 203v of the RAM 203 in the MPU 201 of the main control device 110. In addition, a first delay time storage area 203v5 and a second delay time storage area 203v6 are added to the memory area 203v.

The first delay time storage area 203v5 is for delaying the start of fluctuation of the first special symbol by the same time as the selected fluctuation time when a fluctuation pattern such as super reach is selected in the second special symbol. A storage area that is stored as a delay time.

The details of the first delay time storage area 203v5 will be described later, but the variation pattern selected in the second special symbol variation pattern selection process 5 (FIGS. 96, S750) executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 is a big hit. If it is a fluctuation pattern of or is a fluctuation pattern of super reach that is out of alignment, the same delay time as the fluctuation time of the selected fluctuation pattern is stored.

Further, when the delay time is stored in the first delay time storage area 203v5, the time is updated every time the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 5 (FIG. 94, S350) is executed. .. Specifically, 2 ms, which is the interval at which the timer interrupt process (FIG. 14) is executed, is subtracted.

The second delay time storage area 203v6 is for delaying the start of fluctuation of the second special symbol by the same time as the selected fluctuation time when a fluctuation pattern such as super reach is selected in the first special symbol. A storage area that is stored as a delay time.

The second delay time storage area 203v6 will be described in detail later, but the variation pattern selected in the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 5 (FIGS. 94, S350) executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 is a big hit. If it is a fluctuation pattern of or is a fluctuation pattern of super reach that is out of alignment, the same delay time as the fluctuation time of the selected fluctuation pattern is stored.

If the delay time is stored in the second delay time storage area 203v6, the time is updated every time the second special symbol variation pattern selection process 5 (FIG. 96, S750) is executed. .. Specifically, 2 ms, which is the interval of the timer interrupt process (FIG. 14), is subtracted.

In this way, when the fluctuation pattern that becomes a big hit or the fluctuation pattern of the super reach is selected in the first special symbol or the second special symbol, the fluctuation start of the other special symbol that becomes the fluctuation start after that is delayed. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the fluctuation display of the first special symbol and the second special symbol, which have a high probability of being selected in the case of a big hit, from being displayed in a variable manner at the same time. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a complicated gaming state in which the player needs to pay attention to both the left side display area Dm1 and the right side display area Dm2.

In the present embodiment, the first delay time storage area 203v5 and the second delay time storage area 203v6 are configured to store the delay time, but are not limited to this, and are configured to store the count value and the like. You may. With this configuration, each time the timer interrupt process (FIG. 14) is executed, the count value is subtracted by 1, and the number of times the timer interrupt process (FIG. 14) is executed is counted. Of course, it may be configured to measure time.

With reference to FIG. 93, in the 14th embodiment, in one process of the special symbol variation process (FIG. 15, S107) which is one process of the timer interrupt process (FIG. 14) executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110. A certain first special symbol change start processing (FIG. 93, S203) will be described. FIG. 93 is a flowchart showing the first special symbol change start processing (FIG. 93, S203). The first special symbol variation start process (FIGS. 93, S203) of the 14th embodiment is the first special symbol variation pattern selection process with respect to the first special symbol variation start process (FIG. 16, S203) of the first embodiment. Instead of (FIG. 18, S310), the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 5 (FIG. 94, S350) has been added. Each process of S301 to S309 in the 14th embodiment is executed the same process as each process of S301 to S309 in the first embodiment. When the process of S309 is completed, the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 5 (FIG. 94, S350) is executed.

With reference to FIG. 94, in the 14th embodiment, the first special symbol variation pattern selection process, which is one process of the first special symbol variation start process (FIGS. 93, S203) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110. 5 (S350) will be described. FIG. 94 is a flowchart showing the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 5 (S350). The first special symbol variation pattern selection process 5 (FIG. 94, S350) is a process for selecting a variation pattern of the first special symbol. Further, when the selected fluctuation pattern is a fluctuation pattern that becomes a big hit or a fluctuation pattern of super reach that is out of the range, a delay time for delaying the fluctuation start of the second special symbol is set, and the first special This is a process for setting a notification mode or the like for notifying the player to see the variation mode of the symbol.

In the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 5 (FIG. 94, S350), first, is the delay time set in the first delay time storage area 203v5 (that is, the variation that becomes a big hit in the variation mode of the second special symbol). Whether the pattern or the out-of-order super reach is displayed in a variable manner) is determined (S571). When it is determined that the delay time is set in the first delay time storage area 203v5 (S571: No), the first delay time is subtracted by 2 ms and updated (S584). On the other hand, when it is determined that the first delay time is not set (S571: Yes), it is determined whether or not the result of the hit / fail determination in the first special symbol jackpot determination process (FIGS. 17, S309) is a jackpot. (S572). The determination of whether or not it is a jackpot is determined by whether or not the first jackpot flag 203o is set to ON. When it is determined that the first jackpot flag 203o is set to ON (S572: Yes), the special hit variation pattern table 202d according to the gaming state is set (S573). When the gaming state is the normal gaming state (low-probability gaming state and not during the time reduction), the normal time special hit variation pattern table 202d (FIG. 10A) is set. Further, when the gaming state is a high-probability gaming state or a time reduction (the time reduction counter 203k is larger than 0), the time reduction / probability variation special hit variation pattern table 202d (FIG. 11A) is set.

On the other hand, when it is determined that the first jackpot flag 203o is off (S572: No), a special deviation variation pattern table according to the gaming state is set (S575). When the gaming state is the normal gaming state (low-probability gaming state and not during the time reduction), the normal time special deviation fluctuation pattern table 202e (FIG. 10B) is set. Further, when the gaming state is a high-probability gaming state or a time reduction (time reduction counter 203k is larger than 0), the time reduction / probability variation special deviation variation pattern table 202d (FIG. 11B) is set. The variation pattern type is selected (determined) from the selected variation pattern table based on the value of the variation type counter CS1 stored in the special symbol hold execution area 203c (S576).

A variation pattern is selected as the variation pattern of the first special symbol based on the value of the variation pattern determination counter C3, and the first variation pattern command for notifying the voice lamp control device 113 of the selected variation pattern is Generated (S577).

The fluctuation pattern selected in the process of S577 is determined whether the selected fluctuation pattern is a jackpot fluctuation pattern or an out-of-order super reach (S578). If it is determined that the selected fluctuation pattern is a fluctuation pattern that is a big hit or a fluctuation pattern of super reach that is out of order (S578: Yes), the same fluctuation time as the selected fluctuation pattern is delayed. Is set to the second delay time storage 203v5 (S579). A first caution notice command is set to instruct the voice lamp control device 113 to blink the background image of the left side display area Dm1 on which the first special symbol is displayed (S580).

A second mute command is set to mute the sound effect or voice that fluctuates the second special symbol (sound effect or voice set in the fluctuating pattern in which the second special symbol is fluctuated) (S581). The first stop type command is set based on the determined stop type (S582). The measurement start of the first fluctuation time, which is the fluctuation time of the first special symbol, is set (S583).

In this way, when the variation pattern that is a big hit or the super reach that is out of the range is selected in the variation mode of the first special symbol, the notification mode that pays attention to the variation mode of the first special symbol is set. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from overlooking the fluctuation pattern. Therefore, the player can determine which display area to pay attention to, and can easily play the game.

In addition, when a jackpot variation pattern or a missed super reach is selected in the variation mode of the first special symbol, it is involved in the variation of the second special symbol so as to pay attention to the variation mode of the first special symbol. Sound effects and sounds are muted. Therefore, it is possible to inform the player in an easy-to-understand manner which special symbol should be focused on. In addition, the voice and sound effects of the first special symbol can be easily heard, and the game can be enjoyed more.

Further, in the variation mode of the first special symbol, if the variation pattern that becomes a big hit or the super reach that becomes a deviation is selected, the variation start of the second special symbol is delayed, so that the left side display area Dm1 and the right side display are displayed at the same time. In the area Dm2, it is possible to prevent the notable variation mode from being displayed, and it is possible to provide the player with an easy-to-understand game. In addition, by displaying the fluctuation mode that the player expects to be a big hit at different times (states that are not displayed at the same time), it is possible to maintain the expectation of the big hit for a longer time and play the game. , It is possible to prevent early getting bored with the game.

In addition, by setting the fluctuation pattern command and starting the measurement of the fluctuation time of the first special symbol, the fluctuation time can be measured in time with the fluctuation start of the first special symbol, and the fluctuation time can be accurately measured. Can be measured.

The size of the first special symbol may be increased as the notification mode for notifying the player so as to pay attention to the variation mode of the first special symbol (see FIG. 91 (b)). Further, in order to pay attention to the first special symbol, the character "Look at the left !!" may be displayed in the right display area Dm2 to notify that the first special symbol is to be paid attention (Fig.). 91 (c)). Of course, the above contents may be combined. With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent the player from overlooking the variation mode of the first special symbol.

In the present embodiment, when a jackpot variation pattern or a missed super reach is selected in the variation mode of the first special symbol, the second special is to pay attention to the variation mode of the first special symbol. The sound effects and sounds related to the fluctuation of the design are muted. However, not limited to this, the pachinko machine 10 is provided with two speakers, one of which is configured to output voices and sound effects related to the first special symbol, and the other is configured to output voices and sound effects related to the second special symbol. Etc. are output, and when a jackpot fluctuation pattern or a missed super reach is selected in the fluctuation mode of the first special symbol, the voice, sound effect, etc. related to the second special symbol are output. By configuring the speaker to be inactive or have a low output, it may be configured to pay attention to the variation mode of the first special symbol. With such a configuration, switching of voice, sound effect, etc. (switching between the first special symbol and the second special symbol, which voice, sound effect, etc. is output) can be easily performed.

With reference to FIG. 95, in the 14th embodiment, in one process of the special symbol variation process (FIG. 15, S107) which is one process of the timer interrupt process (FIG. 14) executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110. A certain second special symbol change start processing (FIG. 95, S206) will be described. FIG. 95 is a flowchart showing the second special symbol change start process (FIG. 95, S206). The second special symbol variation start process (FIGS. 95, S203) of the 14th embodiment is the second special symbol variation pattern selection process with respect to the second special symbol variation start process (FIG. 20, S206) of the first embodiment. A second special symbol variation pattern selection process 5 (FIG. 95, S750) is added in place of (FIG. 22, S710). Each process of S701 to S709 in the 14th embodiment is executed the same process as each process of S701 to S709 in the first embodiment. When the process of S709 is completed, the second special symbol variation pattern selection process 5 (FIG. 95, S750) is executed.

With reference to FIG. 96, in the 14th embodiment, the second special symbol variation pattern selection process, which is one process of the second special symbol variation start process (FIGS. 95, S206) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110. 5 (S750) will be described. FIG. 96 is a flowchart showing the second special symbol variation pattern selection process 5 (S750). The second special symbol variation pattern selection process 5 (FIG. 96, S750) is a process for selecting a variation pattern of the second special symbol. Further, when the selected fluctuation pattern is a fluctuation pattern that becomes a big hit or a fluctuation pattern of super reach that is out of the range, a delay time for delaying the fluctuation start of the first special symbol is set, and the second special This is a process for setting a notification mode or the like for notifying the player to see the variation mode of the symbol.

In the second special symbol variation pattern selection process 5 (FIG. 96, S750), first, is the delay time set in the second delay time storage area 203v6 (that is, the variation that becomes a big hit in the variation mode of the first special symbol). Whether the pattern or the out-of-order super reach is displayed in a variable manner) is determined (S751). When it is determined that the delay time is set in the second delay time storage area 203v6 (S751: No), the second delay time is subtracted by 2 ms and updated (S764). On the other hand, when it is determined that the second delay time is not set (S751: Yes), it is determined whether or not the result of the hit / fail determination in the second special symbol jackpot determination process (FIGS. 21, S709) is a jackpot. (S752). The determination of whether or not it is a jackpot is determined by whether or not the second jackpot flag 203p is set to ON. When it is determined that the second jackpot flag 203p is set to ON (S752: Yes), the special hit variation pattern table 202d according to the gaming state is set (S753). Although not shown in the present embodiment, the first special symbol is configured to have a variable pattern table 202d dedicated to the first special symbol, and the second special symbol is configured to have a variable pattern table 202d dedicated to the second special symbol. ing. When the gaming state is the normal gaming state (low-probability gaming state and not during the time reduction), the normal time special hit variation pattern table 202d (FIG. 10A) is set. Further, when the gaming state is a high-probability gaming state or a time reduction (the time reduction counter 203k is larger than 0), the time reduction / probability variation special hit variation pattern table 202d (FIG. 11A) is set.

On the other hand, when it is determined that the second jackpot flag 203p is off (S752: No), a special deviation variation pattern table according to the gaming state is set (S755). When the gaming state is the normal gaming state (low-probability gaming state and not during the time reduction), the normal time special deviation fluctuation pattern table 202e (FIG. 10B) is set. Further, when the gaming state is a high-probability gaming state or a time reduction (time reduction counter 203k is larger than 0), the time reduction / probability variation special deviation variation pattern table 202d (FIG. 11B) is set. The variation pattern type is selected (determined) from the selected variation pattern table based on the value of the variation type counter CS1 stored in the special symbol hold execution area 203c (S756).

A variation pattern is selected as the variation pattern of the second special symbol based on the value of the variation pattern determination counter C3, and a second variation pattern command for notifying the voice lamp control device 113 of the selected variation pattern is issued. Generated (S757).

The fluctuation pattern selected in the process of S757 is determined whether the selected fluctuation pattern is a jackpot fluctuation pattern or an out-of-order super reach (S758). If it is determined that the selected fluctuation pattern is a fluctuation pattern that is a big hit or a fluctuation pattern of super reach that is out of order (S758: Yes), the same fluctuation time as the selected fluctuation pattern is delayed. Is set to the first delay time storage 203v5 (S759). A second caution warning command is set to instruct the voice lamp control device 113 to blink the background image of the right side display area Dm2 on which the second special symbol is displayed (S760).

A first mute command is set to mute the sound effect or voice that fluctuates the first special symbol (sound effect or voice set in the fluctuating pattern in which the first special symbol is fluctuated) (S761). The second stop type command is set based on the determined stop type (S762). The measurement start of the second fluctuation time, which is the fluctuation time of the second special symbol, is set (S763).

In this way, when the variation pattern that is a big hit or the super reach that is out of the range is selected in the variation mode of the second special symbol, the notification mode that pays attention to the variation mode of the second special symbol is set. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from overlooking the fluctuation pattern. Therefore, the player can determine which display area to pay attention to, and can easily play the game.

In addition, when a jackpot variation pattern or a missed super reach is selected in the variation mode of the second special symbol, it is involved in the variation of the first special symbol so as to pay attention to the variation mode of the second special symbol. Sound effects and sounds are muted. Therefore, it is possible to give the player an easy-to-understand indication of which special symbol should be focused on. In addition, the voice and sound effects of the second special symbol can be easily heard, and the game can be enjoyed more.

Further, in the variation mode of the second special symbol, if the variation pattern that becomes a big hit or the super reach that becomes a deviation is selected, the variation start of the first special symbol is delayed, so that the left side display area Dm1 and the side display are simultaneously displayed. In the area Dm2, it is possible to prevent the notable variation mode from being displayed, and it is possible to provide the player with an easy-to-understand game. In addition, by displaying the fluctuation mode that the player expects to be a big hit at different times, it is possible to maintain the expectation of the big hit for a longer time and play the game, and get tired of the game early. It is possible to prevent it from being lost.

In addition, by setting the fluctuation pattern command and starting the measurement of the fluctuation time of the second special symbol, the fluctuation time can be measured in time with the fluctuation start of the second special symbol, and the fluctuation time can be accurately measured. Can be measured.

The size of the second special symbol may be increased as the notification mode for notifying the player so as to pay attention to the variation mode of the second special symbol (see FIG. 91 (b)). Further, in order to pay attention to the second special symbol, the character "Look to the right !!" may be displayed in the left display area Dm1 to notify that the second special symbol is to be paid attention (Fig.). 91 (c)). Of course, the above contents may be combined. With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent the player from overlooking the variation mode of the first special symbol.

Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the fifteenth embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 97 to 98. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment described above, the case where the fluctuation patterns are selected and the fluctuations are started at the timing when the fluctuations of the first special symbol or the second special symbol can be started has been described.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 in the fifteenth embodiment, there is a high probability that the first special symbol or the second special symbol will be selected when it becomes a big hit such as a super reach at the timing when the fluctuation can be started. When the variation pattern is selected, the voice lamp control device 113 executes a process of displaying the notification mode for notifying the player so as to see the display area on the side where the variation pattern is displayed.

That is, the pachinko machine 10 in the fifteenth embodiment is different from the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment in the following points. In the fifteenth embodiment, when a fluctuation pattern having a high probability of being selected when a big hit such as super reach is selected and a command indicating the fluctuation pattern command is output to the voice lamp control device 113, voice is output. The lamp control device 113 differs from the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment in that it notifies the player so that the player pays attention to the display area displayed in the fluctuation pattern.

Other configurations, other processes executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, various processes executed by the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111, various processes executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113, and a display control device. The various processes executed by the MPU 231 of the 114 are the same as those of the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment. Hereinafter, the same elements as those in the first embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

With reference to FIG. 97, a variable display setting process (S1411), which is one process of the main process (FIG. 35, S1400) executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113, will be described in the fifteenth embodiment. FIG. 97 is a flowchart showing this variable display setting process (S1411). In the variable display setting process of the fifteenth embodiment (FIG. 97, S1411), the processes of S1630 and S1640 are added to the variable display setting process (FIG. 38, S1411) of the first embodiment. Each process of S1601 to S1614 in the fifteenth embodiment executes the same process as each process of S1601 to S1614 in the first embodiment.

When the process of S1603 is executed in the variable display setting process (FIG. 97, S1411) executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 of the fifteenth embodiment, the first caution notice process (FIG. 98, S1630) is executed. To. The details of the first caution notice processing (FIG. 98, S1630) will be described later, but the fluctuation pattern of the first special symbol selected in the main control device 110 is a fluctuation pattern that becomes a big hit, or is a super In the case of reach, in order to set a command for executing a notification for attracting the player's attention to the variation mode of the first special symbol and a command for muting the voice or sound effect regarding the variation mode of the second special symbol. It is a process of.

In the first caution notice process (FIG. 98, S1630), first, it is determined whether the first fluctuation pattern command output from the main control device 110 is a fluctuation pattern that is a big hit or a super reach that is out of the range. (S1631). When it is determined that the received first fluctuation pattern command is a fluctuation pattern that becomes a big hit or is a super reach out of the box (S1631: Yes), the background of the left side display area Dm1 for displaying the first special symbol. A first caution notice command instructing the display control device 114 to display the image in a blinking manner (see FIG. 91 (a)) is generated and output to the display control device 114 (S1632).

A second mute command for mute the voice or sound effect relating to the variation mode of the second special symbol is generated and output (S1633). On the other hand, if it is determined that the received first variation pattern command is a variation pattern that is a big hit or is not a super reach out of the range (S1631: No), this process is terminated.

Returning to the variation display setting process (FIG. 97, S1411) executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113, the description will be continued. When the first caution notice process (FIG. 98, S1411) is executed, the processes from S1604 to S1608 are executed. When the process of S1608 is executed, the process of the second caution notice process (S1640) is executed. Regarding the second caution notice processing (S1640), the processing of the first caution notice processing (FIG. 98, S1630) is such that the first caution notice command becomes the second caution notice command and the second mute command becomes the first mute command. Since each is changed only and the others are the same, detailed explanations will be omitted.

In this way, when the type of the fluctuation pattern output from the main control device 110 is discriminated and the fluctuation pattern is a jackpot or the super reach is out of the jackpot that the player expects to be a jackpot, the variation mode is played. Since the notification mode is set so as to attract the attention of the player, it is possible to prevent the player from overlooking the variation mode. Therefore, the player can determine which special symbol variation mode to pay attention to, and can easily play the game. Therefore, the fatigue of the player can be reduced.

In the present embodiment, in the first attention command or the second attention command, the background image of the display area on the side where the special symbol is displayed is blinked and displayed, but the size of the special symbol on the side to be noticed is not limited to this. It may be configured to be large (see FIG. 91 (b)). Further, in the case of a notification mode for notifying attention to the second special symbol so as to pay attention to the special symbol on the side to be focused, for example, in the case of a notification mode for notifying attention to the second special symbol, the character "notifying the attention to the second special symbol in the left display area Dm1". It may be configured to display the characters "Look to the right !!" (see FIG. 91 (c)). Of course, the above contents may be combined. With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent the player from overlooking the variation mode of the special symbol having a high probability of being selected at the time of a big hit.

Next, the pachinko machine 10 in the 16th embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 99 to 101. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment described above, the case where the fluctuation patterns are selected and the fluctuations are started at the timing when the fluctuations of the first special symbol or the second special symbol can be started has been described.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 in the 16th embodiment, in the selection of the fluctuation pattern in the first special symbol, there is a high probability that the fluctuation pattern that becomes a big hit or the super reach that is out of the way (that is, the probability of being selected when the big hit occurs). When the variation pattern) is selected, it is determined whether or not the same variation pattern is selected in the second special symbol, and if it is selected, the variation pattern selected in the first special symbol is used. Delay the start of fluctuations in.

That is, the pachinko machine 10 in the 16th embodiment is different from the pachinko machine 10 in the 1st embodiment in the following points. In the 16th embodiment, when a variation pattern having a high probability of being selected in the case of a big hit is selected between the first special symbol and the second special symbol, the variation start of the variation pattern of the first special symbol is started. It is different from the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment in that it executes a process of delaying until the variation display in the second special symbol is completed.

Other configurations, other processes executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, various processes executed by the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111, various processes executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113, and a display control device. The various processes executed by the MPU 231 of the 114 are the same as those of the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment. Hereinafter, the same elements as those in the first embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

Next, with reference to FIG. 99, a display mode displayed in the display area of the third symbol display device 81 in the present embodiment will be described. In FIG. 99, as shown in the upper figure of FIG. 99, in the second special symbol (left side display area Dm2), the first special symbol (1st special symbol) is displayed in a state where the fluctuation pattern of the super reach that is out of alignment is selected and displayed. Also in the right side display area Dm1), the out-of-order super reach is selected, the start of fluctuation in the first special symbol is delayed, and the notification mode is to notify that the second special symbol (left side display area Dm2) is focused. A certain character "Look to the right !!" is displayed. Then, when the fluctuation pattern of the super reach displayed by the second special symbol ends, as shown in the lower figure of FIG. 99, the delayed fluctuation display of the super reach of the first special symbol is started. Is a diagram schematically showing.

In this way, when the fluctuation pattern (for example, super reach) having a high probability of being selected in the case of a big hit is selected between the first special symbol and the second special symbol, the fluctuation pattern in the first special symbol is selected. Since the start of the fluctuation of is delayed, the player can concentrate on the fluctuation mode of one special symbol and can play the game calmly.

In addition, since the fluctuation pattern that has a large expectation for the jackpot starts to fluctuate in order between the first special symbol and the second special symbol, the player can play the game with the expectation for the jackpot for a long time. It can be done, and it is possible to prevent early getting bored with the game.

Although not shown in the present embodiment, the first delay time storage area 203v5 is provided in the other memory area 203v of the RAM 203 in the MPU 201 of the main control device 110. The first delay time storage area 203v5 is a second special symbol when a fluctuation pattern having a high probability of being selected when a big hit such as a super reach is selected in the first special symbol and the second special symbol. The same time as the time until the fluctuation pattern selected or displayed is variable ends is a storage area stored as a delay time for delaying the fluctuation start of the first special symbol.

The details of the first delay time storage area 203v5 will be described later, but the variation pattern selected in the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 6 (FIGS. 101, S360) executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 is a big hit. If the fluctuation pattern is the fluctuation pattern of the above or the fluctuation pattern of the super reach that is out of alignment, and the fluctuation pattern is similarly selected in the second special symbol, the fluctuation pattern selected in the second special symbol ends the fluctuation. The same delay time as the time to do is stored.

If the delay time is stored in the first delay time storage area 203v5, the time is updated every time the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 6 (FIGS. 101, S360) is executed. .. Specifically, 2 ms, which is the interval at which the timer interrupt process (FIG. 14) is executed, is subtracted.

With reference to FIG. 100, in the 16th embodiment, in one process of the special symbol variation process (FIG. 15, S107) which is one process of the timer interrupt process (FIG. 14) executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110. A certain first special symbol change start processing (FIG. 100, S203) will be described. FIG. 100 is a flowchart showing the first special symbol change start processing (FIGS. 100 and S203). The first special symbol variation start process (FIGS. 100, S203) of the 16th embodiment is the first special symbol variation pattern selection process with respect to the first special symbol variation start process (FIG. 16, S203) of the first embodiment. Instead of (FIG. 18, S310), the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 6 (FIG. 101, S360) has been added. Each process of S301 to S309 in the 16th embodiment executes the same process as each process of S301 to S309 in the first embodiment. When the process of S309 is completed, the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 6 (FIGS. 101, S360) is executed.

With reference to FIG. 101, in the 16th embodiment, the first special symbol variation pattern selection process, which is one process of the first special symbol variation start process (FIGS. 100, S203) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110. 6 (S360) will be described. FIG. 101 is a flowchart showing the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 6 (S360). The first special symbol variation pattern selection process 6 (FIGS. 101, S360) is a process for selecting a variation pattern of the first special symbol. Further, when the selected fluctuation pattern is a fluctuation pattern that is a big hit or a fluctuation pattern of super reach that is out of the range, it is determined whether or not a similar fluctuation pattern is selected in the second special symbol, and the fluctuation pattern is selected. If so, a delay time for delaying the start of fluctuation of the fluctuation pattern of the first special symbol is set, and a process for setting a notification mode or the like for notifying the player to pay attention to the second special symbol. Is.

In the second special symbol variation pattern selection process 6 (FIGS. 101, S360), first, is the delay time set in the first delay time storage area 203v5 (that is, the variation pattern between the first special symbol and the second special symbol). In (S621), it is determined whether the fluctuation pattern that becomes a big hit or the fluctuation pattern of the out-of-order super reach is selected. When it is determined that the delay time is set in the first delay time storage area 203v5 (S621: No), the first delay time is subtracted by 2 ms and updated (S635). On the other hand, when it is determined that the first delay time is not set (S621: Yes), it is determined whether or not the result of the hit / fail determination in the first special symbol jackpot determination process (FIGS. 17, S309) is a jackpot. (S622). The determination of whether or not it is a jackpot is determined by whether or not the first jackpot flag 203o is set to ON. When it is determined that the first jackpot flag 203o is set to ON (S622: Yes), the special hit variation pattern table 202d according to the gaming state is set (S623). When the gaming state is the normal gaming state (low-probability gaming state and not during the time reduction), the normal time special hit variation pattern table 202d (FIG. 10A) is set. Further, when the gaming state is a high-probability gaming state or a time reduction (the time reduction counter 203k is larger than 0), the time reduction / probability variation special hit variation pattern table 202d (FIG. 11A) is set.

On the other hand, when it is determined that the first jackpot flag 203o is off (S622: No), a special deviation variation pattern table according to the gaming state is set (S625). When the gaming state is the normal gaming state (low-probability gaming state and not during the time reduction), the normal time special deviation fluctuation pattern table 202e (FIG. 10B) is set. Further, when the gaming state is a high-probability gaming state or a time reduction (time reduction counter 203k is larger than 0), the time reduction / probability variation special deviation variation pattern table 202d (FIG. 11B) is set. The variation pattern type is selected (determined) from the variation pattern table selected based on the value of the variation type counter CS1 stored in the special symbol hold execution area 203c (S626).

A variation pattern is selected as the variation pattern of the first special symbol based on the value of the variation pattern determination counter C3, and the first variation pattern command for notifying the voice lamp control device 113 of the selected variation pattern is Generated (S627).

The fluctuation pattern selected in the process of S627 determines whether the selected fluctuation pattern is a jackpot fluctuation pattern or an out-of-order super reach (S628). If it is determined that the selected variation pattern is a variation pattern that becomes a jackpot or a variation pattern of super reach that is out of order (S628: Yes), in the second special symbol, the variation pattern that becomes a jackpot or It is determined whether the out-of-order super reach is being selected or varied (S629).

In the second special symbol, if it is determined that the fluctuation pattern that becomes a jackpot or the out-of-order super reach is being selected or fluctuating (S629: Yes), the fluctuation that becomes a jackpot being selected or fluctuating in the second special symbol. The time until the end of the fluctuation of the pattern or the out-of-order super reach is stored in the first delay time storage area 203v5 as the delay time (S630).

The voice lamp control device 113 is to display the characters "Look to the right !!" in the left side display area Dm1 where the first special symbol is displayed so as to notify the second special symbol (right side display area Dm2) to pay attention to. A second caution notice command is set (S631). On the other hand, in the second special symbol, when it is determined that the fluctuation pattern that becomes a big hit or the super reach that is out of the range is not being selected or changed (S629: No), the process of S632 is executed. The first stop type command is set based on the determined stop type (S632). The measurement start of the first fluctuation time, which is the fluctuation time of the first special symbol, is set (S633).

In this way, when the variation pattern of the jackpot or the variation pattern of the super reach that is out of the range is selected in the variation mode of the first special symbol and the variation mode of the second special symbol, the variation pattern of the first special symbol starts to change. However, since the fluctuation pattern displayed in the second special symbol is delayed until the fluctuation ends, the fluctuation pattern in which the player has a great expectation for the big hit is variablely displayed in both display areas at the same time. It can be suppressed from being stored. Therefore, it is possible to concentrate on the display of the fluctuation pattern of one special symbol with a sense of expectation for the big hit, and the game can be played in an easy-to-understand manner. Further, by displaying in both display areas, it is possible to prevent the player from overlooking the fluctuation of one of the special symbols.

Further, in the second special symbol, while the variation pattern is displayed, the notification mode for notifying the player to pay attention to the second special symbol is displayed, so that the player can easily determine the special symbol to be noted. And the game can be played in an easy-to-understand manner.

Further, in the second special symbol, when the fluctuation pattern having a feeling of expectation for the jackpot is completed, the delayed fluctuation pattern of the first special symbol is started to be variablely displayed, and the player continuously hits the jackpot. It is possible to enjoy a variable mode that has a great expectation for the game, and it is possible to prevent early getting bored with the game.

In the present embodiment, the notification mode for notifying attention to the second special symbol is not limited to the notification by characters, but the background image of the left side display area Dm2 may be displayed in a blinking display or a special color. good. Further, the size of the symbol of the second special symbol may be displayed in a large size. In addition, it may be configured to notify by combining them.

Further, in the present embodiment, the start of fluctuation of the first special symbol is delayed, but the variation time is not limited to this, and the time until the variation of the second special symbol ends is added to the fluctuation time of the fluctuation pattern of the first special symbol. Then, when the fluctuation is started and the fluctuation display of the second special symbol is completed by not displaying the first special symbol in the right display area Dm1 or displaying the fluctuation with a small symbol until the fluctuation of the second special symbol is completed. , The selected variation pattern (super reach, etc.) may be displayed. With this configuration, it is not necessary to change the timing of the start of fluctuation, and the control load can be suppressed as compared with the case of delaying.

Further, in the present embodiment, the first special symbol is delayed, but the second special symbol may be delayed, or the first special symbol and the second special symbol may be delayed later. It may be configured to delay the one that starts to fluctuate. With this configuration, it is possible to provide a gaming machine that is easy for the player to understand.
Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the 17th embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 102 to 116. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment described above, the case where the hit / fail determination result of the first special symbol or the second special symbol is notified by the display mode in which the special symbol is stopped and displayed has been described.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the 17th embodiment, when the game ball wins a prize in the first starting port 63a or the second starting port 63b and becomes a reserved ball, it is possible to start the fluctuation in advance. When the winning / failing judgment is made and the result is a big hit, it is decided in advance by lottery whether to notify the player in advance that the winning / failing judgment result will be a big hit due to the fluctuation due to the hold.

That is, the pachinko machine 10 in the 17th embodiment is different from the pachinko machine 10 in the 1st embodiment in the following points. In the 17th embodiment, the first special symbol or the second special symbol is notified that it is a big hit in a state where the reserved symbol is displayed as a reserved ball before the fluctuation starts (hereinafter, one notification). This is different from the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment.

Other configurations, other processes executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, various processes executed by the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111, various processes executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113, and a display control device. The various processes executed by the MPU 231 of the 114 are the same as those of the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment. Hereinafter, the same elements as those in the first embodiment are designated by the same reference numerals, and the description thereof will be omitted.

Next, with reference to FIG. 102, a display mode displayed in the display area of the third symbol display device 81 in the present embodiment will be described. In FIG. 102 (a), in the lower display area Ds of the third symbol display device 81, among the reserved symbol displays of the second special symbol, the reserved symbol display displayed in the reserved symbol display area Ds4 is usually “●”. Where it is displayed with, it is displayed with "▲" which is a special reserved symbol display, and the display mode is schematically notifying the player in advance that the display mode of the special symbol indicating the big hit is stopped and displayed. It is a figure shown in.

Further, in FIG. 102 (b), in the lower display area Ds of the third symbol display device 81, among the reserved symbol displays of the first special symbol, the reserved symbol display displayed in the reserved symbol display area Ds4 is usually ". Where it is displayed with "○", it is displayed with "△" which is a special reserved symbol display, and the display mode is notified in advance to the player that it is stopped and displayed in the display mode of the special symbol indicating the big hit. It is a figure shown schematically.

With this configuration, the player can recognize the winning / failing determination result in advance by displaying the reserved symbol, and each time the reserved symbol display is displayed, the special reserved symbol display for notifying the jackpot is displayed. Then, you can have expectations and become more interested in games.

In this embodiment, the jackpot is notified (one notification) in advance by displaying the reserved symbol, but the present invention is not limited to this, and it may be notified by voice or by a dedicated lamp or the like. Alternatively, the third symbol display device 81 may be configured to notify by characters, symbols, or the like.

Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG. 103. FIG. 103 is a diagram schematically showing a part of the other memory area 203v of the RAM 203 in the MPU 201 of the main control device 110. In addition, the first notification flag 203v7, the second notification flag 203v8, and the notification timer storage area 203v9 are added to the memory area 203v.

The first notification flag 203v7 is a flag indicating that the reserved symbol display (“Δ” in the present embodiment) for notifying that a big hit is displayed is displayed in the reserved symbol display of the first special symbol. The details of the first notification flag 203v7 will be described later, but in the first notification lottery process (FIGS. 106 and S1150) executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, the special reserved symbol display for notifying the jackpot is displayed. , Is set to ON based on the instruction to the voice lamp control device 113. Further, although not shown, the first notification flag 203v7 is set to off when the jackpot game is started based on the reserved symbol display for notifying that a jackpot is to be made. It is a flag that is set to off at the time of initial setting.

The second notification flag 203v8 is a flag indicating that the special reserved symbol display (“▲” in the present embodiment) for notifying that a big hit is displayed is displayed in the reserved symbol display of the second special symbol. The details of the second notification flag 203v8 will be described later, but in the second notification lottery process (FIGS. 109, S1170) executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, the special reserved symbol display for notifying the jackpot is displayed. , Is set to ON based on the instruction to the voice lamp control device 113. Further, although not shown, the second notification flag 203v8 is set to off when the big hit game is started based on the special reserved symbol display for notifying that a big hit is to be made. It is a flag that is set to off at the time of initial setting.

When the notification timer storage area 203v9 is displayed on the first special symbol or the second special symbol in the reserved symbol display (one notification) for notifying that a big hit is made, the reserved symbol is displayed after being displayed. It is a storage area in which the time until the change of the special symbol based on the above is stopped is stored. When one notification is made for one special symbol and the variation pattern that is a hit for the other special symbol is selected, the set time stored in the notification timer storage area 203v9 is longer than the set time. A long fluctuation time is selected. As a result, it is possible to prevent the jackpot from occurring before the jackpot by the reserved symbol display that has been announced once, and to prevent the player from being confused.

In addition, after one announcement, if one announcement is made with a special symbol different from the one announced special symbol (for example, the reserved symbol corresponding to the first special symbol is displayed, the second announcement is made. If the hold corresponding to the special symbol) is established, the fluctuation is stopped before the one-announced hold symbol display, and the jackpot is reached, the game state may be changed. In detail, it was predicted that the fluctuation would start in a high-probability gaming state, and it was determined in advance that it would be a big hit, and one announcement was made. If the fluctuation starts first and the game is stopped and displayed at the normal 15R jackpot, then the game is changed to the game in the normal probability (low probability) game state, and the hit / fail judgment result corresponding to the reserved symbol display that has been announced once is displayed. There is a problem that it is not a big hit but a miss.

However, in the configuration of the present embodiment, when one notification is made, the variation pattern is selected so that the big hit game does not occur, so that the above-mentioned problems can be prevented. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the notification that causes confusion to the player.

FIG. 104 is a diagram schematically showing a subordinate sort hold storage area 223k of the RAM 223 in the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113. In the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k in the 17th embodiment, the hold notification flag 223k8 is added to the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k in the first embodiment.

The hold notification flag 223k8 is provided in each hold area, and when the first notification command or the second notification command is received from the main control unit 110, the hold notification flag 223k8 of the hold area indicated by the command is turned on. Set. Further, the hold notification flag 223k8 resets each data in the hold area to the initial value when the hold is exhausted, the hold area shifts, and the hold data storage area is shifted to the changing data storage area (the hold notification flag 223k8). By clearing 0), it is set to off.

Next, with reference to FIG. 105, the first look-ahead update process (S926), which is one of the first look-ahead processes (FIG. 25, S907) executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, will be described. FIG. 105 is a flowchart showing the first look-ahead update process (S926). In the first look-ahead update process (FIG. 105, S926) in the 17th embodiment, the first notice lottery process (FIG. 106, S1150) is performed with respect to the first look-ahead update process (FIG. 26, S926) in the first embodiment. A first extended variable look-ahead process (FIG. 107, S1160) has been added. Each process of S931 to S939 in the 17th embodiment is executed the same process as each process of S931 to S939 in the first embodiment.

In the process of S931, when the predicted hit / fail determination result is determined to be a big hit (S931: Yes), the first notification lottery process (FIGS. 106, S1150) is executed. The first notification lottery process (FIG. 106, S1150) will be described later, but when one notification has not been executed, a process of drawing whether or not to execute one notification is executed.

In the first notification lottery process (FIG. 106, S1150), first, it is determined whether the first notification flag 203v7 or the second notification flag 203v8 is set to ON (S1151). When it is determined that the first notification flag 203v7 or the second notification flag 203v8 is off (S1151: No), in the sort hold storage area 203u, the change order is first and the winning one is stored. It is determined whether or not it is done (S1152).

If it is determined in the sort hold storage area 203u that the variation order is earlier and there is a hit (S1152: Yes), this process is terminated. On the other hand, in the sort hold storage area 203u, when it is determined that all the items with the first variation order are out of order (S1152: No), the notification count value is acquired (S1153). The notification count value is a value obtained by acquiring the value of the special hit type counter C2. In the present embodiment, the special hit type counter C2 is used as a counter for generating the notification count value, but the present invention is not limited to this, and a notification counter may be provided exclusively.

It is determined whether the acquired notification count value is a hit count value (any of 0 to 30 in this embodiment) (S1154). When it is determined that the acquired notification count value is a hit (S1154: Yes), the voice lamp control device 113 is held to notify the hold symbol display of the first special symbol that has made this determination to the jackpot. Generate a first notification command instructing the display (one notification) to display the symbol (S1155). This first notification command is a command indicating which holding area is the command for displaying the holding symbol.

The time until the special symbol corresponding to the reserved symbol display ends the fluctuation is calculated and stored in the notification timer storage area 203v9 (S1156). The first notification flag 203v7 is set to ON (S1157). On the other hand, if it is determined that the acquired notification count value is out of order (S1154: No), this process is terminated. If it is determined that the first notification flag 203v7 or the second notification flag 203v8 is on (S1151: Yes), the notification timer is updated by subtracting 2 ms from the value stored in the notification timer storage area 203v9. Is performed (S1158).

In this way, if it is determined that the first notification flag 203v7 or the second notification flag 203v8 is on, the lottery for whether to make one notification is not performed. Until the jackpot game is completed, the next one announcement is not made, and the one announcement is made multiple times, so that the player can be prevented from being confused.

In addition, by drawing a lottery as to whether or not to make one announcement, it is possible to prevent one announcement from being made even if the reserved symbol is displayed, which is a big hit each time, and expectation for a big hit if one announcement is not made. It is possible to prevent the problem that the player does not hold it.

In the present embodiment, the notification timer stores the time until the end of the fluctuation, but the present invention is not limited to this, and a counter value or the like may be stored and the counter value may be updated every time the change is made.

With reference to FIG. 105, the process returns to the process of the first look-ahead update process (FIG. 105, S926) to continue the description. When the process of S934 or S935 is executed, the first extended variation look-ahead process (FIG. 107, S1160) is executed.

In the first extended variation look-ahead process (FIG. 107, S1160), first, it is determined whether or not the second notification flag 203v8 is set to ON (S1161). When it is determined that the second notification flag 203v8 is set to ON (S1161: Yes), it is stored in the sort hold storage area 203u that triggered the setting of the second notification flag 203v8 to ON. For the data in the reserved area, the value of the notification timer storage area 203v9 when the second special symbol corresponding to the reserved area starts to change is calculated (predicted), and the selected variation pattern (variation time). ) Is determined (predicted) (S1162). On the other hand, when it is determined that the second notification flag 203v8 is set to off (S1161: No), this process is terminated.

With this configuration, even if one notification is made in the reserved symbol display corresponding to the first special symbol and the variation display of the second special symbol is extended, the variation pattern (variation). By determining (predicting) the time) in advance, it is possible to sort the reserved symbol display in the correct fluctuation start order. Therefore, the correct variation start order can be notified by the player, and the player can be prevented from being confused.

Next, with reference to FIG. 108, the second look-ahead update process (S946), which is one of the second look-ahead processes (FIG. 27, S914) executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110, will be described. FIG. 108 is a flowchart showing the second look-ahead update process (S946). In the second look-ahead update process (FIG. 108, S946) in the 17th embodiment, the second look-ahead update process (FIG. 28, S946) in the first embodiment is combined with the second notification lottery process (FIG. 109, S1170). A second extended variation look-ahead process (FIG. 108, S1180) has been added. Each process of S951 to S959 in the 17th embodiment is executed the same process as each process of S951 to S959 in the first embodiment.

In the process of S951, if the predicted hit / fail determination result is determined to be a big hit (S951: Yes), the second notification lottery process (FIGS. 109, S1170) is executed. The second notification lottery process (FIG. 109, S1170) will be described later, but when one notification has not been executed, a process of drawing whether or not to execute one notification is executed.

In the second notification lottery process (FIG. 109, S1170), first, it is determined whether the first notification flag 203v7 or the second notification flag 203v8 is set to ON (S1171). When it is determined that the first notification flag 203v7 or the second notification flag 203v8 is off (S1171: No), in the sort hold storage area 203u, the change order is first and the winning one is stored. It is determined whether or not it is done (S1172).

If it is determined in the sort hold storage area 203u that the variation order is earlier and there is a hit (S1172: Yes), this process is terminated. On the other hand, in the sort hold storage area 203u, when it is determined that all the items with the first variation order are out of order (S1172: No), the notification count value is acquired (S1173). The notification count value is a value obtained by acquiring the value of the special hit type counter C2. In the present embodiment, the special hit type counter C2 is used as a counter for generating the notification count value, but the present invention is not limited to this, and a notification counter may be provided exclusively.

It is determined whether the acquired notification count value is a hit count value (any of 0 to 30 in this embodiment) (S1174). When it is determined that the acquired notification count value is a hit (S1174: Yes), the voice lamp control device 113 is notified of the jackpot by displaying the reserved symbol of the second special symbol that has made this determination. Generate a second notification command instructing the display to be displayed in the hold symbol display (one notification) (S1175). This second notification command is a command indicating which holding area is the command for displaying the holding symbol.

The time until the special symbol corresponding to the reserved symbol display ends the fluctuation is calculated and stored in the notification timer storage area 203v9 (S1176). The second notification flag 203v8 is set to ON (S1177). On the other hand, if it is determined that the acquired notification count value is out of order (S1174: No), this process is terminated. Further, when it is determined that the first notification flag 203v7 or the second notification flag 203v8 is on (S1171: Yes), the timer interrupt processing is performed from the value stored in the notification timer storage area 203v9 (FIG. 14). ) Is subtracted from the execution cycle of 2 ms, and the notification timer is updated (S1178).

In this way, if it is determined that the first notification flag 203v7 or the second notification flag 203v8 is on, the lottery for whether to make one notification is not performed. Until the jackpot game is completed, the next one announcement is not made, and the one announcement is made multiple times, so that the player can be prevented from being confused.

In addition, by drawing a lottery as to whether or not to make one notification, it is possible to prevent one notification from being made even if the reserved symbol is displayed, which is a big hit each time. It is possible to prevent a problem that the player does not have expectations.

In the present embodiment, the notification timer stores the time until the end of the fluctuation, but the present invention is not limited to this, and a counter value or the like may be stored and the counter value may be updated every time the change is made.

With reference to FIG. 108, the process returns to the process of the second look-ahead update process (FIG. 108, S946) to continue the description. When the process of S954 or S955 is executed, the second extended variation look-ahead process (S1180) is executed. In the second extended variation look-ahead process (S1180), in the first extended variable look-ahead process (FIG. 107, S1160), the second notification flag 203v8 is only changed to the first notification flag 203v7, and the other processes are the same. Therefore, the illustration and detailed description will be omitted.

With this configuration, one notification is made in the reserved symbol display corresponding to the second special symbol, and even if the variable display of the first special symbol is extended (delayed), it is displayed in advance. By determining the fluctuation time, the reserved symbols can be rearranged in the correct fluctuation start order. Therefore, the correct variation start order can be notified by the player, and the player can be prevented from being confused.

With reference to FIG. 110, in the 17th embodiment, in one process of the special symbol variation process (FIG. 15, S107) which is one process of the timer interrupt process (FIG. 14) executed by the MPU 201 of the main controller 110. A certain first special symbol change start processing (FIG. 110, S203) will be described. FIG. 110 is a flowchart showing the first special symbol change start processing (FIGS. 110 and S203). The first special symbol variation start process (FIG. 110, S203) of the 17th embodiment is the first special symbol variation pattern selection process with respect to the first special symbol variation start process (FIG. 16, S203) of the first embodiment. Instead of (FIG. 18, S310), the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 7 (FIG. 111, S370) has been added. Each process of S301 to S309 in the 17th embodiment executes the same process as each process of S301 to S309 in the first embodiment. When the process of S309 is completed, the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 7 (FIGS. 111, S370) is executed.

With reference to FIG. 111, in the 17th embodiment, the first special symbol variation pattern selection process, which is one process of the first special symbol variation start process (FIGS. 110, S203) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110. 7 (S370) will be described. FIG. 111 is a flowchart showing the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 7 (S370). The first special symbol variation pattern selection process 7 (FIGS. 111, S370) is a process for selecting a variation pattern of the first special symbol. Further, in the case of the second special symbol, when one announcement is made, the variation pattern of the special symbol corresponding to the one-announced reserved symbol display is longer than the time until the variation ends. Set.

In the first special symbol variation pattern selection process 7 (FIG. 111, S370), first, it is determined whether or not the result of the hit / fail determination in the first special symbol jackpot determination process (FIGS. 17, S309) is a jackpot (S651). .. The determination of whether or not it is a jackpot is determined by whether or not the first jackpot flag 203o is set to ON. When it is determined that the first jackpot flag 203o is set to ON (S6511: Yes), it is determined whether the second notification flag 203v8 is set to ON (S652). When it is determined that the second notification flag 203v8 is on (S652: Yes), the fluctuation pattern of the fluctuation time longer than the value of the notification timer storage area 203v9 is set as the first alternative fluctuation pattern, and the first alternative fluctuation pattern is used. It is set as a command (S653).

Here, the selection of the fluctuation pattern command longer than the value of the notification timer storage area 203v9 is performed from the normal time special hit fluctuation pattern table 202d or the time saving / probability variation special hit fluctuation pattern table 202d based on the gaming state at that time. Among the fluctuation patterns of the fluctuation time longer than the value of the notification timer storage area 203v9, the fluctuation pattern of the nearest fluctuation time is selected. For example, in the normal gaming state (low probability gaming state), if the jackpot type is 15R jackpot and the value stored in the notification timer storage area 203v9 is 40 seconds, the fluctuation pattern of the super reach 15R jackpot B is Be selected.

Further, when the value of the notification timer storage area 203v9 is longer than all the fluctuation patterns in the fluctuation pattern table, the value obtained by adding 5 seconds to the value of the notification timer storage area 203v9 is defined as the fluctuation time. An alternative variation pattern is set. In this alternative variation pattern, all the main symbols in the special symbol are varied and displayed during the variation time, and then stopped and displayed in a display mode indicating a jackpot. Further, even when the jackpot type is a jackpot of 2R probability variation, an alternative variation pattern in which the value obtained by adding 5 seconds to the value of the notification timer storage area 203v9 is used as the variation time instead of the fluctuation pattern dedicated to the 2R probability variation at normal time is used. Be selected.

On the other hand, when it is determined that the second notification flag 203v8 is off (S652: No), the special hit variation pattern table 202d according to the gaming state is set (S654). Although not shown in the present embodiment, the first special symbol is configured to have a variable pattern table 202d dedicated to the first special symbol, and the second special symbol is configured to have a variable pattern table 202d dedicated to the second special symbol. ing. When the gaming state is the normal gaming state (low-probability gaming state and not during the time reduction), the normal time special hit variation pattern table 202d (FIG. 10A) is set. Further, when the gaming state is a high-probability gaming state or a time reduction (the time reduction counter 203k is larger than 0), the time reduction / probability variation special hit variation pattern table 202d (FIG. 11A) is set. The jackpot type table 202b is set based on the value of the special hit type counter C2, and the jackpot type is determined (S655).

On the other hand, when it is determined that the first jackpot flag 203o is off (S6511: No), a special deviation variation pattern table according to the gaming state is set (S656). When the gaming state is the normal gaming state (low-probability gaming state and not during the time reduction), the normal time special deviation fluctuation pattern table 202e (FIG. 10B) is set. Further, when the gaming state is a high-probability gaming state or a time reduction (time reduction counter 203k is larger than 0), the time reduction / probability variation special deviation variation pattern table 202d (FIG. 11B) is set. The variation pattern type is selected (determined) from the selected variation pattern table based on the value of the variation type counter CS1 stored in the special symbol hold execution area 203c (S657).

A variation pattern is selected as the variation pattern of the first special symbol based on the value of the variation pattern determination counter C3, and the first variation pattern command for notifying the voice lamp control device 113 of the selected variation pattern is Generated (S658).

The first stop type command is set based on the determined stop type (S659). The measurement start of the first fluctuation time, which is the fluctuation time of the first special symbol, is set (S660).

With reference to FIG. 112, in the 17th embodiment, in one process of the special symbol variation process (FIG. 15, S107) which is one process of the timer interrupt process (FIG. 14) executed by the MPU 201 of the main control device 110. A certain second special symbol change start processing (FIG. 112, S206) will be described. FIG. 112 is a flowchart showing the second special symbol change start process (FIG. 112, S206). The second special symbol variation start process (FIG. 112, S206) of the 17th embodiment is the second special symbol variation pattern selection process with respect to the second special symbol variation start process (FIG. 20, S26) of the first embodiment. A second special symbol variation pattern selection process 7 (FIG. 113, S770) is added in place of (FIG. 22, S710). Each process of S701 to S709 in the 17th embodiment executes the same process as each process of S701 to S709 in the first embodiment. When the process of S709 is completed, the second special symbol variation pattern selection process 7 (FIG. 113, S770) is executed.

With reference to FIG. 113, in the 17th embodiment, the second special symbol variation pattern selection process, which is one process of the second special symbol variation start process (FIGS. 112, S206) executed by the MPU 201 in the main control device 110. 7 (S770) will be described. FIG. 113 is a flowchart showing the second special symbol variation pattern selection process 7 (S770). The second special symbol variation pattern selection process 7 (FIGS. 113, S770) is a process for selecting a variation pattern of the second special symbol. Further, in the case where one announcement is made in the first special symbol, the variation time until the variation mode of the special symbol corresponding to the one-announced reserved symbol display ends the variation is set.

In the second special symbol variation pattern selection process 7 (FIG. 113, S770), first, it is determined whether or not the result of the hit / fail determination in the second special symbol jackpot determination process (FIGS. 21, S709) is a jackpot (S771). .. The determination of whether or not it is a jackpot is determined by whether or not the second jackpot flag 203p is set to ON. When it is determined that the second jackpot flag 203p is set to ON (S771: Yes), it is determined whether the first notification flag 203v7 is set to ON (S772). When it is determined that the first notification flag 203v7 is on (S772: Yes), the fluctuation pattern of the fluctuation time longer than the value of the notification timer storage area 203v9 is set as the second alternative fluctuation pattern, and the second alternative fluctuation pattern is used. The command is set (S773).

Here, the selection of the fluctuation pattern command longer than the value of the notification timer storage area 203v9 is performed from the normal time special hit fluctuation pattern table 202d or the time saving / probability variation special hit fluctuation pattern table 202d based on the gaming state at that time. With a variation time longer than the value of the notification timer storage area 203v9, the variation pattern with the closest time is selected. For example, in the normal gaming state (low probability gaming state), if the jackpot type is 15R jackpot and the value stored in the notification timer storage area 203v9 is 40 seconds, the fluctuation pattern of the super reach 15R jackpot B is Be selected.

Further, when the value of the notification timer storage area 203v9 is longer than any fluctuation pattern in the fluctuation pattern table, an alternative fluctuation pattern is set in which the value obtained by adding 5 seconds to the value of the notification timer storage area 203v9 is used as the fluctuation time. To. This alternative variation pattern is displayed in a variable manner during the variation time of all the main symbols in the special symbol, and then stopped and displayed in a display mode indicating a jackpot. Further, even when the jackpot type is a jackpot of 2R probability variation, an alternative variation pattern in which the value obtained by adding 5 seconds to the value of the notification timer storage area 203v9 is used as the variation time instead of the fluctuation pattern dedicated to the 2R probability variation at normal time is used. Be selected.

On the other hand, when it is determined that the first notification flag 203v7 is off (S772: No), the special hit variation pattern table 202d according to the gaming state is set (S774). Although not shown in the present embodiment, the first special symbol is configured to have a variable pattern table 202d dedicated to the first special symbol, and the second special symbol is configured to have a variable pattern table 202d dedicated to the second special symbol. ing. When the gaming state is the normal gaming state (low-probability gaming state and not during the time reduction), the normal time special hit variation pattern table 202d (FIG. 10A) is set. Further, when the gaming state is a high-probability gaming state or a time reduction (the time reduction counter 203k is larger than 0), the time reduction / probability variation special hit variation pattern table 202d (FIG. 11A) is set. The jackpot type table 202b is set based on the value of the special hit type counter C2, and the jackpot type is determined (S775).

On the other hand, when it is determined that the second jackpot flag 203p is off (S771: No), a special deviation variation pattern table according to the gaming state is set (S776). When the gaming state is the normal gaming state (low-probability gaming state and not during the time reduction), the normal time special deviation fluctuation pattern table 202e (FIG. 10B) is set. Further, when the gaming state is a high-probability gaming state or a time reduction (time reduction counter 203k is larger than 0), the time reduction / probability variation special deviation variation pattern table 202d (FIG. 11B) is set. The variation pattern type is selected (determined) from the selected variation pattern table based on the value of the variation type counter CS1 stored in the special symbol hold execution area 203c (S777).

A variation pattern is selected as the variation pattern of the second special symbol based on the value of the variation pattern determination counter C3, and a second variation pattern command for notifying the voice lamp control device 113 of the selected variation pattern is issued. Generated (S778). The second stop type command is set based on the determined stop type (S779). The measurement start of the second fluctuation time, which is the fluctuation time of the second special symbol, is set (S780).

In this way, when one notification is executed in the reserved symbol display corresponding to the second special symbol, one notification is executed in the reserved symbol display corresponding to the first special symbol of the first special symbol. In the case, the change mode in which the hit / fail judgment result of the second special symbol becomes a big hit is delayed until the special symbol corresponding to the special reserved symbol display that has been announced stops changing, so that one announcement is made. It is possible to prevent a jackpot from occurring before the jackpot game based on the special reserved symbol display.

Therefore, even if one notification is made assuming that a lottery is made in a high-probability game state, a big hit does not occur before that, so the game state cannot be changed and one notification is made. It is possible to prevent a problem that the lottery game based on the reserved symbol display in which the above is performed does not become a big hit. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from being confused and to play the game with peace of mind.

In the present embodiment, an alternative fluctuation pattern is selected to delay the occurrence of the jackpot, but it is also possible to delay the start of the fluctuation. With such a configuration, it is possible to prevent another jackpot from occurring before the jackpot triggered by the display of the reserved symbol in which one notification is made.

Further, in the present embodiment, all the jackpots are delayed, but only the 15R normal jackpot may be delayed. With this configuration, the 15R probability variation jackpot and the 2R probability variation jackpot occur before the jackpot based on the reserved symbol display that made one announcement, but the gaming state is changed from high probability to low probability. This can be prevented and the lottery game based on the reserved symbol display for which one announcement has been made can be a big hit. In addition, even before the jackpot based on the reserved symbol display announced once, a jackpot can be generated, and many jackpot games can be provided to the player to increase the player's expectation for the jackpot.

The main process (S1400) executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113 will be described with reference to FIG. 114. FIG. 114 is a flowchart showing this main process (FIG. 114, S1400). The main process of the 17th embodiment (FIG. 114, S1400) is a command determination process (FIG. 36, S1414) and a hold quantity display update process (FIG. 37) with respect to the main process (FIG. 35, S1400) of the first embodiment. , S1406), a command determination process 4 (FIG. 115, S1560) and a hold quantity display update process 4 (FIG. 116, S1550) are added. Each process of S1401 to S1413 in the 17th embodiment is executed the same process as each process of S1401 to S1413 in the first embodiment. When the process of S1413 is completed, the command determination process 4 (FIG. 115, S1560) is executed.

The command determination process 4 (S1560), which is one of the main processes (FIGS. 114 and S1400) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113, will be described with reference to FIG. 115. FIG. 115 is a flowchart showing the command determination process 4 (S1560). The command determination process 4 (FIG. 115, S1560) is executed in the main process (FIG. 114, S1400) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113, and is for determining a command received from the main control device 110. It is the processing of.

In the command determination process 4 (FIG. 115, S1470) of the 17th embodiment, the processes of S1561 and S1562 are added to the command determination process (FIG. 36, S1414) of the first embodiment. Each process of S1501 to S1518 in the 17th embodiment is executed the same process as each process of S1501 to S1518 in the first embodiment. If it is determined in the process of S1517 that the first or second special symbol change restart command has not been received (S1517: No), the process of S1561 is executed.

In the process of S1561, it is determined whether the first notification command or the second notification command output by the main control device 110 has been received (S1561). When it is determined that the first notification command or the second notification command has been received (S1561: Yes), the hold notification flag 223k8 in the hold area of the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k indicated by the received notification command is set to ON. (S1562).

With reference to FIG. 116, a hold quantity display update process 4 (S1550), which is one process of the main process (FIG. 114, S1400) executed by the MPU 221 in the voice lamp control device 113, will be described in the 17th embodiment. .. FIG. 116 is a flowchart showing the reserved quantity display update process 4 (S1550). In the hold quantity display update process 4 (FIG. 116, S1550), the hold symbol display is rearranged, the hold symbol display in which the flag 223k7 is set to on is in the order of change start, and the hold symbol display in which it is set to off is in the order of establishment. The hold symbol display corresponding to the hold area in which the hold notification flag 223k8 is set to be displayed is displayed as a special hold symbol display (in the present embodiment, "△" for the first special symbol, the second special symbol). If so, it is a process for displaying with "▲").

In the hold quantity display update process 4 (FIG. 116, S1550), first, the change display start time of each hold area of the subordinate sort hold storage area 223k is updated (S1551). The execution cycle of this process (1 ms in this embodiment) is subtracted from each time data stored in the variable start time storage area 223k5. Further, the update of the variable display start time is not limited to this, and may be performed by providing an RTC or the like, or may be of course another method.

The hold symbol display of the hold area in which the sort flag 223k7 is set is displayed in the order in which the fluctuation starts, and the hold symbol is displayed in the order in which the hold is established for the hold area in which the sort flag 223k7 is off. A hold display command for display is set (S1552).

By controlling in this way, when sorting is executed (when the frame switch 22 is operated), the displayed reserved symbol display (holding area in which the sorting flag 223k7 is set to ON) is displayed. Only on the other hand, the reserved symbol display can be rearranged and displayed in the order of variable start.

It is determined whether there is a hold area in which the hold notification flag 223k8 is set to ON (S1553). When it is determined that there is a hold area in which the hold notification flag 223k8 is set (S1553: Yes), the hold symbol display in which the hold notification flag 223k8 is set is set to the special hold symbol display (this implementation). In the form, a display hold display command for displaying "Δ" for the first special symbol and "▲" for the second special symbol) is generated (S1554). A voice command for outputting a voice indicating that one notification has been made (in this embodiment, a voice saying "big hit !!") is generated (S1555). On the other hand, when it is determined that there is no hold area in which the hold notification flag 223k8 is set to ON (S1553: No), this process is terminated.

In this way, when the hold notification flag 223k8 is set to on, the hold symbol display is set to be displayed in the special hold symbol display that notifies that the jackpot is a big hit, so that the player can make a new hold. Every time the symbol display is displayed, the game can be played with the expectation that it will be displayed in the special reserved symbol display. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from getting bored with the game at an early stage.

In addition, when the special reserved symbol display is displayed, the player is notified by voice that it is a big hit, so that the player's gambling spirit can be further enhanced. Therefore, it is possible to prevent getting bored with the game earlier.

Further, since the reserved symbol display is updated and displayed every time the reserved symbol display update process 4 (FIG. 116, S1550) is executed, the reserved symbol display and the special reserved symbol are displayed as the pending symbol is exhausted. The display can also be moved to be displayed, the player can be made to display the accurate reserved symbol display, and the player can be prevented from being confused.

In the present embodiment, the voice for notifying that one notification has been made is configured to be repeatedly notified while the hold notification flag 223k8 is set to ON, but the present invention is not limited to this and only once. It may be configured to be output.

Further, in the present embodiment, the reserved symbol display is displayed in the special reserved symbol display to notify the one notification, but the background is not limited to this, and the background is displayed in a different color or display mode (for example, blinking display). It may be notified by displaying it, or it may be configured to notify by displaying characters on the third symbol display device 81.

In the present embodiment, the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 executes the first look-ahead process (FIG. 25, S907) and the second look-ahead process (FIG. 27, S914) to win a prize for the voice lamp control device 113. It is configured to output various commands such as commands, first notification command, and second notification command. However, not limited to this, the main control device 110 issues a command indicating various count values (special hit random number counter C1 or the like) acquired based on the entry of the game ball into the first start port 63a or the second start port 63b. In the main process (FIG. 114, S1400) that is output to the voice lamp control device 113 and executed by the MPU 221 of the voice lamp control device 113, the first look-ahead process (FIG. 25, S907) and the first read-ahead process (FIG. 25, S907) executed by the main control device 110. 2 The read-ahead process (FIG. 27, S914) may be executed. With such a configuration, the control load of the main control device 110 can be reduced. Therefore, the game processing (winning detection of various winning openings, etc.) can be performed without being missed. It should be noted that this configuration can be similarly applied to the first to sixteenth embodiments described above, and the control load of the main control device 110 can be reduced.

The configurations from the first embodiment to the seventeenth embodiment may be appropriately combined.

Hereinafter, in addition to the slot machine and the gaming machine of the present invention, the concepts of various inventions included in the above-described embodiments will be shown.

A winning / failing determination means for executing a winning / failing determination of the first lottery game based on the establishment of the first winning / failing determination condition and executing a winning / failing determination of the second lottery game based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition, and the winning / failing determination thereof. The first identification information indicating the winning / failing determination result of the first lottery game by the means is dynamically displayed in the order in which the first winning / failing determination condition is satisfied, and the second lottery game by the winning / failing determination means. The second identification information indicating the hit / fail determination result is dynamically displayed in the order in which the second hit / miss determination condition is satisfied, the first identification information is displayed on the first display means, and the second identification is performed. The display control means capable of dynamically displaying and controlling the information to the second display means and the result of the hit / fail determination by the hit / fail determination means are hit, and the display control means causes the first or second display means to receive the information. The first hit / fail determination is made in a game machine having a privilege game execution means for granting a privilege game advantageous to the player when the first or second identification information is stopped and displayed in a display mode indicating a hit. Based on the establishment of the condition, the dynamic display mode related to the time information of the first identification information corresponding to the established pass / fail determination condition is determined, and the established pass / fail determination condition is determined based on the establishment of the second pass / fail determination means. The dynamic display mode determining means for determining the dynamic display mode related to the time information of the corresponding second identification information, and the above-mentioned corresponding to the hit / fail judgment condition that is satisfied when the first or second hit / miss judgment condition is satisfied. Until the first or second identification information is started to be dynamically displayed, the order in which the hit / fail judgment condition is established and the dynamic display mode determining means, which is a combination of the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition that are satisfied, are Distinguish between the hold information storage means that stores the hold information having at least the information about the determined dynamic display mode, and the hold information of the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition stored in the hold information storage means. At the same time, the hold display means and the first hold display means in which the order of establishment of the hit / fail judgment condition in which the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition are combined for each hold information is displayed in an identifiable hold display mode. Or, when the second pass / fail judgment condition is satisfied and new hold information is stored, the remaining dynamic display time of the first or second identification information being dynamically displayed and each hold previously stored are stored. Based on the dynamic display mode for each information, the time information until the first or second identification information corresponding to the new reserved information becomes the dynamic display start is determined and stored in the reserved information storage means. Dynamic display start time Information determination means and predetermined conditions are satisfied. Based on each dynamic display start time information stored in the hold information storage means by the dynamic display start time information determining means, the hold display mode displayed in the hold display means is dynamically displayed. The gaming machine A1 is characterized by having a rearranging means for rearranging in the order of starting.

According to the gaming machine A1, the winning / failing determination of the first lottery game is executed by the winning / failing determination means based on the establishment of the first winning / failing determination condition. Further, based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition, the winning / failing determination of the second lottery game is executed by the winning / failing determination means. The dynamic display of the first identification information indicating the winning / failing of the first lottery game by the winning / failing determination means is performed by the first display means in the order in which the first winning / failing determination condition is satisfied. Further, the dynamic display of the second identification information indicating the winning / failing determination result of the second lottery game by the winning / failing determination means is performed by the second display means in the order in which the second winning / failing determination condition is satisfied. Here, the first identification information is the first display means, the second identification information is the second display means, and the display control control means can dynamically display the information. Then, when the hit / fail determination result by the hit / fail determination means becomes a hit and the first or second identification information is stopped and displayed in a display mode indicating a hit by the display control means, the privilege game that is advantageous to the player is executed. Performed by means. As a result, the second identification information can be dynamically displayed even while the first identification information is dynamically displayed, and the first lottery game and the second lottery game can be efficiently executed. Based on the establishment of the first hit / miss determination condition, the dynamic display mode related to the time information of the first identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means. Further, based on the establishment of the second hit / miss determination condition, the dynamic display mode related to the time information of the second identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means. When the first or second hit / fail judgment condition is satisfied, the first hit / fail judgment condition and the first hit / fail judgment condition that are satisfied until the first or second identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail judgment condition is started to be dynamically displayed. (2) Hold information having at least information on the order in which the hit / fail judgment condition is established together with the hit / fail judgment condition and the information on the dynamic display mode determined by the dynamic display mode determining means is stored in the hold information storage means. While distinguishing between the hold information of the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition stored in the hold information storage means, the hit / fail of combining the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition for each hold information. The order in which the determination conditions are satisfied is performed by the hold display means as a display of the identifiable hold display mode. When the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied and new reserved information is stored, the remaining dynamic display time of the first or second identification information being dynamically displayed is stored first. Based on the dynamic display mode for each hold information, the time information until the first or second identification information corresponding to the new hold information becomes the dynamic display start is determined by the dynamic display start time information determining means. And stored in the pending information storage means. Then, when a predetermined condition is satisfied, the hold is displayed on the hold display means based on each dynamic display start time information stored in the hold information storage means by the dynamic display start time determination means. The display mode is sorted by the sorting means in the order in which the dynamic display is started. As a result, for example, the hold information of the second lottery game is newly stored in the state where the hold information of the first lottery game is stored first. At this time, if the remaining dynamic display time of the first identification information during dynamic display is longer than the remaining dynamic display time of the second identification information during dynamic display, the second lottery game newly stored is stored. The start time of the dynamic display of the second identification information corresponding to the hold information of the first lottery game is longer than the start time of the dynamic display of the first identification information corresponding to the hold information of the first lottery game stored earlier. It will be faster. However, since the hold display mode is displayed in order in the hold display mode indicating the order in which the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition are satisfied, the first lottery stored earlier is stored. A newly stored second lottery game hold display mode is displayed in a hold display mode indicating the order after the game hold information. Then, the actual start order of the dynamic display and the order in which the pass / fail judgment condition is satisfied may be different. However, when the predetermined condition is satisfied, the actual dynamic display is displayed by the sorting means. It is displayed sorted in the starting order. Therefore, even when the first identification information or the second identification information is dynamically displayed in an order different from the order in which the actual hit / fail determination condition is satisfied, the player can use the sorting means to start the dynamic display in the order of starting the dynamic display. Since the hold display mode is rearranged, it is possible to suppress the confusion of the player.

The gaming machine A2 of the gaming machine A1 is characterized by having a condition sorting means for assisting the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition to be alternately satisfied.

According to the gaming machine A2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine described in the gaming machine A1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, it is assisted by the sorting means that the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition are alternately satisfied. As a result, the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition can be easily satisfied evenly, and by efficiently executing the first lottery game and the second lottery game, more games can be played in a shorter time. It can be carried out.

In the game machine of the game machine A1 or A2, the rearrangement means is the hold information when the first or second hit / miss determination condition is newly satisfied and the hold information is stored in the hold information storage means. Based on the dynamic display start time information corresponding to each hold information previously stored in the storage means, the first or second hold information corresponding to the newly established hold information and the previously stored hold information. The gaming machine A3 is characterized in that a dynamic display start order of identification information is determined, and the order is stored in the hold information storage means in relation to the hold information.

According to the gaming machine A3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines described in the gaming machines A1 or A2, the following effects are exhibited. That is, when the first or second hit / fail determination condition is newly satisfied and the hold information is stored in the hold information storage means, the dynamic corresponding to each hold information previously stored in the hold information storage means. Based on the display start time information, the dynamic display start order of the first or second identification information corresponding to the newly stored hold information and the previously stored hold information is determined, and the order is each hold. It is stored in the reserved information storage means by the sorting means in relation to the information. As a result, each time the first or second hit / fail determination condition is newly satisfied and the reserved information is stored, the dynamic display start order is updated. Therefore, when a predetermined condition is satisfied, the hold display mode can be rearranged based on the updated dynamic display start order. Therefore, even if there is a change in the dynamic display start order, it is possible to rearrange the hold display modes in the corresponding dynamic display start order, and the player is notified of the accurate dynamic display start order. Can be done.

In any of the gaming machines A1 to A3, the gaming machine has an operating means that can be operated by the player, and the rearranging means satisfies the predetermined conditions when the operating means is operated. The gaming machine A4 is characterized in that the holding display mode is rearranged.

According to the gaming machine A4, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine described in any of the gaming machines A1 to A3, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the sorting means has an operating means that can be operated by the player, and when the operating means is operated, the holding display mode is rearranged on the assumption that the predetermined conditions are satisfied. A gaming machine A4 characterized by being present.

According to the gaming machine A4, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine described in any of the gaming machines A1 to A3, the following effects are exhibited. That is, when the operating means that can be operated by the player is operated, the hold display mode is rearranged by the sorting means, assuming that the predetermined conditions are satisfied. As a result, it is possible to sort the hold display mode at the timing intended by the player, and notify the player of the correct dynamic display start order at the timing when the player wants to know the exact dynamic display start order. Can be done.

In any of the gaming machines A1 to A4, when the first or second hit / fail determination condition is newly satisfied, the sorting means holds the display on the assumption that the predetermined condition is satisfied. The gaming machine A5, characterized in that the hold display mode displayed on the means is rearranged.

According to the gaming machine A5, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine described in any of the gaming machines A1 to A4, the following effects are exhibited. That is, when the first or second hit / fail determination condition is newly satisfied, the hold display mode displayed on the hold display means is rearranged by the sort means, assuming that the predetermined condition is satisfied. As a result, when a new hold display mode is displayed, the hold display mode is rearranged, so that the player can know the exact dynamic display start order.

In the game machine A1 or A5, the winning / failing determination between the first lottery game and the second lottery game executed after the privilege game execution means executes the privilege game is in a special game state in which it is easier to win than in normal times. The lottery information for drawing whether or not to transfer is acquired based on the establishment of the first or second hit / fail determination condition, and the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied, and the established determination condition is satisfied. When storing the hold information corresponding to the above, the game state lottery means for storing the lottery information in the hold information storage means in relation to the hold information is provided, and the hit / fail determination means is the hold information storage means. Until the first or second identification information corresponding to each reserved information stored in is capable of dynamically displaying, based on the dynamic display start time information determined by the dynamic display start time information determining means. , The game state lottery means determines whether or not the game state of the dynamic display start information corresponding to each hold information is the special game state, and a pre-determination is executed in which a hit / fail judgment is performed in advance, and the result is the result. When the first or second identification information corresponding to each hold information stored in the hold information storage means can be dynamically displayed while being stored in the hold information storage means in relation to each hold information. In addition, the hit / fail determination is formally executed based on the game state when the fluctuation can be started, and the dynamic display mode determining means is stored in the hold information stored in the hold information storage means. Until the corresponding first or second identification information can be dynamically displayed, the dynamic display mode is determined based on the determination result of the preliminary determination stored in the reserved information storage means by the hit / miss determination means. When the first or second identification information corresponding to the hold information stored in the hold information storage means can be dynamically displayed, it is based on the determination result of the hit / miss determination means executed in that case. A gaming machine B1 characterized in that it determines a dynamic display mode.

According to the gaming machine B1, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine according to any one of the gaming machines A1 to A5, the following effects are exhibited. That is, in order to draw a lottery whether or not to shift to a special game state in which the winning / failing determination between the first lottery game and the second lottery game executed after the privilege game execution means executes the privilege game is shifted to a special game state in which it is easier to win than usual. The lottery information is acquired by the game state lottery means based on the establishment of the first or second winning / failing determination condition. Further, when the first or second winning / failing determination condition is satisfied and the holding information corresponding to the established determination condition is stored, the lottery information is held by the game state lottery means in relation to the holding information. It is stored in the information storage means. Until the first or second identification information corresponding to each of the reserved information stored in the reserved information storage means can be dynamically displayed, the dynamic display start time is based on the dynamic display start time determined by the dynamic display start time determining means. Then, the game state lottery means determines whether the game state at the start of the dynamic display corresponding to each hold information is the special game state, and the pre-judgment for determining the hit / fail is executed by the hit / fail determination means. Then, the result is stored in the hold storage means by the hit / fail determination means in relation to each hold information. On the other hand, when the first or second identification information corresponding to each hold information stored in the hold information storage means can be dynamically displayed, the hit / fail judgment is made based on the game state in that case. Formally executed by means. Until the first or second identification information corresponding to the hold information stored in the hold information storage means can be dynamically displayed, it is based on the judgment result of the preliminary judgment by the hit / miss judgment means stored in the hold information storage means. The dynamic display time is determined. On the other hand, when the first or second identification information corresponding to the hold information stored in the hold information storage means can be dynamically displayed, it is based on the judgment result of the pass / fail judgment means executed in that case. The dynamic display time is determined by the dynamic display time determining means. As a result, even if the pending information is newly stored and the dynamic display start order is changed, the game state at the start of the dynamic display is determined and the pass / fail judgment is performed based on the correct dynamic display start order. .. Therefore, the dynamic display time can be determined in advance based on the correct hit / fail determination result, and the correct dynamic display start order can be determined even when a new hit / fail determination condition is satisfied next time.

A winning / failing determination means for executing a winning / failing determination of the first lottery game based on the establishment of the first winning / failing determination condition and executing a winning / failing determination of the second lottery game based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition, and the winning / failing determination thereof. The first identification information indicating the winning / failing determination result of the first lottery game by the means is dynamically displayed in the order in which the first winning / failing determination condition is satisfied, and the second lottery game by the winning / failing determination means. The second identification information indicating the hit / fail determination result is dynamically displayed in the order in which the second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied, the first identification information is displayed on the first display means, and the second identification is performed. The display control means capable of dynamically displaying and controlling the information to the second display means and the result of the hit / fail determination by the hit / fail determination means are hit, and the display control means causes the first or second display means to receive the information. The first hit / fail determination is made in a gaming machine having a privileged game executing means for granting a privileged game advantageous to the player when the first or second identification information is stopped and displayed in a display mode indicating a hit. A predetermined upper limit number of times when the condition sorting means that assists in alternately satisfying the condition and the second hit / fail determination condition and the first or second hit / fail determination condition that is assisted by the condition sorting means are satisfied, respectively. The gaming machine C1 characterized by having a holding storage means for storing as a right to perform the first or second lottery game up to.

According to the gaming machine C1, the winning / failing determination of the first lottery game is executed by the winning / failing determination means based on the establishment of the first winning / failing determination condition. Further, based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition, the winning / failing determination of the second lottery game is executed by the winning / failing determination means. The dynamic display of the first identification information indicating the winning / failing of the first lottery game by the winning / failing determination means is performed by the first display means in the order in which the first winning / failing determination condition is satisfied. Further, the dynamic display of the second identification information indicating the winning / failing determination result of the second lottery game by the winning / failing determination means is performed by the second display means in the order in which the second winning / failing determination condition is satisfied. Here, the first identification information is the first display means, the second identification information is the second display means, and the display control means can dynamically display the information. Then, when the hit / fail determination result by the hit / fail determination means becomes a hit and the first or second identification information is stopped and displayed in a display mode indicating a hit by the display control means, the privilege game that is advantageous to the player is executed. Performed by means. As a result, the second identification information can be dynamically displayed even while the first identification information is dynamically displayed, and the first lottery game and the second lottery game can be efficiently executed. It is assisted by the condition sorting means that the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition are alternately satisfied. When the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied with the assistance of the condition distribution means, the right to perform the first or second lottery game up to a predetermined upper limit is stored by the reserved storage means. As a result, the first winning / failing determination condition and the second winning / failing determination condition can be easily satisfied evenly, and the right to perform the first lottery game and the second lottery game can be equally memorized, and the first lottery game is performed. It is possible to prevent either the right or the right to perform the second lottery game from being biased and stored in advance up to the maximum number. Therefore, although the rights to perform the first lottery game and the second lottery game are stored up to the maximum number of each, it is possible to suppress the problem that one of them has more rights than the maximum number and becomes invalid. can.

In the gaming machine of the gaming machine C1, the gaming area, the first starting port that satisfies the first hit / fail determination condition by entering the gaming area and the gaming ball flowing down the gaming area, and the gaming area flowing down the gaming area. The pachinko ball has a second starting port that satisfies the second hit / miss determination condition when the ball enters, and the condition sorting means has a game ball at the first starting port and the second starting port. A gaming machine C2 characterized by having a gaming ball guiding unit that assists in alternately entering balls.

According to the gaming machine C2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine described in the gaming machine C1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, when the game ball flowing down the game area enters the first starting port, the first hit / fail determination condition is satisfied, while when the game ball enters the second starting port, the second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied. To. It is assisted by the game ball guiding unit of the condition sorting means that the game balls alternately enter the first start port and the second start port. As a result, the player can easily allow the game ball to enter the first start port and the second start port alternately by letting the game ball flow down to the game area, and the first lottery game and the second lottery game can be easily performed. Since it is possible to efficiently execute and, many lottery games can be performed in a shorter time.

In the game machine of the game machine C2, the rearrangement means is a hold information storage means when the first or second hit / miss determination condition is newly satisfied and the hold information is stored in the hold information storage means. The first or second identification information corresponding to the newly established hold information and the previously stored hold information based on the dynamic display start time corresponding to each hold information previously stored in. The gaming machine C3 is characterized in that a dynamic display start order is determined, and the order is stored in the reserved information storage means in relation to the reserved information.

According to the gaming machine C3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine described in the gaming machine C2, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the game ball receives the game ball entered from the entry port of the conditional distribution means, rotates to a predetermined angle in the first direction, and the game ball is moved to the first start port via the first taxiway by the game ball guide unit. After being guided, the game ball that has entered from the entrance is received in a state of being rotated to a predetermined angle in the first direction, and then rotated by a predetermined angle in the second direction opposite to the first direction. The game ball is guided by the game ball guiding unit to the second starting port via the second taxiway. As a result, it becomes possible to alternately distribute and guide the game ball to the first starting port and the second starting port by using a common member, and the member that distributes the game ball to the first starting port and the second starting port, respectively. It is possible to compactly configure a structure for distributing game balls as compared with the case of providing.

In the gaming machine of the gaming machine C3, the gaming ball guiding unit of the conditional sorting means is arranged at a position facing the gaming ball that has entered the ball entrance port in a state of being rotated to a predetermined angle in the first direction. Then, the first passive portion that receives the entered game ball and rotates to a predetermined angle in the second direction, and the ball enters the entrance when the ball is rotated to a predetermined angle in the second direction. A second passive unit that is placed at a position facing the game ball and rotates to a predetermined angle by receiving the ball that has entered the ball, and a game ball that the first passive unit has entered from the ball entrance. After rotating in the second direction, the game ball is prevented from rotating in the first direction before the next ball enters the ball entry slot, or the second passive portion prevents the ball from rotating in the first direction. Rotation regulation that prevents the gaming ball from rotating in the second direction after receiving the gaming ball that has entered from the mouth and rotating in the first direction, and then before the gaming ball enters the entry opening. A gaming machine C4 characterized by having a portion and a portion.

According to the gaming machine C4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine described in the gaming machine C3, the following effects are exhibited. That is, with the game ball guiding portion of the conditional sorting means rotated to a predetermined angle in the first direction, the first passive portion of the game ball guiding portion is arranged at a position facing the game ball that has entered the ball entry port. Then, when the first passive unit receives the ball that has entered the ball, it is rotated in the second direction to a predetermined angle. Further, in a state where the game ball guiding portion of the conditional sorting means is rotated to a predetermined angle in the second direction, the second passive portion of the game ball guiding portion is arranged at a position facing the game ball that has entered the ball entry port. When the second passive unit receives the ball that has entered the ball, it is rotated in the first direction to a predetermined angle. After the first passive portion receives the game ball that has entered from the entrance and rotates in the second direction, the first passive portion may rotate in the first direction before the next game ball enters the entrance. Or, after the second passive portion receives the game ball that has entered from the entrance and rotates in the first direction, and then before the game ball enters the entrance, it rotates in the second direction. This is hindered by the rotation control unit. As a result, after the game ball guiding unit rotates to guide the game ball to one taxiway, the game ball rotates in the other direction before the next taxiway enters, and then enters the ball. It is possible to prevent the game ball from being guided to the same taxiway as the game ball that has entered in front of the game ball. Therefore, it is possible to more accurately and alternately guide the game balls entering the ball entry port to the first start port and the second start port, and the rights to perform the first lottery game and the second lottery game are equalized. Can be memorized in.

The gaming machine of the gaming machine C1 has a gaming area and a common starting port that satisfies the first or second hit / miss determination condition when a gaming ball flowing down the gaming area enters the gaming machine. The condition distribution means is characterized in that each time a game ball enters the common start port, the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition are satisfied alternately in a controlled manner. Machine C5.

According to the gaming machine C5, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine described in the gaming machine C1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, each time a game ball flowing down the game area enters the common start port, the establishment of the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition is controlledly and alternately sorted by the condition sorting means. As a result, the first lottery game and the second lottery game can be alternately performed at the common starting port, and the game area can be compactly configured.

In any of the gaming machines A1 to A5 and B1, the first or second hit / fail determination condition is newly satisfied after the sorting display of the holding display mode is executed by the sorting means. If this is the case, the hold display mode indicating the newly established first or second hit / miss determination condition is held in the order in which the hold display mode is held, while the display order of the rearranged hold display modes is maintained. The gaming machine D1 characterized in that it is displayed on the display means.

According to the gaming machine D1, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine described in any of the gaming machines A1 to A5 and B1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, if the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied after the sort display of the hold display mode is executed by the hold display means by the sort means, the display order of the hold display mode displayed in the sort is maintained. In this state, the hold display mode indicating the newly established first or second hit / miss determination condition is displayed on the hold display means in the order in which the hold display mode is established. As a result, even when the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied and the corresponding hold display mode is displayed after the rearranged display is executed, the display order of the sorted display mode is maintained. Therefore, the player can accurately recognize the order in which the dynamic display is started at the time when the sorting is performed. Therefore, the player can identify whether the display mode is a rearranged hold display mode or a non-sorted display mode depending on whether the timing displayed in the hold display mode is before or after the rearrangement is performed. Can be done. Therefore, it is possible to easily recognize which order the hold display mode indicates.

In the gaming machine of the gaming machine D1, the rearrangement is displayed in a state where the reserved display mode in which the sort display has been executed and the hold display mode in which the sort display has not been executed are mixed and displayed in the hold display means. When a predetermined condition that triggers the execution of the means is newly satisfied, the sorting means sorts all the holding display modes displayed on the holding display means in the order in which the dynamic display is started. A gaming machine D2 characterized by being a thing.

According to the gaming machine D2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine described in the gaming machine D1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, in a state in which the reserved display mode in which the sort display has been executed and the hold display mode in which the sort display has not been executed are mixed and displayed in the hold display means, a predetermined condition that triggers the execution of the sort display is newly set. If it is established, all the hold display modes displayed on the hold display means are sorted by the sort means in the order in which the dynamic display is started. As a result, even if the pending display modes after the sorting is executed and the sorting is not executed are mixed and displayed, the order in which the accurate dynamic display is started is arranged by executing the sorting again. It can be identified by the hold display mode after the replacement is executed.

In any of the gaming machines A1 to A5, B1, D1 or D2, the reserved information storage means determines whether or not the result is based on the fact that the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied. In the normal hold storage area for storing the normal hold information having at least the hit / fail determination information used in the above and the dynamic display decision information used for determining the dynamic display mode by the dynamic display mode determination means, and the normal hold storage area thereof. Before the first or second identification information corresponding to the stored normal hold information can be dynamically displayed, the hit / fail determination result and the dynamic display mode determination by the hit / fail determination means are made in advance based on the normal hold information. It has a sort holding storage area in which a dynamic display mode by means and a dynamic display start time information by the dynamic display start time information determination means are determined and stored as sort information, and the first or first sort is stored. 2 When the pass / fail determination condition is newly satisfied, the newly established normal hold storage area is set based on the dynamic display start time information corresponding to each sort information stored in the rear of the sort hold storage area. The order in which the dynamic display of the first or second identification information corresponding to each of the stored normal hold information and the previously stored normal hold information is started is determined. The gaming machine E1 is characterized by having a sort order determining means for storing the order in the sort hold storage area.

According to the gaming machine E1, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine according to any one of the gaming machines A1 to A5, B1, D1 or D2, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the normal hold information having at least the hit / fail judgment information used for the hit / fail judgment and the dynamic display decision information used for determining the dynamic display mode based on the establishment of the first or second hit / miss judgment condition is the hold information storage. It is stored in the normal hold storage area of the means. Before the first or second identification information corresponding to the normal hold information stored in the normal hold storage area can be dynamically displayed, the hit / fail determination result and the dynamic display mode are obtained in advance based on the normal hold information. The dynamic display start time information is determined and stored as sort information in the sort hold storage area of the hold information storage means. When the first or second pass / fail determination condition is newly satisfied, it is newly established and normally held based on the dynamic display start time information corresponding to each sort information stored in the sort hold storage area. Determines the order in which the dynamic display of the first or second identification information corresponding to each of the normal hold information stored in the storage area and the normal hold information previously stored in the normal hold storage area is started. The order is stored in the sort hold storage area by the sort order determining means. As a result, it is possible to separately process the data for executing the lottery game and the data for determining the sorting order, and it is possible to facilitate the processing for determining the sorting order. Therefore, there is an effect that the processing for executing the rearrangement can be easily changed and the development of the gaming machine can be facilitated.

The game machine of the game machine E1 has a main control means for executing the main control of the game and a slave control means for executing the control of the game according to the slave control signal output by the main control means. The means has the reserved information storage means, the sort information is stored in the sort hold storage area of the hold information storage means, and the sort order is changed by the sort order determining means based on the sort information. Each time it is determined, a winning signal indicating each sort order stored in the sort holding storage area is output to the slave control means, and the slave control means indicates the winning signal based on the winning signal. The sort of the hold display mode is performed based on the sort hold information storage means having the slave sort hold storage area in which each sort order is stored and the sort order stored in the slave sort hold storage area. The gaming machine E2 having the rearrangement means to be executed.

According to the gaming machine E2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine described in the gaming machine E1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the control of the game is executed by the slave control means according to the slave control signal from the master control means that executes the main control of the game. The sort information is stored in the sort hold storage area of the main control means, and each time the sort order is determined by the sort order determining means based on the sort information, the sort information is stored in the sort hold storage area. A winning signal indicating each sort order is output to the slave control means by the main control means. Further, in the slave control means, each sort order indicated by the winning signal is stored in the slave sort hold storage area of the slave hold information storage means. Then, based on the sort order stored in the slave sort hold storage area, the sort of the hold display mode is executed by the sort means of the slave control means. As a result, the main control means does not need to perform a process of rearranging the hold display modes even if a predetermined condition is satisfied, and the control load of the main control means can be reduced.

In the game machine of the game machine E1, the main control means for executing the main control of the game and the slave control means for executing the control of the game according to the slave control signal output by the main control means are provided. The means has the reserved information storage means, and each time the sort information is stored in the sort hold storage area of the hold information storage means, the means indicates each sort information stored in the sort hold storage area. The winning signal is output to the slave control means, and the slave control means has a slave holding information storage area having a slave sorting holding storage area in which each sorting information indicated by the winning signal is stored based on the winning signal. The sort order determination means for determining the sort order based on the dynamic display start time in each sort information in the slave sort hold storage area and storing the sort order in the slave sort hold storage area. The gaming machine E3 is characterized by having the rearrangement means for executing the rearrangement of the hold display mode based on the sort order stored in the subordinate sort hold storage area.

According to the gaming machine E3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine described in the gaming machine E1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the control of the game is executed by the slave control means according to the slave control signal from the master control means that executes the main control of the game. Every time the sort information is stored in the sort hold storage area of the main control means, a winning signal indicating each sort information stored in the sort hold storage area is output to the slave control means by the main control means. Further, in the slave control means, each sort information indicated by the winning signal is stored in the slave sort hold storage area of the slave hold information storage means. Then, the sort order is determined based on the dynamic display start time in the sort information stored in the subordinate sort hold storage area, and the sort order determination means of the subordinate control hold storage area determines the sort order. It will be remembered. Based on the stored sort order, the sort of the hold display mode is executed by the sort means of the subordinate control means. As a result, the main control means does not need to determine the sort order, and the subordinate control means can determine the sort order based on the winning signal, so that the control load of the main control means can be reduced. .. Therefore, the rearrangement of the hold display mode can be executed while suppressing the control load of the main control means.

In any of the gaming machines A1 to A5, B1, D1 or D2, and E1 to E3, the reserved information storage means determines whether or not the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied. The normal hold storage area in which the hit / fail judgment information used for the hit / fail judgment by the means and the dynamic display decision information used for the determination of the dynamic display mode by the dynamic display mode determination means are stored, and the normal hold storage area is stored. Before the first or second identification information corresponding to each information can be dynamically displayed, the hit / fail determination result by the hit / miss determination means and the operation by the dynamic display mode determination means are performed in advance based on the respective information. The target display mode and the dynamic display start time information by the dynamic display start time information determining means are determined and stored as the sorting information. The sorting means has the sorting holding storage area in advance. When the specified conditions are satisfied, the sort valid information is stored in the sort hold storage area for each hold display mode displayed at that time, and each sort information in the sort hold storage area is stored. Based on this, the gaming machine F1 is characterized in that the rearrangement of the hold display modes displayed on the hold display means is executed.

According to the gaming machine F1, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine according to any one of the gaming machines A1 to A5, B1, D1 or D2, and E1 to E3, the following effects are exhibited. That is, based on the fact that the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied, the hit / fail determination information used for the hit / fail determination and the dynamic display determination information used for determining the dynamic display mode are the normal hold storage areas of the hold information storage means. Is remembered in. Before the first or second identification information corresponding to each information stored in the normally reserved storage area can be dynamically displayed, the hit / fail determination result, the dynamic display mode, and the operation are performed in advance based on the respective information. The target display start time information is determined and stored as sort information in the sort hold storage area of the hold information storage means. When a predetermined condition is satisfied, the sort valid information is stored in the sort hold storage area by the sort means for each hold display mode displayed at that time, and each of the sort hold storage areas. Based on the sort information, the sort of the hold display mode displayed on the hold display means is executed. Therefore, the hold display mode that was displayed when a predetermined condition is satisfied can be accurately rearranged in the order in which the dynamic display is started.

In the gaming machine of the gaming machine F1, the sorting means repeatedly updates and displays the hold display mode displayed on the hold display means at each predetermined update opportunity, and holds the hold display means on the hold display means. As for the display of the display mode, the hold display mode of the sort hold storage area in which the sort valid information is stored is sorted and displayed in the order in which the dynamic display is started, while the sort valid information is stored. The gaming machine F2 is characterized in that the reserved display mode of the rearranged reserved storage area that has not been set is displayed in the order in which the first or second hit / miss determination condition is satisfied.

According to the gaming machine F1, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine described in the gaming machine F1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the hold display mode displayed on the hold display means is repeatedly updated and displayed by the rearrangement means at each predetermined update opportunity. The hold display mode of the sort hold display area in which the sort valid information is stored is sorted in the order in which the dynamic display is started and displayed by the sort means. On the other hand, the hold display mode in which the sort valid information is not stored is displayed by the sort means in the order in which the first or second hit / miss determination condition is satisfied. Therefore, it is possible to display the hold display mode in which the sorting is executed while maintaining the order in which the dynamic display is started. Therefore, it is possible to separately display the held display mode in which the sort has been executed and the hold display mode in which the sort has not been executed, and even if a new hold display mode is displayed after the sort is executed, the hold display mode in which the sort is executed is dynamically displayed. The player can easily recognize the order in which the display is started.

In any of the game machines A1 to A5, B1, D1 or D2, E1 to E3, F1 or F2, the first lottery game and the second lottery executed after the privilege game execution means executes the privilege game. The lottery information for drawing a lottery as to whether or not to shift to a special gaming state in which the hit / fail judgment with the game is more likely to be a hit than in the normal time is acquired based on the establishment of the first or second hit / miss judgment condition, and the first When the 1st or 2nd hit / fail determination condition is satisfied and the hold information corresponding to the passed / fail judgment condition is stored, the game of storing the lottery information in the hold information storage means in relation to the hold information. The state lottery means, and the hit / fail determination means has the dynamic display start time information when the hold information is stored in the hold information storage means when the first or second hit / fail determination condition is newly satisfied. A game when it becomes possible to start the dynamic display of the first or second identification information corresponding to the newly stored reserved information based on the dynamic display start time information determined by the determination means. The game state lottery means determines whether the state is the special gaming state, executes a pre-judgment to determine whether the result is correct or not, stores the result in the reserved information storage means, and the result of the result of the determination is. If it is about to shift to the special gaming state and the order in which the dynamic display corresponding to the newly stored hold information is started is earlier than the previously stored hold information, the newly stored hold information is stored. For the hold information whose order is later than the order in which the dynamic display is started corresponding to the held information, whether the gaming state when the dynamic display is started again is the special gaming state is determined. Each of the game state lottery means determines, executes a preliminary determination for determining whether or not to win or fail in advance, and stores the result in the reserved information storage means, respectively, and the dynamic display mode determining means is described above. Until the first or second identification information corresponding to the hold information stored in the hold information storage means can be dynamically displayed, each time new hold information is stored in the hold information storage means, the result is the result. Based on the determination result of the prior determination stored in the reserved information storage means by the determination means, the dynamic display mode is determined in advance and stored in the reserved information storage means, while the reserved information storage means stores the dynamic display mode. When the first or second identification information corresponding to the stored hold information can be dynamically displayed, the dynamic display mode is determined based on the determination result of the pass / fail determination means executed in that case. That it is something to do Characterized gaming machine G1.

According to the gaming machine G1, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine according to any one of the gaming machines A1 to A5, B1, D1 or D2, E1 to E3, F1 or F2, the following effects are exhibited. That is, in order to draw a lottery whether or not to shift to a special game state in which the winning / failing determination between the first lottery game and the second lottery game executed after the privilege game execution means executes the privilege game is shifted to a special game state in which it is easier to win than usual. The lottery information is drawn by the game state lottery means based on the establishment of the first or second winning / failing determination condition. Further, when the first or second winning / failing determination condition is satisfied and the holding information corresponding to the established winning / failing determination condition is stored, the lottery result is held by the game state lottery means in relation to the holding information. It is stored in the information storage means. When the first or second pass / fail determination condition is newly satisfied and the reserved information is stored in the reserved information storage means, the dynamic display start time information is determined based on the dynamic display start time information determined by the dynamic display start time information determining means. The game state lottery means determines in advance whether the game state when the first or second identification information corresponding to the newly stored hold information can start the dynamic display is the special game state. A pre-judgment for determining whether or not the information is correct is executed by the pass / fail determination means, and the result is stored in the reserved information storage means. Then, if the result is about to shift to the special gaming state, and the order in which the dynamic display corresponding to the newly stored hold information is started is earlier than the previously stored hold information, then The game state lottery means determines whether or not the game state when the dynamic display is started again is the special game state for the hold information in the order of It is executed by the determination means, and the result is stored in the reserved information storage means. Until the first or second identification information corresponding to the hold information stored in the hold information storage means can be dynamically displayed, a preliminary determination is made each time new hold information is stored in the hold information storage means. Based on the determination result, the dynamic display mode is determined in advance by the dynamic display mode determining means, and is stored in the reserved information storage means. On the other hand, when the first or second identification information corresponding to the hold information stored in the hold information storage means can be dynamically displayed, it is based on the judgment result of the pass / fail judgment means executed in that case. , The dynamic display mode is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means. As a result, even if the hold information is newly stored and the order in which the dynamic display is started is changed and the result of the hold information previously stored is changed, the result of the judgment is changed. It can be re-determined in advance as appropriate. Therefore, the dynamic display mode can be determined again based on the latest hit / fail determination result, and the order in which the dynamic display starts can be correctly determined. Therefore, the hold display mode can be rearranged in the order in which the dynamic display is started.

The main control means that performs the main control of the game and the slave control means that executes the control of the game based on the slave control signal from the main control means, and the main control means is the first hit / fail determination condition. The following control means has a winning / failing determination means for executing a winning / failing determination of the first lottery game based on the establishment of the above, and executing a winning / failing determination of the second lottery game based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition. The first display means and the main control, in which the first identification information indicating the result of the hit / fail determination of the first lottery game by the hit / fail determination means of the main control means is dynamically displayed in the order in which the first hit / fail determination condition is satisfied. The second identification information indicating the success / failure determination result of the second lottery game by the success / failure determination means of the means dynamically displays the second identification information in the order in which the second success / failure determination condition is satisfied, and the first identification information. The first display means has a display control means capable of dynamically displaying and controlling the second identification information to the second display means, and the hit / fail determination result by the hit / fail determination means is a hit. A gaming machine to which a privilege game advantageous to a player is given when the first or second identification information is stopped and displayed on the first or second display means by the display control means in a display mode indicating a hit. In a dynamic display mode, the main control means determines a dynamic display mode in which the first or second identification information is dynamically displayed in a predetermined dynamic display time based on the determination result of the hit / fail determination means. The first or second identification with the display mode signal generation means that generates a display mode signal and outputs the display mode signal to the subordinate control means based on the determination means and the dynamic display mode determined by the dynamic display mode determination means. If either one of the information is stopped and displayed in a display mode indicating a hit, and the other first or second identification information is being dynamically displayed, an interruption signal instructing the interruption of the dynamic display is performed. On the other hand, it has a management signal generation means for generating a restart signal instructing the restart of the interrupted dynamic display based on the end of the privilege game based on the hit, and the display of the slave control means. The control means dynamically displays the dynamic display mode indicated by the display mode signal on the first or second display means based on the reception of the display mode signal, and the slave control means is The measurement of the dynamic display time measuring means for measuring the time of the dynamic display based on the reception of the display mode signal and the dynamic display time measuring means based on the reception of the interruption signal is interrupted. A dynamic display state that is interrupted based on the time control means to be performed and the reception of the restart signal. The remaining dynamic display time is determined from the measurement time of the dynamic display time measuring means, and the rest of the interrupted first or second identification information is determined according to the remaining dynamic display time. The gaming machine H1 is characterized by having a subordinate redisplay mode determining means for determining a dynamic redisplay mode, which is a dynamic display mode to be displayed at the dynamic display time of the machine.

According to the gaming machine H1, the control of the game is executed by the slave control means according to the slave control signal from the master control means that executes the main control of the game. In the main control means, the winning / failing determination of the first lottery game is executed by the winning / failing determination means based on the establishment of the first winning / failing determination condition. Further, based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition, the winning / failing determination of the second lottery game is executed by the winning / failing determination means. Further, in the slave control means, the first display means performs dynamic display of the first identification information indicating the success / failure determination of the first lottery game by the success / failure determination means in the order in which the first success / failure determination condition is satisfied. Further, the dynamic display of the second identification information indicating the winning / failing determination result of the second lottery game by the winning / failing determination means is performed by the second display means in the order in which the second winning / failing determination condition is satisfied. Here, the first identification information is the first display means, the second identification information is the second display means, and the display control control means can dynamically display the information. Then, when the hit / fail determination result by the hit / miss determination means is a hit and the first or second identification information is stopped and displayed in a display mode indicating a hit by the display control means, a privilege game advantageous to the player is given. .. As a result, the second identification information can be dynamically displayed even while the first identification information is dynamically displayed, and the first lottery game and the second lottery game can be efficiently executed. Further, in the main control means, the dynamic display mode in which the first or second identification information is dynamically displayed in a predetermined dynamic display time is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means. Based on the dynamic display mode determined by the dynamic display mode determining means, the display mode signal is generated by the display mode signal generation means and output to the subordinate control means. Then, when either the first or the second identification information is stopped and displayed in the display mode indicating a hit, and the other first or second identification information is being dynamically displayed, the dynamic display is displayed. The interruption signal indicating the interruption is generated by the management signal generation means. On the other hand, based on the end of the privilege game based on the hit, a restart signal instructing the restart of the interrupted dynamic display is generated by the management signal generation means. Further, in the slave control means, based on the reception of the display mode signal, the dynamic display mode indicated by the display mode signal is displayed on the first or second display means by the display control means. The time of the dynamic display is measured by the dynamic display time measuring means based on the reception of the display mode signal from the main control means. Based on the reception of the interruption signal from the main control means, the measurement of the dynamic display time measuring means is interrupted by the time management means. On the other hand, based on the reception of the restart signal from the main control means, the remaining dynamic display time of the interrupted dynamic display mode is determined from the measurement time of the dynamic display time measuring means, and the rest. The dynamic display mode, which is the dynamic display mode to be displayed in the remaining dynamic display time of the interrupted first or second identification information, is determined by the subordinate redisplay mode determining means according to the dynamic display time of the above. Will be done. Therefore, when the dynamic display of the first or second identification information that has been interrupted during the privilege game is started, the dynamic redisplay mode according to the remaining time is determined, so that the player has the remaining dynamic display. The lottery result can be notified in an easy-to-understand manner in a dynamic redisplay mode according to the display time. Further, even if the main control means does not select the dynamic redisplay mode according to the remaining dynamic display time and instruct the slave control means, the slave control means dynamically redisplays according to the remaining dynamic display time. Since the display mode is determined, the control load of the main control means can be reduced. Therefore, even in a gaming machine that simultaneously executes the first lottery game and the second lottery game, it is possible to suppress an increase in the load of the main control means and perform various effects of the game.

In the gaming machine of the gaming machine H1, the passive redisplay mode determining means is configured by the dynamic display time within the reference time when it is determined that the remaining dynamic display time is equal to or less than the reference time. The short dynamic redisplay mode, which is the dynamic redisplay mode, is determined, and when it is determined that the remaining dynamic display time is longer than the reference time, the dynamic display time is longer than the reference time. The gaming machine H2 is characterized in that it determines a normal dynamic redisplay mode, which is the dynamic redisplay mode configured by a display time.

According to the gaming machine H2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine described in the gaming machine H1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, when the slave control means determines that the remaining dynamic display time is equal to or less than the reference time, it is a short dynamic redisplay mode composed of the dynamic display time within the reference time. The display mode is determined by the passive redisplay mode determining means. On the other hand, when it is determined that the remaining dynamic display time is longer than the reference time, the dynamic redisplay mode is usually determined by the subordinate redisplay determination means. Therefore, the dynamic redisplay mode can be determined according to the remaining dynamic display time. Therefore, even when the remaining dynamic display time is short, the determination result of the lottery game can be notified to the player in an easy-to-understand manner by determining the dedicated dynamic display mode.

A winning / failing determination means for executing a winning / failing determination of the first lottery game based on the establishment of the first winning / failing determination condition, and executing a winning / failing determination of the second lottery game based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition, and the winning / failing determination. The first identification information indicating the winning / failing determination result of the first lottery game by the means is dynamically displayed in the order in which the first winning / failing determination condition is satisfied, and the second lottery game by the winning / failing determination means. The second identification information indicating the hit / fail determination result is dynamically displayed in the order in which the second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied, the first identification information is displayed on the first display means, and the second identification is performed. The display control means capable of dynamically displaying and controlling the information to the second display means and the result of the hit / fail determination by the hit / fail determination means are hit, and the display control means causes the first or second display means to receive the information. The first hit / fail determination is made in a gaming machine having a privileged game executing means for granting a privileged game advantageous to the player when the first or second identification information is stopped and displayed in a display mode indicating a hit. Based on the establishment of the condition, the dynamic display mode of the first identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined, and the second hit / fail determination condition corresponding to the established pass / fail determination condition is determined based on the establishment of the second hit / fail determination condition. The dynamic display mode determining means for determining the dynamic display mode of the identification information and the right to perform the first or second lottery game when the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied are each given a predetermined upper limit number of times. It has a hold storage means for storing up to, and a number of times determination means for determining the number of times the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition are satisfied, which are stored in the hold storage means. When the means for determining the number of times determines that the number of times each of the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied is more than a predetermined number of times, the first one having the larger number of establishments. The dynamic display mode corresponding to the 1st or 2nd hit / fail determination condition is a short dynamic display mode having a shorter dynamic display time than the dynamic display mode corresponding to the smaller 1st or 2nd hit / miss judgment condition. A gaming machine I1 characterized in that it is determined to be a dynamic display mode.

According to claim I1, the first display means performs dynamic display of the first identification information indicating the result of the win / fail determination of the first lottery game by the hit / fail determination means in the order in which the first hit / fail determination condition is satisfied. Further, the dynamic display of the second identification information indicating the winning / failing determination result of the second lottery game by the winning / failing determination means is performed by the second display means in the order in which the second winning / failing determination condition is satisfied. Here, the first identification information is the first display means, the second identification information is the second display means, and the display control means can dynamically display the information. Then, when the hit / fail determination result by the hit / fail determination means becomes a hit and the first or second identification information is stopped and displayed in a display mode indicating a hit by the display control means, the privilege game that is advantageous to the player is executed. Performed by means. As a result, the second identification information can be dynamically displayed even while the first identification information is dynamically displayed, and the first lottery game and the second lottery game can be efficiently executed. Based on the establishment of the first hit / miss determination condition, the dynamic display mode of the first identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means. Further, based on the establishment of the second hit / miss determination condition, the dynamic display mode of the second identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means. When the first or second winning / failing determination condition is satisfied, the right to perform the first or second lottery game is stored by the reserved storage means up to a predetermined upper limit number of times. The number of times the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition stored in the hold storage means are satisfied is determined by the number of times determination means. When the number of times determination means determines that the number of times each of the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition is satisfied is more than a predetermined number of times, the dynamic display mode determination means has the larger number of establishments. The dynamic display mode corresponding to the first or second hit / fail judgment condition is dynamically displayed with a shorter dynamic display time than the dynamic display mode corresponding to the first or second hit / fail judgment condition having a smaller number of establishments. The mode is determined to be a short dynamic display mode. By determining the short dynamic display mode in this way, the lottery game corresponding to the winning / failing determination condition of the one with the larger number of establishments is performed in a short time, so that the first winning / failing determination condition and the first winning / failing determination condition stored in the hold storage means are performed. 2 It can be adjusted so that the difference in the number of times of establishment from the hit / fail judgment condition becomes small. Therefore, it is possible to easily store the number of times the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition are satisfied evenly in the hold storage means up to the upper limit number of times, and it is possible to suppress overflow.

A winning / failing determination means for executing a winning / failing determination of the first lottery game based on the establishment of the first winning / failing determination condition and executing a winning / failing determination of the second lottery game based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition, and the winning / failing determination thereof. The first identification information indicating the winning / failing determination result of the first lottery game by the means is dynamically displayed in the order in which the first winning / failing determination condition is satisfied, and the second lottery game by the winning / failing determination means. The second identification information indicating the hit / fail determination result is dynamically displayed in the order in which the second hit / miss determination condition is satisfied, the first identification information is displayed on the first display means, and the second identification is performed. The display control means capable of dynamically displaying and controlling the information to the second display means and the result of the hit / fail determination by the hit / fail determination means are hit, and the display control means causes the first or second display means to receive the information. The first hit / fail determination is made in a gaming machine having a privileged game executing means for granting a privileged game advantageous to the player when the first or second identification information is stopped and displayed in a display mode indicating a hit. Based on the establishment of the condition, the dynamic display mode of the first identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined, and the second hit / fail determination condition corresponding to the established pass / fail determination condition is determined based on the establishment of the second hit / fail determination condition. The dynamic display mode determining means for determining the dynamic display mode of the identification information and the right to perform the first or second lottery game when the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied are each given a predetermined upper limit number of times. It has a hold storage means for storing up to, and a number of times determination means for determining the number of times the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition are satisfied, which are stored in the hold storage means. When the means for determining the number of times determines that the number of times each of the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied is more than a predetermined number of times, the first one with a smaller number of establishments. The dynamic display mode corresponding to the 1st or 2nd hit / fail determination condition is a dynamic display mode having a longer dynamic display time than the dynamic display mode corresponding to the 1st or 2nd hit / miss judgment condition. A gaming machine I2 characterized in that it is determined to be a dynamic display mode.

According to the gaming machine I2, the dynamic display of the first identification information indicating the winning / failing determination result of the first lottery game by the winning / failing determination means is performed by the first display means in the order in which the first winning / failing determination condition is satisfied. Further, the dynamic display of the second identification information indicating the winning / failing determination result of the second lottery game by the winning / failing determination means is performed by the second display means in the order in which the second winning / failing determination condition is satisfied. Here, the first identification information is the first display means, the second identification information is the second display means, and the display control means can dynamically display the information. Then, when the hit / fail determination result by the hit / fail determination means becomes a hit and the first or second identification information is stopped and displayed in a display mode indicating a hit by the display control means, the privilege game that is advantageous to the player is executed. Performed by means. As a result, the second identification information can be dynamically displayed even while the first identification information is dynamically displayed, and the first lottery game and the second lottery game can be efficiently executed. Based on the establishment of the first hit / miss determination condition, the dynamic display mode of the first identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means. Further, based on the establishment of the second hit / miss determination condition, the dynamic display mode of the second identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means. When the first or second winning / failing determination condition is satisfied, the right to perform the first or second lottery game is stored by the reserved storage means up to a predetermined upper limit number of times. The number of times the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition stored in the hold storage means are satisfied is determined by the number of times determination means. When the number of times determination means determines that the number of times each of the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition is satisfied is more than a predetermined number of times, the dynamic display mode determination means has the smaller number of times of establishment. The dynamic display mode corresponding to the first or second hit / fail judgment condition of the above is dynamically displayed with a longer dynamic display time than the dynamic display mode corresponding to the first or second hit / fail judgment condition having the larger number of establishments. The long dynamic display mode, which is the mode, is determined. By determining the long dynamic display mode in this way, the lottery game corresponding to the winning / failing determination condition with the smaller number of establishments becomes longer, and the number of establishments of the winning / failing determination condition stored in the hold storage means becomes difficult to decrease. , The difference in the number of times of establishment between the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition stored in the hold storage means can be adjusted to be small. Therefore, the number of times that the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition are satisfied can be evenly stored in the hold storage means up to the upper limit number of times, and overflow can be suppressed.

When the dynamic display of the identification information corresponding to the establishment of the first or second hit / miss determination condition becomes newly possible in the gaming machines I1 or I2, the number of times determination means is stored in the hold storage means. The number of times that the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition are satisfied is determined, and the dynamic display mode determining means determines the dynamic display mode based on the determination result determined by the number of times determining means. A gaming machine I3 characterized by being a machine to play.

According to the gaming machine I3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines I1 or I2, the following effects are exhibited. That is, when the dynamic display of the identification information corresponding to the establishment of the first or second hit / miss judgment condition becomes newly possible, the first hit / miss judgment condition and the second hit / miss judgment condition stored in the hold storage means The number of times that is established is determined by the number of times determination means. Then, the dynamic display mode determining means determines the dynamic display mode based on the determination result. Therefore, the dynamic display mode determining means can determine the dynamic display mode based on the latest information on the number of establishments stored in the hold storage means according to the timing at which the dynamic display is started.

In any of the gaming machines I1 to I3, when the determination result of the hit / fail determination means is correct, the dynamic display mode determining means is the dynamic display aspect regardless of the determination result of the number of times determination means. On the other hand, when the determination result of the hit / fail determination means is out of order, the gaming machine I4 is characterized in that the dynamic display mode is determined based on the determination result of the number of times determination means. ..

According to the gaming machine I4, in addition to the effect played by any of the gaming machines I1 to I3, the following effects are played. That is, when the determination result of the hit / fail determination means is correct, the dynamic display mode is determined by the dynamic display mode determination means regardless of the determination result of the number of times determination means. On the other hand, when the determination result of the hit / fail determination means is wrong, the dynamic display mode is determined by the dynamic display mode determination means based on the determination result of the number of times determination means. Therefore, in the case of a hit, the normal dynamic display mode indicating the hit can be determined, and the player can have a sufficient expectation as to whether or not the game will be a privileged game. By determining the dynamic display mode for adjusting the number of establishments stored in the hold storage means, it is possible to prevent the game from being impaired.

The gaming machine I5 is characterized in that, in any of the gaming machines I1 to I4, the difference of the predetermined number of times or more is the case where it is determined that there is a difference of two or more times.

According to the gaming machine described in the gaming machine I5, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine described in any of the gaming machines I1 to I4, when it is determined that there is a difference of two or more times, it is stored in the hold storage means. Since the dynamic display mode for adjusting the number of establishments is determined, the short dynamic display mode or the long dynamic display mode is frequently determined, which makes it difficult to understand the effect of the game. Can be prevented.

In any of the gaming machines I1, I3 to I5, the dynamic display mode determining means has a predetermined number of times the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied, whichever is stored in the hold storage means. The gaming machine I6 is characterized in that the short dynamic display mode is determined when the number-of-times determining means determines that there is a difference of a predetermined number of times or more.

According to the gaming machine I6, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines I1, I3 to I5, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the number of times the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied, whichever is stored in the hold storage means, is greater than or equal to a predetermined number of times, and there is a difference of more than a predetermined number of times for the number of times determination means. When it is determined that the short dynamic display mode is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means. Therefore, when the number of times of establishment is not stored more than a predetermined number of times, the short dynamic display mode is not determined even if the number of times determination means has a difference of more than a predetermined number of times, so that the short dynamic display is frequently performed. It is possible to suppress that the mode is determined and the production of the game becomes monotonous.

In any of the gaming machines I2 to I5, in the dynamic display mode determining means, the number of times the first or second hit / miss determination condition stored in the hold storage means is satisfied is a predetermined number of times or more, and the number of times is said. The gaming machine I7 is characterized in that the long dynamic display mode is determined when the determination means determines that there is a difference of a predetermined number of times or more.

According to the gaming machine I7, in addition to the effect played by any of the gaming machines I2 to I5, the following effects are played. That is, the number of times the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied, whichever is stored in the hold storage means, is greater than or equal to a predetermined number of times, and there is a difference of more than a predetermined number of times for the number of times determination means. When it is determined, the long dynamic display mode is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means. Therefore, when the number of times of establishment is not stored more than a predetermined number of times, the long dynamic display mode is not determined even if the number of times determination means has a difference of more than a predetermined number of times, so that the long dynamic display is frequently performed. It is possible to suppress that the mode is determined and the production of the game becomes monotonous.

In any of the gaming machines I2 to I5 and I7, the dynamic display mode determining means moves the identification information corresponding to the first hit / miss determination condition and the second hit / miss determination condition stored in the hold storage means. Before the target display can be started, the dynamic display mode is determined in advance, and among the predetermined dynamic display modes, the one with the larger number of establishments stored in the reserved storage means is determined. The gaming machine I8 is characterized in that one of the plurality of long dynamic display modes is determined based on the dynamic display mode corresponding to the condition.

According to the gaming machine I8, in addition to the effect of any of the gaming machines I2 to I5 and I7, the following effects are exhibited. That is, before the identification information corresponding to the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition stored in the hold storage means can be started to be dynamically displayed, the dynamic display mode is determined. Each is determined in advance by means. Among the predetermined dynamic display modes, one of a plurality of long dynamic display modes is based on the dynamic display mode corresponding to the winning / failing determination condition of the one with the larger number of establishments stored in the reserved storage means. The long dynamic display mode of is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means. Therefore, by determining the long dynamic display mode based on the dynamically determined dynamic display mode corresponding to the winning / failing determination condition of the one with the smaller number of establishments stored in the hold storage means, the difference in the number of establishments with each other. It is possible to determine a more suitable long dynamic display mode by reducing the size.

In any of the gaming machines I2 to I5, I7 or I8, the dynamic display mode determining means has the identification information corresponding to the first hit / miss determination condition and the second hit / miss determination condition stored in the hold storage means. Before the dynamic display of the above can be started, the dynamic display mode is determined in advance, and among the predetermined dynamic display modes, the one with the larger number of establishments stored in the reserved storage means. The gaming machine I9 is characterized in that the dynamic display time of the long dynamic display mode is determined based on the dynamic display time of the dynamic display mode corresponding to the hit / fail determination condition.

According to the gaming machine I9, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines I2 to I5, I7 or I8, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the dynamic display mode determines the dynamic display mode before the identification information can start the dynamic display, which corresponds to the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition stored in the hold storage means. Each is determined in advance by means. Of the predetermined dynamic display modes, the long dynamic display is based on the dynamic display time of the dynamic display mode corresponding to the hit / fail determination condition in the one with the larger number of establishments stored in the hold storage means. The dynamic display time of the mode is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means. Therefore, since the long dynamic display mode is determined according to the dynamic display time of the determined dynamic display mode having the larger number of establishments, it is possible to make adjustments so as to make the difference in the number of establishments smaller.

A winning / failing determination means for executing a winning / failing determination of the first lottery game based on the establishment of the first winning / failing determination condition and executing a winning / failing determination of the second lottery game based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition, and the winning / failing determination thereof. The first identification information indicating the winning / failing determination result of the first lottery game by the means is dynamically displayed in the order in which the first winning / failing determination condition is satisfied, and the second lottery game by the winning / failing determination means. The second identification information indicating the hit / fail determination result is dynamically displayed in the order in which the second hit / miss determination condition is satisfied, the first identification information is displayed on the first display means, and the second identification is performed. The display control means capable of dynamically displaying and controlling the information to the second display means and the result of the hit / fail determination by the hit / fail determination means are hit, and the display control means causes the first or second display means to receive the information. The first hit / fail determination is made in a gaming machine having a privileged game executing means for granting a privileged game advantageous to the player when the first or second identification information is stopped and displayed in a display mode indicating a hit. Based on the establishment of the condition, the dynamic display mode of the first identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined, and the second hit / fail determination condition corresponding to the established pass / fail determination condition is determined based on the establishment of the second hit / fail determination condition. The dynamic display mode determining means for determining the dynamic display mode of the identification information and the right to perform the first or second lottery game when the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied are each given a predetermined upper limit number of times. The holding storage means for storing up to, the continuous establishment monitoring means for determining whether or not one of the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition is continuously satisfied, and the dynamic display mode determination. When the continuous establishment monitoring means determines that either the first hit / fail determination condition or the second hit / fail determination condition is continuously satisfied, the first or second means is the one that is continuously satisfied. The dynamic display mode corresponding to the hit / fail judgment condition is changed to a short dynamic display mode which is a dynamic display mode having a shorter dynamic display time than the dynamic display mode corresponding to the other first or second hit / fail judgment condition. A gaming machine I10 characterized by being determined.

According to the gaming machine I10, the dynamic display of the first identification information indicating the winning / failing determination result of the first lottery game by the winning / failing determination means is performed by the first display means in the order in which the first winning / failing determination condition is satisfied. Further, the dynamic display of the second identification information indicating the winning / failing determination result of the second lottery game by the winning / failing determination means is performed by the second display means in the order in which the second winning / failing determination condition is satisfied. Here, the first identification information is the first display means, the second identification information is the second display means, and the display control means can dynamically display the information. Then, when the hit / fail determination result by the hit / fail determination means becomes a hit and the first or second identification information is stopped and displayed in a display mode indicating a hit by the display control means, the privilege game that is advantageous to the player is executed. Performed by means. As a result, the second identification information can be dynamically displayed even while the first identification information is dynamically displayed, and the first lottery game and the second lottery game can be efficiently executed. Based on the establishment of the first hit / miss determination condition, the dynamic display mode of the first identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means. Further, based on the establishment of the second hit / miss determination condition, the dynamic display mode of the second identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means. When the first or second winning / failing determination condition is satisfied, the right to perform the first or second lottery game is stored by the reserved storage means up to a predetermined upper limit number of times. Then, it is determined by the continuous establishment monitoring means whether or not either the first hit / fail determination condition or the second hit / fail determination condition is continuously satisfied. When the continuous establishment monitoring means determines that either the first hit / fail determination condition or the second hit / fail determination condition is continuously satisfied, the dynamic display mode determining means is the first or the one that is continuously satisfied. A short dynamic display mode in which the dynamic display mode corresponding to the second hit / fail judgment condition is a dynamic display mode having a shorter dynamic display time than the dynamic display mode corresponding to the other first or second hit / fail judgment condition. To decide. By determining the short dynamic display mode in this way, the lottery game corresponding to the winning / failing determination condition of the one that is continuously established is performed in a short time, so that the first winning / failing determination condition stored in the hold storage means is used. It can be adjusted so that the difference in the number of times of establishment from the second hit / fail judgment condition becomes small. Therefore, the number of times that the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition are satisfied can be evenly stored in the hold storage means up to the upper limit number of times, and overflow can be suppressed.

A winning / failing determination means for executing a winning / failing determination of the first lottery game based on the establishment of the first winning / failing determination condition and executing a winning / failing determination of the second lottery game based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition, and the winning / failing determination thereof. The first identification information indicating the winning / failing determination result of the first lottery game by the means is dynamically displayed in the order in which the first winning / failing determination condition is satisfied, and the second lottery game by the winning / failing determination means. The second identification information indicating the hit / fail determination result is dynamically displayed in the order in which the second hit / miss determination condition is satisfied, the first identification information is displayed on the first display means, and the second identification is performed. The display control means capable of dynamically displaying and controlling the information to the second display means and the result of the hit / fail determination by the hit / fail determination means are hit, and the display control means causes the first or second display means to receive the information. The first hit / fail determination is made in a gaming machine having a privileged game executing means for granting a privileged game advantageous to the player when the first or second identification information is stopped and displayed in a display mode indicating a hit. Based on the establishment of the condition, the dynamic display mode of the first identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined, and the second hit / fail determination condition corresponding to the established pass / fail determination condition is determined based on the establishment of the second hit / fail determination condition. The dynamic display mode determining means for determining the dynamic display mode of the identification information and the right to perform the first or second lottery game when the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied are each given a predetermined upper limit number of times. The holding storage means for storing up to, the continuous establishment monitoring means for determining whether or not one of the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition is continuously satisfied, and the dynamic display mode determination. When the continuous establishment monitoring means determines that either the first hit / fail determination condition or the second hit / fail determination condition is continuously satisfied, the first or the first or the one that is not continuously satisfied. The dynamic display mode corresponding to the second hit / fail judgment condition is a dynamic display mode having a longer dynamic display time than the dynamic display mode corresponding to the first or second hit / fail judgment condition that is continuously established. A gaming machine I11 characterized in that it is determined to have a certain long dynamic display mode.

According to the gaming machine I11, the dynamic display of the first identification information indicating the winning / failing determination result of the first lottery game by the winning / failing determination means is performed by the first display means in the order in which the first winning / failing determination condition is satisfied. Further, the dynamic display of the second identification information indicating the winning / failing determination result of the second lottery game by the winning / failing determination means is performed by the second display means in the order in which the second winning / failing determination condition is satisfied. Here, the first identification information is the first display means, the second identification information is the second display means, and the display control means can dynamically display the information. Then, when the hit / fail determination result by the hit / fail determination means becomes a hit and the first or second identification information is stopped and displayed in a display mode indicating a hit by the display control means, the privilege game that is advantageous to the player is executed. Performed by means. As a result, the second identification information can be dynamically displayed even while the first identification information is dynamically displayed, and the first lottery game and the second lottery game can be efficiently executed. Based on the establishment of the first hit / miss determination condition, the dynamic display mode of the first identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means. Further, based on the establishment of the second hit / miss determination condition, the dynamic display mode of the second identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means. When the first or second winning / failing determination condition is satisfied, the right to perform the first or second lottery game is stored by the reserved storage means up to a predetermined upper limit number of times. Then, it is determined by the continuous establishment monitoring means whether or not either the first hit / fail determination condition or the second hit / fail determination condition is continuously satisfied. When the continuous establishment monitoring means determines that either the first hit / fail determination condition or the second hit / fail determination condition is continuously satisfied, the dynamic display mode determination means is the one that is not continuously satisfied. The dynamic display mode corresponding to the 1st or 2nd hit / fail judgment condition is the dynamic display mode having a longer dynamic display time than the dynamic display mode corresponding to the 1st or 2nd hit / miss judgment condition that is continuously established. It is determined to be a long dynamic display mode. By determining the long dynamic display mode in this way, the lottery game corresponding to the winning / failing determination condition of the one that is not continuously satisfied becomes longer, and the number of times that the winning / failing determination condition stored in the hold storage means is satisfied decreases. Since it becomes difficult, it can be adjusted so that the difference in the number of times of establishment between the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition stored in the hold storage means becomes small. Therefore, the number of times that the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition are satisfied can be evenly stored in the hold storage means up to the upper limit number of times, and overflow can be suppressed.

The gaming machine I12 is characterized in that any one of the gaming machines I1 to I11 has a condition sorting means for assisting the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / miss determination condition to be alternately satisfied.

According to the gaming machine I12, in addition to the effect played by any of the gaming machines I1 to I11, the following effects are played. That is, the condition sorting means assists the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition to be alternately satisfied. Therefore, the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition can be satisfied substantially evenly, and the number of times the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition are satisfied can be easily stored in the hold storage means up to the upper limit number of times.

The gaming machine I10 or I12 has a number of times determining means for determining the number of times the first hit / miss determination condition and the second hit / miss determination condition are satisfied, which are stored in the reserved storage means.
The dynamic display mode determining means does not determine that either the first hit / fail determination condition or the second hit / fail determination condition is continuously satisfied by the continuous establishment monitoring means, and the number of times determination means is the first. When it is determined that the number of times each of the hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition is satisfied is more than a predetermined number of times, the first or second hit / fail judgment condition corresponding to the one with the larger number of successes is dealt with. The gaming machine I13 is characterized in that the dynamic display mode is determined to be the short dynamic display mode.

According to the gaming machine I13, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine I10 or I12, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the number of times the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition stored in the hold storage means are satisfied is determined by the number of times determination means. The continuous establishment monitoring means does not determine that either the first hit / fail determination condition or the second hit / fail determination condition is continuously satisfied, and the number of times determination means is the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition. When it is determined that the number of times each is established has a difference of more than a predetermined number of times, the dynamic display mode determining means determines the dynamic display mode corresponding to the first or second hit / fail determination condition having the larger number of establishments. , Determine the short dynamic display mode. By determining the short dynamic display mode in this way, even if it is not continuously established, if there is a difference in the number of establishments more than the predetermined number, it corresponds to the winning / failing judgment condition of the one with the larger number of establishments. Since the lottery game to be performed is performed in a short time, it can be adjusted so that the difference in the number of times of establishment between the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition stored in the hold storage means becomes small. Therefore, the number of times that the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition are satisfied can be evenly stored in the hold storage means up to the upper limit number of times, and overflow can be suppressed.

The gaming machine I11 or I12 has a number of times determining means for determining the number of times the first hit / miss determination condition and the second hit / miss determination condition are satisfied, which are stored in the reserved storage means.
The dynamic display mode determining means does not determine that either the first hit / fail determination condition or the second hit / fail determination condition is continuously satisfied by the continuous establishment monitoring means, and the number of times determination means determines the first hit / fail. When it is determined that the number of times each of the conditions and the second hit / fail judgment condition is satisfied is more than a predetermined number of times, it corresponds to the first or second hit / miss judgment condition with the smaller number of establishments. The gaming machine I14, characterized in that the dynamic display mode is determined to be the long dynamic display mode.

According to the gaming machine I14, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines I11 or I12, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the number of times the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition stored in the hold storage means are satisfied is determined by the number of times determination means. The continuous establishment monitoring means does not determine that either the first hit / fail determination condition or the second hit / fail determination condition is continuously satisfied, and the number of times determination means is the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition. When it is determined that the number of times each is established has a difference of more than a predetermined number of times, the dynamic display mode determining means determines the dynamic display mode corresponding to the first or second hit / fail determination condition having the larger number of establishments. , Determine the short dynamic display mode. By determining the long dynamic display mode in this way, even if it is not continuously established, if there is a difference in the number of establishments more than the predetermined number, it corresponds to the winning / failing judgment condition of the one with the smaller number of establishments. Since the lottery game to be performed becomes long and the number of times the winning / failing determination condition stored in the holding storage means is satisfied is difficult to decrease, the difference in the number of times the first winning / failing determination condition stored in the holding storage means and the second winning / failing determination condition are established. Can be adjusted to be smaller. Therefore, the number of times that the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition are satisfied can be evenly stored in the hold storage means up to the upper limit number of times, and overflow can be suppressed.

It is displayed at that time when the predetermined conditions are satisfied in any of the gaming machines A1 to A5, B1, D1 or D2, E1 to E3, F1 or F2, and G1. Regarding the hold display mode, the gaming machine is characterized by having a sort notification means for notifying an executed notification mode indicating that the sort has been executed when the sort is executed by the sort means. J1.

According to the gaming machine J1, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine according to any one of the gaming machines A1 to A5, B1, D1 or D2, E1 to E3, F1 or F2, and G1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, when the sort is executed for the hold display mode displayed at that time when the predetermined condition is satisfied, the executed notification modes indicating that the sort is executed are arranged. It is notified by the replacement notification means. In this way, the player can identify whether the currently displayed hold display mode indicates the order of establishment or the order of starting the dynamic display, depending on the executed notification mode. Therefore, there is an effect that the confusion of the player with respect to the game can be suppressed.

In the gaming machine of the gaming machine J1, the rearrangement notification means is characterized in that, as the executed notification mode, the hold display means displays in an identifiable display mode that the rearrangement has been executed. Amusement machine J2 to play.

According to the gaming machine J2, in addition to the effect played by the gaming machine J1, the following effects are played. That is, as the executed notification mode, the rearrangement notification means displays in a display mode capable of identifying that the rearrangement has been executed by the hold display means. Therefore, by notifying the executed notification mode to the same hold display means as the hold display mode, the executed notification mode can be displayed closer to the hold display mode, and the player misses the executed notification mode. It has the effect of preventing it from being stowed away.

In the game machine of the game machine J1 or J2, the sort notification means indicates that the sort display mode displayed when the sort is executed by the sort means has already been sorted. While notifying in the executed notification mode, the hold display mode displayed after the sorting is executed by the sorting means is characterized in that it is notified in the unexecuted notification mode indicating that the sorting has not been executed. Game machine J3 to play.

According to the gaming machine J3, in addition to the effects played by the gaming machines J1 or J2, the following effects are played. That is, with respect to the hold display mode displayed when the sort is executed by the sort means, the sorted notification means notifies the executed notification mode indicating that the sort has been executed. On the other hand, with respect to the hold display mode displayed after the sorting is executed by the sorting means, the unexecuted notification mode indicating that the sorting has not been executed is notified by the sorting notification means. Therefore, the player can distinguish between the sorted execution completed and the sorted unexecuted, the player can more easily recognize the sort order of the hold display mode, and the confusion about the game can be further prevented. ..

In any of the gaming machines J1 to J3, when the predetermined condition is satisfied, the hold display modes sorted by the sorting means in an order different from the established order are individually displayed. The sort identification means for identifying is provided, and the sort notification means is displayed in a sort order different from the establishment order based on the information identified by the sort identification means as the executed notification mode. The gaming machine J4 is characterized in that it is notified by a display mode indicating that it is the hold display mode.

According to the gaming machine J4, in addition to the effect played by any of the gaming machines J1 to J3, the following effects are played. That is, when a predetermined condition is satisfied, the hold display mode sorted by the sorting means in an order different from the fulfilling order is individually identified by the sorting identification means. As the executed notification mode, the sort notification means notifies the display mode indicating that the hold display mode is displayed in a sort order different from the establishment order, based on the information identified by the sort identification means. .. As a result, the player can easily recognize the hold display mode in which the variation start order is different from the establishment order, and can more easily recognize the display order of the hold display modes.

In any of the gaming machines J1 to J4, the hold display means dynamically separates the establishment order hold display area for displaying the hold display mode in the formation order and the establishment order hold display area. It has a start order hold display area for displaying the hold display mode in the order in which the display is started, and the hold display mode is displayed in the establishment order hold display area, while the predetermined condition is satisfied. Taking this as an opportunity, while maintaining the display of the hold display mode in the establishment order hold display area, the dynamic display sorted by the sort means in the start order hold display area is started. A gaming machine J5 characterized in that a hold display mode is displayed.

According to the gaming machine J5, in addition to the effect played by any of the gaming machines J1 to J4, the following effects are played. That is, it is displayed by the hold display area in the order in which the hold display means is established in the order in which the hold display mode is established. In addition to the hold display area in the order of establishment, the hold display modes are displayed in the hold display area in the start order of the hold display means in the order in which the dynamic display is started. While the hold display mode is displayed in the hold display area in the order of establishment, the display of the hold display mode in the hold display area in the order of establishment is maintained when a predetermined condition is satisfied, and the hold display area in the start order is held. The hold display mode is displayed in the order sorted by the sorting means. As a result, the player can simultaneously identify the hold display mode before the sort and after the sort is executed, and can easily determine how the sort is executed.

In any of the gaming machines A1 to A5, B1, D1 or D2, E1 to E3, F1 or F2, G1, J1 to J5, the first or second identification information is displayed in a display mode indicating a hit. Based on this, the temporary stop means for temporarily stopping the first or second identification information during the dynamic display, and the remaining dynamic of the first or second identification information during the temporary stop after the end of the privilege game. The dynamic display start time information is based on the fact that the first or second identification information is displayed in the display mode indicating a hit, and has a re-dynamic display start means for dynamically displaying the display mode again. The determination means dynamically uses the time information until the first or second identification information corresponding to the hold information stored in the hold information storage means starts to be dynamically displayed, starting from the end of the privilege game. The gaming machine K1 is characterized in that the time information until the display starts is redetermined and stored in the reserved information storage means.

According to the gaming machine K1, in addition to the effect of any one of the gaming machines A1 to A5, B1, D1 or D2, E1 to E3, F1 or F2, G1, J1 to J5, the following effects are exhibited. That is, based on the fact that the first or second identification information is displayed in a display mode indicating a hit, the first or second identification information being dynamically displayed is temporarily stopped by the temporary stop means. Then, the remaining dynamic display mode of the first or second identification information that is temporarily stopped after the end of the privilege game is dynamically displayed again by the re-dynamic display start means. Based on the fact that the first or second identification information is displayed in a display mode indicating a hit, the first or second identification information corresponding to the hold information stored in the hold information display means is dynamically displayed. The time information up to the time until the dynamic display starts from the end of the privilege game is redetermined by the dynamic display start time information determining means, and stored in the reserved information storage means. In this way, when the award game is started, the time information until the start of the dynamic display is redetermined to the time information starting from the end of the award game, so that it is determined in advance during the award game. Even when the specified condition is satisfied, the hold display mode can be rearranged in the order in which the dynamic display is started accurately.

In the game machine K1, when the first or second identification information is displayed in a display mode indicating a hit, the dynamic display start time information determining means is temporarily stopped by the temporary stop means. Corresponds to the remaining dynamic display mode of the temporarily suspended identification information and the stored reserved information with respect to the reserved information stored in the reserved information storage means corresponding to the first or second identification information. Based on the dynamic display mode, the time information from the end of the privilege game to the start of the dynamic display is redetermined, while the first or second identification displayed in the display mode indicating a hit. With respect to the hold information stored in the hold information storage means corresponding to the information, the dynamic display starting from the end of the privilege game is based on the dynamic display mode corresponding to the stored hold information. The gaming machine K2, characterized in that the time until the start is determined respectively.

According to the gaming machine K2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine K1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, when the first or second identification information is displayed in a display mode indicating a hit, it is stored in the reserved information storage means corresponding to the first or second identification information temporarily stopped by the temporary stop means. Dynamic display starting from the end of the privilege game based on the remaining dynamic display mode of the temporarily suspended identification information and the dynamic display mode corresponding to the stored hold information. The time information until the display starts is redetermined by the dynamic display start time information determining means. On the other hand, for the reserved information stored in the reserved information storage means corresponding to the first or second identification information displayed in the display mode indicating a hit, the dynamic display corresponding to the stored reserved information. Based on the embodiment, the time until the start of the dynamic display starting from the end of the privilege game is redetermined by the dynamic display start time information determining means. Therefore, the hold information corresponding to the temporarily stopped identification information and the hold information that has not been temporarily stopped are distinguished, and the time information until the start of the dynamic display is determined for each, so that the dynamic display is more accurate. It is possible to determine the time information until the start.

In the game machine K1 or K2, the reserved information storage means determines the pass / fail determination information used for the pass / fail determination by the pass / fail determination means and the dynamic display mode determination based on the establishment of the first or second hit / miss determination condition. The normal hold storage area for storing the normal hold information having at least the dynamic display decision information used for determining the dynamic display mode by the means, and the first or the first or the normal hold information corresponding to the normal hold information stored in the normal hold storage area. Before the second identification information can be dynamically displayed, the hit / fail determination result by the hit / fail determination means, the dynamic display mode by the dynamic display mode determination means, and the dynamic display start are performed in advance based on the normally reserved information. While the time information is determined by the time information determining means and stored as rearrangement information, the first or second identification information is displayed in a display mode indicating a hit, and as the rearrangement information. The stored time information has a sort hold storage area that is updated and stored in the time information redetermined by the dynamic display start time information determining means, and the first or second hit / fail determination is made. When the condition is newly satisfied, the normal hold stored in the newly established normal hold storage area is based on the time information corresponding to each sort information stored ahead of the sort hold storage area. The order in which the dynamic display of the first or second identification information corresponding to each of the information and the normal hold information previously stored in the normal hold storage area is started is determined, and the order is arranged. The gaming machine K3 is characterized by having a rearrangement order determining means for storing in a rearrangement hold storage area.

According to the gaming machine K3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines K1 or K2, the following effects are exhibited. That is, based on the fact that the first or second hit / fail judgment condition is satisfied, the hit / fail judgment information used for the hit / fail judgment by the hit / miss judgment means and the dynamic display decision information used for the determination of the dynamic display mode by the dynamic display mode determination means. The normally reserved information having at least the above is stored in the normally reserved storage area of the reserved information storage means. Before the first or second identification information corresponding to the normal hold information stored in the normal hold storage area can be dynamically displayed, the hit / fail judgment result and the operation by the hit / fail judgment means in advance based on the normal hold information. The dynamic display mode by the target display mode determining means means and the time information by the dynamic display start time information determining means are determined and stored as sort information in the sort hold storage area of the hold information storage means. On the other hand, when the first or second identification information is displayed in a display mode indicating a hit, the time information stored as the sorting information becomes the time information redetermined by the dynamic display start time information determining means. It is updated and stored in the sort hold storage area. When the first or second hit / fail determination condition is newly satisfied, it is stored in the newly established normal hold storage area based on the time information corresponding to each sort information stored at the end of the sort hold storage area. The order in which the dynamic display of the first or second identification information corresponding to each of the normal hold information and the normal hold information previously stored in the normal hold storage area is started is determined by the sort order determining means. , The order is stored in the sort hold storage area. As a result, it is possible to separately process the data for executing the lottery game and the data for determining the sorting order, and it is possible to easily perform the processing for determining the sorting order. Further, even when the privilege game starts, the time information is updated starting from the end of the privilege game, so that the sorting can be easily executed even during the privilege game.

In the game machine K3, when the first or second hit / miss determination condition is satisfied during the privilege game, the sort order determining means corresponds to each sort information stored in the rear of the sort hold storage area. Based on the time information redetermined by the dynamic display start time determining means, the normal hold information stored in the newly established normal hold storage area and the normal hold information previously stored in the normal hold storage area are stored. The order in which the dynamic display is started from the end of the privilege game of the first identification information and the second identification information corresponding to the normal hold information is determined, and the order is determined. The gaming machine K4, characterized in that it is stored in the sort hold storage area.

According to the gaming machine K4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine K3, the following effects are exhibited. That is, when the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied during the privilege game, the time redetermined by the dynamic display start time determining means corresponding to each sort information stored in the sort hold storage area. Based on the information, the first identification information and the second identification information corresponding to the normally held information stored in the newly established normal hold storage area and the normal hold information previously stored in the normal hold storage area, respectively. The order in which the dynamic display is started is determined by the sort order determination means, and the order is stored in the sort hold storage area.

Therefore, even for the first or second hit / fail determination condition established during the privilege game, the order in which the more accurate dynamic display is started is determined, and the hold display mode is set in the order in which the accurate dynamic display is started. Can be sorted. Therefore, even when the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied during the privilege game, the confusion of the player can be suppressed.

It has a main control means for executing the main control of the game and a subordinate control means for executing the control of the game according to the instruction of the main control means, and the main control means is based on the establishment of the first hit / fail determination condition. Then, the winning / failing determination means for executing the winning / failing determination of the first lottery game and executing the winning / failing determination of the second lottery game based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition, and the winning / failing of the first lottery game by the winning / failing determination means. Based on the determination result, the first hit / fail determination signal has a pass / fail determination signal generation means for generating a second hit / fail determination signal based on the hit / fail determination result of the second lottery game by the hit / fail determination means. The slave control means dynamically displays the first identification information indicating the winning / failing result of the first lottery game based on the first winning / failing determination signal, and the second winning / failing determination signal. Based on this, it has a second display means for dynamically displaying the second identification information indicating the hit / fail determination result of the second lottery game, and the hit / fail determination result by the hit / miss determination means becomes a hit, and the first or first. 2 In a gaming machine to which a privileged game advantageous to the player is given when the first or second identification information indicating a hit is stopped and displayed, the main control means is the first hit / fail determination condition. Based on the establishment, the dynamic display mode of the first identification information corresponding to the established success / failure determination condition is determined, and the second identification information corresponding to the established success / failure determination condition is determined based on the establishment of the second success / failure determination condition. The dynamic display mode determining means for determining the dynamic display mode of the above and the first or second identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition when the first or second hit / miss determination condition is satisfied are dynamically generated. Until the display is started, the main hold information is the hit / fail determination information regarding the hit / fail determination by the hit / miss determination means and the dynamic display determination information regarding the dynamic display mode determined by the dynamic display mode determination means. The main hold information storage means for identifiablely storing the order information in which the pass / fail judgment condition corresponding to the hold information is satisfied and whether the pass / fail judgment condition is the first pass / fail judgment condition or the second pass / fail judgment condition, and the main hold information storage means thereof. Based on the fact that the main hold information is stored in the main hold information storage means, the main hold information signal generation means for generating the main hold information signal for notifying the slave control means of the information regarding the stored main hold information, and the main hold information signal generation means. The slave control means has, based on the reception of the main hold information signal, stores the information regarding the main hold information indicated by the main hold information signal as the slave information, and the slave information storage means. The first correctness stored in the pending information storage means While distinguishing the slave / hold information between the judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition, the order in which the hit / fail judgment condition is established, which is the combination of the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / miss judgment condition, is identified for each slave hold information. A dynamic display mode determined by the dynamic display mode determining means of the main control means based on the hold display means displayed in a possible hold display mode and the slave display means stored in the slave information storage means. When the pending information is newly stored in the slave display mode determining means for discrimination and the slave information storage means, the first or second identification being dynamically displayed in the first or second display means. A new slave based on the remaining dynamic display mode of the information and the dynamic display mode previously determined by the slave display mode determining means for each slave information previously stored in the slave information storage means. A dynamic display start time information determining means for determining the time information until the first or second identification information corresponding to the reserved information becomes the dynamic display start and storing the first or second identification information in the slave information storage means is predetermined. When the above condition is satisfied, the hold display mode displayed on the hold display means based on the time information stored in the slave information storage means by the dynamic display start time information determination means is described above. The gaming machine L1 is characterized by having a rearranging means for rearranging in the order in which dynamic display is started.

According to the gaming machine L1, the main control of the game is executed by the main control means, and the control of the game is executed by the subordinate control means according to the instruction of the main control means. In the main control means, the winning / failing determination of the first lottery game is executed by the winning / failing determination means based on the establishment of the first winning / failing determination condition. Further, based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition, the winning / failing determination of the second lottery game is executed by the winning / failing determination means. Then, a first hit / fail determination signal based on the hit / fail determination result of the first lottery game by the hit / miss determination means is generated by the hit / miss determination signal generation means, and a second hit / miss determination signal based on the hit / miss determination result of the second lottery game is generated. In the slave control means, the first identification information indicating the result of the hit / fail determination of the first lottery game is dynamically displayed by the first display means based on the first hit / fail determination signal. Further, based on the second winning / failing determination signal, the second identification information indicating the winning / failing determination result of the second lottery game is dynamically displayed by the second display means. Here, when the first or second identification information indicating a hit is displayed on the first or second display means, the player is given a privileged game. As a result, the second identification information can be dynamically displayed even while the first identification information is dynamically displayed, and the first lottery game and the second lottery game can be efficiently executed. In the main control means, the dynamic display mode of the first identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means based on the establishment of the first hit / miss determination condition. Further, based on the establishment of the second hit / miss determination condition, the dynamic display mode of the second identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means. In the main control means, when the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied, the hit / fail determination means is used until the first or second identification information corresponding to the satisfied hit / fail determination condition is started to be dynamically displayed. The hit / fail judgment information regarding the hit / fail judgment by the hit / fail judgment means and the dynamic display decision information regarding the dynamic display mode determined by the dynamic display mode determination means are the main hold information, and the hit / fail judgment condition corresponding to the main hold information is established. The order information and the established hit / fail determination condition are stored in the main hold information storage means so as to be able to distinguish whether it is the first hit / miss judgment condition or the second hit / miss judgment condition. In the main control means, based on the storage of the main hold information storage means, a main hold information signal for notifying the slave control means of information about the stored main hold information is generated by the main hold information signal generation means. To. Then, in the slave control means, based on the reception of the main hold information signal, the information regarding the main hold information indicated by the main hold information signal is stored in the slave information storage means as the slave information. While distinguishing between the pending information of the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition stored in the slave hold information storage means, the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition are combined for each slave hold information. The order in which the winning / failing determination condition is satisfied is performed by the hold display means as a display of the identifiable hold display mode. In the slave control means, the dynamic display mode determined by the dynamic display mode determining means of the main control means is determined by the slave display mode determining means based on the slave hold information stored in the slave information storage means. When the pending information is newly stored in the pending information storage means, it is stored in the remaining dynamic display mode of the first or second identification information being dynamically displayed and the prior pending information storage means. Time until the first or second identification information corresponding to the new slave information can be dynamically displayed based on the dynamic display mode determined by the slave display mode determination means for each slave information. Information is determined by the dynamic display start time information determining means and stored in the pending information storage means. Then, in the slave control means, when a predetermined condition is satisfied, the hold display mode displayed on the hold display means is displayed based on each time information determined by the dynamic display start time information determination means. It is sorted by the sorting means in the order in which the dynamic display is started. As a result, for example, the main hold information of the second lottery game is newly stored in the state where the hold information of the first lottery game is stored first. At this time, if the remaining dynamic display mode of the first identification information during dynamic display is longer than the remaining dynamic display mode of the second identification information during dynamic display, it is newly stored. The start time of the dynamic display of the second identification information corresponding to the hold information of the second lottery game to be performed is the dynamic of the first identification information corresponding to the hold information of the first lottery game stored earlier. It will be earlier than the display start time. However, since the hold display mode is displayed in order in the hold display mode indicating the order in which the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition are satisfied, the first lottery stored earlier is stored. A newly stored second lottery game hold display mode is displayed in a hold display mode indicating the order after the game hold information. Then, the actual start order of the dynamic display and the order in which the pass / fail judgment condition is satisfied may be different. However, when the predetermined condition is satisfied, the actual dynamic display is displayed by the sorting means. It is displayed sorted in the starting order. Therefore, even when the first identification information or the second identification information is dynamically displayed in an order different from the order in which the actual hit / fail determination condition is satisfied, the player can use the sorting means to start the dynamic display in the order of starting the dynamic display. Since the hold display mode is rearranged, there is an effect that the player's confusion can be suppressed. Further, since the main control means does not execute the process of rearranging the hold display modes in the order of starting the dynamic display, but is executed by the subordinate control means, the control load of the main control means can be suppressed.

It has a main control means for executing the main control of the game and a subordinate control means for executing the control of the game according to the instruction of the main control means, and the main control means is based on the establishment of the first hit / fail determination condition. Then, the winning / failing determination means for executing the winning / failing determination of the first lottery game and executing the winning / failing determination of the second lottery game based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition, and the winning / failing of the first lottery game by the winning / failing determination means. Based on the determination result, the first hit / fail determination signal has a pass / fail determination signal generation means for generating a second hit / fail determination signal based on the hit / fail determination result of the second lottery game by the hit / fail determination means. Based on the first hit / fail determination signal, the slave control means dynamically displays the first identification information indicating the win / fail determination result of the first lottery game, and the second hit / fail determination signal. Based on this, it has a second display means for dynamically displaying the second identification information indicating the hit / fail determination result of the second lottery game, and the hit / fail determination result by the hit / miss determination means becomes a hit, and the first or first. 2 In a gaming machine to which a privileged game advantageous to the player is given when the first or second identification information indicating a hit on the display means is stopped and displayed, the main control means is the first or second hit or fail. Based on the fact that the judgment condition is satisfied, the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition are distinguished from each other, and an establishment signal notifying that the first or second hit / fail judgment condition is satisfied is generated. The establishment signal generation means that outputs to the slave control means in the order in which the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied, and the first identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition based on the establishment of the first hit / fail determination condition. A dynamic display mode determining means for determining a dynamic display mode and, based on the establishment of the second hit / miss determination condition, determining a dynamic display mode for the second identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition.
When the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied, the hit / fail determination by the hit / miss determination means is performed until the first or second identification information corresponding to the satisfied hit / fail determination condition is dynamically displayed. The hit / fail determination information and the dynamic display decision information regarding the dynamic display mode determined by the dynamic display mode determining means are used as the main hold information, and the order information in which the pass / fail judgment conditions corresponding to the main hold information are satisfied is established. The main hold information storage means for identifiable whether the hit / fail judgment condition is the first hit / fail judgment condition or the second hit / fail judgment condition, and the main hold information stored in the main hold information storage means. Based on this, the slave control means has a main hold information signal generation means for generating a main hold information signal for notifying the slave control means of the stored information about the main hold information, and the slave control means receives the establishment signal. Based on this, information on the number of received establishment signals until the first or second identification information corresponding to the hit / fail determination condition that triggered the generation of the establishment signal can be dynamically displayed. , The first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition indicated by the establishment signal can be distinguished, and the order of establishment of the hit / fail judgment condition in which the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition are combined can be identified. The first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition are described based on the slave hold number storage means stored as the slave hold number information and the slave hold number information stored in the slave hold number storage means. While distinguishing each of the pending number information, the order in which the winning / failing determination condition, which is the combination of the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition, is established for each slave hold number information is displayed in an identifiable hold display mode. The hold display means to be performed, the hold information storage means for storing the information regarding the main hold information indicated by the main hold information signal based on the reception of the main hold information signal, and the hold information. The slave display mode determining means for determining the dynamic display mode determined by the dynamic display mode determining means of the main control means based on the slave information stored in the storage means, and the slave information storage means newly added. When the pending information is stored, the remaining dynamic display mode of the first or second identification information being dynamically displayed in the first or second display means and the pending information storage means are stored first. Based on the dynamic display mode determined by the passive display mode determining means for each of the pending information, the first or second identification information corresponding to the new pending information is set to start dynamic display. Determine the time information until Then, when the dynamic display start time information determination means to be stored in the pending information storage means and the predetermined condition are satisfied, the dynamic display start time information determination means is used to store the pending information in the slave information storage means. It is characterized by having a rearrangement means for rearranging the hold display mode displayed on the hold display means in the order in which the dynamic display is started, based on the stored time information. Game machine L2.

According to the description of the gaming machine L2, the main control of the game is executed by the main control means, and the control of the game is executed by the subordinate control means according to the instruction of the main control means. In the main control means, the winning / failing determination of the first lottery game is executed by the winning / failing determination means based on the establishment of the first winning / failing determination condition. Further, based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition, the winning / failing determination of the second lottery game is executed by the winning / failing determination means. Then, a first hit / fail determination signal based on the hit / fail determination result of the first lottery game by the hit / miss determination means is generated by the hit / miss determination signal generation means, and a second hit / miss determination signal based on the hit / miss determination result of the second lottery game is generated. In the slave control means, the first identification information indicating the result of the hit / fail determination of the first lottery game is dynamically displayed by the first display means based on the first hit / fail determination signal. Further, based on the second winning / failing determination signal, the second identification information indicating the winning / failing determination result of the second lottery game is dynamically displayed by the second display means. Here, when the first or second identification information indicating a hit is displayed on the first or second display means, the player is given a privileged game. As a result, the second identification information can be dynamically displayed even while the first identification information is dynamically displayed, and the first lottery game and the second lottery game can be efficiently executed. In the main control means, based on the fact that the first or second hit / fail judgment condition is satisfied, the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition are distinguished from each other, and the first or second hit / fail judgment condition is satisfied. Is generated by the establishment signal generation means, and is output to the control means according to the establishment order of the first or second success / failure determination condition. Based on the establishment of the first hit / miss determination condition, the dynamic display mode of the first identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means. Further, based on the establishment of the second hit / miss determination condition, the dynamic display mode of the second identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means. In the main control means, when the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied, the hit / fail determination means is used until the first or second identification information corresponding to the satisfied hit / fail determination condition is started to be dynamically displayed. The hit / fail judgment information regarding the hit / fail judgment by the hit / fail judgment means and the dynamic display decision information regarding the dynamic display mode determined by the dynamic display mode determination means are the main hold information, and the hit / fail judgment condition corresponding to the main hold information is established. The order information and the established hit / fail determination condition are stored in the main hold information storage means so as to be able to distinguish whether it is the first hit / miss judgment condition or the second hit / miss judgment condition. In the main control means, based on the storage of the main hold information storage means, a main hold information signal for notifying the slave control means of information about the stored main hold information is generated by the main hold information signal generation means. To. Then, in the slave control means, based on the reception of the establishment signal, until the first or second identification information corresponding to the hit / fail determination condition that triggered the generation of the establishment signal can be dynamically displayed. , The information on the number of received success signals distinguishes the first hit / fail judgment condition from the second hit / fail judgment condition, and the hit / fail judgment condition that combines the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition. The order of establishment of is identifiable, and each is stored in the slave hold number storage means as the slave hold number information. In the slave control means, based on the slave hold number information stored in the slave hold number storage means, while distinguishing the slave hold number information between the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition, each slave hold number information The order in which the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition are combined is performed by the hold display means as a display of the identifiable hold display mode. In the slave control means, based on the reception of the main hold information signal, the information regarding the main hold information indicated by the main hold information signal is stored in the slave information storage means as the slave information. Further, the dynamic display mode determined by the dynamic display mode determining means of the main control means is determined by the slave display mode determining means based on the slave hold information stored in the slave information storage means. In the slave control means, when the pending information is newly stored in the slave information storage means, the remaining dynamic display mode of the first or second identification information being dynamically displayed and the slave information storage means are previously stored. The first or second identification information corresponding to the new slave information can be dynamically displayed based on the dynamic display mode determined by the slave display mode determination means for each slave information stored in. The time information until becomes is determined by the dynamic display start time information determining means, and is stored in the pending information storage means. Then, in the slave control means, when a predetermined condition is satisfied, the hold display mode displayed on the hold display means is displayed based on each time information determined by the dynamic display start time information determination means. It is sorted by the sorting means in the order in which the dynamic display is started. As a result, for example, the main hold information of the second lottery game is newly stored in the state where the hold information of the first lottery game is stored first. At this time, if the remaining dynamic display mode of the first identification information during dynamic display is longer than the remaining dynamic display mode of the second identification information during dynamic display, it is newly stored. The start time of the dynamic display of the second identification information corresponding to the hold information of the second lottery game to be performed is the dynamic of the first identification information corresponding to the hold information of the first lottery game stored earlier. It will be earlier than the display start time. However, since the hold display mode is displayed in order in the hold display mode indicating the order in which the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition are satisfied, the first lottery stored earlier is stored. A newly stored second lottery game hold display mode is displayed in a hold display mode indicating the order after the game hold information. Then, the actual start order of the dynamic display and the order in which the pass / fail judgment condition is satisfied may be different. However, when the predetermined condition is satisfied, the actual dynamic display is displayed by the sorting means. It is displayed sorted in the starting order. Therefore, even when the first identification information or the second identification information is dynamically displayed in an order different from the order in which the actual hit / fail determination condition is satisfied, the player can use the sorting means to start the dynamic display in the order of starting the dynamic display. Since the hold display mode is rearranged, there is an effect that the player's confusion can be suppressed. Further, since the main control means does not execute the process of rearranging the hold display modes in the order of starting the dynamic display, but is executed by the subordinate control means, the control load of the main control means can be suppressed.

The gaming machine L3 is characterized in that the gaming machine L1 or L2 has a condition sorting means for assisting the first hit / fail determination condition and the two hit / fail determination conditions to be alternately satisfied.

According to the gaming machine L3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines L1 or L2, the following effects are exhibited. That is, it is assisted by the sorting means that the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition are alternately satisfied. As a result, the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition can be easily satisfied evenly, and by efficiently executing the first lottery game and the second lottery game, more games can be played in a shorter time. It can be carried out.

In any of the game machines L1 to L3, when the rearrangement means receives the main hold information signal and the hold information is stored in the hold information storage means, the sort means is stored in the hold information storage means. Based on the time information corresponding to each previously stored slave hold information, the first or second identification information corresponding to the newly established slave hold information and the previously stored slave hold information. The gaming machine L4 is characterized in that a dynamic display start order is determined, and the order is stored in the slave hold information storage means in relation to the slave hold information.

According to the gaming machine L4, in addition to the effect played by any of the gaming machines L1 to L3, the following effects are played. That is, when the main hold information signal is received and the hold information is stored in the hold information storage means, it is based on the time information corresponding to each hold information previously stored in the hold information storage means. Then, the dynamic display start order of the first or second identification information corresponding to the newly stored pending information and the previously stored pending information is determined, and the order is related to each pending information. It is stored in the pending information storage means by the sorting means. As a result, the dynamic display start order is updated each time the pending information is stored. Therefore, when a predetermined condition is satisfied, the hold display mode can be rearranged based on the updated dynamic display start order. Therefore, even if there is a change in the dynamic display start order, it is possible to rearrange the hold display modes in the corresponding dynamic display start order, and the player is notified of the accurate dynamic display start order. Can be done.

In any of the gaming machines L1 to L4, the sorting means has an operating means that can be operated by the player, and the rearranging means is said to satisfy the predetermined conditions when the operating means are operated. The gaming machine L5, characterized in that the hold display mode is rearranged.

According to the game described in the gaming machine L5, the following effects are exhibited in addition to the effects of any of the gaming machines L1 to L4. That is, when the operating means that can be operated by the player is operated, the hold display mode is rearranged by the sorting means, assuming that the predetermined conditions are satisfied. As a result, it is possible to sort the hold display mode at the timing intended by the player, and notify the player of the correct dynamic display start order at the timing when the player wants to know the exact dynamic display start order. Can be done.

The sorting means sorts the holding display mode displayed on the holding display means when the establishment signal or the main holding information signal is received, assuming that the predetermined condition is satisfied. The gaming machine L6 according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the gaming machine L6 is characterized.

According to the game described in the gaming machine L6, the following effects are exhibited in addition to the effects of any of the gaming machines L1 to L4. That is, when the establishment signal or the main hold information signal is received from the main control means, the hold display mode displayed on the hold display means is rearranged by the rearrangement means, assuming that a predetermined condition is satisfied. As a result, when a new hold display mode is displayed, the hold display mode is rearranged, so that the player can know the exact dynamic display start order.

The main control means is for drawing a lottery as to whether or not the winning / failing determination between the first lottery game and the second lottery game executed after the privileged game is executed shifts to a special game state in which it is easier to win than in normal times. The lottery information is acquired based on the establishment of the first or second winning / failing determination condition, the first or second winning / failing determination condition is satisfied, and the main hold information corresponding to the established determination condition is stored. In the case, the game state lottery means for storing the lottery information in the main hold information storage means in relation to the main hold information is provided, and the slave control means is stored in the slave information storage means. Until the first or second identification information corresponding to each slave information can be dynamically displayed, each slave information is supported based on the time information determined by the dynamic display start time information determining means. It is determined in accordance with the lottery information whether the gaming state when the first or second identification information can be dynamically displayed is the special gaming state, and a preliminary determination is performed to determine whether or not the game is successful. It has a pre-engagement determination means that stores the result in relation to each of the slave information storage means in the slave information storage means, and the slave display mode determination means of the slave control means stores the result in the slave information storage means. Until the first or second identification information corresponding to the pending information can be dynamically displayed, the pre-determination determination result stored in the slave information storage means by the pre-engagement determination means and the dynamic display are possible. The gaming machine L7 according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the dynamic display mode is determined based on the display determination information.

According to the gaming machine described in the gaming machine L7, the following effects are exhibited in addition to the effects of any of the gaming machines L1 to L6. That is, in the main control means, in order to draw a lottery whether or not to shift to a special game state in which the winning / failing determination between the first lottery game and the second lottery game executed after the privileged game is executed shifts to a special game state in which it is easier to win than in the normal time. The lottery information is acquired by the game state lottery means based on the establishment of the first or second winning / failing determination condition. Further, when the first or second winning / failing determination condition is satisfied and the main holding information corresponding to the established determination condition is stored, the lottery information is the game state lottery means in relation to the main holding information. Is stored in the main hold information storage means. In the slave control means, the dynamic display start time information determining means is determined until the first or second identification information corresponding to each slave hold information stored in the slave control information storage means can be dynamically displayed. Based on the time information, whether the game state when the first or second identification information corresponding to each pending information can be dynamically displayed is a special game state is determined by the game state lottery means according to the lottery information. The pre-judgment that makes a judgment and makes a pre-judgment is executed by the pre-judgment means. Then, the result is stored in relation to each pending information by the prior determination means according to the pending storage means. Preliminary determination determined by the pre-engagement determination means stored in the slave information storage means until the first or second identification information corresponding to the slave information stored in the slave information storage means can be dynamically displayed. Based on the result and the dynamic display determination information, the dynamic display mode is determined by the slave display determination means of the slave control means. As a result, even if the pending information is newly stored and the dynamic display start order is changed, the game state at the start of the dynamic display is determined and the pass / fail judgment is performed based on the correct dynamic display start order. Will be. Therefore, the dynamic display time information can be determined in advance based on the correct hit / fail determination result, and the dynamic display start order can be determined even when a new hit / fail determination condition is satisfied next time.

A winning / failing determination means for executing a winning / failing determination of the first lottery game based on the establishment of the first winning / failing determination condition and executing a winning / failing determination of the second lottery game based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition, and the winning / failing determination thereof. The first identification information indicating the result of the winning / failing of the first lottery game by the means is dynamically displayed in the order in which the first winning / failing determination condition is satisfied. The second identification information indicating the hit / fail determination result is dynamically displayed in the order in which the second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied, the first identification information is displayed on the first display means, and the second identification is performed. The display control means capable of dynamically displaying and controlling the information to the second display means and the result of the hit / fail determination by the hit / fail determination means are hit, and the display control means causes the first or second display means to receive the information. The first hit / fail determination is made in a gaming machine having a privileged game executing means for granting a privileged game advantageous to the player when the first or second identification information is stopped and displayed in a display mode indicating a hit. A predetermined upper limit number of times when the condition sorting means that assists in alternately satisfying the condition and the second hit / miss determination condition and the first or second hit / fail determination condition that is assisted by the condition sorting means are satisfied. It assists the holding storage means for storing as the right to perform the first or second lottery game and the condition sorting means to establish either the first hit / fail determination condition or the second hit / fail determination condition next. It has an establishment condition identification means for identifying whether or not the state is to be achieved, and an identification result notification means for notifying the player of information indicating the identification result based on the identification result of the establishment identification means. The featured gaming machine M1.

According to the gaming machine M1, the winning / failing determination of the first lottery game is executed by the winning / failing determination means based on the establishment of the first winning / failing determination condition. Further, based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition, the winning / failing determination of the second lottery game is executed by the winning / failing determination means. The dynamic display of the first identification information indicating the winning / failing of the first lottery game by the winning / failing determination means is performed by the first display means in the order in which the first winning / failing determination condition is satisfied. Further, the dynamic display of the second identification information indicating the winning / failing determination result of the second lottery game by the winning / failing determination means is performed by the second display means in the order in which the second winning / failing determination condition is satisfied. Here, the first identification information is the first display means, the second identification information is the second display means, and the display control means can dynamically display the information. Then, when the hit / fail determination result by the hit / fail determination means becomes a hit and the first or second identification information is stopped and displayed in a display mode indicating a hit by the display control means, the privilege game that is advantageous to the player is executed. Performed by means. As a result, the second identification information can be dynamically displayed even while the first identification information is dynamically displayed, and the first lottery game and the second lottery game can be efficiently executed. It is assisted by the condition sorting means that the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition are alternately satisfied. When the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied with the assistance of the condition distribution means, the right to perform the first or second lottery game up to a predetermined upper limit is stored by the reserved storage means. Further, it is determined by the establishment condition identification means whether the condition distribution means is in a state of assisting the establishment of the first hit / fail determination condition or the second hit / fail determination condition. Based on the identification result of the establishment condition identification means, the information indicating the identification result is notified to the player by the identification result notification means. As a result, the first winning / failing determination condition and the second winning / failing determination condition can be easily satisfied evenly, and the right to perform the first lottery game and the second lottery game can be equally memorized, and the first lottery game is performed. It is possible to prevent either the right or the right to perform the second lottery game from being biased and stored in advance up to the maximum number. Therefore, although the rights to perform the first lottery game and the second lottery game are stored up to the maximum number of each, it is possible to suppress the problem that one of them has more rights than the maximum number and becomes invalid. can. Further, since the identification result notification means notifies which state the hit / fail determination condition is assisted so that the state of the distribution means is satisfied next, it is assisted to be established next. Even if the hit / fail determination condition is satisfied, the player can play the game so that the hit / miss determination condition is not satisfied, and the overflow can be suppressed.

In the gaming machine M1, when the gaming area and the gaming ball flowing down the gaming area enter, the first starting port for satisfying the first hit / fail determination condition and the gaming ball flowing down the gaming area enter. The ball has a second starting port that satisfies the second hit / miss determination condition, and the condition sorting means alternately enters the game ball into the first starting port and the second starting port. The gaming machine M2 according to claim 1, further comprising a gaming ball guiding portion that assists in playing a ball.

According to the gaming machine M2, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine described in the gaming machine M1, the following effects are exhibited. That is, when the game ball flowing down the game area enters the first starting port, the first hit / fail determination condition is satisfied, while when the game ball enters the second starting port, the second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied. To. It is assisted by the game ball guiding unit of the condition sorting means that the game balls alternately enter the first start port and the second start port. As a result, the player can easily allow the game ball to enter the first start port and the second start port alternately by letting the game ball flow down to the game area, and the first lottery game and the second lottery game can be easily performed. Since it is possible to efficiently execute and, many lottery games can be performed in a shorter time.

In the game machine M2, the conditional distribution means uses the game ball guiding portion to enter a ball entry port into which a game ball flowing down the game area can enter and a game ball entering the ball entry port. It has a first taxiway for guiding to the first starting port and a second taxiway for guiding to the second starting port via the gaming ball guiding portion, and the gaming ball guiding portion has the entry. After receiving the game ball that has entered from the ball mouth and rotating it in the first direction to a predetermined angle to guide the game ball to the first taxiway, the game ball that has entered from the ball mouth is then referred to. It is said that the ball is received in a state of being rotated in the first direction and is rotated to a predetermined angle in the second direction opposite to the first direction to guide the game ball to the second taxiway. The featured gaming machine M3.

According to the gaming machine M3, the following effects are exhibited in addition to the effects of the gaming machine M2. That is, the game ball receives the game ball entered from the entry port of the conditional distribution means, rotates to a predetermined angle in the first direction, and the game ball is moved to the first start port via the first taxiway by the game ball guide unit. After being guided, the game ball that has entered from the entrance is received in a state of being rotated to a predetermined angle in the first direction, and then rotated by a predetermined angle in the second direction opposite to the first direction. The game ball is guided to the second starting port via the second taxiway by the game ball guiding unit. As a result, it becomes possible to alternately distribute and guide the game ball to the first starting port and the second starting port by using a common member, and the member that distributes the game ball to the first starting port and the second starting port, respectively. It is possible to compactly configure the structure for distributing the game balls as compared with the case of providing.

In the game machine M3, the game ball guiding unit of the condition sorting means is arranged at a position facing the game ball that has entered the ball entrance port in a state of being rotated to a predetermined angle in the first direction. A first passive unit that receives a ball that has entered and rotates to a predetermined angle in the second direction, and a game ball that has entered the ball entrance when the ball has rotated to a predetermined angle in the second direction. The second passive portion, which is arranged at a position facing each other and rotates to a predetermined angle by receiving the ball that has entered, and the first passive portion that receives the game ball that has entered from the entrance. After rotating in two directions and then before the game ball enters the ball entry port, it prevents the game ball from rotating in the first direction, or the second passive portion enters through the ball entry port. A rotation control unit that prevents the game ball from rotating in the second direction after receiving the ball and rotating in the first direction and then before the game ball enters the ball entrance. A gaming machine M4 characterized by having.

According to the gaming machine M4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine M3, the following effects are exhibited. That is, with the game ball guiding portion of the conditional sorting means rotated to a predetermined angle in the first direction, the first passive portion of the game ball guiding portion is arranged at a position facing the game ball that has entered the ball entry port. Then, when the first passive unit receives the ball that has entered the ball, it is rotated in the second direction to a predetermined angle. Further, in a state where the game ball guiding portion of the conditional sorting means is rotated to a predetermined angle in the second direction, the second passive portion of the game ball guiding portion is arranged at a position facing the game ball that has entered the ball entry port. When the second passive unit receives the ball that has entered the ball, it is rotated in the first direction to a predetermined angle. After the first passive portion receives the game ball that has entered from the entrance and rotates in the second direction, the first passive portion may rotate in the first direction before the next game ball enters the entrance. Or, after the second passive portion receives the game ball that has entered from the entrance and rotates in the first direction, and then before the game ball enters the entrance, it rotates in the second direction. This is hindered by the rotation control unit. As a result, after the game ball guiding unit rotates to guide the game ball to one taxiway, the game ball rotates in the other direction before the next taxiway enters, and then enters the ball. It is possible to prevent the game ball from being guided to the same taxiway as the game ball that has entered in front of the game ball. Therefore, it is possible to more accurately and alternately guide the game balls entering the ball entry port to the first start port and the second start port, and the rights to perform the first lottery game and the second lottery game are equalized. Can be memorized in.

In any of the gaming machines M2 to M4, the establishment condition identification means is such that the condition sorting means enters next based on the fact that the gaming ball has entered the first or second starting port. A gaming machine M5 characterized in that it identifies an auxiliary starting port.

According to the gaming machine described in the gaming machine M5, the following effects are exhibited in addition to the effects of the gaming machines described in any of the gaming machines M2 to M4. That is, based on the fact that the game ball has entered the first or second starting opening, the starting opening that assists the conditional sorting means to enter next is identified by the establishment condition identification means. Therefore, the player can recognize the starting port to be sorted next, and can play the game by suppressing the invalid ball due to the overflow.

The establishment condition identification means detects a state in which the game ball guiding unit is rotated, and based on the detection result, the game ball guiding unit causes the game ball to enter the ball by the taxiway to be guided next. The gaming machine M6, characterized in that it identifies an auxiliary starting port.

According to the gaming machine described in the gaming machine M6, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine described in the gaming machine M3 or M4, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the state in which the game ball guiding unit of the conditional distribution means is rotated is detected, and based on the detection result, the game ball is entered by the taxiway in which the game ball guiding unit guides the game ball next. The starting port assisted by is identified by the establishment condition identification means. Therefore, the state of the condition sorting means can be accurately identified and notified, and the player can be notified of accurate information and the game can be performed so as to suppress overflow.

It has a main control means for executing the main control of the game and a subordinate control means for executing the control of the game according to the instruction of the main control means, and the main control means is based on the establishment of the first hit / miss determination condition. Then, the winning / failing determination means for executing the winning / failing determination of the first lottery game and executing the winning / failing determination of the second lottery game based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition, and the winning / failing of the first lottery game by the winning / failing determination means. Based on the determination result, the first hit / fail determination signal has a pass / fail determination signal generation means for generating a second hit / fail determination signal based on the hit / fail determination result of the second lottery game by the hit / fail determination means. The subordinate control means is used for the first display means for dynamically displaying the first identification information indicating the result of the hit / fail determination of the first lottery game and the second hit / miss determination signal based on the first hit / miss determination signal. Based on this, it has a second display means for dynamically displaying the second identification information indicating the hit / fail determination result of the second lottery game, and the hit / fail determination result by the hit / miss determination means is a hit, and the first or first. 2 In a gaming machine to which a privileged game advantageous to the player is given when the first or second identification information indicating a hit is stopped and displayed, the main control means is the first hit / fail determination condition. Based on the establishment, the dynamic display mode of the first identification information corresponding to the established success / failure determination condition is determined, and the second identification information corresponding to the established success / failure determination condition is determined based on the establishment of the second success / failure determination condition. The dynamic display mode determining means for determining the dynamic display mode of the above and the first or second identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition when the first or second hit / miss determination condition is satisfied are dynamically generated. Until the display is started, the main hold information is the hit / fail determination information regarding the hit / fail determination by the hit / miss determination means and the dynamic display determination information regarding the dynamic display mode determined by the dynamic display mode determination means. The main hold information storage means for identifiablely storing the order information in which the pass / fail judgment condition corresponding to the hold information is satisfied and whether the pass / fail judgment condition is the first hit / fail judgment condition or the second pass / fail judgment condition, and the above-mentioned When the main hold information is newly stored in the main hold information storage means, the remaining dynamic display mode of the first or second identification information being dynamically displayed in the first or second display means and the above-mentioned first. Until the first or second identification information corresponding to the new main hold information starts to be dynamically displayed based on the dynamic display determination information for each main hold information stored in the main hold information storage means. The main dynamic display start time that determines the time information of and stores it in the main hold information storage means. Based on the information determination means and the new main hold information being stored in the main hold information storage means, the subordinate control means is to control the information regarding the stored main hold information and the time information corresponding to the main hold information. It has a main hold information signal generation means for generating a main hold information signal to be notified to, and the slave control means relates to information indicated by the main hold information signal based on the reception of the main hold information signal. Each pending information while distinguishing between the slave information storage means that stores information as slave information and the slave information between the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition stored in the slave information storage means. Each time, the hold display means in which the order of establishment of the hit / fail judgment condition in which the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition are combined is displayed in an identifiable hold display mode, and a predetermined condition are satisfied. Taking this as an opportunity, the hold display mode displayed in the hold display means is displayed based on each time information determined by the main dynamic display start time information determination means indicated by the hold information stored in the hold information storage means. The gaming machine N1 is characterized by having a rearrangement means for rearranging in the order in which the dynamic display is started.

According to the gaming machine N1, the main control of the game is executed by the main control means, and the control of the game is executed by the subordinate control means according to the instruction of the main control means. In the main control means, the winning / failing determination of the first lottery game is executed by the winning / failing determination means based on the establishment of the first winning / failing determination condition. Further, based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition, the winning / failing determination of the second lottery game is executed by the winning / failing determination means. Then, a first hit / fail determination signal based on the hit / fail determination result of the first lottery game by the hit / miss determination means is generated by the hit / miss determination signal generation means, and a second hit / miss determination signal based on the hit / miss determination result of the second lottery game is generated. In the slave control means, the first identification information indicating the result of the hit / fail determination of the first lottery game is dynamically displayed by the first display means based on the first hit / miss determination signal. Further, based on the second winning / failing determination signal, the second identification information indicating the winning / failing determination result of the second lottery game is dynamically displayed by the second display means. Here, when the first or second identification information indicating a hit is displayed on the first or second display means, the player is given a privileged game. As a result, the second identification information can be dynamically displayed even while the first identification information is dynamically displayed, and the first lottery game and the second lottery game can be efficiently executed. In the main control means, the dynamic display mode of the first identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means based on the establishment of the first hit / miss determination condition. Further, based on the establishment of the second hit / miss determination condition, the dynamic display mode of the second identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means. In the main control means, when the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied, the hit / fail determination means is used until the first or second identification information corresponding to the satisfied hit / fail determination condition is started to be dynamically displayed. The hit / fail judgment information regarding the hit / fail judgment by the hit / fail judgment means and the dynamic display decision information regarding the dynamic display mode determined by the dynamic display mode determination means are the main hold information, and the hit / fail judgment condition corresponding to the main hold information is established. The order information and the established hit / fail determination condition are stored in the main hold information storage means so as to be able to distinguish whether it is the first hit / miss judgment condition or the second hit / miss judgment condition. In the main control means, when the main hold information is newly stored in the main hold information storage means, the remaining dynamic display mode of the first or second identification information being dynamically displayed and the main hold information storage means first. Based on the dynamic display decision information for each main hold information stored in, the time information until the first or second identification information corresponding to the new main hold information can be dynamically displayed is the main dynamic. The display start time is determined by the information determining means and stored in the pending information storage means. In the main control means, based on the storage of the main hold information storage means, the main hold information signal for notifying the slave control means of the stored main hold information and the time information corresponding to the main hold information. Is generated by the main hold information signal generation means. Then, in the slave control means, based on the reception of the main hold information signal, the information regarding the main hold information indicated by the main hold information signal is stored in the slave information storage means as the slave information. While distinguishing between the pending information of the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition stored in the slave hold information storage means, the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition are combined for each slave hold information. The order in which the hit / fail determination condition is satisfied is performed by the hold display means as a display of the identifiable hold display mode, and in the slave control means, when the predetermined condition is satisfied, the hold information storage means is used. Based on each time information determined by the main dynamic display start time information determining means indicated by the stored slave display means, the hold display mode displayed on the hold display means is sorted by the sorting means in the order in which the dynamic display is started. It can be sorted. As a result, for example, the main hold information of the second lottery game is newly stored in the state where the hold information of the first lottery game is stored first. At this time, if the remaining dynamic display mode of the first identification information during dynamic display is longer than the remaining dynamic display mode of the second identification information during dynamic display, it is newly stored. The start time of the dynamic display of the second identification information corresponding to the hold information of the second lottery game to be performed is the dynamic of the first identification information corresponding to the hold information of the first lottery game stored earlier. It will be earlier than the display start time. However, since the hold display mode is displayed in order in the hold display mode indicating the order in which the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition are satisfied, the first lottery stored earlier is stored. A newly stored second lottery game hold display mode is displayed in a hold display mode indicating the order after the game hold information. Then, the actual start order of the dynamic display and the order in which the pass / fail judgment condition is satisfied may be different. However, when the predetermined condition is satisfied, the actual dynamic display is displayed by the sorting means. It is displayed sorted in the starting order. Therefore, even when the first identification information or the second identification information is dynamically displayed in an order different from the order in which the actual hit / fail determination condition is satisfied, the player can use the sorting means to start the dynamic display in the order of starting the dynamic display. Since the hold display mode is rearranged, there is an effect that the player's confusion can be suppressed. Further, since the main control means does not execute the process of rearranging the hold display modes in the order of starting the dynamic display, but is executed by the subordinate control means, the control load of the main control means can be suppressed.

It has a main control means for executing the main control of the game and a subordinate control means for executing the control of the game according to the instruction of the main control means, and the main control means is based on the establishment of the first hit / miss determination condition. Then, the winning / failing determination means for executing the winning / failing determination of the first lottery game and executing the winning / failing determination of the second lottery game based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition, and the winning / failing of the first lottery game by the winning / failing determination means. Based on the determination result, the first hit / fail determination signal has a pass / fail determination signal generation means for generating a second hit / fail determination signal based on the hit / fail determination result of the second lottery game by the hit / fail determination means. The subordinate control means is used for the first display means for dynamically displaying the first identification information indicating the result of the hit / fail determination of the first lottery game and the second hit / miss determination signal based on the first hit / miss determination signal. Based on this, it has a second display means for dynamically displaying the second identification information indicating the hit / fail determination result of the second lottery game, and the hit / fail determination result by the hit / miss determination means becomes a hit, and the first or first. 2 In a gaming machine to which a privileged game advantageous to the player is given when the first or second identification information indicating a hit is stopped and displayed, the main control means is the first hit / fail determination condition. Based on the establishment, the dynamic display mode of the first identification information corresponding to the established success / failure determination condition is determined, and the second identification information corresponding to the established success / failure determination condition is determined based on the establishment of the second success / failure determination condition. The dynamic display mode determining means for determining the dynamic display mode and the first or second identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition when the first or second hit / miss determination condition is satisfied are dynamically generated. Until the display is started, the main hold information is the hit / fail determination information regarding the hit / fail determination by the hit / miss determination means and the dynamic display determination information regarding the dynamic display mode determined by the dynamic display mode determination means. It is possible to distinguish between the order information in which the pass / fail judgment condition corresponding to the hold information is satisfied and whether the pass / fail judgment condition is the first pass / fail judgment condition or the second pass / fail judgment condition, and is stored even when the power is turned off. Based on the main hold information storage means capable of holding the main hold information and the main hold information stored in the main hold information storage means, the main hold information for notifying the subordinate control means of the information regarding the stored main hold information. It has a main hold information signal generation means for generating a signal, and the slave control means holds information about the main hold information indicated by the main hold information signal based on the reception of the main hold information signal. Subordinate holding information storage means to store as information and its subordinate While distinguishing between the pending information of the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition stored in the hold information storage means, the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition are set for each of the hold information. Dynamic display of the main control means based on the hold display means in which the order of establishment of the combined hit / fail determination conditions is displayed in an identifiable hold display mode and the hold information stored in the hold information storage means. When the slave display mode determining means for determining the dynamic display mode determined by the mode determining means and the pending information storage means newly store the pending information, the first or second display means The remaining dynamic display mode of the first or second identification information being dynamically displayed and the movement determined by the slave display mode determination means for each of the slave hold information previously stored in the slave information storage means. Based on the target display mode, the time information until the first or second identification information corresponding to the new pending information becomes the dynamic display start is determined, and the dynamic display is stored in the pending information storage means. The display start time information determination means and the hold display based on each time information stored in the slave information storage means by the dynamic display start time information determination means when a predetermined condition is satisfied. The gaming machine N2 is characterized by having a rearrangement means for rearranging the hold display mode displayed on the means in the order in which the dynamic display is started.

According to the gaming machine N2, the main control of the game is executed by the main control means, and the control of the game is executed by the subordinate control means according to the instruction of the main control means. In the main control means, the winning / failing determination of the first lottery game is executed by the winning / failing determination means based on the establishment of the first winning / failing determination condition. Further, based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition, the winning / failing determination of the second lottery game is executed by the winning / failing determination means. Then, a first hit / fail determination signal based on the hit / fail determination result of the first lottery game by the hit / miss determination means is generated by the hit / miss determination signal generation means, and a second hit / miss determination signal based on the hit / miss determination result of the second lottery game is generated. In the slave control means, the first identification information indicating the result of the hit / fail determination of the first lottery game is dynamically displayed by the first display means based on the first hit / miss determination signal. Further, based on the second winning / failing determination signal, the second identification information indicating the winning / failing determination result of the second lottery game is dynamically displayed by the second display means. Here, when the first or second identification information indicating a hit is displayed on the first or second display means, the player is given a privileged game. As a result, the second identification information can be dynamically displayed even while the first identification information is dynamically displayed, and the first lottery game and the second lottery game can be efficiently executed. In the main control means, the dynamic display mode of the first identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means based on the establishment of the first hit / miss determination condition. Further, based on the establishment of the second hit / miss determination condition, the dynamic display mode of the second identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means. In the main control means, when the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied, the hit / fail determination means is used until the first or second identification information corresponding to the satisfied hit / fail determination condition is started to be dynamically displayed. The hit / fail judgment information regarding the hit / fail judgment by the hit / fail judgment means and the dynamic display decision information regarding the dynamic display mode determined by the dynamic display mode determination means are the main hold information, and the hit / fail judgment condition corresponding to the main hold information is established. The order information and the established hit / fail determination condition are stored in the main hold information storage means so as to be able to distinguish whether it is the first hit / miss judgment condition or the second hit / miss judgment condition. In the main control means, based on the storage of the main hold information storage means, a main hold information signal for notifying the slave control means of information about the stored main hold information is generated by the main hold information signal generation means. To. Then, in the slave control means, based on the reception of the main hold information signal, the information regarding the main hold information indicated by the main hold information signal is stored in the slave information storage means as the slave information. While distinguishing between the pending information of the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition stored in the slave hold information storage means, the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition are combined for each slave hold information. The order in which the winning / failing determination condition is established is performed by the hold display means as a display of the identifiable hold display mode. In the slave control means, the dynamic display mode determined by the dynamic display mode determining means of the main control means is determined by the slave display mode determining means based on the slave hold information stored in the slave information storage means. When the pending information is newly stored in the pending information storage means, it is stored in the remaining dynamic display mode of the first or second identification information being dynamically displayed and the prior pending information storage means. Time until the first or second identification information corresponding to the new slave information can be dynamically displayed based on the dynamic display mode determined by the slave display mode determination means for each slave information. Information is determined by the dynamic display start time information determining means and stored in the pending information storage means. Then, in the slave control means, when a predetermined condition is satisfied, the hold display mode displayed on the hold display means is displayed based on each time information determined by the dynamic display start time information determination means. It is sorted by the sorting means in the order in which the dynamic display is started. As a result, for example, the main hold information of the second lottery game is newly stored in the state where the hold information of the first lottery game is stored first. At this time, if the remaining dynamic display mode of the first identification information during dynamic display is longer than the remaining dynamic display mode of the second identification information during dynamic display, it is newly stored. The start time of the dynamic display of the second identification information corresponding to the hold information of the second lottery game to be performed is the dynamic of the first identification information corresponding to the hold information of the first lottery game stored earlier. It will be earlier than the display start time. However, since the hold display mode is displayed in order in the hold display mode indicating the order in which the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition are satisfied, the first lottery stored earlier is stored. A newly stored second lottery game hold display mode is displayed in a hold display mode indicating the order after the game hold information. Then, the actual start order of the dynamic display and the order in which the pass / fail judgment condition is satisfied may be different. However, when the predetermined condition is satisfied, the actual dynamic display is displayed by the sorting means. It is displayed sorted in the starting order. Therefore, even when the first identification information or the second identification information is dynamically displayed in an order different from the order in which the actual hit / fail determination condition is satisfied, the player can use the sorting means to start the dynamic display in the order of starting the dynamic display. Since the hold display mode is rearranged, there is an effect that the player's confusion can be suppressed. Further, since the main control means does not execute the process of rearranging the hold display modes in the order of starting the dynamic display, but is executed by the subordinate control means, the control load of the main control means can be suppressed.

It has a main control means for executing the main control of the game and a subordinate control means for executing the control of the game according to the instruction of the main control means, and the main control means is based on the establishment of the first hit / fail determination condition. Then, the winning / failing determination means for executing the winning / failing determination of the first lottery game and executing the winning / failing determination of the second lottery game based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition, and the winning / failing of the first lottery game by the winning / failing determination means. Based on the determination result, the first hit / fail determination signal has a pass / fail determination signal generation means for generating a second hit / fail determination signal based on the hit / fail determination result of the second lottery game by the hit / fail determination means. The slave control means dynamically displays the first identification information indicating the winning / failing result of the first lottery game based on the first winning / failing determination signal, and the second winning / failing determination signal. Based on this, it has a second display means for dynamically displaying the second identification information indicating the hit / fail determination result of the second lottery game, and the hit / fail determination result by the hit / miss determination means becomes a hit, and the first or first. 2 In a gaming machine to which a privileged game advantageous to the player is given when the first or second identification information indicating a hit is stopped and displayed, the main control means is the first or second hit or fail. Based on the fact that the judgment condition is satisfied, the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition are distinguished from each other, and an establishment signal notifying that the first or second hit / fail judgment condition is satisfied is generated. The establishment signal generation means that outputs to the slave control means in the order in which the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied, and the first identification information corresponding to the passed / fail determination condition that is satisfied based on the establishment of the first hit / fail determination condition. The dynamic display mode determining means for determining the dynamic display mode and determining the dynamic display mode of the second identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition based on the establishment of the second hit / miss determination condition, and the first. When the 1st or 2nd hit / fail determination condition is satisfied, the pass / fail determination regarding the pass / fail determination by the pass / fail determination means is started until the first or 2 identification information corresponding to the satisfied pass / fail determination condition is dynamically displayed. The information and the dynamic display determination information regarding the dynamic display mode determined by the dynamic display mode determining means are used as the main hold information, and the order information in which the pass / fail judgment condition corresponding to the main hold information is satisfied and the pass / fail judgment in which the pass / fail judgment is satisfied are satisfied. Based on the main hold information storage means for identifiable whether the condition is the first hit / fail determination condition or the second hit / fail judgment condition, and the main hold information stored in the main hold information storage means. , Suppress information about the stored main hold information It has a main hold information signal generation means for generating a main hold information signal to be notified to the means, and the slave control means serves as an opportunity to generate the establishment signal based on the reception of the establishment signal. Until the first or second identification information corresponding to the winning / failing determination condition can be dynamically displayed, the information regarding the number of received the establishment signal is displayed with the first acceptance / rejection determination condition indicated by the establishment signal. A means for storing the number of pending numbers, which distinguishes the second hit / fail determination condition and stores the order of establishment of the hit / fail determination condition in which the first hit / fail determination condition and the second pass / fail determination condition are combined as information on the number of pending numbers. And, based on the slave hold number information stored in the slave hold number storage means, each slave hold number while distinguishing the slave hold number information between the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition, respectively. Receives the hold display means and the main hold information signal, in which the order in which the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition are combined for each information is displayed in an identifiable hold display mode. Based on the slave information storage means that stores the information related to the main hold information indicated by the main hold information signal as the slave information, and the slave information stored in the slave information storage means. When the slave display mode determining means for determining the dynamic display mode determined by the dynamic display mode determining means of the main control means and the slave hold information storage means newly store the hold information, the first The remaining dynamic display mode of the first or second identification information that is dynamically displayed in the 1st or 2nd display means, and the slave display mode for each slave information previously stored in the slave information storage means. Based on the dynamic display mode determined by the determination means, the time information until the first or second identification information corresponding to the new pending information becomes the dynamic display start is determined, and the pending information is described. The dynamic display start time information determination means stored in the storage means, and each time stored in the pending information storage means by the dynamic display start time information determination means when a predetermined condition is satisfied. The gaming machine N3 is characterized by having a rearrangement means for rearranging the hold display mode displayed on the hold display means based on the information in the order in which the dynamic display is started.

According to the gaming machine N3, the main control of the game is executed by the main control means, and the control of the game is executed by the subordinate control means according to the instruction of the main control means. In the main control means, the winning / failing determination of the first lottery game is executed by the winning / failing determination means based on the establishment of the first winning / failing determination condition. Further, based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition, the winning / failing determination of the second lottery game is executed by the winning / failing determination means. Then, a first hit / fail determination signal based on the hit / fail determination result of the first lottery game by the hit / miss determination means is generated by the hit / miss determination signal generation means, and a second hit / miss determination signal based on the hit / miss determination result of the second lottery game is generated. In the slave control means, the first identification information indicating the result of the hit / fail determination of the first lottery game is dynamically displayed by the first display means based on the first hit / miss determination signal. Further, based on the second winning / failing determination signal, the second identification information indicating the winning / failing determination result of the second lottery game is dynamically displayed by the second display means. Here, when the first or second identification information indicating a hit is displayed on the first or second display means, the player is given a privileged game. As a result, the second identification information can be dynamically displayed even while the first identification information is dynamically displayed, and the first lottery game and the second lottery game can be efficiently executed. In the main control means, based on the fact that the first or second hit / fail judgment condition is satisfied, the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition are distinguished from each other, and the first or second hit / fail judgment condition is satisfied. The establishment signal for notifying is generated by the establishment signal generation means, and is output to the control means according to the establishment order of the first or second success / failure determination condition. Based on the establishment of the first hit / miss determination condition, the dynamic display mode of the first identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means. Further, based on the establishment of the second hit / miss determination condition, the dynamic display mode of the second identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means. In the main control means, when the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied, the hit / fail determination means is used until the first or second identification information corresponding to the satisfied hit / fail determination condition is started to be dynamically displayed. The hit / fail judgment information regarding the hit / fail judgment by the hit / fail judgment means and the dynamic display decision information regarding the dynamic display mode determined by the dynamic display mode determination means are the main hold information, and the hit / fail judgment condition corresponding to the main hold information is established. The order information and the established hit / fail determination condition are stored in the main hold information storage means so as to be able to distinguish whether it is the first hit / miss judgment condition or the second hit / miss judgment condition. In the main control means, based on the storage of the main hold information storage means, a main hold information signal for notifying the slave control means of information about the stored main hold information is generated by the main hold information signal generation means. To. Then, in the slave control means, based on the reception of the establishment signal, until the first or second identification information corresponding to the hit / fail determination condition that triggered the generation of the establishment signal can be dynamically displayed. , The information on the number of received success signals distinguishes the first hit / fail judgment condition from the second hit / fail judgment condition, and the hit / fail judgment condition that combines the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition. The order of establishment of is identifiable, and each is stored in the slave hold number storage means as the slave hold number information. In the slave control means, based on the slave hold number information stored in the slave hold number storage means, while distinguishing the slave hold number information between the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition, each slave hold number information The order in which the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition are combined is performed by the hold display means as a display of the identifiable hold display mode. In the slave control means, based on the reception of the main hold information signal, the information regarding the main hold information indicated by the main hold information signal is stored in the slave information storage means as the slave information. Further, the dynamic display mode determined by the dynamic display mode determining means of the main control means is determined by the slave display mode determining means based on the slave hold information stored in the slave information storage means. In the slave control means, when the pending information is newly stored in the slave information storage means, the remaining dynamic display mode of the first or second identification information being dynamically displayed and the slave information storage means are previously stored. The first or second identification information corresponding to the new slave information can be dynamically displayed based on the dynamic display mode determined by the slave display mode determination means for each slave information stored in. The time information until becomes is determined by the dynamic display start time information determining means, and is stored in the pending information storage means. Then, in the slave control means, when a predetermined condition is satisfied, the hold display mode displayed on the hold display means is displayed based on each time information determined by the dynamic display start time information determination means. It is sorted by the sorting means in the order in which the dynamic display is started. As a result, for example, the main hold information of the second lottery game is newly stored in the state where the hold information of the first lottery game is stored first. At this time, if the remaining dynamic display mode of the first identification information during dynamic display is longer than the remaining dynamic display mode of the second identification information during dynamic display, it is newly stored. The start time of the dynamic display of the second identification information corresponding to the hold information of the second lottery game to be performed is the dynamic of the first identification information corresponding to the hold information of the first lottery game stored earlier. It will be earlier than the display start time. However, since the hold display mode is displayed in order in the hold display mode indicating the order in which the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition are satisfied, the first lottery stored earlier is stored. A newly stored second lottery game hold display mode is displayed in a hold display mode indicating the order after the game hold information. Then, the actual start order of the dynamic display and the order in which the pass / fail judgment condition is satisfied may be different. However, when the predetermined condition is satisfied, the actual dynamic display is displayed by the sorting means. It is displayed sorted in the starting order. Therefore, even when the first identification information or the second identification information is dynamically displayed in an order different from the order in which the actual hit / fail determination condition is satisfied, the player can use the sorting means to start the dynamic display in the order of starting the dynamic display. Since the hold display mode is rearranged, there is an effect that the player's confusion can be suppressed. Further, since the main control means does not execute the process of rearranging the hold display modes in the order of starting the dynamic display, but is executed by the subordinate control means, the control load of the main control means can be suppressed.

In the game machine N1, the main hold information storage means is configured to be able to hold data even when the power is turned off, and the main control means is a game machine when the power is turned on to the game machine. Based on the main hold information and time information stored in the main hold information storage means as one process of the main initial control process and the main initial control process for executing the main initial control process which is the initial setting of the above. The slave control means has a return data signal generation means that generates a return data signal and outputs the return data signal to the slave control means, and the slave control means initially sets the gaming machine when the power is turned on. In the slave initial control execution means that executes the slave initial control process and the slave initial control process executed by the slave initial control execution means, the return data signal indicates based on the return data signal from the main control means. The gaming machine N4 is characterized by having a slave hold information return means for storing information as slave return hold information in the slave hold information storage means.

According to the gaming machine N4, the following effects are exhibited in addition to the effects of the gaming machine N1. That is, the main hold information storage means of the main control means holds data even when the power is turned off. In the main control means, when the power is turned on to the gaming machine, the main initial control process, which is the initial setting of the gaming machine, is executed by the main initial control executing means. As one process of the main initial control process, a return data signal is generated by the return data signal generation means based on the main hold information and the time information stored in the main hold information storage means, and the slave control means is subjected to the return data signal. It is output. In the slave control means, when the power is turned on to the gaming machine, the slave initial control process, which is the initial setting of the gaming machine, is executed by the slave initial control execution means. In the slave initial control process executed by the slave initial control execution means, the information indicated by the return data signal is returned as the slave return hold information as the slave return hold information based on the return data signal from the main control means. Memorized by means. As a result, when the power is turned on again in the gaming machine after the power is cut off, the data stored in the main hold information storage means of the main control means is notified based on the return data signal and is held. The return hold information is stored according to the information storage means. Therefore, the data stored in the pending information storage means can be restored to the state immediately before the power is turned off. Therefore, when the power is restored from the power off, the player can display the hold display mode displayed immediately before the power is turned off. Since the slave return hold information is stored as information based on the main hold information and the time information, the hold display mode is arranged in the order in which the hold display mode starts to change even when the power is restored and a predetermined condition is satisfied. It can be displayed instead.

In any of the game machines N1 to N3, the main hold information storage means is configured to be able to hold data even when the power is turned off, and the main control means is when the power is turned on to the game machine. In addition, the main initial control execution means for executing the main initial control process, which is the initial setting of the game machine, and the subordinate control means as one process of the initial control process are stored in the main hold information storage means. It has a return data signal generation means that generates a return data signal based on the main hold information and outputs the return data signal to the slave control means, and the slave control means is when the power is turned on to the gaming machine. In addition, in the slave initial control execution means that executes the slave initial control process that is the initial setting of the game machine and the slave initial control process executed by the slave initial control execution means, based on the return data signal from the main control means. The gaming machine N5 is characterized by having a slave hold information return means for storing the information indicated by the return data signal as the slave return hold information in the slave hold information storage means.

According to the gaming machine described in the gaming machine N5, the following effects are exhibited in addition to the effects of the gaming machines described in any of the gaming machines N1 to N3. That is, the main hold information storage means of the main control means holds data even when the power is turned off. In the main control means, when the power is turned on to the gaming machine, the main initial control process, which is the initial setting of the gaming machine, is executed by the main initial control executing means. As one of the main initial control processes, a return data signal is generated by the return data signal generation means based on the main hold information stored in the main hold information storage means, and is output to the slave control means. In the slave control means, when the power is turned on to the gaming machine, the slave initial control process, which is the initial setting of the gaming machine, is executed by the slave initial control execution means. In the slave initial control process executed by the slave initial control execution means, the information indicated by the return data signal is returned as the slave return hold information as the slave return hold information based on the return data signal from the main control means. Memorized by means. As a result, when the power is turned on again in the gaming machine after the power is cut off, the data stored in the main hold information storage means of the main control means is notified based on the return data signal and is held. The return hold information is stored according to the information storage means. Therefore, the data stored in the pending information storage means can be restored to the state before the power is turned off in the state immediately before the power is turned off. Therefore, when the power is restored from the power off, the player can display the hold display mode displayed immediately before the power is turned off.

In the game machine N4 or N5, the slave hold information storage means is configured to be able to hold the stored data even when the power is turned off, and the slave hold information return means is from the main control means. The information indicated by the return data signal is collated with the slave hold information stored in the slave hold information storage means, and if it is determined that they match, the slave hold information stored in the slave hold information storage means is maintained. On the other hand, if it is determined that they do not match, the gaming machine N6 is characterized in that the information indicated by the return data signal is stored in the slave return information storage means as the slave return hold information.

According to the game described in the gaming machine N6, the following effects are exhibited in addition to the effects of the gaming machine N4 or N5. That is, the subordinate information storage means of the subordinate control means retains the data even when the power is turned off. In the slave control means, the information indicated by the return data signal from the main control means and the information stored in the slave hold information storage means are collated by the slave control information return means. As a result, if it is determined that they match, the pending information stored in the pending information storage means is maintained. If it is determined that they do not match, the information indicated by the return data signal is stored as the slave return hold information in the slave return information storage means. Therefore, the data of the reserved information storage means can be updated according to the more correct data. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player from being confused by displaying the correct hold display mode when the power is restored from the power failure.

In the game machine N4 or N5, the slave hold information storage means is configured to be able to hold the stored data even when the power is turned off, and the slave hold information return means is from the main control means. The information indicated by the return data signal is collated with the slave hold information stored in the slave hold information storage means, and if they match, the slave hold information stored in the slave hold information storage means is maintained, while the slave hold information is maintained. The gaming machine N7 is characterized in that, when they do not match, the slave information storage means is initialized and displayed in a hold display mode indicating a provisional hold display mode.

According to the gaming machine N7, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine N4 or N5, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the subordinate information storage means of the subordinate control means retains the data even when the power is turned off. In the slave control means, the information indicated by the return data signal from the main control means and the information stored in the slave hold information storage means are collated by the slave control information return means. As a result, if it is determined that they match, the pending information stored in the pending information storage means is maintained. If it is determined that they do not match, the pending information storage means is initialized, and the holding display mode indicating the provisional holding display mode is displayed. Therefore, by displaying the temporary hold display mode, the clerk of the game store or the like can recognize that there is an abnormality in the data stored in the pending information storage means. In addition, it is possible to prevent the player from displaying the hold display mode based on erroneous information, and it is possible to prevent the player from being confused.

In any of the game machines N5 to N7, the dynamic display start time information determining means corresponds to the stored slave return hold information based on the fact that the slave return hold information is stored in the slave return hold information storage means. The gaming machine N8, characterized in that the time information to be played is determined and stored in the pending information storage means.

According to the gaming machine described in the gaming machine N8, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine described in any of the gaming machines N5 to N7, the following effects are exhibited. That is, in the slave control means, based on the slave return hold information stored in the slave return hold information storage means, the time information corresponding to the stored slave return hold information is determined by the dynamic display start time information determining means. , Stored in the pending information storage means. Therefore, after recovering from the power off, the hold display mode corresponding to the stored slave return hold information can be rearranged and displayed in the order in which the fluctuation starts. Therefore, even after the power is cut off, it is possible to prevent the player from being confused by notifying the player of the order in which the fluctuation starts.

In any of the gaming machines N4 to N8, the sorting means determines that the predetermined condition is satisfied when the slave return hold information is stored in the slave information storage means, and the above-mentioned The gaming machine N9, characterized in that the hold display mode is rearranged and displayed.

According to the gaming machine N9, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine described in any of the gaming machines N4 to N8, the following effects are exhibited. That is, in the slave control means, when the slave return hold information is stored in the slave hold information storage means, it is determined that a predetermined condition is satisfied, and the hold display mode starts dynamic display in this order. Sorted and displayed by sorting means. Therefore, by recovering from the power off and rearranging the hold display modes in the order in which the dynamic display is started, the order in which the dynamic display is started can be recognized as soon as the game is restarted, and the game can be understood. It can be done easily.

A winning / failing determination means for executing a winning / failing determination of the first lottery game based on the establishment of the first winning / failing determination condition and executing a winning / failing determination of the second lottery game based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition, and the winning / failing determination thereof. The first identification information indicating the winning / failing determination result of the first lottery game by the means is dynamically displayed in the order in which the first winning / failing determination condition is satisfied, and the second lottery game by the winning / failing determination means. The second identification information indicating the hit / fail determination result is dynamically displayed in the order in which the second hit / miss determination condition is satisfied, the first identification information is displayed on the first display means, and the second identification is performed. The display control means capable of dynamically displaying and controlling the information to the second display means and the result of the hit / fail determination by the hit / fail determination means are hit, and the display control means causes the first or second display means to receive the information. The first hit / fail determination is made in a gaming machine having a privileged game executing means for granting a privileged game advantageous to the player when the first or second identification information is stopped and displayed in a display mode indicating a hit. Based on the establishment of the condition, the dynamic display mode of the first identification information corresponding to the satisfied hit / fail judgment condition is determined from the dynamic display mode group group composed of a plurality of dynamic display modes, and the second hit / fail judgment is made. With the dynamic display mode determining means for determining the dynamic display mode of the second identification information corresponding to the established pass / fail determination condition from the dynamic display mode group composed of a plurality of dynamic display modes based on the establishment of the means. , Notification that determines which of the first identification information and the second identification information that is dynamically displayed is to be notified to the player to visually recognize, based on the result of the hit / miss determination of the hit / miss determination means. The gaming machine O1 is characterized by having a prior determination means and a visual notification means for notifying the player to visually recognize the identification information determined by the notification destination determination means.

According to the gaming machine O1, the winning / failing determination of the first lottery game is executed by the winning / failing determination means based on the establishment of the first winning / failing determination condition. Further, based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition, the winning / failing determination of the second lottery game is executed by the winning / failing determination means. The dynamic display of the first identification information indicating the winning / failing of the first lottery game by the winning / failing determination means is performed by the first display means in the order in which the first winning / failing determination condition is satisfied. Further, the dynamic display of the second identification information indicating the winning / failing determination result of the second lottery game by the winning / failing determination means is performed by the second display means in the order in which the second winning / failing determination condition is satisfied. Here, the first identification information is the first display means, the second identification information is the second display means, and the display control control means can dynamically display the information. Then, when the hit / fail determination result by the hit / fail determination means becomes a hit and the first or second identification information is stopped and displayed in a display mode indicating a hit by the display control means, the privilege game that is advantageous to the player is executed. Performed by means. As a result, the second identification information can be dynamically displayed even while the first identification information is dynamically displayed, and the first lottery game and the second lottery game can be efficiently executed. Based on the establishment of the first hit / fail judgment condition, the dynamic display mode of the first identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail judgment condition is determined from the dynamic display mode group composed of a plurality of dynamic display modes. Determined by means. Further, based on the establishment of the second hit / fail determination condition, the dynamic display mode of the second identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is dynamically displayed from the dynamic display mode group composed of a plurality of dynamic display modes. It is determined by the mode determining means. Of the first identification information and the second identification information that are dynamically displayed, which identification information is to be notified to the player is determined by the notification destination determining means based on the result of the hit / miss determination. The identification information determined by the notification destination determination means is notified by the visual notification means so that the player can visually recognize the identification information. As a result, the identification information to be visually recognized is determined based on the result of the hit / miss determination, so that the player can easily determine the identification information to be visually recognized and can play the game in an easy-to-understand manner. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the confusion of the player.

In the gaming machine O1, the dynamic display mode determining means determines the dynamic display mode based on the hit / fail determination result of the hit / miss determination means, and the dynamic display mode group determines the hit / fail determination means. The hit / fail determination result is configured to include a high-expectation dynamic display mode that is easier to determine than in the case of a hit, and the notification destination determination means is described by the dynamic display mode determination means. Based on the determination of the high expectation dynamic display mode, the first or second identification information of the person whose high expectation dynamic display mode is dynamically displayed is determined as the notification destination. A game machine O2 characterized by.

According to the gaming machine O2, in addition to the effect played by the gaming machine O1, the following effects are played. That is, the dynamic display mode is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means based on the result of the hit / fail determination of the hit / fail determination means. The dynamic display mode group includes a high-expectation dynamic display mode that is easier to determine when the hit / fail judgment result of the hit / fail determination means is correct than in the case of a miss. Based on the fact that the high expectation dynamic display mode is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means, the first or second identification information of the person whose high expectation dynamic display mode is dynamically displayed is used as the notification destination. It is determined by the notification destination determination means. Therefore, by notifying the player to visually recognize the high expectation dynamic display mode, it is possible to prevent the player from overlooking the high expectation dynamic display mode.

In the gaming machines O1 or O2, it has been determined that either the first identification information or the second identification information is dynamically displayed by the dynamic display mode determining means according to the high expectation dynamic display mode. Based on this, it has a dynamic display delay means for delaying the start of the dynamic display of the other identification information until the dynamic display of the determined high expectation dynamic display mode is completed. A gaming machine O3 characterized by being present.

According to the gaming machine O3, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines described in the gaming machines O1 or O2, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the determination is based on the fact that the dynamic display mode determining means determines that either the first identification information or the second identification information is dynamically displayed by the high expectation dynamic display mode. The start of the dynamic display of the other identification information is delayed by the dynamic display delay means until the dynamic display of the high expectation degree dynamic display mode is completed. This makes it possible to prevent the dynamic display of the other identification information from being newly started when the high expectation degree dynamic display mode is dynamically displayed. Therefore, the player can concentrate on the identification information that is dynamically displayed in the high-expectation dynamic display mode.

In the gaming machines O1 or O2, it has been determined by the dynamic display mode determining means that either the first identification information or the second identification information is dynamically displayed in the high expectation dynamic display mode. Based on, the dynamic display time of the other identification information is extended until the dynamic display of the first or second identification information dynamically displayed in the selected high expectation dynamic display mode is completed. A gaming machine O4 characterized by having a target display extension means.

According to the gaming machine O4, in addition to the effects of the gaming machines O1 or O2, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the determination is based on the fact that the dynamic display mode determining means determines that either the first identification information or the second identification information is dynamically displayed by the high expectation dynamic display mode. The dynamic display time of the other identification information is extended by the dynamic display extension means until the dynamic display of the high expectation degree dynamic display mode is completed. This makes it possible to prevent the dynamic display of the other identification information from being newly started when the high expectation degree dynamic display mode is dynamically displayed. Therefore, the player can concentrate on the identification information that is dynamically displayed in the high-expectation dynamic display mode.

In any of the gaming machines O1 to O4, the voice output means for outputting the voice preset corresponding to the dynamic display mode and the identification information to be notified by the notification destination determination means are the first identification information. Based on the determination of either of the second identification information, the volume variable means for muting the sound corresponding to the dynamic display mode of the other identification information or setting the volume to a lower volume than usual. A gaming machine O5 characterized by having.

According to the gaming machine O5, in addition to the effect played by any of the gaming machines O1 to O4, the following effects are played. That is, the voice set in advance corresponding to the dynamic display mode is output by the voice output means. Based on the fact that the identification information to be notified by the notification destination determination means is determined by either the first identification information or the second identification information, the voice corresponding to the dynamic display mode of the other identification information is muted or muted. The volume is set to a lower volume than usual by the volume variable means. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the player's consciousness from concentrating on the identification information determined by the notification destination determination means and overlooking the dynamically displayed dynamic display mode.

A winning / failing determination means for executing a winning / failing determination of the first lottery game based on the establishment of the first winning / failing determination condition and executing a winning / failing determination of the second lottery game based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition, and the winning / failing determination thereof. The first identification information indicating the winning / failing determination result of the first lottery game by the means is dynamically displayed in the order in which the first winning / failing determination condition is satisfied, and the second lottery game by the winning / failing determination means. The second identification information indicating the hit / fail determination result is dynamically displayed in the order in which the second hit / miss determination condition is satisfied, the first identification information is displayed on the first display means, and the second identification is performed. The display control means capable of dynamically displaying and controlling the information to the second display means and the hit / fail determination result by the hit / fail determination means are hit, and the display control means causes the first or second display means to receive the information. The first hit / fail determination is made in a gaming machine having a privileged game executing means for granting a privileged game advantageous to the player when the first or second identification information is stopped and displayed in a display mode indicating a hit. Based on the establishment of the condition, the dynamic display mode of the first identification information corresponding to the established acceptance / rejection condition is based on the accuracy / rejection determination result of the accuracy / rejection determination means, and the success / failure determination result by the success / failure determination means is successful. , Determined from a dynamic display mode group composed of a plurality of dynamic display modes including a high expectation dynamic display mode that is easier to determine than in the case of deviation, and is established based on the establishment of the second hit / fail determination means. The dynamic display mode determining means for determining the dynamic display mode of the second identification information corresponding to the hit / fail determination condition from the dynamic display mode group based on the hit / fail judgment result of the hit / miss determination means, and the first or first 2 When the dynamic display mode determined by the dynamic display mode determining means based on the establishment of the pass / fail determination condition is the high expectation dynamic display mode, the determined high expectation dynamic display mode is used. With respect to the identification information different from the dynamically displayed identification information, the duplication discriminating means for discriminating whether or not the high expectation dynamic display mode has been determined and the duplication discriminating means for the different identification information. If it is determined that the high expectation dynamic display mode has been determined, the operation of the high expectation dynamic display mode corresponding to either the first identification information or the second identification information. The gaming machine O6 is characterized by having a dynamic display delay means for delaying the start of target display.

According to the gaming machine O6, the winning / failing determination of the first lottery game is executed by the winning / failing determination means based on the establishment of the first winning / failing determination condition. Further, based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition, the winning / failing determination of the second lottery game is executed by the winning / failing determination means. The dynamic display of the first identification information indicating the winning / failing of the first lottery game by the winning / failing determination means is performed by the first display means in the order in which the first winning / failing determination condition is satisfied. Further, the dynamic display of the second identification information indicating the winning / failing determination result of the second lottery game by the winning / failing determination means is performed by the second display means in the order in which the second winning / failing determination condition is satisfied. Here, the first identification information is the first display means, the second identification information is the second display means, and the display control control means can dynamically display the information. Then, when the hit / fail determination result by the hit / fail determination means becomes a hit and the first or second identification information is stopped and displayed in a display mode indicating a hit by the display control means, the privilege game that is advantageous to the player is executed. Performed by means. As a result, the second identification information can be dynamically displayed even while the first identification information is dynamically displayed, and the first lottery game and the second lottery game can be efficiently executed. Based on the establishment of the first success / failure determination condition, the dynamic display mode of the first identification information corresponding to the established success / failure determination condition is more likely to be determined when the success / failure determination result by the success / failure determination means is correct than when the result is incorrect. It is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means from the dynamic display mode group composed of a plurality of dynamic display modes including the high expectation dynamic display mode. Further, based on the establishment of the second hit / fail determination condition, the dynamic display mode of the second identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined from the dynamic display mode group by the dynamic display mode determining means. When the dynamic display mode determined by the dynamic display mode determining means based on the establishment of the first or second pass / fail determination condition is the high expectation dynamic display mode, the determined high expectation dynamic For the identification information different from the identification information dynamically displayed in the display mode, it is determined by the duplication discriminating means whether or not the high expectation dynamic display mode is determined. When it is determined by the duplication discrimination means that the high expectation degree dynamic display mode is determined even for different identification information, it corresponds to either the first identification information or the second identification information. The start of the high expectation dynamic display mode is delayed by the dynamic display delay means. As a result, even when the high expectation dynamic display mode is dynamically displayed by the first display means and the second display means, the start of one of the high expectation dynamic display modes is delayed. At the same time, it is possible to prevent the dynamic display of the high expectation dynamic display mode from being started. Therefore, the player can concentrate on the high-expectation dynamic display mode that is dynamically displayed first, and play the game. As a result, the confusion of the player can be suppressed.

In the gaming machine O6, the dynamic display delay means is longer than the end of the high expectation dynamic display mode in which the identification information of which the start of the dynamic display is not delayed is dynamically displayed, and the dynamic display is displayed. The gaming machine O7 is characterized in that it delays the start of the dynamic display of the high expectation degree dynamic display mode in the identification information of the person whose start is delayed.

According to the gaming machine O7, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine O6, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the high expectation that the identification information of the person whose start of the dynamic display is not delayed is dynamically displayed is longer than the end of the dynamic display mode, and the high expectation of the identification information of the person who delays the start of the dynamic display. The start of the dynamic display of the dynamic display mode is delayed by the dynamic display delay means. As a result, after the dynamic display of one of the high expectation dynamic display modes is completed, the delayed dynamic display of the high expectation dynamic display mode is started, so that the player can use each of them. It is possible to concentrate on the high expectation dynamic display mode and play the game. Therefore, the player can play the game in an easy-to-understand manner.

The gaming machine O6 or O7 has a visual notification means for notifying the player to visually recognize the identification information different from the identification information whose start of the dynamic display is delayed by the dynamic display delay means. A game machine O8 characterized by.

According to the gaming machine O8, in addition to the effects of the gaming machine described in the gaming machine O6 or O7, the following effects are exhibited. That is, the visual notification means is notified so that the player can visually recognize the identification information different from the identification information whose start of the dynamic display is delayed by the dynamic display delay means. Therefore, the player can easily determine which identification information should be focused on the dynamic display. Therefore, it is possible to suppress the confusion of the player.

A winning / failing determination means for executing a winning / failing determination of the first lottery game based on the establishment of the first winning / failing determination condition and executing a winning / failing determination of the second lottery game based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition, and the winning / failing determination thereof. The first identification information indicating the winning / failing determination result of the first lottery game by the means is dynamically displayed in the order in which the first winning / failing determination condition is satisfied, and the second lottery game by the winning / failing determination means. The second identification information indicating the hit / fail determination result is dynamically displayed in the order in which the second hit / miss determination condition is satisfied, the first identification information is displayed on the first display means, and the second identification is performed. The display control means capable of dynamically displaying and controlling the information to the second display means and the hit / fail determination result by the hit / fail determination means are hit, and the display control means causes the first or second display means to receive the information. In a gaming machine having a privilege game execution means for granting a privilege game advantageous to the player when the first or second identification information is stopped and displayed in a display mode indicating a hit, the first or second identification information is described above. 2 When the pass / fail judgment condition is satisfied, the first or second corresponding the pass / fail judgment condition corresponding to the established pass / fail judgment condition is started until the first or second identification information corresponding to the established pass / fail judgment condition is dynamically displayed. The hold information storage means for storing at least the hold information having at least the hit / fail judgment information of the hit / fail judgment by the hit / miss judgment means executed when the identification information can be dynamically displayed, and the hold information storage means newly added to the hold information storage means. Based on the fact that the hold information is stored, whether or not the hold information is correct or not before the first or second identification information corresponding to each hold information stored in the hold information storage means can start dynamic display. Preliminary notification to determine whether or not to notify that the result of the pre-judgment was a hit based on the pre-judgment determination means for performing the determination in advance and the hit / fail determination result by the pre-hit / fail determination means. The gaming machine P1 is characterized by having a determination means and a look-ahead notification means for notifying the player of the hit / fail determination result of the advance hit / fail determination means when the advance notification determination means decides to notify. ..

According to the gaming machine P1, the winning / failing determination of the first lottery game is executed by the winning / failing determination means based on the establishment of the first winning / failing determination condition. Further, based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition, the winning / failing determination of the second lottery game is executed by the winning / failing determination means. The dynamic display of the first identification information indicating the winning / failing of the first lottery game by the winning / failing determination means is performed by the first display means in the order in which the first winning / failing determination condition is satisfied. Further, the dynamic display of the second identification information indicating the winning / failing determination result of the second lottery game by the winning / failing determination means is performed by the second display means in the order in which the second winning / failing determination condition is satisfied. Here, the first identification information is the first display means, the second identification information is the second display means, and the display control control means can dynamically display the information. Then, when the hit / fail determination result by the hit / fail determination means becomes a hit and the first or second identification information is stopped and displayed in a display mode indicating a hit by the display control means, the privilege game that is advantageous to the player is executed. Performed by means. As a result, the second identification information can be dynamically displayed even while the first identification information is dynamically displayed, and the first lottery game and the second lottery game can be efficiently executed. When the first or second hit / fail judgment condition is satisfied, the first or second identification information corresponding to the passed / fail judgment condition corresponds to the established hit / miss judgment condition until the dynamic display is started. Hold information having at least the pass / fail determination information of the pass / fail determination by the pass / fail determination means executed when the 1st or 2nd identification information can be dynamically displayed is stored in the hold information storage means. Based on the newly stored hold information in the hold information storage means, before the first or second identification information corresponding to each hold information stored in the hold information storage means can start dynamic display. , The pass / fail determination of the reserved information is performed in advance by the advance pass / fail determination means. Based on the fact that the result of the hit / fail determination by the advance hit / fail determination means is a hit, the advance notification determination means determines whether or not to notify that the result of the prior determination is a hit. When the advance notification determination means determines to notify that the result of the advance determination is a hit, the player is notified of the hit / fail determination result of the advance hit / fail determination means by the look-ahead notification means. As a result, since the result of the hit / fail judgment result is notified in advance before the result of the hit / miss judgment is notified by the identification information, the result of the hit / miss judgment can be notified to the player earlier, and the expectation for the big hit can be increased. can. Therefore, there is an effect that the player can be prevented from getting tired of the game at an early stage.

In the game machine P1, the dynamic display mode of the first identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined based on the establishment of the first hit / miss determination condition, and based on the establishment of the second hit / miss determination means, the game machine P1 determines. The reserved information storage means has a dynamic display mode determining means for determining a dynamic display mode of the second identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition, and the reserved information storage means is when the first or second hit / miss determination condition is satisfied. In addition, hold information having at least information on the dynamic display mode determined by the dynamic display mode determining means until the first or second identification information corresponding to the established pass / fail determination condition is dynamically displayed. When the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied and new reserved information is stored, the remaining dynamic display of the first or second identification information being dynamically displayed is stored. Based on the time and the dynamic display mode for each reserved information stored in advance, the time information until the first or second identification information corresponding to the new reserved information starts to be dynamically displayed is determined. Then, the hit / fail determination between the dynamic display start time information determining means stored in the reserved information storage means and the first lottery game and the second lottery game executed after the privilege game execution means executes the privilege game is determined. The lottery information for drawing a lottery for whether or not to shift to a special gaming state that is more likely to be hit than in normal times is acquired based on the establishment of the first or second hit / miss determination condition, and the first or second hit / fail determination condition is obtained. Is established, and when the reserved information corresponding to the established determination condition is stored, the game state lottery means for storing the lottery information in the reserved information storage means in relation to the reserved information is provided. The advance hit / fail determination means determines whether the game state at the start of the dynamic display corresponding to each hold information is the special gaming state based on the time information determined by the dynamic display start time information determining means. The gaming machine P2 is characterized in that it is determined based on the lottery information and a winning / failing determination is made in advance.

According to the gaming machine P2, the following effects are exhibited in addition to the effects of the gaming machine P1. That is, based on the establishment of the first hit / miss determination condition, the dynamic display mode related to the time information of the first identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means. Further, based on the establishment of the second hit / miss determination condition, the dynamic display mode related to the time information of the second identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means. When the first or second hit / miss determination condition is satisfied, the dynamic display mode determining means is determined until the first or second identification information corresponding to the satisfied hit / fail determination condition is started to be dynamically displayed. The reserved information having at least the information regarding the dynamic display mode is stored in the reserved information storage means. When the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied and new reserved information is stored, the remaining dynamic display time of the first or second identification information being dynamically displayed is stored first. Based on the dynamic display mode for each hold information, the time information until the first or second identification information corresponding to the new hold information becomes the dynamic display start is determined by the dynamic display start time information determining means. And stored in the pending information storage means. A lottery for lottery to determine whether or not the winning / failing judgment between the first lottery game and the second lottery game, which is executed after the privilege game execution means executes the privilege game, shifts to a special game state in which it is easier to win than usual. The information is acquired by the game state lottery means based on the establishment of the first or second winning / failing determination condition. Further, when the first or second winning / failing determination condition is satisfied and the holding information corresponding to the established determination condition is stored, the lottery information is held by the game state lottery means in relation to the holding information. It is stored in the information storage means. Based on the time information determined by the dynamic display start time information determination means, it is determined from the lottery information whether the game state at the start of the dynamic display corresponding to each hold information is the special game state, and the advance hit / fail determination means. The hit / fail judgment is executed in advance. As a result, the game state at the start of the fluctuation is determined in advance, and the hit / fail judgment is made in advance based on the result, so that more accurate advance hit / fail judgment can be executed. Therefore, accurate information can be notified to the player in advance, and the player's confusion can be suppressed.

In the game machine P2, when it is determined by the advance notification determination means that the result of the advance determination is notified that the result of the advance determination is a hit, and then the result of the hit / fail determination executed based on the established hit / fail determination condition is a hit. The dynamic display mode determining means has notified that the notification determining means has been successful as the dynamic display mode of the first or second identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition. The gaming machine P3, wherein the first or second identification information corresponding to the information determines an extended dynamic display mode that is longer than the start of the dynamic display.

According to the gaming machine P3, the following effects are exhibited in addition to the effects of the gaming machine P2. That is, when it is determined by the advance notification determination means that the result of the advance determination is a hit, and then the result of the hit / fail judgment executed based on the established pass / fail judgment condition is a hit, it is dynamic. The display mode determining means is, as a dynamic display mode of the first or second identification information corresponding to the established pass / fail determination condition, the first or the first corresponding to the reserved information notifying that the notification determining means was a hit. (2) An extended dynamic display mode in which the identification information is longer than the start of the dynamic display is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means. Here, after the pre-reading notification means notifies that the result of the preliminary determination is a hit, the lottery game based on the winning / failing judgment condition that is subsequently established is stopped and displayed with the identification information earlier than the notified lottery game. Then, when the game state is changed, the result of the preliminary determination may change. Then, as a result of changing the result of the pre-determination, there may be a problem that the hit is not hit even though the pre-reading notification means notifies the hit. However, since the extended dynamic display mode is determined, the identification information corresponding to the pending information notified in advance of the hit is dynamically displayed first. Therefore, since the dynamic display is started in the same gaming state as the gaming state determined when the preliminary determination is performed, the result of the preliminary determination can be matched with the determination at the start of the dynamic display. Therefore, there is an effect that the confusion of the player can be suppressed.

A1 to A5, B1, C1 to C5, D1 or D2, E1 to E3, F1 or F2, G1, H1 or H2, I1 to I14, J1 to J5, K1 to K4, L1 to L7, M1 to M6, A gaming machine I1 characterized in that the gaming machine is a pachinko gaming machine in any of N1 to N9, O1 to O8, and P1 to P3. Among them, the basic configuration of the pachinko gaming machine is provided with an operation handle, and the ball is launched into a predetermined game area according to the operation of the operation handle, and the ball is placed in a predetermined position in the game area. The identification information dynamically displayed on the display device is fixedly stopped after a predetermined time, provided that the prize is won (or passed through the operating port). Further, when a special gaming state occurs, a variable winning device (specific winning opening) arranged at a predetermined position in the gaming area is opened in a predetermined manner to enable a ball to be won, and is valuable according to the number of winnings. Some are given value (including not only prize balls but also data written on a magnetic card).

A1 to A5, B1, C1 to C5, D1 or D2, E1 to E3, F1 or F2, G1, H1 or H2, I1 to I14, J1 to J5, K1 to K4, L1 to L7, M1 to M6, In any of N1 to N9, O1 to O8, and P1 to P3, the gaming machine I2 is characterized in that the gaming machine is a slot machine. Among them, the basic configuration of the slot machine is "provided with a variable display means for dynamically displaying an identification information string composed of a plurality of identification information and then confirming the display of the identification information, and for operating a starting operation means (for example, an operation lever). Due to this, the dynamic display of the identification information is started, and the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (stop button) or after a predetermined time has elapsed, and at the time of the stop. It is a gaming machine provided with a special gaming state generating means for generating a special gaming state advantageous to the player, provided that the definite identification information of the above is the specific identification information. In this case, coins, medals, and the like are typical examples of the game medium.

A1 to A5, B1, C1 to C5, D1 or D2, E1 to E3, F1 or F2, G1, H1 or H2, I1 to I14, J1 to J5, K1 to K4, L1 to L7, M1 to M6, In any of N1 to N9, O1 to O8, and P1 to P3, the gaming machine I3 is characterized in that the gaming machine is a fusion of a pachinko gaming machine and a slot machine. Among them, as a basic configuration of the fused gaming machine, "a variable display means for dynamically displaying an identification information string composed of a plurality of identification information and then confirming and displaying the identification information is provided, and a starting operation means (for example, an operation lever). The fluctuation of the identification information is started due to the operation of, and the dynamic display of the identification information is stopped due to the operation of the stop operation means (for example, the stop button) or after a predetermined time elapses. A special gaming state generating means for generating a special gaming state advantageous to the player is provided on the condition that the definite identification information at the time of stopping is the specific identification information, the ball is used as the game medium, and the identification information is described. A game machine that requires a predetermined number of balls to start the dynamic display of the game, and is configured to pay out a large number of balls when a special game state occurs. "
<Others>
Conventionally, in a game machine such as a pachinko machine, when a game ball enters a plurality of starting ports provided on the surface of the game board, a lottery is made as to whether or not the game is successful, and a dynamic display of a special symbol for notifying the lottery result is displayed. Performed on the display device. In such a configuration, the winning or failing of the game is individually drawn according to each starting port, and the lottery result is a special symbol corresponding to each starting port (for example, the first special for two starting ports). After the symbol and the second special symbol) are dynamically displayed, the lottery result is notified. In this way, it has been proposed that a plurality of special symbols can be dynamically displayed at the same time.
For example, in Patent Document 1, when a game ball enters the first starting port, the dynamic display of the first special symbol is started, and when the game ball enters the second starting port, the dynamic display of the second special symbol is started. Start displaying. Therefore, when either the first special symbol or the second special symbol is dynamically displayed and the game ball enters the starting port corresponding to the other special symbol, the first special symbol and the second special symbol become the same. Both sides will be dynamically displayed at the same time. Then, when either the first special symbol or the second special symbol stops in the display mode for notifying the jackpot, the game shifts to the jackpot game. Further, in Patent Document 2, the holding displays of the game balls that have won the first starting port and the second starting port are displayed side by side in the display area of the display device in the order of winning. The icon for the reserved storage of the first starting port is displayed in blue, and the icon for the reserved storage of the second starting port is displayed in green (for example, Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2005-319221, Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2011). -160842 (Ab.).
By the way, in such a gaming machine, even if the icon for the hold memory of the first start port and the icon for the hold memory of the second start port are displayed in the order of winning, the first special symbol and the second special symbol are selected. Due to the difference in the target display time, the order in which the dynamic display is actually started and the order in which the winning opening is won may differ. In this case, since the display order of the hold memory and the order in which the dynamic display is actually started are different, there is a problem that the player is confused.
It is an object of the present technical idea to provide a gaming machine capable of suppressing confusion among players in a gaming machine that dynamically displays a plurality of special symbols at the same time.
<Means>
In order to achieve this purpose, the gaming machine of the technical idea 1 has a main control means for executing the main control of the game and a secondary control means for executing the control of the game according to the instruction of the main control means. , The main control means executes the winning / failing determination of the first lottery game based on the establishment of the first winning / failing determination condition, and executes the winning / failing determination of the second lottery game based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition. Based on the winning / failing determination means and the winning / failing determination result of the first lottery game by the winning / failing determination means, the first winning / failing determination signal is the second winning / failing determination based on the winning / failing determination result of the second lottery game by the winning / failing determining means. Each of the following means has a winning / failing determination signal generating means for generating a signal, and the slave control means operates the first identification information indicating the winning / failing determination result of the first lottery game based on the first winning / failing determination signal. It has a first display means for displaying the target and a second display means for dynamically displaying the second identification information indicating the result of the hit / miss determination of the second lottery game based on the second hit / miss determination signal. When the result of the hit / fail determination by the hit / fail determination means is a hit and the first or second identification information indicating the hit is stopped and displayed on the first or second display means, a privileged game advantageous to the player is given. The main control means determines the dynamic display mode of the first identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition based on the establishment of the first hit / miss determination condition, and based on the establishment of the second hit / miss determination condition, the main control means determines. Corresponds to the dynamic display mode determining means for determining the dynamic display mode of the second identification information corresponding to the established pass / fail determination condition, and the established pass / fail determination condition when the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied. Until the first or second identification information is dynamically displayed, the hit / fail determination information regarding the hit / fail determination by the hit / miss determination means and the dynamic display mode determined by the dynamic display mode determination means are dynamically performed. Using the display decision information as the main hold information, it is possible to discriminate between the order information in which the pass / fail judgment condition corresponding to the main hold information is satisfied and whether the pass / fail judgment condition is the first pass / fail judgment condition or the second pass / fail judgment condition. The main hold information that can be stored and the main hold information that notifies the subordinate control means of the information about the stored main hold information based on the fact that the main hold information is stored in the main hold information storage means. It has a main hold information signal generation means for generating a signal, and the slave control means holds information about the main hold information indicated by the main hold information signal based on the reception of the main hold information signal. Subordinate hold information storage means to store as information and the subordinate hold While distinguishing between the pending information of the first hit / fail determination condition and the second pass / fail determination condition stored in the information storage means, the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition are combined for each pending information. The dynamic display mode of the main control means is based on the hold display means in which the order of establishment of the winning / failing determination condition is displayed in an identifiable hold display mode and the hold information stored in the slave information storage means. When the slave display mode determining means for determining the dynamic display mode determined by the determination means and the pending information storage means newly store the pending information, the first or second display means is used. The remaining dynamic display mode of the first or second identification information being displayed and the dynamic discriminated by the slave display mode discriminating means for each slave hold information previously stored in the slave information storage means. Based on the display mode, the time information until the first or second identification information corresponding to the new pending information starts the dynamic display is determined, and the dynamic display is stored in the pending information storage means. The hold display means based on the time information stored in the slave information storage means by the dynamic display start time information determination means when the start time information determination means and a predetermined condition are satisfied. It has a rearranging means for rearranging the hold display mode displayed in the above in the order in which the dynamic display is started.
The gaming machine of the technical idea 2 includes a main control means for executing the main control of the game and a secondary control means for executing the control of the game according to the instruction of the main control means in the gaming machine described in the technical idea 1. , The main control means executes the winning / failing determination of the first lottery game based on the establishment of the first winning / failing determination condition, and the winning / failing of the second lottery game based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition. Based on the winning / failing determination means for executing the determination and the winning / failing determination result of the first lottery game by the winning / failing determination means, the first winning / failing determination signal is based on the winning / failing determination result of the second lottery game by the winning / failing determining means. A first winning / failing determination signal generating means for generating each of the second winning / failing determination signals, and the slave control means showing the winning / failing determination result of the first lottery game based on the first winning / failing determination signal. A first display means for dynamically displaying the identification information and a second display means for dynamically displaying the second identification information indicating the result of the win / fail determination of the second lottery game based on the second hit / fail determination signal. A privileged game that is advantageous to the player when the hit / fail determination result by the hit / miss determination means is a hit and the first or second identification information indicating the hit is stopped and displayed on the first or second display means. Given, the main control means distinguishes between the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / miss determination condition based on the establishment of the first or second hit / miss determination condition, and the first or second hit / fail determination condition, respectively. The establishment signal generation means that generates an establishment signal notifying that the acceptance / rejection determination condition is satisfied and outputs the establishment signal to the slave control means in the order in which the first or second acceptance / rejection determination condition is established, and the establishment of the first acceptance / rejection determination condition. Based on this, the dynamic display mode of the first identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined, and the movement of the second identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition based on the establishment of the second hit / fail determination condition. When the first or second hit / miss determination condition is satisfied, the dynamic display mode determining means for determining the target display mode and the first or second identification information corresponding to the satisfied hit / fail determination condition start dynamic display. Until this is done, the main hold information includes the hit / fail determination information regarding the hit / fail determination by the hit / fail determination means and the dynamic display determination information regarding the dynamic display mode determined by the dynamic display mode determination means as the main hold information. The main hold information storage means for identifiablely storing the order information in which the hit / fail judgment condition corresponding to the above is satisfied and whether the hit / fail judgment condition is the first hit / miss judgment condition or the second hit / fail judgment condition, and the main hold thereof. Based on the fact that the main hold information is stored in the information storage means , The main hold information signal generation means for generating the main hold information signal for notifying the slave control means of the stored information about the main hold information, and the slave control means has received the establishment signal. Based on this, information regarding the number of received establishment signals until the first or second identification information corresponding to the hit / fail determination condition that triggered the generation of the establishment signal can be dynamically displayed is obtained. The first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition indicated by the establishment signal can be distinguished, and the order of establishment of the hit / fail judgment condition in which the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition are combined can be identified. The slave hold of the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition based on the slave hold number storage means stored as the slave hold number information and the slave hold number information stored in the slave hold number storage means. While distinguishing the number information, the order in which the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition are combined is displayed in an identifiable hold display mode for each pending number information. The hold display means, the hold information storage means for storing information about the main hold information indicated by the main hold information signal based on the reception of the main hold information signal as the hold information, and the hold information storage means. Based on the slave display mode determination means stored in, the slave display mode determining means for determining the dynamic display mode determined by the dynamic display mode determining means of the main control means, and the slave display mode determining means newly followed by the slave information storage means. When the reserved information is stored, the remaining dynamic display mode of the first or second identification information dynamically displayed in the first or second display means and the reserved information storage means are stored first. Until the first or second identification information corresponding to the new slave information is dynamically displayed based on the dynamic display mode determined by the slave display mode determination means for each slave information. The dynamic display start time information determining means that determines the time information of the above and stores it in the pending information storage means, and the dynamic display start time information determining means when a predetermined condition is satisfied. It has a sort means for rearranging the hold display mode displayed on the hold display means in the order in which the dynamic display is started, based on the time information stored in the slave information storage means. be.
The gaming machine according to the technical idea 3 has a condition sorting means for assisting the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition to be alternately satisfied in the gaming machine according to the technical idea 1 or 2. Is.
The gaming machine of the technical idea 4 is the gaming machine according to any one of the technical ideas 1 to 3, in which the sorting means receives the main holding information signal and is held according to the pending information storage means. When the information is stored, the newly established slave hold information and the previously stored slave based on the time information corresponding to each slave hold information previously stored in the slave hold information storage means. The dynamic display start order of the first or second identification information corresponding to the hold information is determined, and the order is stored in the hold information storage means in relation to the hold information.
The gaming machine of the technical idea 5 has an operating means that can be operated by the player in the gaming machine according to any one of the technical ideas 1 to 4, and the sorting means is operated by the operating means. In this case, the reserved display mode is rearranged on the assumption that the predetermined conditions are satisfied.
The gaming machine of the technical idea 6 is the gaming machine according to any one of the technical ideas 1 to 4, and the sorting means is predetermined when the establishment signal or the main hold information signal is received. Assuming that the above condition is satisfied, the hold display mode displayed on the hold display means is rearranged.
The gaming machine according to the technical idea 7 is the gaming machine according to any one of the technical ideas 1 to 6, wherein the main control means is a first lottery game and a second lottery game executed after the privileged game is executed. The lottery information for drawing a lottery for whether or not to shift to a special gaming state in which the hit / fail judgment is more likely to be a hit than in the normal time is acquired based on the establishment of the first or second hit / fail judgment condition, and the first Alternatively, when the second pass / fail determination condition is satisfied and the main hold information corresponding to the satisfied determination condition is stored, the lottery information is stored in the main hold information storage means in relation to the main hold information. The game state lottery means is provided, and the slave control means is until the first or second identification information corresponding to each slave information stored in the slave information storage means can be dynamically displayed. , The gaming state when the first or second identification information corresponding to each pending information can be dynamically displayed based on the time information determined by the dynamic display start time information determining means is the special. A pre-engagement determination means that determines whether or not it is in a game state according to the lottery information, executes a preliminary determination that determines whether or not the game is successful, and stores the result in relation to each of the pending information in the pending information storage means. The slave display mode determining means of the slave control means has until the first or second identification information corresponding to the slave hold information stored in the slave information storage means can start dynamic display. The dynamic display mode is discriminated based on the pre-determination determination result stored in the pending information storage means by the pre-engagement determination means and the dynamic display determination information.
<Effect>
According to the gaming machine according to the technical idea 1, the main control of the game is executed by the main control means, and the control of the game is executed by the subordinate control means according to the instruction of the main control means. In the main control means, the winning / failing determination of the first lottery game is executed by the winning / failing determination means based on the establishment of the first winning / failing determination condition. Further, based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition, the winning / failing determination of the second lottery game is executed by the winning / failing determination means. Then, a first hit / fail determination signal based on the hit / fail determination result of the first lottery game by the hit / miss determination means is generated by the hit / miss determination signal generation means, and a second hit / miss determination signal based on the hit / miss determination result of the second lottery game is generated.
In the slave control means, the first identification information indicating the result of the hit / fail determination of the first lottery game is dynamically displayed by the first display means based on the first hit / miss determination signal. Further, based on the second winning / failing determination signal, the second identification information indicating the winning / failing determination result of the second lottery game is dynamically displayed by the second display means.
Here, when the first or second identification information indicating a hit is displayed on the first or second display means, the player is given a privileged game. As a result, the second identification information can be dynamically displayed even while the first identification information is dynamically displayed, and the first lottery game and the second lottery game can be efficiently executed.
In the main control means, the dynamic display mode of the first identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means based on the establishment of the first hit / miss determination condition. Further, based on the establishment of the second hit / miss determination condition, the dynamic display mode of the second identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means.
In the main control means, when the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied, the hit / fail determination means is used until the first or second identification information corresponding to the satisfied hit / fail determination condition is started to be dynamically displayed. The hit / fail judgment information regarding the hit / fail judgment by the hit / fail judgment means and the dynamic display decision information regarding the dynamic display mode determined by the dynamic display mode determination means are the main hold information, and the hit / fail judgment condition corresponding to the main hold information is established. The order information and the established hit / fail determination condition are stored in the main hold information storage means so as to be able to distinguish whether it is the first hit / miss judgment condition or the second hit / miss judgment condition.
In the main control means, based on the storage of the main hold information storage means, a main hold information signal for notifying the slave control means of information about the stored main hold information is generated by the main hold information signal generation means. To.
Then, in the slave control means, based on the reception of the main hold information signal, the information regarding the main hold information indicated by the main hold information signal is stored in the slave information storage means as the slave information. While distinguishing between the pending information of the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition stored in the slave hold information storage means, the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition are combined for each slave hold information. The order in which the winning / failing determination condition is established is performed by the hold display means as a display of the identifiable hold display mode.
In the slave control means, the dynamic display mode determined by the dynamic display mode determining means of the main control means is determined by the slave display mode determining means based on the slave hold information stored in the slave information storage means. When the pending information is newly stored in the pending information storage means, it is stored in the remaining dynamic display mode of the first or second identification information being dynamically displayed and the prior pending information storage means. Time until the first or second identification information corresponding to the new slave information can be dynamically displayed based on the dynamic display mode determined by the slave display mode determination means for each slave information. Information is determined by the dynamic display start time information determining means and stored in the pending information storage means.
Then, in the slave control means, when a predetermined condition is satisfied, the hold display mode displayed on the hold display means is displayed based on each time information determined by the dynamic display start time information determination means. It is sorted by the sorting means in the order in which the dynamic display is started.
As a result, for example, the main hold information of the second lottery game is newly stored in the state where the hold information of the first lottery game is stored first. At this time, if the remaining dynamic display mode of the first identification information during dynamic display is longer than the remaining dynamic display mode of the second identification information during dynamic display, it is newly stored. The start time of the dynamic display of the second identification information corresponding to the hold information of the second lottery game to be performed is the dynamic of the first identification information corresponding to the hold information of the first lottery game stored earlier. It will be earlier than the display start time. However, since the hold display mode is displayed in order in the hold display mode indicating the order in which the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition are satisfied, the first lottery stored earlier is stored. A newly stored second lottery game hold display mode is displayed in a hold display mode indicating the order after the game hold information. Then, the actual start order of the dynamic display and the order in which the pass / fail judgment condition is satisfied may be different. However, when the predetermined condition is satisfied, the actual dynamic display is displayed by the sorting means. It is displayed sorted in the starting order.
Therefore, even when the first identification information or the second identification information is dynamically displayed in an order different from the order in which the actual hit / fail determination condition is satisfied, the player can use the sorting means to start the dynamic display in the order of starting the dynamic display. Since the hold display mode is rearranged, there is an effect that the player's confusion can be suppressed.
Further, since the main control means does not execute the process of rearranging the hold display modes in the order of starting the dynamic display, but is executed by the subordinate control means, there is an effect that the control load of the main control means can be suppressed. be.
According to the gaming machine described in the technical idea 2, the following effects are exhibited in addition to the effects of the gaming machine described in the technical idea 1. That is, the main control of the game is executed by the main control means, and the control of the game is executed by the subordinate control means according to the instruction of the main control means. In the main control means, the winning / failing determination of the first lottery game is executed by the winning / failing determination means based on the establishment of the first winning / failing determination condition. Further, based on the establishment of the second winning / failing determination condition, the winning / failing determination of the second lottery game is executed by the winning / failing determination means. Then, a first hit / fail determination signal based on the hit / fail determination result of the first lottery game by the hit / miss determination means is generated by the hit / miss determination signal generation means, and a second hit / miss determination signal based on the hit / miss determination result of the second lottery game is generated.
In the slave control means, the first identification information indicating the result of the hit / fail determination of the first lottery game is dynamically displayed by the first display means based on the first hit / miss determination signal. Further, based on the second winning / failing determination signal, the second identification information indicating the winning / failing determination result of the second lottery game is dynamically displayed by the second display means.
Here, when the first or second identification information indicating a hit is displayed on the first or second display means, the player is given a privileged game. As a result, the second identification information can be dynamically displayed even while the first identification information is dynamically displayed, and the first lottery game and the second lottery game can be efficiently executed.
In the main control means, based on the fact that the first or second hit / fail judgment condition is satisfied, the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition are distinguished from each other, and the first or second hit / fail judgment condition is satisfied. The establishment signal for notifying is generated by the establishment signal generation means, and is output to the control means according to the establishment order of the first or second success / failure determination condition. Based on the establishment of the first hit / miss determination condition, the dynamic display mode of the first identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means. Further, based on the establishment of the second hit / miss determination condition, the dynamic display mode of the second identification information corresponding to the established hit / fail determination condition is determined by the dynamic display mode determining means.
In the main control means, when the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied, the hit / fail determination means is used until the first or second identification information corresponding to the satisfied hit / fail determination condition is started to be dynamically displayed. The hit / fail judgment information regarding the hit / fail judgment by the hit / fail judgment means and the dynamic display decision information regarding the dynamic display mode determined by the dynamic display mode determination means are the main hold information, and the hit / fail judgment condition corresponding to the main hold information is established. The order information and the established hit / fail determination condition are stored in the main hold information storage means so as to be able to distinguish whether it is the first hit / miss judgment condition or the second hit / miss judgment condition.
In the main control means, based on the storage of the main hold information storage means, a main hold information signal for notifying the slave control means of information about the stored main hold information is generated by the main hold information signal generation means. To.
Then, in the slave control means, based on the reception of the establishment signal, until the first or second identification information corresponding to the hit / fail determination condition that triggered the generation of the establishment signal can be dynamically displayed. , The information on the number of received success signals distinguishes the first hit / fail judgment condition from the second hit / fail judgment condition, and the hit / fail judgment condition that combines the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition. The order of establishment of is identifiable, and each is stored in the slave hold number storage means as the slave hold number information.
In the slave control means, based on the slave hold number information stored in the slave hold number storage means, while distinguishing the slave hold number information between the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition, each slave hold number information The order in which the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition are combined is performed by the hold display means as a display of the identifiable hold display mode.
In the slave control means, based on the reception of the main hold information signal, the information regarding the main hold information indicated by the main hold information signal is stored in the slave information storage means as the slave information. Further, the dynamic display mode determined by the dynamic display mode determining means of the main control means is determined by the slave display mode determining means based on the slave hold information stored in the slave information storage means.
In the slave control means, when the pending information is newly stored in the slave information storage means, the remaining dynamic display mode of the first or second identification information being dynamically displayed and the slave information storage means are previously stored. The first or second identification information corresponding to the new slave information can be dynamically displayed based on the dynamic display mode determined by the slave display mode determination means for each slave information stored in. The time information until becomes is determined by the dynamic display start time information determining means, and is stored in the pending information storage means.
Then, in the slave control means, when a predetermined condition is satisfied, the hold display mode displayed on the hold display means is displayed based on each time information determined by the dynamic display start time information determination means. It is sorted by the sorting means in the order in which the dynamic display is started.
As a result, for example, the main hold information of the second lottery game is newly stored in the state where the hold information of the first lottery game is stored first. At this time, if the remaining dynamic display mode of the first identification information during dynamic display is longer than the remaining dynamic display mode of the second identification information during dynamic display, it is newly stored. The start time of the dynamic display of the second identification information corresponding to the hold information of the second lottery game to be performed is the dynamic of the first identification information corresponding to the hold information of the first lottery game stored earlier. It will be earlier than the display start time. However, since the hold display mode is displayed in order in the hold display mode indicating the order in which the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition are satisfied, the first lottery stored earlier is stored. A newly stored second lottery game hold display mode is displayed in a hold display mode indicating the order after the game hold information. Then, the actual start order of the dynamic display and the order in which the pass / fail judgment condition is satisfied may be different. However, when the predetermined condition is satisfied, the actual dynamic display is displayed by the sorting means. It is displayed sorted in the starting order.
Therefore, even when the first identification information or the second identification information is dynamically displayed in an order different from the order in which the actual hit / fail determination condition is satisfied, the player can use the sorting means to start the dynamic display in the order of starting the dynamic display. Since the hold display mode is rearranged, there is an effect that the player's confusion can be suppressed.
Further, since the main control means does not execute the process of rearranging the hold display modes in the order of starting the dynamic display, but is executed by the subordinate control means, there is an effect that the control load of the main control means can be suppressed. be.
According to the gaming machine described in Technical Thought 3, the following effects are exhibited in addition to the effects of the gaming machine described in Technical Thought 1 or 2. That is, it is assisted by the sorting means that the first hit / fail determination condition and the second hit / fail determination condition are alternately satisfied. As a result, the first hit / fail judgment condition and the second hit / fail judgment condition can be easily satisfied evenly, and by efficiently executing the first lottery game and the second lottery game, more games can be played in a shorter time. It has the effect of being able to do it.
According to the gaming machine described in the technical idea 4, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine described in any one of the technical ideas 1 to 3, the following effects are exhibited. That is, when the main hold information signal is received and the hold information is stored in the hold information storage means, it is based on the time information corresponding to each hold information previously stored in the hold information storage means. Then, the dynamic display start order of the first or second identification information corresponding to the newly stored pending information and the previously stored pending information is determined, and the order is related to each pending information. It is stored in the pending information storage means by the sorting means.
As a result, the dynamic display start order is updated each time the pending information is stored. Therefore, when a predetermined condition is satisfied, the hold display mode can be rearranged based on the updated dynamic display start order. Therefore, even if there is a change in the dynamic display start order, it is possible to rearrange the hold display modes in the corresponding dynamic display start order, and the player is notified of the accurate dynamic display start order. It has the effect of being able to.
According to the gaming machine described in the technical idea 5, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine described in any one of the technical ideas 1 to 4, the following effects are exhibited. That is, when the operating means that can be operated by the player is operated, the hold display mode is rearranged by the sorting means, assuming that the predetermined conditions are satisfied. As a result, it is possible to sort the hold display mode at the timing intended by the player, and notify the player of the correct dynamic display start order at the timing when the player wants to know the exact dynamic display start order. It has the effect of being able to.
According to the gaming machine described in the technical idea 6, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine described in any one of the technical ideas 1 to 4, the following effects are exhibited. That is, when the establishment signal or the main hold information signal is received from the main control means, the hold display mode displayed on the hold display means is rearranged by the rearrangement means, assuming that a predetermined condition is satisfied. As a result, when a new hold display mode is displayed, the hold display mode is rearranged, so that there is an effect that the player can know the accurate dynamic display start order.
According to the gaming machine described in Technical Thought 7, the following effects are exhibited in addition to the effects of the gaming machine described in any one of Technical Thoughts 1 to 6. That is, in the main control means, in order to draw a lottery whether or not to shift to a special game state in which the winning / failing determination between the first lottery game and the second lottery game executed after the privileged game is executed shifts to a special game state in which it is easier to win than in the normal time. The lottery information is acquired by the game state lottery means based on the establishment of the first or second winning / failing determination condition. Further, when the first or second hit / fail determination condition is satisfied and the main hold information corresponding to the satisfied determination condition is stored, the lottery information is the game state lottery means in relation to the main hold information. Is stored in the main hold information storage means.
In the slave control means, the dynamic display start time information determination means is determined until the first or second identification information corresponding to each slave hold information stored in the slave control information storage means can be dynamically displayed. Based on the time information, whether the game state when the first or second identification information corresponding to each pending information can be dynamically displayed is a special game state is determined by the game state lottery means according to the lottery information. The pre-judgment that makes a judgment and makes a pre-judgment is executed by the pre-judgment means. Then, the result is stored in relation to each pending information by the prior determination means according to the pending storage means.
Preliminary determination determined by the pre-engagement determination means stored in the slave information storage means until the first or second identification information corresponding to the slave information stored in the slave information storage means can be dynamically displayed. Based on the result and the dynamic display determination information, the dynamic display mode is determined by the slave display determination means of the slave control means.
As a result, even if the pending information is newly stored and the dynamic display start order is changed, the game state at the start of the dynamic display is determined and the pass / fail judgment is made based on the correct dynamic display start order. Will be. Therefore, it is possible to determine the dynamic display time information in advance based on the correct hit / fail judgment result, and it is possible to determine the dynamic display start order even when a new hit / fail judgment condition is satisfied next time. effective.

10 Pachinko machine (game machine)
81 Third symbol display device (first display means, second display means, symbol display means)
114 Display control device (part of display control means)
201 MPU ( discrimination means )
203u Sort hold storage area (part of storage means)
223k Subordinate sort hold storage area (part of storage means)
S310 (Dynamic display period determination means )
S1406 ( variable means )

Claims (1)

An acquisition means capable of acquiring the first information based on the establishment of the first acquisition condition and acquiring the second information based on the establishment of the second acquisition condition.
A storage means capable of storing the first information and the second information acquired by the acquisition means, respectively.
Based on the establishment of the first determination condition, the first determination is executed based on the first information stored in the storage means, and the first determination stored in the storage means based on the establishment of the second determination condition. 2 Discrimination means capable of executing the second discrimination based on information, and
A first display means for dynamically displaying the first identification information for showing the first discrimination result in the first discrimination, and
It has a second display means for dynamically displaying the second identification information for showing the second discrimination result in the second discrimination.
The first identification information for indicating that the first discrimination result is a specific first discrimination result or the second identification information for indicating that the second discrimination result is a specific second discrimination result is stopped. In a gaming machine to which a privileged game that is advantageous to the player is given when displayed.
A dynamic display period determining means capable of determining the dynamic display period of the first identification information and determining the dynamic display period of the second identification information.
When the first information is newly stored in the storage means, the acquisition determination is executed as a predetermined determination corresponding to the newly stored first information, so that the stored first information is stored. The information corresponding to the first information acquired and determined is stored in a predetermined storage area so that the order in which the dynamic display of the first identification information is started corresponding to the above can be identified, and the second information is newly stored. When stored in the storage means, the acquisition determination is executed corresponding to the newly stored second information, so that the operation of the second identification information corresponding to the stored second information is performed. An information storage means for storing information corresponding to the second information acquired and determined in a predetermined storage area so that the order in which the target display is started can be identified.
Among the first information acquired by the acquisition means, the first number display information capable of indicating the number of the first information before the first determination is executed, and the first number display information acquired by the acquisition means. Among the second information, a number display means capable of displaying the second number display information capable of indicating the number of the second information before the second determination is executed, and a number display means.
When a predetermined condition is satisfied, the second number displayed is the display position of the first number display information displayed based on the information stored in the storage area of the information storage means. It is characterized by having a means capable of notifying the order in which the identification information is dynamically displayed by moving it to the display position side indicating that the order in which the dynamic display is started is closer than the display information. A game machine to play.

Images